S  M  IT  II '  S    G  E  O  G  R  F  H  Y  . 


GEOGRAPHY 

t  O  N     T  II  E 

R  O  I)  I"  C  T  I  V  i:    SYS  T  E  M  ; 
ATLAS; 


BY    R  OS  WED, 

AUTHOR   OF   "iNTROPi 

METK,"   "TI1L    P 


HARTFORD :    DANIEL  BURGESS  &  CO. 

SPALDING  & 


' 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF. CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 
MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


ENLIG  H  TENED. 


SMITH'S    GEOGRAPHY. 

GEOGRAPHY 

ON   THE  * 

PRODUCTIVE     SYSTEM; 

FOR 

SCHOOLS,  ACADEMIES,  AND  FAMILIES; 

REVISED    AND    IMPROVED. 

ACCOMPANIED  BY  A  LAKSE  AND  VALUABLE 

ATLAS. 


BY  ROSWELL  C.   SMITH, 

AUTHOR  OF  "INTRODUCTORY  ARITHMETIC,"  "PRACTICAL  AND  MENTAL  ARITH- 
METIC,"  "THB   PRODUCTIVE   GRAMMAR,"  &C. 


HARTFORD:  DANIEL  BURGESS  &  CO. 

AND 

SPALDING    AND   STORRS. 

Sold  by  Booksellers  throughout  the  United  States. 
1839. 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS. 

PART  FIRST  is  intended  for  young-  beginners :  PART  SECOND  for  older 
pupils  :  PART  THIRD  for  those  considerably  advanced  in  the  study. 

The  book  contains  some  pictures  or  small  maps,  with  questions  referring 
to  them;  these  the  young  learner  should  be  made  to  understand  thoroughly, 
before  he  takes  the  Atlas. 

The  questions  on  the  Atlas  in  the  First  Part  may  be  recited,  at  first,  with 
the  Atlas  before  the  learner ;  after  which,  and  before  he  begins  Part  Second, 
let  him  review  Part  First,  and  make  it  so  familiar  that  he  can  recite  it  with- 
out the  map.  Those  who  commence  with  Part  Second  should  do  the  same. 

It  is  a  good  practice,  and  one  which  is  recommended  by  many  experienced 
Teachers,  to  require  the  learner,  as  he  progresses,  to  review  his  former  les- 
son ;  or,  at  least,  to  have  some  fixed  day  of  every  week  on  which  to  review 
the  lessons  of  the  previous  week.  And  if  the  young  learner  should  do  both, 
he  would  be  the  gainer  by  the  practice,  not  only  in  Geography,  but  in  every 
other  department  of  learning. 

The  celebrated  Jacotot,  of  the  Productive  School,  went  still  farther  :  "  he  would 
have  scholars  repeat  often,  not  merely  the  lesson  of  the  preceding  day,  or  even 
week,  buf  of  every  thing  previously  committed  to  memory.  Nothing  is  omitted  ;" 
adding,  "  were  it  not  for  constant  repetition  we  might  even  forget  our  own  names, 
as  we  frequently  do  those  of  strangers  ;"  and  in  fact,  we  often  do  forget  our  own 
ages  from  this  very  cause. 

&5"  Aware  ef  the  perplexity  incident  to  frequent  changes  in  the  same 
book,  the  author  was  reluctant  to  alter  any  portion  of  his  work  :  but  on  a 
careful  examination  of  each  part,  several  alterations  occurred  which  would, 
it  was  thought,  render  the  work,  as  a  whole,  more  SIMPLE,  COMPREHENSIVE, 
and  SYSTEMATIC.  The  work  is  now  to  take  a  uniform  and  permanent  char- 
acter. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1835,  by  W.  MARSHALL  &  Co.. 
in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court,  of  the  Eastern  District  of  Pennsylvania. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1836,  by  W.  MARSHALL  &  Co., 
in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court,  of  the  Eastern  District  of  Pennsylvania 


Case  Tiffany  &  Burnham,  Printers,  j 
Pearl  street,  Hartford,  Conn,      j 


PART  FIRST. 


WATER. 


Q.  What  is  a  Spring? 

1.  A  Spring  is  the  place 
from  which  the  water  first 
flows  out  of  the  ground. 

Q.  What  do  Springs  appear  to  form 

2.  Brooks,  Rivulets,  &c. 

Q.  What  are  these  ? 

3.  Small  streams  of  water. 

Q.  What  do  such  small  streams  form 
when  united  ? 

4.  Rivers. 

Q.  What  then  are  Rivers  ? 

5.  Rivers  are  large  streams 
of  water. 

Q.  What  is  the  Source  of  a  river  ? 

0.  The  place  from  which 
it  first  flows  from  the  ground : 
asrthe  Springs  on  the  left. 

Q.  What  is  a  branch  of  a  river  ? 

7.  A  smaller  River  flowing 
into  a  larger  one. 

Q.  What  is  the  Course  of  a  River? 

8.  The  direction  in  which 
it  runs. 

Q.  Is  the  Course  of  the  River  which 
you  see  in  the  picture,  towards  the 
Springs  or  from  them  ? 

Q.  What  is  the  Mouth  of  a  River  ? 

9.  The  place  where  it 
flows  into  some  other  collec- 
tion of  water. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


Q.  Into  what  does  the  River,  in  the  picture  on  the  first  page,   appear  to 
flow? 

10.  Into  the  Lake  below. 

Q.  What  is  a  Lake  ? 

11.  A  Lake  is   a  large  body   of 
fresh  water,  mostly  surrounded  by 

|  land. 

Q.  What  are  small  Lakes  called? 

12.  Ponds. 

Q.  When  standing  water  is  mixed  with  earth 
I  and  mud,  what  is  it  called  ? 

13.  A  Marsh,  Bog,  Fen,  Swamp 
|  or  tract  of  low,  moist  ground. 

A   CASCADE. 

Q.  When  small  streams  of  water  flow  down  steep  places,  what  are  they 
called? 

14.  Cascades,  or  waterfalls. 

Q.  What  are  these  steep  places  called  ? 

15.  Precipices. 

Q.  When  large  streams  of  water  flow  down  fprecipices,  what  are  they 
called  ? 

16.  Cataracts. 

Q.  When  the  water  of  a  Lake  is  salt,  what  is  it  called  ? 

17.  A  Sea. 


Q.  What  does  a  Sea  appear  to  be  ? 

18.  A  large  body  of  water  mostly  surrounded  by 
land.  The  water  is  salt,  which  makes  the  difference 
between  it  and  a  Lake. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  do  those  little  black  spots  which  you  see  in  the  picture  of  the 
eea  represent  ?  l 

19.  Islands. 

Q.  What  are  Islands  ? 

20.  They  are  small  bodies  of  land  entirely  surround- 
ed by  water. 

Q.  VV^hat  is  that  part  of  the  Sei  called  which  has  a  number  of  islandj  in 
it  ?  [See  the  name  in  the  picture.] 

21.  A-o.     [These  are  the  first  and  last  letters  of  the 
word   Archipelago?  which  is  the  answer  to   the   last 
question.] 

Q.  What  then  is  an  Archipelago  ? 

22.  An  Arcnipelago   is   a  Sea   interspersed3  with 
many  islands. 

Q.  What  is  that  large  body  of  water  on  the  left  of  the  Sea  called  ?    [See 
he  picture.]  G-f.  What  then  is  a  «'iiut'.' 

23.  A  gulf  is  a  part  of  the  Sea  extending  far  into  the 
land. 

Q.  What  is  that  body  of  water  on  the  right  of  tke  Sea  called  ?  F,-y. 
What  then  is  a  Bay  ? 

24.  A  Bay  is  a  part  of  the  Sea  extending  into  the 
land,  the  entrance4  being  generally  the  widest  part. 

Q,    What  are  small  Bays  called  ? 

25.  Creeks,  Coves,  Torts  and  Armlets. 

Q.  What  prevents  the  Sea  in  the  picture  from  being  entirely  surrounded 
by  land  ?  The  S-t.     What  then  is  a  .^ 

20.  It  is  a  narrow  passage  of  water  leading  from 
one  Sea  or  Bay  into  another. 

Q.  A  Channel  resembles  a  Strait ;  will  you  describe  a  Chan  in  •!  .' 

27.  A  Channel  is  a  passage  of  water  wider  than  a 
Strait. 

Q,   When  a  Strait  is  shallow,  or  not  deep,  what  is  it  called  ? 

28.  A  Sound. 

Q.    What  then  is  a  Sound  ? 

29.  A  Strait  so  shallow  that  it  may  be  sounded, 

Q.  What,  do  you  mean  by  sounded  ? 

30.  Measured  in  its  depth,  which  is  done  by  a  line 
that  has  a  plummet  or  lead  fastened  to  the  end  of  tt, 

Q.  How  is  the  depth  of  water  commonly  expressed  ? 

31.  In  fathoms. 

Q.  What  is  a  fathom  ? 

32.  The  measure  or  distance  of  six  feet. 

1  ilicpRKSK.vr,  inaltew;  duticrifae,  appear  I      3  INTKRSP^RSKD,  ^caueieilforsei  nciu 
for  another.  |  and  there  am  >ng  oilier  l  i 

2  ARcmi>s:LAao,'(Ar  ke-pel'-a  go.)  i       4  ENTHAKUK,  a  passage  or  place  lo  r 

I  in  at. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

33.  REMARK.    To  illustrate  more  fully  the  meaning  of  fathom,  I  have  introduced 

the  following  line     ..    .. ...    ..,.• which  is  exactly  one  inch  in  length. 

Twelve  of  thef  e,  of  course,  would  make  a  foot,  24,  two  feet,  and  so  on.  Then  six 
times  twelv  inches  make  72  inches,  or  six  feet,  which  is  the  exact  measure  of  one 
fathom.  Or,  more  familiarly,  tall  men  are  about  6  feet  high,  but  the  tallest  nearly 
7  feet. 

Q.  What  is  that  called  which  is  near  the  mouth  of  the  River  in  the  pic- 
ture ?  F  h     What  then  is  a  Frith  ? 

34.  A  Frith  is  the  widening  of  a  River,  near  its 
mouth,  into  an  arm  of  the  sea. 

Q.  A  Haven  or  Harbor  resembles  a  Bay ;  can 
I  you  describe  one? 

35.  A  Haven  or  Harbor  is  a  small 
ipart  of  the  sea,  nearly  surrounded 

i|by  land,  where   ships   may  lie   in 
ill!  safety. 

Q.  Roads  resemble  Harbors  ;  what  are  they  ? 

36.  Roads  are  places  at  a  little 
I  distance  from  the  land  where  ships 

ay  anchor  in  safety. 

AN  AiMCHOR.  Q.  What  is  an  Anchor? 

-*  37.  An  Anchor  is  an  instrument  made  of  iron  to 
hold  a  vessel  in  any  place  in  the  water. 

Q.  A  Canal  resembles  a  Channel ;  will  you  describe  a  Canal  ? 


38.  A  Canal  is  a  Channel  or  ditch  dug  through  a 
part  of  a  country,  and  nearly  filled  with  water. 

Q.  What  ad  vantages  do  they  produce  ? 

39.  All  heavy  goods  can  be  carried  through  Canals 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

in  boats,  from  one  place  to  another,  much  easier  and 
cheaper  than  if  transported  by  land. 

Q,   Bays  and  Gulfs  we  find  lead  into  the  Sea,  but  into  what  does  the 
Sea  lead? 


40.  Tfre  Sea  leads  into  the  Ocean. 

Q.  What  is  au  Ocean  ? 

41.  An  Ocean  is  the  largest  body  of  water  in  the 
world. 

Q.  What  is  each  of  those  small  bodies  of  land  near  the  vessel  in  the  p:c 
tare  called  ?  A?i,s.  An  Island.  What  do€3  a  uumber  of  them  near  toget)  ei 
form? 

42.  A  cluster  of  islands. 

Q.  With  what  animals  do  Oceans,  Seas,  Rivers,  <fec.  abound 

43.  Fish  of  various  kinds,  and  nu- 
|  merous  animals  which  live  in  the  wa- 
ter. 

Q.  Will  you  mention  ane  of  the  largest  ?     [See 
\t.he  picture  on  the  left.] 

Q.  Are  the  waters  of  the  Ocean  continually 
loving? 

44.  Yes  ;  in  tides  and  currents. 

Q.  What  are  tides  ? 

45.  The  regular  ebbing  and  flow- 
ing of  the  sea  or  ocean.     / 

1* 


A   WHALE. 


10  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  ebbing  ? 

46.  Flowing  or  running  back.     The  tide  is  said  to 
be  at  ebb,  at  any  place,  when  the  water  is  lowest,  and 
at  flood,  when  the  water  is  highest. 

Q.  What  effect  has  this  movement  of  the  water  on  the  air? 

47.  It  purifies  it. 

Q.  What  becomes  of  the  vapors,  or  fog,  which  rise  from  the  Ocean  ? 

48.  They  fall  again  in  rain  and  snow. 

Q.  What  do  they  produce  ? 

49.  Springs,  Rills,  Brooks,  &c. 

50.  REMARK.  The  water  flows  from  thorn  to  the  Ocean,  it  then  rises  into  the  air 
m  the  form  of  foe  and  vapors,  which  is  called  evaporation  ;  (:i«iuite  are  thus  pro* 
duced  from  which  descend  rain,  &c.  which  again  supply  Springs  and  Brooks. 

Q.  What  does  temperature  mean  ? 

5  J .  Degree  of  heat  or  cold. 

Q.  W7hat  is  the  temperature  of  the  ocean  at  different  places  ? 

52.  Nearly  the  same. 

Q.  What  is  the  cause  of  it  ? 

53.  The  waters  of  the  Ocean  all  lie  in  one  body,  and 
by  constant  motion,  the  water  from  warm  climates  is 
mixed  with  the  water  from  cold  climates,  and  that  from 
cold  climates  with  that  from  warm  climal*  H. 

Q.  How  does  the  equal  temperature  of  the  Ocean  afforl  the  land? 

54.  It  cools  it  in  summer  and  warms  it  in  winter. 

Q.  By  what  means  are  these  effects  produced  ? 

55.  By  the  winds  which  blow  from  the  sea  and 
ocean  to  the  land. 

Q.  What  advantage  over  land  carriage  do  vessels  afford  us  'I 

56.  They  enable  us  to  go  the  same  distance  quicker 
and  with  greater  loads. 

Q.  What  is  the  loading  of  a  vessel  called  ? 

57.  Cargo. 

Q.  What  is  the  act  of  sailing  in  vessels  across  oceans,  &o.  called? 

58.  Navigation. 

Q.  What  other  advantages  does  Navigation  afford  us  ? 

59.  It  makes  it  easy  for  us  to  obtain,  from  any  coun- 
try, those  productions  of  which  we  are  desJ  ilLte  in  our 
own. 

Q.  What  are  productions  called  in  trade  ? 

60.  Commodities. 

Q.  When  are  productions  or  commodities  called  exports  ? 

61.  When  they  are  carried  from  otic  country  01 
lace  to  another. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  11 

Q.  When  are  they  called  imports  ? 

62.  When  they  are  brought  into  a  country  or  place 
from  another. 

Q.  Will  you  mention  some  of  the  imports  into  our  own  country  ? 

63.  Tea,  Coffee,  Silks,  &c. 

Q.  Will  you  mention  some  of  our  exports  ? 

•  64.  Cotton,  Tobacco,  Flour,  &c. 

Q.  This  trade  is  called  Commerce  ;  what  then  is  Commerce  ? 

65.  It  is  the  exchanging  of  commodities  with  foreign 
countries. 

Q.  What  names  are  given  to  the  different  bodies  of  water  to  which  you 
have  attended  ? 

66.  Oceans,  Seas,  Archipelagos,  Bays,  Gulfs,  Lakes, 
Straits,  Channels,  Sounds,  Roads,  Havens,  Harbors, 
Friths,  Rivers,  Rivulets,  Brooks,  and  Springs. 

Q.  What  are  1  hese  divisions  called  ? 

67.  Natural  divisions. 

Q.  Why  are  they  HO  called  ? 

68.  Because  they  are  not  made  by  man  but  exist  in 
nature. 

Q.  What  docs  a  view  of  these  divisions,  especially  the  Ocean  and  its 
wonderful  properties  teach  us  ? 

69.  The  wisdom  and  goodness  of  the  Great  Author 
of  all  things. 


LAND. 


A   RAIL-ROAD. 

Q.  What  improved  mode  of  travelling  has  been  adopted  within  a  few 
years  past  ? 


12 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


70.  Travelling  in  Steam-boats  and  on  Rail-roads. 

Q.  How  are  Rail-roads  made  ? 

71.  A  common  road  is  first  made  as  nearly  level  as  it 
conveniently  can  be,  then  bars  of  iron  are  laid  down, 
sometimes  on  timbers  and  sometimes  on  large  stones 
fixed  in  the  ground,  for  the  wheels  of  carriages  to  run 
on.     The  carriages  are  called  Cars. 

Q.  How  do  they  appeal  in  the  picture  to  be  moved  ?  How  fast  do  some 
o  by  steam  ? 

72.  Forty  miles  an  hour,  and  even  more  sometimes, 
but  usually    not  more  than  twenty  miles   an  hour,, 
which  is  a  mile  in  three  minutes. 

Q.  How  far  in  extent  is  a  mile  ? 

73.  Three  hundred  and  twenty  rods  or  five  thousand 
two  hundred  and  eighty  feet. 

Q.  How  much  is  a  rod  ? 

74.  Sixteen  feet  and  a  half. 

'5.  REMARK.  Roads  to  travel  on  are  usually  about  four  rods  wide,  and  a  common 
man  can  travel  with  a  quick  step  about  a  mile  in  fifteen  minutes. 


VOLCANO.  MOUNTAIN.  HILL.         HILLOCK. 

Q.  What  appears  by  the  picture  to  be  the  least  elevation  '  of  land  ?  H-k. 
What  is  the  next  greatest?  H-l.  What  is  the  highest?  M-n.  What  then 
is  a  Mountain  ? 

76.  A  mountain  is  a  vast  elevation  of  land. 

Q,.  Are  there  any  mountains  near  where  you  live  7  When  several  moun- 
tains are  connected  together,  what  do  they  form  ? 

77.  A  Chain  of  Mountains. 


,  raising  up  ;  exaltation    height. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  13 

Q.  What  is  the  other  mountain  in  the  picture  called  ?  V  o. 

Q.  What  is  the  top  of  it  called  ?  C-r. 

Q.  What  besides  smoke  often  issues  from  the  Crater  ? 

78.  Lava  or  melted  matter. 

Q.  Will  you  describe  it  particularly  ? 

79.  Lava  is  of  a  greyish  color,  moderately  hard  and 
brittle  when  cold.     It  somewhat  resembles  brimstone 
in  the  roll,  and  contains  sulphur,  &c. 

Q.  What  does  a  Volcano  appear  to  be  ? 

80.  A  Volcano  is  a  burning  mountain  which  fre- 
quently sends  forth  from  its  crater,  flames,  lava,  ashes, 
stones  and  smoke. 

Q.  To  what  is  the  greatest  height  of  mountains  supposed  to  be  equal  ? 

81.  To  the  greatest  depth  of  the  Ocean. 

Q,.  How  high  are  the  highest  mountains  ? 

82.  About  five  miles. 

Q.  Were  it  not  for  these  elevati&ns,  how  would!  the  earth  appear  ? 

83.  Like  a  vast  plain. 

Q.  What  is  a  Plain  ? 

84.  A  Plain  is  a  level  portion  of  land. 

Q.  What  are  Deserts  ? 

85.  Deserts  are  vast  sandy  plains,  destitute  of  water 
and  vegetation. 

86.  REMARK.    Some  Deserts,  as  the  Sahara,  of  Africa,  for  instance,  have  a  few 
springs  and  green  fertile  spots.     Ka.  h  nf  thcsr  spots  is  called  an  H.-IMS  ,  tin 
II'K'  Elands  in  the  ocean.     When  a  lanre  tract  of  country  is  r.\<-<-<  dhiMly  unproductive, 
yielding  only  a  few  shrubs  or  Mnall   tnvs,  it    is  call,  d   ftDvot;  ahboOftl  ii  hud 
streams  of  water,  and  an  uneven  sm; ace,  as  tin- »n-at  Uont  of  America. 


Q.  When  are  Plains  called  valleys,  vales,  dales,  &c. 

87.  When  they  occur  between  mountains  and  hills. 


14  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  is  that  part  of  the  mountain  which  extends  out  into  the  sea  cal- 
led in  the  picture  ?  P-y.  What  then  is  a  Promontory  ? 

88.  A  Promontory  is  a  high  point  of  land  extending 
out  into  the  sea  or  ocean. 

Q.  What  is  the  point  of  land  below  the  Promontory  called  ?  C-e.  What 
then  is  a  Cape  ? 

89.  A  Cape  is  a  low  point  of  land  extending  out  in- 
to the  sea  or  ocean. 

Q.  What  is  that  portion  of  land  in  the  picture  called,  which  has  the  ocean 
on  one  side  and  a  gulf  on  the  other  ?  P-a.  What  then  is  a  Peninsula  ? 

90.  A  Peninsula  is  a  portion  of  land  almost  sur- 
rounded by  water. 

Q.  What  prevents  the  Peninsula  from  becoming  an  island  ?  I-s.  What 
then  is  an  Isthmus  ? 

91.  An  Isthmus  is  a  narrow  strip  of  land,  which 
connects  a  Peninsula  to  the  main  land,  or  connects  two 
parts  of  a  Continent  together. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  a  Continent  ? 

92.  A  Continent  is  a  vast  extent  of  land  surrounded 
by  water,  but  not  entirely  separated  by  it. 

Q.  What  then  is  the  difference  between  an  Island  and  a  Continent  ? 

93.  A  Continent  is  the  largest. 

Q.  To  what  is  the  Peninsula  in  the  foregoing  picture  connected,  a  Con- 
tinent or  an  Island  ? 

Q.  Do  you  recollect  what  an  island  is  ?  20.*  What  is  the  land  on  the 
border  of  the  Continent  called  ?  S-e.  or  C-t.  What  is  that  ? 

94.  A  Shore  or  Coast  is  the  edge  of  land  next  to  the 
ocean,  sea,  lake,  or  river. 

Q.  What  are  these  divisions  called  ?  67.*  Why  ?  68.*  Will  you  repeat 
the  principal  ones  ? 

95.     Continents,  Islands,  Peninsulas,  Capes,  Isth- 
muses, Promontories,  Mountains,  Shores,  Coasts, 


QUESTIONS   FROM    THE    PICTURE    ON   THE    OPPOSITE    PAGE. 

Q,.  What  Continent  is  there  in  it  1  A-a. 

€1.  What  is  a  Continent)  92.  ^ 

a.  What  four  Oceans  are  there)  N-n.  S-n.  A-c.  P-c. 

Q,.  What  is  an  Ocean)  41. 

Q,.  What  Sea  is  there )  C-n. 

Q.  What  is  a  Sea)  18. 

Q,.  What  Gulf  is  there )  M-o. 

Q.  What  is  a  Gulf)  23. 

*This  number  refers  back  to  the  answer  to  this  question.    It  will  sometimes  be  ne- 
cessary to  consult  botii  the  question  and  answer. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

LAND  AND  WATER. 


15 


16 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


What  two  Bays?  B-s.  H-s. 

What  is  a  Bay?  24. 

What  three  Straits?  M-n.  D-s.  H-s. 

What  is  a  Strait?  26. 

What  Cape  is  there  ?  H-n. 

What  is  a  Cape?  89. 

What  Mountains  ?  R-M-s. 

What  is  a  Mountain  ?  76. 

What  large  island  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean?  N-d. 

THE  LEARNER.  You  can  now  doubtless  distinguish  all  the  Natural  Divi- 
sions both  of  land  and  water,  wherever  they  occur,  but  when  asked  which  way  any 
one  is  from  another,  or  from  the  place  where  you  are,  you  would  most  likely  tail  of 
giving  a  correct  answer.  The  information  is,  nevertheless  exceedingly  important, 
and  may  be  easily  acquired  by  attending  to  the  following  questions. 


Q,. 
a. 
Q,. 


Q. 
Q,. 
Q,. 

Q,. 


OF  THE  POINTS  OF  COMPASS. 

Q.  Where  does  the  Sun  rise  and  where  does  it  set  ? 

98.  It  rises  in  the  East  and  sets  in  the  West. 

Q.  When  you  sit  with  your  right  hand  towards  the  East  and  your  left 
hand  towards  the  west,  in  what  direction  will  your  face  and  back  be  turned  ? 

97.  The  face  will  be  turned  towards  the  North,  and 
the  back  towards  the  South. 


MARINER'S  COMPASS. 

Q.  Will  you  point  towards  the  North  ?  Towards  the  South  ?  When  we 
cannot  see  the  Sun,  as  in  dark  days  and  nights,  for  instance,  how  can  any 
one,  especially  at  sea,  tell  which  way  he  is  going  ? 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  17 

98.  By  an  instrument  called  the  Mariner's  Compass. 

Q.  Why  is  it  called  the  Mariner's  ? 

99.  Because  it  is  principally  used  by  them,  that  is, 
by  seamen  or  sailors. 

Q.  For  what  purpose  do  they  use  it  ? 

100.  To  point  out  their  course  at  sea. 

Q.  How  does  the  Compass  do  this  ? 

101.  By  its  needle  or  steel  bar  which  always  points 
towards  the  North  or  North  star. 

Q.  What  is  this  Needle  frequently  called  ? 

102.  The  Magnetic  Needle. 

Q.  Why  is  it  so  called  ? 

103.  Because  magnetic  means  drawing  or  attractive, 
and  the  needle  is  always  attracted  towards  the  North. 

Q.  What  are  the  different  directions  pointed  out  by  the  Compass  called  ? 

104.  Points  of  the  Compass. 

Q.  What  does  Cardinal  mean  ? 

105.  Chief  or  principal. 

Q.  What  then  are  the  Cardinal  points  of  the  Compass  ? 

106.  The  four  principal  points;  East,  West,  North, 
South. 

Q.  What  letters  usually  stand  for  these  points  of  the  Compass  ? 

107.  N.  stands  for  North,  S.  for  South,  E.  East,  and 
W.  for  West. 

Q.  Which  parts  of  such  pictures  as  the  foregoing  will  always  be  North. 
South, East  and  West? 

108.  The  top  will  be  North,  the  bottom  South,  the 
right  hand  East,  and  the  left  hand  West. 

ADDITIONAL  QUESTIONS 

On  the  foregoing  picture  of  "  Land  and  "Water" 
Q.  What  ocean  is  North  of  America  ]     Nn. 
Q.  What  ocean  is  South  of  America ]    Sn. 
Q.  What  ocean  is  East  of  America  ]     Ac. 
Q,.  What  ocean  is  West  of  America]     PC. 
<i.  What  cape  in  the  southern  part  of  America  ]     Hn. 
Q.  What  sea  lies  North  of  Cape  Horn  1     Cn. 
Q,.  What  islands  West  of  the  Caribbean  Sea]     Sh.' 
Q.  What  large  gulf  East  of  the  Sandwich  Isles  ]     Mo. 
Q.  What  two  bays  North  of  this  gulf  ?     Bs.  Hs. 
Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  East  of  the  same  gulf]     W-Is. 
Q,.  What  islands  East  of  the  West  Indies  ]     C-Vd. 


18 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


Q,.  What  two  islands  a  little  north  of  Cape  Horn,  and  West  of 
the  southern  part  of  America  1  Ce.  J-Fz. 

Q,.  In  each  corner  of  the  same  picture  are  other  capita]  letters, 
what  do  these  stand  for  1 

109.  NE  stands  for  North  East,  SE  for  South  East,  NW  for 
North  West,  and  SW  for  South  West. 

Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  then  on  the  picture  of  "  Land  and 
Water,"  is  near  the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  North  East  of  New 
Zealand  ?  W-Is. 

Q.  What  mountains  North  West  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  ?     Ry. 

Q,.  What  gulf  South  East  of  these  mountains  ]     Mo. 

Q.  What  islands  South  West  of  this  gulf]     N-Zd. 

Q,.  What  straits  North  East  of  the  Sandwich  Isles  ?     Ds.  Hs. 

Q.  What  isthmus  is  North  East  of  New  Zealand  1     Dn. 

Q,.  What  strait  South  East  of  the  Sandwich  Isles  1    Mn. 

MAP  OF 

WESTERN   HEMISPHERE,. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


19 


Q.  What  two  rivers  on  the  continent  of  America  ?     Mi.  An. 

Q.  What  is  the  course  of  a  River  1     8. 

Q.  What  is  the  course  of  the  Mississippi,  South  or  S.  East? 

Q,.  What  is  the  mouth  of  a  River  ?     9. 

Q,.  Into  what  does  the  Mississippi  flow  ? 

Q.  What  is  the  course  of  the  Amazon) 

Q.  Into  what  does  the  Amazon  flow  1 

Q.  What  Islands  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  1     J-Fz.  Ce.  Sh.  N-Zd. 


Q.  What  Islands  in 
As.  C-vd. 


the  Atlantic  Ocean]     Nd.  Bs.    W-Is. 


'To  THE  LEARNER.  Having  been  made  arquaintrd  with  tin*  shape  of  every 
Natural  Division  from  the  smallest  to  the-  lanrst,  also  with  the  relative  situation  of 
many  of  them,  you  are  prepared  and  doubtless  desirous  of  knowing  what  the  whole 
will  make  when  put  together.  The  following  picltue  represents  in  a  -mule  view, 
Oceans,  Continents,  Seas,  Islands,  Rivers,  &c.  as  forming  one  great  mass  of  mutter 
caJled  the  Earth  or  the  World  on  which  we  live. 

THE  WORLD. 

EASTERN    HEMISPHERE. 


20  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  do  Oceans,  Continents,  Seas,  &c.  appear,  by  the  foregoing  pic 
ture,  to  form  ? 

110.  The  surface1  of  the  Earth. 

Q.  How  much  of  the  Earth's  surface  appears  to  be  land  ? 

111.  About  one  third  ;  the  remaining  two  thirds  are 
water. 

Q.  What  is  the  shape  of  the  Earth  ? 

112.  The  Earth  is  round  like  an  orange  or  a  ball. 

Q.  How  do  we  know  that  it  is  round  ? 

113.  From  its  being  circumnavigated  or  sailed  round. 

Q.  Who  has  ever  performed  this  voyage  ? 

114.  Capt.  Cook  and  many  others. 

Q.  How  could  Capt.  Cook  or  any  one  know  that  he  had  been  round  the 
Earth? 

115.  By  continuing  to  sail  in  one  direction  and  arri- 
ving at  the  same  spot  from  which  he  started.  / 

Q.  What  does  Circumference  mean ;  as  the  circumference  of  the  Earth, 
©r  any  round  body  ? 

116.  The  distance  round  on  the  outside  of  it. 

Q.  How  long  was  Captain  Cook  in  performing  his  first  voyage  round  the 
World  ? 

117.  A  little  more  than  three  years. 

Q.  Its  circumference  then  is  great. — Can  you  tell  how  great,  that  is,  how 
many  miles  it  is  round  the  Earth  ? 

118.  About  twenty  five  thousand  miles. 

Q.  How  much  is  a  mile  ?    73.  75. 

Q.  WThatdoes  Diamet  er  mean  ;  as  for  instance,  the  diameter  of  the  Earth? 

119.  The  greatest  distance  through  it  from  one  side 
to  the  other,  being  about  one  third  of  the  circumference. 

Q.  What  is  the  diameter  of  the  Earth? 

120.  About  eight  thousand  miles. 

Q.  How  far  has  marT  explored  or  dug  into  the  bowels  of  the  Earth  ? 

121.  Not  quite  a  mile.     The  deepest  mines  extend 
to  about  that  depth. 

Q.  If  the  Earth  is  round  why  have  we  such  a  flat  picture  of  it  ? 

122.  Because  we  cannot  better  represent  a  round 
body  on  the  flat  surface  of  paper  in  any  other  way. 

Q.  What  are  such  imperfect  pictures  of  the  Earth,  and  certain  portions  of 
its  surface,  called? 

123.  Maps. 

Q.  What  then  is  a  Map? 

124.  A  Map  is  a  picture  of  the  surface  of  the  Earth, 
or  any  part  of  its  surface,  drawn  on  any  plain  or  level 
substance,  as  for  instance,  paper. 

SURFACE    the  top  or  outside. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  21 

Q.  What  is  an  Atlas  ? 

125.  A  Collection1  of  Maps. 

Q.  Why  is  an  Atlas  so  called? 

126.  From  Atlas  who  is  fabled2  to  have  supported 
the  world  on  his  shoulders. 

Q.  How  are  the  points  of  compass  on  all 
Maps  determined  ?  106.  Which  way  then 
should  the  Map  be  held  when  you  examine  it  ? 

127.  The  top  of  it  should  be 
turned  towards  the  North. 

Q.  Is  the  Continent  of  America,  in  the 
foregoing  map  or  picture,  in  the  Eastern  or 
Western  half  of  it  ?  Wn.  What  then  may 
it  be  called  ? 

128.  The  Western  Continent. 

Q.  How  is  it  divided  ? 

129.  Into  two  grand  divisions 
or  quarters,   called   North    and 

ATLAS.  South  America. 

Q.  What  may  the  large  Continent  on  the  Eastern  half  of  the  Map  be 
called? 

130.  The  Eastern  Continent. 

Q.  How  is  this  Continent  divided  ? 

131.  Into  three  grand  divisions,  or  quarters,  called 
Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa. 

QUESTIONS 

On  the  foregoing  Map  of  the  World. 

Q.  What  continent  W.  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ?     128. 
Q.  What  grand  division  in  the  N.  1     N-Aa. 
Q.  What  grand  division  in  the  S.  ?     S-Aa. 
Q,.  What  continent  E.  of  the  Atlantic  ?     130. 
Q.  What  grand  division  in  the  N.  W.  ?     Ee. 
Q.  What  grand  division  E.  of  Europe  1     Aa. 
Q.  What  grand  division  S.  W.  of  Asia  ?     Aa. 
Q.  What  grand  division  W.  of  Europe  ?     N-Aa 
Q.  What  grand  division  S.  of  Europe]    Aa. 
Q,.  What  grand  division  W.  of  Africa  ?     S-Aa. 
Q.  What  grand  division  N.  E.  of  Africa  1     Aa. 
Q,.  What  ocean  W.  of  Europe  ? 
Q.  What  ocean  E.  of  Asia? 
Q.  What  ocean  W.  of  America? 
Q.  What  ocean  E.  of  Africa  ? 

1  COLLECTION,  several  things   put  to- 1     2  FABLED,  feigned  or  told  in  stories 
getbcr.  I  which  are  not  true. 


22  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  How  many  Continents  are  there,  and  what  are  they  called  ? 

132.  Two,  one   called  the  Eastern,  the  other  the 
Western  Continent. 

Q.  What  does  Plemi  mean  ? 

133.  Hemi1  means  half. 

Q.  What  does  Sphere  mean  ? 

134.  A  Globe  or  ball 

Q.  What  then  is  a  Hemisphere  ?2 

135.  Haifa  Globe  or  half  a  ball :  when  applied  to 
the  Earth,  it  means  half  the  Earth. 

Q.  What  then  may  the  Eastern  half  of  the  map,  including  the  water  as 
well  as  the  land,  be  called? 

136.  The  Eastern  Hemisphere. 

Q.  What  may  the  Western  half  be  called  ? 

137.  The  Western  Hemisphere. 


*  ADDITIONAL  QUESTIONS 

On  the  foregoing  Map  of  the  World. 

Q,.  What  two  grand  divisions  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  )  N. 
&  S.  Aa. 

Q,.  What  ocean  on  the  E.  and  what  on  the  W.  of  them  ? 

Q,.  What  sea  and  gulf  between  them  ?     Cn.  Mo. 

Q,.  What  three  grand  divisions  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  ? 
Ee.  Aa.  Aa. 

Q,.  What  large  sea  in  this  hemisphere  between  Europe  and 
Africa  1  Mn. 

Q,.  What  ocean  has  it  E.  of  Africa  1     In. 

Q,.  What  large  island  has  it  E.  of  this  ocean  ?     N-Hd. 

Q.  What  ocean  has  it  E.  of  this  island  1     PC. 

Q,.  What  cape  has  it  S.  of  Africa  ]     G-He. 

Q.  What  island  E.  of  Africa  1     Mr. 

Q.  What  island  N.  of  New  Holland  1     N-Ga. 

U.  What  large  island  W.  of  New  Guinea )     Bo. 

Q,.  What  bay  N.  W.  of  Borneo)     Bl. 

Q,.  What  ocean  in  the  northern  part  of  this  hemisphere  ? 

Q,.  What  ocean  in  the  southern  part  ? 

Q,.  What  four  seas  has  this  hemisphere  in  Asia  ?  Rd.  Cn. 
Al.  Yw. 

Q,.  What  three  seas  has  it  in  Europe  1     Mn.  Bk.  Be. 

Q,.  What  islands  has  it  N.  E.  of  the  Yellow  Sea  ?     Li. 

Q,.  What  isles  has  it  on  the  W.  of  Europe  ?     Bh. 

Q,.  What  cape  on  the  western  hemisphere  is  in  the  southern 
part  of  South  America )  Hn.  , 

1  HEMI  /hem'-e.)  |   '   2  HEMISPHERE  (hera'-e-sfere.)j 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q,.  If  we  divide  the  earth  into  two  equal  parts  by  a  line  run- 
ning from  East  to  West,  what  will  the  halves  form  1 

138.  Two  other  hemispheres. 

U,.  How  may  they  be  distinguished  ? 

139.  The   northern  half  may  be  called  the  Northern  Hemis- 
phere, and  the  southern  half  the  Southern  Hemisphere. 

Q,.  What  three  grand  divisions  are  wholly  in  the  Northern 
Hemisphere'?  Ee.  Aa.  N-Aa. 

Q,.  What  two  grand  divisions  are  partly  in  the  Northern  and 
partly  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere  1  Aa.  S.  Aa. 

Q,.  What  very  large  island  is  wholly  in  the  Southern  Hemis- 
phere 1  N-IId. 

Q,.  What  large  Island  is  partly  in  both  1     Bo. 

Q,.  What  ei^ht  seas  do  you  rind  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  1 
Cn.  Mn.  Kd.  On.  Al.  Yw.  I3k.  Be. 

Q.  What  do  those  lines  on  the  maps  show  which  run  from  right  to  left  ? 

140.  An  exact  Easterly  or  Westerly  direction. 

Q.  What  do  those  lines  show  which  run  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  o 
the  maps  ? 

141.  An  exact  Northerly  or  Southerly  direction. 

Q.  Why  then  are  they  made  so  crooked  ? 

14;?.  To  represent  lines  passing  round  the  Earth. 

Q.  What  appears  to  bo  the  best  method  of  finding  the  exact  directioa  of 
one  place  frcra  another  ? 

143.  By  tracing  the  direction  of  the  line. 

Q.  What  country  is  in  the  N.  K.  of  South  America?  Bl.  What  Island 
near  the  top  of  the  map  will  the  lines  which  run  through  Brazil,1  in  a 
Northerly  direction,  cross?  [See  the  last  map  or  picture.]  Gd.  What 
course  then  is  Greenland  from  Brazil,  exactly  N.  or  N.  W.  as  it  at  first  view- 
seems  to  be  ? 

Q.  Through  what  cluster  of  Islands  do  the  lines  which  run  Northerly 
from  New  Zealand  pass  ?  Me. 

Q.  Are  then  the  Mulgrave  Islands  N.  W.  or  more  correctly  N.  of  New 
Zealand  ? 

Q.  In  which  Hemisphere  do  you  live  ? 

144.  In  the  Northern  or  Western  Hemisphere. 

Q.  On  what  Continent  do  you  live  ? 

145.  On  the  American  or  Western  Continent. 

Q.  In  what  Grand  Division  of  it  ? 

140.  In  North  America. 

Q.  I  low  do  you  know  that  ? 

147.  Because  the  United  States,  in  which  I  live,  are 
in  North  America. 

1  BRAZIL  (bra-zeel.) 


24  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


QUESTIONS 

On  the  foregoing  map  continued. 

Q,.  What  large  grand  division  S.  of  the  United  States  ?     S-Aa. 

Q.  What  direction  then  would  you  take  to  visit  South  Ameri- 
ca] 

Q.  What  large  grand  division  on  the  eastern  hemisphere,  or 
continent,  is  N.  E.  of  you  1  Ee. 

Q,.  Can  you  get  there  either  by  land  or  water  1 

Q.  Why  not  by  land  ? 

Q,.  What  grand  division  lies  S.  E.  of  you  1     Aa. 

Q,.  How  would  you  visit  Africa,  by  land  or  water  ] 

Q,.  Can  you  get  to  Africa  by  land  ? 

Q,.  When  in  Asia,  what  course  would  you  take  to  get  to  Afri- 
ca'? 

Q,.  Were  you  to  sail  from  home  in  an  easterly  direction  .for 
New  Holland,  what  ocean  would  you  first  cross  ]  Ac. 

Q,.  What  cape  must  you  double  or  sail  round  1     G-He. 

Q,.  What  ocean  would  you  cross  next  1     In. 

Q,.  If  you  should  continue  your  voyage  E.  from  New  Holland, 
what  ocean  would  you  cross  next  ?  PC. 

Q.  Do  you  find  this  ocean  on  the  eastern  or  western  hemi- 
sphere ? 

Q,.  Were  it  not  for  a  certain  Isthmus  you  might  now  reach 
home  from  the  Pacific  in  a  short  time  ;  what  is  the  name  of  this 
isthmus  ?  Dn. 

Q,.  What  sea  would  you  enter  after  crossing  the  isthmus] 
Cn. 

Q.  As  you  cannot  sail  across  this  isthmus,  what  cape  must  you 
sail  round  in  order  to  get  home,  without  sailing  back  1  Hn 

Q,.  What  ocean  do  you  then  enter  ?     Ac. 

Q,.  What  course  do  you  next  take  for  the  United  States  ? 

Q,.  When  you  get  there  will  you  have  sailed  round  the  world  1 
How  do  you  know  that  ?  115. 


POLITICAL  DIVISIONS. 


Q.  Whati  s  a  small  collection  of  houses  called  ? 

148.  A  Village. 

Q.  What  do  the  houses,  whether  they  are  near  together  as  in  a  Tillage  of 
not,  if  they  extend  over  several  miles,  form  ? 

149.  A  Town. 

Q.  What  is  the  land  of  a  town  called  ? 

150.  A  Township 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  25 

Q.  What  then  is  a  Town  ? 

151.  A  town  is  a  larger  collection  of  houses  than  a 
village,  and  the  houses  are  usually  at  a  greater  distance 
from  each  other  than  in  a  village, 

REMARK.    A  town  often  includes  one  or  more  villages. 
Q.  Of  what  does  a  town  consist  ? 

152.  Of  inhabitants,  houses,  land,  roads,  streams  of 
water,  &c. 

Q.  How  are  the  inhabitants  of  most  towns  employed  ? 

153.  Generally   in  Agriculture,1  but  frequently  in 
Manufactures,2  Merchandize,8  Commerce,  &c. 

Q.  What  is  the  chief  employment  of  the  inhabitants  of  your  town  ? 
£.  What  Meetings  besides  religious  ones  are  often  held  in  a  town? 

154.  Political  Meetings. 

Q.  What  are  they? 

155.  Meetings  relating  to  public  business. 

Q.  Who  compose  these  meetings  and  what  business  is  done  at  them? 

156.  They  are  composed  of  all  men  who  have  a 
right  to  vote,  and  when  assembled  they  elect4  public 
officers,  representatives,  governor,  &c. 

Q.  When  a  town  becomes  large  and  thickly  settled,  what  is  it  generally 

called  ? 

157.  A  City, 

Q.  What  then  is  a  city  ? 

158.  A   collection  of  houses  and  other  buildings 
larger  than  a  town. 

Q.  What  is  a  city  properly  speaking  ? 

159.  An  incorporated  town  having  peculiar6  privile- 
ges of  electing  officers  to  govern  it,  such  as  Mayor, 
Aldermen,  &c. 

Q.  What  does  incorporated  mean  ? 

160»  Mixed  or  united  in  one  body,  formed  into  one 
body  by  law. 

Q.  Do  you  live  in  a  city,  and  if  so,  who  is  the  Mayor  ? 
Q.  What  do  towns  and  cities  form  ? 

161.  Counties  or  Districts. 

Q.  What  public  buildings  are  peculiar  to  a  county  ? 

162.  A  Court-House  and  Jail. 


1  AORICULTORK,  cultivating  the  land,  as 
ploughing,  hoeing ;  sometime  calJed  farm- 

2  MANUFACTURES,  making  any  kind  of 
articles,  such  as  Cloth,  Hats,  Shoes,  &c. 


3  MERCHANDIZE,  articles  that  are 
bought  and  sold,  Tea,  Coffee  Sugar, 
Cloth,  &>c. 

4  ELECT,  choose,  select. 

5 PECULIAR,  appropriate,  belonging  to 
one  person  or  thing  and  to  that  only. 


26  INTRODUCTORY   COURSE. 

Q.  What  is  the  town  called  in  which  the  Courts  for  the  county  are  held  ? 

163.  The  Shire1  Town  or  County  Town. 

Q.  Where  are  the  Courts  held  in  your  county  ? 

Q.  When  the  courts  are  held  in  two  towns  of  a  county,  what  is  each 
called? 

164.  A  half-shire  town. 

Q.  What  should  you  now  say  that  a  County  Is  ? 

165.  A  County  is  several  towns  united  for  political 
purposes. 

Q.  In  what  county  do  you  live  ?  Do  you  live  in  the  Shire-town  ?  Will 
you  name  some  of  the  towns  in  your  county  ?  What  do  several  counties 
form? 

166.  A  State. 

Q.  What  is  the  name  of  your  own  State? 

Q.  What  public  buildings  are  peculiar  to  a  State  ? 

167.  State-House,  State  Prison,  &c. 

Q.  What  is  the  State-House  ? 

168.  The   building  in    which  the   Representatives 
from  all  the  towns  meet  to  make  laws  and  transact 
business  for  the  State. 

Q.  What  is  this  body  of  persons  called  when  assembled  ? 

169.  The  State  Legislature. 

Q.  Why  is  it  called  by  that  name  ? 

1     170.  Because  Legislature  signifies  the  body  of  men 
who  have  power  to  make  laws. 

Q.  Of  how  many  branches  is  the  Legislature  composed,  and  what  are 
they  called? 

171.  Two  ;  usually  called  a  Senate  and  House  of 
Representatives. 

Q.  What  is  the  first  officer  in  a  State  called  ? 

172.  Governor. 

Q.  What  is  the  power  which  is  vested  in  the  Legislature  and  Governor 
of  a  State  called  ? 

173.  The  Government  of  the  State. 

Q.  What  do  you  understand  by  Government? 

174.  The  power  vested  in  those  persons  who  make 
and  administer  the  laws  of  a  State. 

Q.  W  hat  is  the  town  called  in  which  the  Legislature  meets  ? 

175.  The  Capital  of  the  State. 

Q.  What  is  the  Capital  of  your  own  State  ? 
Q.  What  now  does  a  State  appear  to  be  ? 

176.  A  State  is  composed  of  several  counties  united 
under  one  Government. 


SHIRE  (shcre. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  27 

Q.  What  do  several  states  form  ? 

177.  The  United  States. 

Q.  By  what  other  name  are  the  United  States  sometimes  called  ? 

178.  Federal  or  Confederate  States. 

Q.  What  do  the  words  Federal  and  Confederate  signify  ? 

179.  Combined  or  united  together. 

Q.  What  is  the  object  of  this  Confederacy  or  Union  of  the  States. 

180.  To  make  them  more  powerful  in  time  of  war, 
and  more  prosperous  in  time  of  peace. 

Q.  What  is  the  first  officer  styled  ? 

181.  The  President  of  the  United  States. 

Q.  In  what  is  the  government  vested  ? 

182.  In  the  President  or  Congress  of  the  United 
States. 

Q.  Of  what  is  Congress  composed  ? 

183.  Of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives. 

Q.  What  are  the  members  of  Senates  styled  ? 

184.  Senators. 

Q.  How  are  Senators  and  all  other  officers  in  the  United  States  chosen  ? 

185.  By  the  people  or  their  representatives. 

Q.  What  now  do  you  understand  by  the  United  States  ? 

186.  The  ieveral  States  united  under  one  general 
government. 

Q.  What  is  the  government  styled  ? 

187.  A  Republic  or  Commonwealth. 

Q.  What  then  is  a  Republic  ? 

188.  A  Government  in  which  the  people  choose 
their  own  Rulers. 

Q.  What  does  the  whole  body  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  form  ? 

189.  A  Nation. 

Q.  What  is  a  Nation  ? 

190.  A  Nation  is  a  large  body  of  people,  inhabiting 
the  same  country,  and  united  under  one  Government. 

Q.  Whatpublic  buildings  are  peculiar  to  us,  as  a  Nation  ? 

191.  The  Capitol,  President's  House,  &c. 

Q.  What  is  the  place  called  which  contains  the  Capitol  ? 

192.  The  Capital  of  the  Nation. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States  called  ? 

193.  WASHINGTON. 

Q.  Why  was  it  so  named  ? 

194.  In  honor   of  GEORGE   WASHINGTON;   "The 
father  of  his  country." 


28  INTRODUCTORY   COURSE. 

FROM  THE  ATLAS. 

MAP   OF   THE    UNITED   STATES   BEFORE   THE  LEARNER. 

Q.  What  is  a  Map?     124. 

Q.  Which  part  of  this  Map  is  N.  ?    S.  1    E.I    W.  ?     108. 
Q,.  What  ocean  E.  of  the  United  States  ?     Ac. 
Q,.  What  large  gulf  on  the  S.  ?     Mo. 
Q,.  What  large  river  flows  into  this  gulf?     Mi., 
Q,.  Is  your  own  State  farther  from  this  gulf  than  from  the 
Ocean  1 

Q,.  Will  you  point  to  the  State  in  which  you  live  ? 


MAP  OF  THE  LEARNER'S  OWN  STATE,  AND  ITS  COUNTIES. 

This  Map  may  be  found  either  on  the  County  Maps  of  the  Eastern,  Middle, 
Southern  or  Western  States. 

Q,.  Will  you  point  to  your  own  State  on  this  map  1 

Q,.  Is  the  town  in  which  you  live  put  down  1 

Q,.  What  stands  for  towns  on  the  map  ? 

195.  The  name  of  the  town  with  a  small  circle  (o)  near  it. 

Q,.  What  town  is  North  of  your  town  1  [This  question  and 
the  next  three  are  so  simple,  that  the  pupil  ca*i  answer  them  even 
when  the  answers  are  not  found  on  the  map.] 

Q,.  What  town  is  E.  of  yours  ? 

Q,.  What  town  is  S.  of  yours  1 

Q,.  What  town  is  W.  of  yours  ? 

Q.  What  is  a  Town  1     151. 

Q,.  What  is  a  shire-town  1     163. 

Q,.  What  is  the  shire-town  of  your  county  ? 

Q,.  Will  you  point  to  it  on  the  Map? 

Q,.  What  is  a  county  1     165. 

Q,.  Will  you  point  to  your  county  on  the  map! 

Q,.  What  river  or  rivers  in  your  county  ? 

Q,.  What  is  the  course  of  the  largest  one  ? 

Q,.  Into  what  does  it  flow  1 

Q.  What  towns  are  on  it  or  near  it? 

Q.  Has  your  county  any  mountains  ? 

Q.  What  do  several  counties  form?     166. 

Q,.  What  rivers  do  you  find  on  the  map  of  your  own  State  ? 

Q.  Where  does  each  rise  or  begin] 

Q,.  What  is  the  course  of  each  I 

Q,.  Into  what  waters  does  each  flow? 

Q,.  What,  if  any  mountains,  in  your  state  1 

Q,.  Will  you  mention  several  towns  of  your  state  ? 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  29 

MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Q.  Will  you  point  to  your  own  State  ? 

Q.  What  is  a  State  ?     176. 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  bounding  a  State  ? 

196.  Telling  what  state,  ocean,  river,  or  other  waters,  lie  next 
it  on  the  different  sides. 

Q.  What  bounds  your  State  on  the  N.  ? 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E. ? 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  1 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  W.  ? 

Q.  What  is  a  capital  town1?     175. 

Q.  How  are  the  names  of  capital  towns  expressed  ? 

197.  In  small  capital  letters. 

Q.  Is  the  capital  of  your  State  in  the  N.  E.  S.  W.  or  middle 
part  of  the  State] 

Q.  Is  it  on  a  river,  bay,  or  any  body  of  water  1 


MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

MAINE. 

Q.  In  what  part  of  the  Union  is  Maine?     N.  E. 
Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E.?     Ans.  New  Brunswick. 
Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  N.  and  W.  1     Ans.  Lower  Canada. 
Q.  Will  you  point  to  Lower  Canada  and  New  Brunswick  on 
the  Map  ?     Do  they  belong  to  the  United  States  ? 

198.  No ;  they  belong  to  the  British  Government  and  consti- 
tute Provinces  or  parts  of  the  British  Empire. 

Q.  Where  is  the  seat  of  the  British  Government  ? 

199.  In  the  British  Isles,  N.  W.  of  the  Continent  of  Europe. 
Q.  What  bounds  Maine  on  the  S.  ?     c.     [The  letter  c  here  is 

the  last  letter  of  the  word  Atlantic,  which  is  the  answer  to  the 
question.] 

Q.  What  state  bounds  Maine  on  S.  W.  1     e. 

Q.  How  can  you  tell  a  larger  river  from  a  smaller  one  on  the 
Map. 

200.  By  the  figures  annexed  to  their  names,  the  highest  fig- 
ures denoting  the  largest  or  longest  river. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Maine  ?     t. 
Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  bay  does  it  flow?     t. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Maine  ?     a. 
Q.  On  what  river  is  it?     c. 

Q.  How  is  the  largest  town  in  any  state  or  nation  distinguished 
from  the  others  ? 


30  INTRODUCTORY   COURSE. 

201.  By  figures  in  the  rings  or  circles  that  are  annexed1  to  the 
names  of  towns ;  the  highest  figure  denoting  the  largest  town. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  Maine)    Pd. 

NEW   HAMPSHIRE. 

Q.  What  province  bounds  this  State  on  the  N.  1  a. 

Q,.  What  state  and  ocean  on  the  E.  1    e.    c. 

Q.  What  state  bounds  it  on  the  S.]     s. 

Q,.  What  river  on  the  W.]    t. 

Q,.  From  what  other  state  does  that  river  separate  it  7    t. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  New  Hampshire  1    t. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  sound  does  it  flow  ?     d. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  New  Hampshire  ?    d. 

Q,.  What  river  is  it  on  1    c. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  the  State]    Ph. 

Q,.  What  coast  is  it  on  1    c. 

VERMONT. 

Q,.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  N.  7    a. 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E.  and  S.  1    t,  s. 

Q,.  From  what  state  does  the  river  separate  it  1    e. 

Q,.  What  bounds  it  on  the  W.  ]    k. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  this  State  1    t. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  town  1    r. 

Q,.  Near  what  mountains  is  it  ?    n. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  the  State  7    Bn. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  N.  and  E.  ?    t.  e.  c. 

Q,.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  and  W.]    t.  d.  c.  k. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  )    t. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  town1?    n. 

Q.  On  what  bay  is  it  situated  1     s. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  the  State  ]    Bn. 

Q.  Which  is  the  next  largest]    Sm» 

RHODE    ISLAND. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  N.  and  E.7    s. 
Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.  1 
Q.  What  are  the  capital  towns  1    e.  and  Newport. 
Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town]    Pe. 

CONNECTICUT. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  N.  and  E.  ]    s.  d. 
1  ANNEXED,  to  place  .after,  tounite,  to  join. 


INTRODUCTORY   COURSE.  31 

Q,.  What  sound  on  the  S.  and  what  state  on  the  W.    d.  k. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river ?    t. 

Q,.  What  are  the  capital  and  largest  towns  of  this  State  1    n.  d. 

Q.  On  what  river  is  Hartford]    t. 

Q.  Near  what  sound  is  New  Haven  1    d» 

NEW  ENGLAND  OR  EASTERN  STATES. 

Map  of  the  United  States,    [continued.] 
Q.  Why  were  these  States  first  called  New-England?  i 

202.  From  their  fancied  resemblance  to  Old  England. 

Q.  What  and  where  is  Old  England,  or  more  properly,  Eng- 
.and? 

203.  It  is  a  division  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Island  of  Great 
Britain. 

Q.  Where  is  this  Island?     199. 

Q,.  Why  are  these  called  the  Eastern  States? 

204.  From  their  situation  in  that  part  of  the  Union. 

Q.  How  many  of  the  New  England  States  are  there,  and  which 
are  they? 

205.  Six ;  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts, 
Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut. 

Q.  What  province  bounds  New  England  on  the  N.  ?     a. 

Q.  What  province  and  ocean  on  the  E.  ?    k.  c, 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  and  W.  ?     c.  k. 

Q.  What  is  the  largest  river  in  New  England  ?    Ct. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  ? 

Q.  What  States  does  it  separate  7    e.  t. 

Q.  What  States  does  it  pass  through  ]     s.    t. 

Q.  Where  does  it  rise  ? 

206.  In  the  Highlands  which  separate  New  Hampshire  from 
Canada. 

Q.  Through  what  section  of  country  then  does  it  pass ! 

207.  New  England. 

Q.  How  long  is  this  river? 

208.  About  four  hundred  miles. 
Q,.  How  far  is  it  navigable  ? 

209.  To  Hartford,  fifty  miles. 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  a  navigable  river  ? 
200.  A  river  in  which  vessels  can  sail. 

&3~To  THE  LEARNER.  The  first  attempt  to  navigate  this  stream  above  Hartford, 
of  which  we  have  any  account,  was  made  by  the  celebrated  John  Ledyard,  a  nativt 
of  Connecticut,  in  the  following  extraordinary  manner.  When  a  student  at  Dart, 
mouth  College  in  New  Hampshire,  near  which  the  river  runs,  he  with  the  help  of  his 
fellow  students,  hollowed  out  the  trunk  or  a  large  tree,  and  fashioned  it  into  a  boat 
in  this  he  sailed  down  the  river  to  Hartford,  a  distance  of  140  miles;  much  of  his 
course  lying  through  a  wilderness,  and  in  several  places  obstructed  by  dangerous  falls, 

INjtw  ENGLAND,  (iij'.y-ing'-land.) 


32  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  How  far  is  Connecticut  river  boatable  ? 

211.  About  three  hundred  miles. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  second  river  in  New  England  1    Pt, 

Q,.  What  capital  is  E.  of  Hartford?     e. 

Q.  What  capital  is  N.  E.  of  Providence  ?    n. 

Q.  What  capital  is  N.  W.  of  Boston?     d. 

Q,.  What  capital  is  N.  W.  of  Concord  ?     r. 

Q,.  What  capital  nearly  E.  of  Montpelier  ?     a. 

Q.  Which  and  where*  is  the  largest  town  in  New  England? 

Ans.  Bn.  in  Ms. 


MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES,  [CONTINUED.] 

NEW   YORK. 

Q.  What  bounds  New  York  on  the  N.  and  W?    a. 

Q,.  By  what  is  it  separated  from  the  province  1 

Ans.  S-Le.  o.  e.  and  Niagara  river. 

Q.  What  states  on  the  E.  and  S.  1    t.    s.    t.    y.     a. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  New  York?     S-Le. 

Q,.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  ?     e. 

Q.  Which  is  the  next  river  in  size  ?     n. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  New  York  1     y. 

Q.  On  what  river  is  it  ?     n. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town?     N-Yk. 

Q,.  At  the  mouth  of  what  river  is  it  ?     n. 

Q,.   On  what  island  is  it  ? 

Ans.  On  New  York  island,  formerly  called  Manhattan. 

NEW-JERSEY. 

Q.  What  State  bounds  New  Jersey  on  the  N.?     k. 

Q,.  What  waters  has  it  on  the  E.  S.  and  W.  ?     c.     e.    e. 

Q.  What  states  on  the  W  ?     a.     e. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  New  Jersey  ?     e. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  the  State  ?     n. 

Q.  What  river  is  it  on  ?     e. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town?    Nk. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Q.  What  lake  and  State  bound  Pennsylvania  on  the  N.?     e.  k. 

Q,.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E.?     k.     y. 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.  ?     e.  d.  a.  o. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  ?     Sa. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  bay  does  it  flow  ?     k. 

*  To  answer  the  question,  Where  a  town  or  river  is,  the  learner^in  Part  I.  need 
mention  only  the  state  or  country  in  which  it  is  situated, 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  33 

Q,.  What  two  rivers  unite  and  form  the  Ohio?    y.     a. 

Q,.  What  river  bounds  Pennsylvania  on  the  East  1    e. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  this  State  ?     g. 

Q,.  On  what  river  is  it  1     a. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town?     Pa- 

Q,  On  what  river  is  it  ?    e. 

DELAWARE. 

Q,.  What  bounds  Delaware  on  the  N.  and  E.  ? 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.  ? 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  ?    e. 

Q.  What  is  the  seat  of  government]    r. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town ?     Wn. 

MIDDLE  STATES. 

Map  of  the  United  States,     [continued.] 
Q,.  Why  are  the  Middle  States  so  called  ?    204. 
Q.  What  are  their  names?     N-Yk.     N-Jy.    Pa.    Dev 
Q.  What  bounds  these  States  on  the  N.  ?     a. 
Q,.  What  bounds  them  on  the  Ev  ?    c.     t.     s.     t. 
Q.  What  states  and  ocean  on  the  S.  ?     d.  a.  c. 
Q,.  What  province  and  state  on  the  W.  ?     o.  a. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  the  Middle  States?  /  Sa. 
Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  bay  does  it  flow  ?     k.. 
Q.  Which  capital  is  most  southerly  ?     r. 
Q.  What  capital  N.  W.  of  that?     g. 
Q.  What  capital  E.  of  Harrisburg  ?     n. 
Q.  What  capital  nearly  N.  of  Trenton  ?    y. 
Q.  Which  and  whera  is  the  largest  town  in  the  Middle  States-* 
Ans.  N-Yk.  in  N-Yk. 
Q,.  Which  and  where  is  the  second  ?    Pa.  in  Pa. 


MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES,    [CONTINUED.] 

MARYLAND. 

Q.  What  bounds  Maryland  on  the  N.  and  E.  ? 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.? 

Q,.  What  river  separates  it  from  Virginia?     c. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Maryland  ?     c. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  ?     k. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Maryland  ?     s. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town?    Be. 

VIRGINIA. 

Q.  What  bounds  Virginia  on  the  N.  and  N.  E.  ? 
2* 


34  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  river  forms  the  dividing  line  7     c. 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E.  and  S.  1 

Q.  What  on  the  W.  and  N  W.  7 

Q.  What  is  the  largest  river  in  Virginia  1     Oo. 

Q,.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  7    i. 

Q.  Which  is  the  second  river  in  size  7     PC. 

Q,.  Where  does  the  Legislature  of  Virgin! a  meet7?     d. 

Q,.  On  what  river  is  that  town  ?     s. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  the  State  1     Rd. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  second  town  in  size?-     Nk. 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  N.  and  E.  7 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.  ? 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  North  Carolina?     Ne. 

Q,.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  sound  does  it  flow  1 

Q,.  Where  are  the  laws  for  this  State  made  7     h. 

Q.  Near  what  river  is  it  1     e. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  7     Nn. 

SOUTH   CAROLINA. 

Q.  What  bounds  South  Carolina  on  the  N.  and  N.  E.  1 

Q,.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E.,  S.  and  W.  7 

Q,.  What  river  forms  its  western  boundary  7     h. 

Q.  Which  is  its  largest  river  ?     h. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  South  Carolina]     a. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  ]     Cn. 

GEORGIA. 

Q,.  What  bounds  Georgia  on  the  N.  and  E.  1 

Q.  From  what  does  the  river  separate  it  7 

Q,.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  S.  and  W.  7 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Georgia?     h. 

Q.  Where  is  the  seat  of  government  in  Georgia  1    e. 

Q.  What  river  is  it  on  1     Oe. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  7     Sh. 

Q.  On  what  river  is  it  7     h. 

ALABAMA. 

Q.  What  bounds  Alabama  on  the  N.  and  E.  7 

Q,.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  and  W.  7 

Q.  What  river  forms  a  part  of  its  eastern  boundary  7     e. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Alabama?     Te. 

Q.  What  course  does  it  run,  and  where  does  it  flow  7     o, 

Q.  Where  does  the  Legislature  of  Alabama  meet  7    a. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  35 

Q.  What  river  is  it  on  ?    r. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town ;     e.  * 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  N  and  E 1 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.  1 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Mississippi  1     i. 

Q.  What  is  its  course,  and  into  what  does  it  flow  1 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  town  1    n. 

Q,.  W  hat  river  is  it  on  1     1. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  1     Nz. 

LOUISIANA. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  State  on  the  N.  and  E.  1 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.  ?     G-Mo.  Mo. 

Q.  What  is  Mexico? 

212.  A  Republic  in  the  South-western  part  of  N.  America. 

Q.  What  is  the  largest  river  in  Louisiana]     i. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  second  in  size  1     d. 

Q.  Into  what  does  it  flow  ]     i. 

Q,.  Wliich  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  1    s. 

Q,.  On  what  river  is  it  ]    i. 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 

Map  of  the  United  States,     [continued.] 
Q.  Why  are  these  States  called  Southern  1    204. 
Q.  How  many  and  what  are  the  Southern  States  ] 
213.  Eight;  Md.  Va.  N-Ca.  S-Ca.  Ga.  Aa.  Mi.  La. 
Q.  Which  of  these  states  is  most  northerly  and  easterly  1 
Q,.  Which  is  most  southerly  and  westerly  ] 
Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  the  Southern  States  ]     Mi. 
Q.  Which  is  the  second  in  size  ]     Rd.  in  La. 
Q,.  Which  and  where  is  the  largest  town  ]     Be.  in  Md. 
Q,.  Into  what  do  the  rivers  generally  flow  1     c.     o. 


MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES,     [CONTINUED.] 

OHIO 

Q.  What  bounds  Ohio  on  the  N.  and  E.  1 

Q,.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  ]     o. 

Q,.  From  what  does  this  river  separate  it  ?     a.     y. 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  W.  ]     a. 2 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Ohio  ]     o. 

IMoDiuc,  (mo-beel')  2  INDIANA,  (iii  de  all  na.) 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


Q.  Whatis  the  capital?    s. 

Q,.  What  river  is  it  on?     a. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  1 

Q.  What  river  is  it  on  ?    o. 


Ci. 


KENTUCKY. 

Q.  What  river  bounds  Kentucky  on  the  N.  ?  o. 

Q.  What  States  on  the  N.  ?    o.     a.    s.* 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E.  and  S.  ? 

Q,.  What  river  bounds  it  on  the  W.  1 

Q.  What  state  bounds  it  on  the  W.  ?    Mi.! 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  1     Mi. 

Q.  Which  is  the  second  in  size  ?     Te. 

Q.  Which  is  the  third  river  ?     o. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  town  1    t. 

Q.  On  what  river  is  it  1    y. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  ?     Le.  * 

Q.  On  what  river  is  it  1    o. 

TENNESSEE. 

Q.  What  bounds  Tennessee  on  the  N.  and  E.  ? 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  and  W.  ?    i.     a.     a.    s. 

Q.  What  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Tennessee  1    e. 

Q.  What  river  is  it  on?     d. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Tennessee  ?     Te. 


Q.  What  bounds  Indiana  on  the  N.?    L-Mn.    n.5 

Q,.  What  bounds  it  on  the  E.  S.  and  W.? 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  1     o. 

Q.  Which  is  the  next  largest?     h.6 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  ? 

Q.  What  is  the  capital?     s. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  ?    Vs. 

ILLINOIS. 

Q,.  What  territory  on  the  N.  of  this  state  ?    n. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  state  on  the  E.  S.  and  W.  ? 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  ?    i. 

Q,.  *.Vhich  is  the  second  ?     h. 

v=i.  Where  is  the  seat  of  government?     a. 


o. 


1  ILLINOIS,  (ill-e-noy'.) 
2 MISSOURI,  (inis-soo'-re.) 
SJLOL'ISVILLE,  (loo'-e-vill-) 


4  ARKANSAS,  (ar-kan-saw'.) 

5  MICHIGAN,  (mish'-e-gan.) 
CWABASH,  (waw'-bosli.) 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  37 

Q.  On  what  river  is  it  ?     a. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town?    S-Tn. 

MISSOURI. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  state  on  the  N.  and  W.  ? 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  and  W.I 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  ?    i. 

Q.  What  is  its  length? 

Q.  Four  thousand  and  five  hundred  miles. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  1      . 

Q.  Which  is  the  second  river  in  size  ?    i. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital?     n. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  ?     S-Ls. 

ARKANSAS. 

Q.  What  bounds  this  state  on  the  N.  and  E.  ?     i.    i.    e.    i. 
Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  and  W.  ?     a.     x.    o. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  and  largest  river  ?    k.     s. 

MICHIGAN. 

Q.  What  five  lakes  border  on  this  state  ?     e.    r.    n.    n.    r. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  town  and  largest  river  ?    t. 


WESTERN  STATES. 

Map  of  the  United  States^    [continued.} 
Q,  Why  are  these  states  so  called  ?    204. 
Q.  How  many  and  which  are  these  states  ? 

214.  Eight;  Oo.  Ky.  Te.  la.  Is   Mi.  Mn.  As. 
Q.  Which  of  these  states  is  most  easterly  1 

Q,.  Which  is  most  westerly  ? 

Q.  Which  border  on  the  Mississippi  river  ? 

Q.  Which  border  on  the  Ohio  river? 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  ?     Mi. 

Q.  Which  is  the  second  ?     Mi. 

Q,.  Which  and  where  is  the  largest  town  ?     Ci.  in  Oo. 

TERRITORIES. 

Q.  What  are  territories  ? 

215.  Portions  of  country  under  the  government  of  the  U.  S. 
Q.  What  territory  N.  of  Illinois  ?    n. 

Q.  What  territory  W.  of  the  last?  a. 

Q,.  What  two  rivers  enclose  it  on  the  E.  and  W.  ?  i.  i. 

Q,.  What  territory  lies  W.  of  the  last?  i. 

Q.  What  Territory  N.  W.  of  Missouri  Territory?    n. 

Q.  What  large  river  has  it  ?     a. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  ?    c. 


38  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q,.  What  Territory  S.  of  Georgia?    a. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Florida  1     e. 
Q.  How  many  and  what  are  the  Territories  1 
216.  Five;  Wn.  la.  Mi.  On.  Fa. 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

Q.  Why  is  the  District  of  Columbia  so  called? 

217.  From  Columbus  who  discovered  America. 
Q,.  On  what  river  is  it  situated?     Pc.1^ 

Q,.  How  large  in  extent  is  this  District  ? 

218.  About  ten  miles. 

Q.  By  what  states  was  it  ceded,  or  given  to  the  U.  States'? 

219.  By  Maryland  and  Virginia. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  town  ?     Washington. 
Q.  On  what  river  is  it?     PC. 
Q,.  On  which  side  of  it  ?     The  Maryland  side. 
Q.  For  what  is  it  celebrated  ? 

220.  For  being  the  capital  of  the  nation. 
Q.  What  meets  at  the  capital? 

221.  The  Congress  of  the  United  States. 


UNITED  STATES,     [CONTINUED.] 

|I^  See  Map  of  North  America. 

Q.  What  bounds  the  U.  States  on  the  N.  ?    B-Aa.    R-Ps.* 
Q,.  What  bounds  them  on  the  E.  and  S.?     c.   o. 
Q,.  What  on  the  S.  W.  and  W.?    Mo.  PC. 


MAP  OF  THE  THE  UNITED  STATES.     [CONTINUED.] 

Q,.  What  states  border  on  the  Atlantic  ? 

Q,.  What  states  border  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ? 

Q,.  What  states  are  entirely  W.  of  the  Mississippi? 

Q,.  What  states  border  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississippi  ? 

Q.  Which  state  is  the  most  N.  E. ) 

Q,.  Which  the  most  S.  W.  ? 

Q,.  Which  states  lie  on  the  Ohio  river  ? 

Q,.  Which  Territory  is  the  most  N.  W.  ? 

Q,.  Which  Territory  is  the  most  S.  ? 

LAKES. 

Q,.  What  lakes  lie  between  the  United  States  and  British  Amer- 
ica?   o.     e.    r.    n.    r.    y.    s. 

1  POTOMAC,  (po-to'-mac.)  |     3  ERIE,  (e'-re.) 

2  RUSSIAN,  (ru'-shan.) 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  39 

Q,.  Which  of  them  is  the  largest  ]    r. 

Q,.  What  lake  lies  between  Wisconsin  and  Michigan  ]     n. 

Q,.  What  lake  between  New  York  and  Vermont  ]    n. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q.  Which  are  the  highest  mountains  E.  of  the  Mississippi 
river  ]  We. 

Q,.  In  what  state  are  they  ]     e. 

Q,.  What  mountains  nearly  between  the  Southern  and  West- 
ern States]  y. 

Q,.  Which  are  the  highest  mountains  in  the  U.  States  1     Ry. 

Q,.  What  Territories  do  they  bound  ]     i.  n. 

Q,.  Do  these  mountains  run  E.  and  W.  or  nearly  N.  and  S. 

CAPES. 

Q.  What  is  a  coast  ]    94. 

Q,.  What  capes  on  the  New  England  coast  1    n.     d.    r. 

Q,.  What  cape  or  point  on  the  E.  of  Long  Island  ]     k. 

Q,.  What  capes  on  the  coast  of  the  Middle  States  ]    y.    n. 

Q,.  What  capes  on  the  coast  of  the  Southern  States  1  s.  y.  s.  t.  r. 

BAYS,    ISLANDS,    AND    SOUNDS. 

Q.  What  large  island  and  sound  S.  of  Connecticut  ? 

Q,.  What  two  islands  S.  of  Massachusetts  ]     t.     d. 

Q,.  What  bays  on  the  coast  ]     t.  s.  e.  k. 

Q,.  What  two  sounds  E.  of  North  Carolina]     e.    o. 

Q,.  What  island  E.  of  South  Carolina  ]     s. 

Q,.  What  cluster  of  islands  E.  of  Florida  ]     a. 

Q,.  How  many  are  there  supposed  to  be  ]    Ans.  500. 

RIVERS. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  the  United  States  ]    Mi. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  second  ]     Mi. 
Q.  Which  is  the  third  ]     As.  [in  Arkansas.] 
Q,.  Which  is  the  fourth]     Rd.  [in  Louisama.l 
Q.  Which  is  the  fifth  ]     Ca.  [in  Oregon  T.] 
Q.  Which  the  five  next] 

Ans.  White,  Yellowstone,  Kaskaskia,  Tennessee,  and  Ohio. 
Q.  Is  each  of  these  streams  larger  than  the   Connecticut  ? 
222.    Many  times. 

Q,.  Are  there  any  other  branches  of  the  Mississippi  and  Mis- 
souri] 


40  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

223.  Numerous  others,  and  many  of  them  larger  than  the 
Connecticut. 

TOWNS. 

Q,.  Which   and   where    is  the  largest  town  in  the  United 
States?    N-Yk.  in  N-Yk. 

Q.  The  second]     Pa.      Pa      Q,.  The  sixth?       Cn.   S-Ca. 
Q.  The  third?       Be.      Md.     Q.  The  seventh ?  Ci.     Oo. 
Q.  The  fourth  ?     Bn.      Ms.     Q.  The  eighth?     Ay.  N-Yk. 
Q,.  The  fifth?        N-Os.  La.     Q.  The  ninth?      Wn.  D-Ca. 


POLITICAL  DIVISIONS,      [CONTINUED.] 

Q.  What  is  the  earliest  government  ? 

234.  The  Patriarchal. 

Q.  What  is  that  ? 

235.  A  government  in  which  fathers  are  the  govern- 
ors of  their  own  families  and  their  descendants. 

Q.  What  are  such  governors  called  ? 

236.  Patriarchs. 

Q.  Will  you  mention  some  illustrious  ones  recorded  in  the  Bible  ? 

237.  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob. 

Q.  To  what  does  this  government  naturally  lead 

238.  To  the  monarchical. 

Q.  WThat  is  a  monarchy  ? 

239.  A  government  in  which  a  single  person  gov- 
erns a  whole  tribe  or  nation. 

Q.  What  are  such  governors  called  ? 

240  Monarchs  most  usually ;  they  are  also  called 
chiefs,  captains,  judges,  dictators,  kings,  sovereigns, 
sultans,  emperors,  &c. 

Q.  What  are  the  governors  of  savage  nations  generally  called  ? 

241.  Chiefs  and  sometimes  kings. 

Q.  What  were  the  kings  of  scripture  ? 

242.  No  more  than  the  chiefs  of  tribes. 

Q.  What  is  a  Republic  or  Commonwealth  ?    188.    In  whom  then  is  the 
sovereign  power  vested  ? 

243.  In  the  people. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  sovereign  power  ? 

244.  The  highest  or  greatest  power  in  the  land. 

Q.  In  what  nation  do  the  people  possess  this  power  to  the  greatest  ex- 
tent  on  the  face  of  the  earth  ? 

245.  In  the  United  States. 

Q.  When  the  sovereign  power  of  enlightened  nations  is  exercised  by  one 
man,  what  is  he  styled  1 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  41 

246.  A  monarch,  sovereign,  autocrat,  emperor  or 
king. 

Q.  What  is  the  government  styled  ? 

247.  A  monarchy,  sovereignty,  despotism. 

Q.  What  is  the  territory  or  country  so  governed  called  ? 

248.  The  country  or  territory  governed  by  one  man, 
is  styled  an  Empire  or  Kingdom. 

Q.  Which  is  considered  as  embracing  the  larger  territory,  an  Empire'or 
Kingdom  ? 

249.  An  Empire. 

Q.  What  is  a  limited  monarchy  ? 

250.  One  in  which  the  power  of  the  sovereign  is 
limited  by  law. 

Q.  What  does  absolute  mean  ? 

251.  Independent  of  every  thing,  free,  unlimited  ; 
the  power  of  doing  as  we  choose. 

Q.  What  then  is  an  absolute  monarchy  ? 

252.  A  government  in  which  the  monarch  has  power 
to  do  precisely  as  he  pleases,  his  own  will  being  the  law. 

Q.  If  an  absolute  sovereign  abuse  his  power,  what  is  he  styled  ? 

253.  A  despot  or  tyrant. 

Q.  What  is  a  Viceroy  ? 

254.  One  whom  the  king  appoints  to  rule  over  a  re- 
mote part  of  his  dominions,  possessing  the  power  of 
the  king  himself. 

Q.  What  is  an  aristocracy  ? 

255.  A  government  in  which  the  power  is  exercised 
by  only  a  few  persons. 

Q.  How  many  and  what  are  the  simple  forms  of  government  ? 

256.  Two  ;  Monarchies  and  Republics. 

Q.  What  ae  the  divisions  of  empires,  kingdoms,  states,  <fec.  styled? 

257.  Political  divisions. 

Q.  What  then  are  political  divisions  ? 

258.  Such  as  are  made  by  men  in  establishing  differ- 
ent governments. 

Q.  What  ought  to  be  the  grand  object  in  forming  all  governments  ? 

259.  The  safety  of  life  and  property,  and  the  happi- 
ness of  the  people. 


MAP  OF  NORTH  AMERICA. 

Q.  What  division  of  country  nearly  in  the  middle  of  North 
America]     U.  S. 


42  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  division  N.  of  the  United  States  ?    B-Aa. 
Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  British  America  1 

260.  Those  parts  of  North  America  which  belong  to  the  king- 
dom of  Great  Britain. 

Q.  What  division  N.  E.  of  the  last  ?     Gd. 
Q,.  Why  was  it  so  called  ? 

Ans.  Because  the  land  appeared  green  in  comparison  with 
Iceland. 

Q.  In  what  direction  is  Iceland  from  Greenland  ?     E. 
Q,.  What  division  W.  of  British  America  ]     R-Ps. 
Q.  What  are  these  ] 

261.  That  part  of  America  which  belongs  to  Russia. 
Q,.  Where  is  Russia  situated  ? 

262.  In  the  N.  of  Europe  and  Asia. 

Q,.  What  division  S.  W.  of  the  United  States  ?     Mo. 

Q.  What  is  Mexico?     187. 

Q.  What  division  S.  E.  of  the  last  1    Ga.1 

Q.  What  is  that  ? 

263.  A  republic  also. 

Q,  By  what  other  name  is  it  often  called  1 

264.  Central  America. 

Q.  How  many  and  what  are  the  general  divisions  of  North 
America  ? 

265.  Six;  U-Ss.  B-Aa.  Gd.  R-Ps.  Mo.  Ga. 


Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  gulf  in  North  America  ?    o. 

Q,.  With  what  sea  does  it  communicate  ?     n. 

Q,.  What  gulf  W.  of  Mexico  ?     a. 

Q,.  What  gulf  E.  of  British  America  1    e. 


Q,  What  bay  W.  of  Greenland  1    s. 

Q.  What  bay  S.  W.  of  that  ?     s. 

Q.  What  bay  S.  of  Hudson's  Bay  1     8. 

Q.  What  small  bay  N.  of  Hudson's  ?     e. 

Q.  What  bay  S.  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?    y. 

Q.  What  bay  E.  of  the  last  1     s. 

Q.  What  bays  on  the  eastern  coast  of  the  U.  S.  1     e.    k, 

STRAITS* 

Q.  What  strait  N.  W.  of  North  America  1    g. 

Q.  What  grand  division  does  it  separate  ?     a.  a. 

Q,.  What  is  the  shortest  distance  from  this  continent  to  Asia  ? 

1  GUATEMALA,  (gwah-te-ma'-la.) 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE,  43 

266.  About  thirty-nine  miles  across  this  strait. 
Q.  "W  hat  oceans  does  it  connect  ? 

Q.  What  strait  on  the  E.  leads  into  Baffin's  Bay  ?     s. 

Q.  What  strait  on  the  W.  leads  into  Baffin's  Bay  ]     Bs. 

Q.  What  two  straits  lead  into  Hudson's  Bay  1    s.  d. 

Q.  What  strait  on  the  E.  of  British  America  ?     e. 

Q.  What  gulf  and  ocean  does  it  connect  ]     e.  c. 

Q.  What  island  and  province  does  it  separate  1    d.  r. 

ISLANDS. 

Q.  What  large  island  E.  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  ?    d. 
Q.  Which  is  the  largest  island  in  North  America  ]    Gd. 
Q.  What  island  E.  of  Greenland  1    d. 
Q.  What  is  it  celebrated  for  ] 

267.  -For  its  volcanic  mountain. 

Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  between  North  and  South  Ameri- 
ca] W-Is. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  ?     Ca. 

Q.  To  whom  does  it  belong  ?     To  Spain. 

Q.  Where  is  Spain  ?    In  the  S.  W.  part  of  Europe. 

Q.  What  large  town  in  Cuba  ?    a. 

Q.  Will  you  mention  some  other  of  the  larger  West  India 
Islands?  Hi.  Ja.  P-Ro. 

Q.  Which  is  next  in  size  to  Cuba  ?     Hi. 

Q.  What  race  of  people  inhabit  it  ? 

268.  The  African  or  negro  race. 
Q,.  How  are  they  governed  ? 

269.  By  a  President  elected  by  themselves. 

Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  E.  of  the  United  States  ?     Bs. 
Q.  What  island  W.  of  the  U.  S.  territory,  N.  of  the  mouth  of 
Columbia  river  ]     a. 

Q.  What  island  N.  of  Nootka  1     s. 

Q.  What  island  in  the  N.  of  Hudson's  Bay  1    n. 

Q.  What  island  W.  of  Baffin's  Bay  near  Parry's  ship  ?     e. 

PENINSULAS. 

Q.  What  peninsula  in  the  S.  of  Mexico  1     Yn. 

Q.  What  one  in  the  W.  of  Mexico  ]     Ca. 

Q.  What  on  the  S.  E.  coast  of  British  America  1    N-Sa. 


Q.  What  is  the  most  southern  cape  of  the  U.  States  ?    e. 

Q.  What  cape  S.  of  Nova  Scotia  ]     e. 

Q,.  What  cape  in  the  S.  of  Greenland  ]    1. 

Q.  What  capes  on  the  E.  coast  of  the  United  States  ?    d.  8. 


44  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  cape  in  the  W.  of  Cuba  ?    o. 

Q.  What  cape  in  the  S.  of  California  1    s. 

Q.  What  cape  on  the  E.  of  Behring's  Strait7?    s. 

LAKES. 

Q.  What  lakes  border  on  the  U.  S.  and  British  America  ? 

270.  Ws.  r.  n.  e.  o. 

Q,.  Which  is  most  easterly  ]     o. 

Q,.  Which  is  most  westerly  1    s. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  lake  in  North  America  1    r. 

Q.  What  lake  N.  W.  of  the  Lake  of  the  Woods  ]     g. 

Q.  What  large  lake  N.  W.  of  Winnipeg  1     e. 

Q,.  What  lake  in  the  southern  part  of  Guatemala  I1    a.* 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q.  What  mountains  border  on  the  British  and  Russian  Pos- 
sessions 1    y. 

Q.  What  name  have  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Mexico  1    s. 

Q.  What  mountain  near  the  coast  of  Russian  America  ]     s. 

Q,.  What  considerable  range  in  the  United  States  ]     y.* 

Q.  What  mountains  have  the  highest  peak )     Es. 

Q.  Which  is  the  next  highest  1     s. 

Q.  With  what  is  the  top  of  Mt.  Elias  constantly  covered  ? 

271.  With  snow. 

Q,.  How  far  is  it  from  the  ocean  1 

272.  Twenty-five  miles. 

Q,.  What  important  purpose  does  it  serve  1 

273.  As  a  land-mark  for  mariners  on  the  coast. 


Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  British  America  1     M-Ks. 

Q,.  What  lake  does  it  issue  from  ]     e. 

Q.  What  is  its  course,  and  into  what  sea  does  it  flow  1    r. 

<X.  From  what  does  it  derive  its  name  ! 

274.  From  Sir  Alexander  McKenzie,4  who  discovered  it. 

Q.  What  rivers  about  three  times  as  large  as  the  Connecticut 
flow  into  Hudson's  and  James'  bays )  n.  n.  y. 

Q.  What  river  is  the  outlet  of  the  Great  Lakes  between  the 
(J.  S.  and  British  America?  e. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  gulf  does  it  flow  ]     e. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Mexico  ]     Ne. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  1    o. 

1  GUATEMALA,  (gwah-te-ma'-la.)  I      3  ALLEGANY,  (al-le-ga'-ny.) 

2  NICARAGUA,  (nic-ar-au'-gua.)  |     4  MCKENZIE,  (mac-kou'-ze.) 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  45 

CAPITALS,    &C. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States  ?     n. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  British  America  1     c. 

Q.  On  what  river  is  it  1     e. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  British  America  ?     Ml. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  in  Mexico  1     o. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  in  Guatimala  1     a. 


MAP  OF  SOUTH  AMERICA. 
Q.  What  division  in  the  east  ?     Bl.1 
Q.  What  division  in  the  S.  ?     Pa. 
Q.  What  one  in  the  N.  W ?     Ca. 
Q.  What  one  in  the  W.,   S.  of  Colombia?     Pu. 
Q.  What  one  in  the  W.  and  N.  of  Patagonia ?     Ci.» 
Q.  What  one  S.  E.  of  Peru  ?     Ba. 
Q.  What  one  W.  of  Chili  1     U-Ps. 
Q.  What  is  the  interior  often  called  ?     Aa. 
Q,-  What  one  N.  of  the  last  and  E.  of  Columbia?    Ga.t 
Q,.  Which  division  is  the  largest  ?     Bl. 
Q.  Which  is  the  smallest  ?     Ga. 
Q.  What  divisions  does  South  America  comprise  ? 

275.  Ca.  Ga.  Bl.  Pa.  Ba.  Ci.  Pu.  U-Ps. 

CAPES. 

Q.  Which  is  the  most  southern  cape  ?    n. 
Q.  Which  is  the  most  eastern  ?     e. 
Q.  Which  is  the  most  western  ?     o. 
Q.  Which  the  most  northern  1     a. 

ISLANDS. 

Q.  What  large  islands  S.  of  Patagonia?     o. 
Q.  Wnat  islands  N.  E.  of  Terra  del  Fuego  ?    d. 
Q,.  What  celebrated  island  W.  of  Chili  ?     8. 
Q.  What  is  it  celebrated  for  ? 

276.  The  residence  of  Alexander  Selkirk. 
Q,.  What  book  did  his  story  give  rise  to  ? 

277.  The  adventures  of  Robinson  Crusoe. 
Q.  What  island  N.  E.  of  Colombia  ?     d. 

Q.  What  straits  separates  Patagonia  from  Terra  del  Fuego?  n. 
Q.  What  is  meant  by  Terra  ?    Land.    By  Del  ?     Of.    By 
Pne go  ?    Fire.    What  then  does  Terra  Del  Fuego  mean  ? 
Q.  Why  was  this  island  so  called  ? 

278.  From  the  fire  seen  on  it  when  first  discovered  ? 

1  BRAZIL,  (bra-zeel'.>  I     3  GUIAMA,  (ghe-a'-na.) 

2  CHILI,(  che'-le.)     ' 


46  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q.  Which  are  the  highest  mountains  in  America  1     8. 
Q,.  What  is  their  greatest  height  ? 

279.  A  little  more  than  41  miles,  or  twenty-five  thousand  two 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

Q.  What  divisions  of  South  America  do  the  Andes  cross  1 

280.  Ca.  u.  a.  s.  i.  a. 

RIVERS. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  South  America  1    An, 
Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  1     c. 
Q,.  How  wide  is  it  at  its  mouth  1 

281.  So  wide  that  we  cannot  see  across,  150  miles. 

Q,.  Which  and  where  is  the  second]  Py.  [See  U.  Provinces.] 
Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  river  does  it  flow  ?     Pa. 
Q.  What  name  does  the  Paraguay  take  near  its  mouth  1     a. 
Q.  What  is  meant  by  Rio?     River.     By  de?  of.     By  Pla- 
ta ?     Silver.     What  then  does  Rio -de- Plat  a  mean  1 
Q.  Why  was  it  called  the  "  River  of  Silver?" 

282.  From  the  silver  mines  in  the  country  through  which  it 
flows. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Colombia  1    Qo. 
Q,.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  ?     c. 


Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Colombia  ?    a. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  1     Qo.1 
Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Peru  1     a.* 
Q.  On  what  coast  is  it  1 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Guiana  1    o. 
Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Bolivia?     a. 
Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  ?     Pi. 
Q.  Which  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Brazil  ?    o. 
Q.  Which  is  the  second  in  size?    S-Sr. 
Q.  Which  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  the  United  Prov- 
inces?   s.* 

Q,.  On  what  river  is  it ?     a. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Chili  ?    o. 
Q.  Why  has  Patagonia  no  capital  or  other  towns  ? 
283.  Because  it  is  uninhabited,  except  by  Indians. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  America?    New- York. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  second  town  in  size  ?    Philadelphia. 

1  QUITO,  (ke'-to.)  I     3  BUENOS  AYRES  ,(bwa-nos-ai'-res,) 

2  LIMA,  (lee'-ma. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  47 

Q,.  Which  is  the  third  ?     Mexico  in  Rio  Janeiro. 

Q,.  Which  the  fourth  1     Havana.    [In  the  W.Indies.] 

a.  Which  the  fifth  1    St.  Salvador. 

Q,.  Which  the  sixth  ?     Quito. 

Q.  Which  the  seventh  1    Baltimore,  and  Buenos  Ayres, 


Q.  What  bounds  S.  America  on  the  N.  and  E.? 
Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  and  W.I 


MAP  OF  EUROPE. 

Q.  What  division  in  the  N.  E.  of  Europe  ?     Ra. 
Q,.  What  divisions  in  the  N.  W.  ?     Ny.  Sn. 
Q,.  What  ones  in  the  S.  ?     Ty.  ly.  Fe.  Sn.  PI. 
Q.  What  ones  in  the  interior  1     Sd.  Aa.  Gy.  Pa. 
Q,.  What  division  N.  of  Germany  1     Dk. 
Q.  What  divisions  W.  of  Germany  ?     Hd.  Bm. 
Q,.  What  one  W.  of  the  last  two  ?     Great  Britain. 
Q,.  Is  Great  Britain  joined  with  the  Continent  1 

284.  It  is  not,  being  an  island. 

Q,.  Will  you  now  repeat  these  divisions  of  Europe1? 

Q,.  How  many  do  they  make  1 

Q,.  What  three  small  divisions  has  the  island  of  Great  Britain  ? 

285.  England,  Scotland,  and  Wales. 
Q,.  What  do  they  form  ? 

286.  The  kingdom  of  Great  Britain. 
Q,.  What  is  a  kingdom  1    248. 

Q,.  What  large  island  W.  of  Great  Britain  ?     Id. 
Q,.  What  does  Ireland  with  Great  Britain  form  1 

287.  The  kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  smallest  division  of  Europe]     Hd. 

Q,.  W  hich  is  the  largest  division ?     Ra. 

Q,.  Which  has  no  sea  coast  ?    Sd. 

Q,.  What  small  country  S.  of  Turkey  ?     Ge. 

Q,.  What  in  the  N.  W.  of  Italy?     Sa. 

Q.  What  one  in  Russia,  E.  of  Prussia?     Pd. 

Q,.  What  one  in  Russia,  E.  of  Sweden!     Fd. 

Q.  What  one  in  the  N.  of  Europe?     Ld. 

Q.  What  one  in  the  E.  of  Germany  ?    Sy. 

Q,.  For  what  is  it  remarkable  ? 

288.  For  its  fine  wooled  sheep,  known  among  us  as  Saxony 
sheep. 

SEAS. 

Q,.  What  large  sea  in  the  S.  of  Emcpe?    n. 

a  What  sea  S.  of  Turkey?    o.    Why  so  called?    22. 


48  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q,.  What  is  the  eastern  part  of  the  Mediterranean  called  ? 
289   The  Levant. 

Q,.  What  divisions  of  Europe  border  on  these  seas?     n.  e.  y.  y. 
Q,.  What  sea  N.  E.  of  the  Archipelago  ?     a. 
Q,.  What  sea  N.  E.  of  the  last  ?    k. 
a.  What  sea  N.  of  the  Black?     f. 
Q,.  What  sea  nearly  E.  of  the  last?    n. 
Q,.  What  is  there  remarkable  about  this  sea  ? 
290.  It  has  no  visible  outlet. 

Q,.  What  large  empire  borders  on  the  last  three  seas  ?     n. 
Q,.  What  sea  between  Denmark  and  Great  Britain?     h. 
Q,.  What  sea  between  Scotland  and  Ireland  1    h. 
Q,.  What  sea  borders  on  Sweden,  Prussia,  and  Russia  ?    c. 
Q,.  What  sea  in  the  N.  of  Russia  ?     e. 

Q,.  Will  you  repeat  the  names  of  the  seas  in  and  around  Eu- 
rope ?    n.  o.  a.  k.  f.  n.  h.  h.  c.  e. 

PENINSULAS. 

Q,.  What  peninsula  in  the  S.  W.  of  Europe  ?    Sn.  and  PL 

Q,.  WThat  peninsula  in  the  S.  of  Greece  ?     a. 

Q,.  What  peninsula  S.  of  Russia  ?     a. 

Q,.  What  peninsula  N.  of  Germany  ?    Dk. 

GULFS   AND    BAYS. 

Q.  What  gulf  E.  of  Italy  ?    e. 

a.  What  gulfs  W.  of  Russia?    a.  d.  a. 

Q,.  What  gulf  S.  of  France  ?    s. 

Q,.  What  gulf  E.  of  Lyons  ?    a. 

Q,.  What  gulf  S.  E.  of  Italy?    o. 

Q,.  What  bay  W.  of  France  ?    y. 

CHANNELS. 

Q.  What  channel  between  France  and  England  ?    h. 
Q,.  What  channel  between  England  and  Ireland  ?    s. 
Q,.  What  channel  between  Scotland  and  Ireiand  ?    h. 
Q,.  What  channel  between  Denmark  and  Norway  ?    k. 
Q,.  What  channel  between  Denmark  and  Sweden  ?    t. 

STRAITS. 

Q,.  What  strait  leads  into  the  Mediterranean  ?    r. 

Q,.  What  strait  leads  into  the  gulf  of  Venice  ?    o. 

Q,.  What  strait  W.  of  Italy  7    o. 

Q,.  What  two  islands  does  it  divide  ?    a.  a. 

Q,,  What  strait  between  the  Marmora  and  the  Archipelago  ? 


i> 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  49 

Q.  What  strait  separates  Italy  from  Sicily  ?     a. 
Q.  What  does  the  strait  of  Gibraltar  separate? 

291.  Europe  and  Africa. 

Q,.  What  waters  does  the  strait  of  Dover  connect?     h.  h. 

Q,.  What  does  the  strait  separate  ?     d.  e. 

Q,.  What  town  in  France  is  nearest  this  strait  ?     s. 

Q,.  How  wide  is  the  strait  of  Dover  ? 

292.  Twenty-one  miles. 


Q.  What  two  lakes  in  Russia  ?    a.  a. 
Q,.  What  two  lakes  in  Sweden  ?    r.    r. 
Q.  What  two  in  Switzerland  ?     e.  a. 

ISLANDS. 

Q,.  What  island  on  the  W.  of  Europe  ?     Great  Britain. 
Q,.  W^hat  large  island  W.  of  Great  Britain  ?     Id. 
Q.  What  island  N.  W.  of  Scotland  ?     Id. 
Q,.  Which  are  the  five  largest  islands  in  the  Mediterranean  ? 
Ans.  Sa.  Ca.  Sy.  Ca.    Cs. 
Q,.  Which  of  these  are  the  most  westerly  ? 
Q,.  Which  is  the  most  easterly  ? 
Q.  W^hich  has  a  celebrated  volcano  ?    y. 
Q,.  What  is  the  name  of  the  volcano  ?     a. 
Q.  On  which  did  the  apostle  Paul  preach  on  his  journey  to 
Rome  in  Italy  ?     s. 

Q.  What  small  island  N.  E.  of  Corsica?     Elba. 
Q,.  What  celebrated  man  was  born  in  Corsica  ? 

293.  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Q.  What  is  the  island  of  Elba  distinguished  for? 

294.  Napoleon  Bonaparte  was  banished  to  it  in  1814. 
Q,.  WhatislandS.  of  Sicilv  ?     a. 

Q.  For  what  is  this  island  remarkable  ? 

295.  For  being  the  place  where  St.  Paul  was  shipwrecked. 
Q,.  What  three  islands  west  of  Sardinia  ?     a.  a.   a. 

Q,.  Which  of  these  is  the  largest  ? 

Q,.  What  five  large  islands  in  the  Baltic  sea? 

Ans.  Ad.  Gd.  Od.  Zd.  Fn. 

Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  N.  of  Scotland  ?    y. 

Q.  What  three  clusters  near  the  last  ?     s.  e.  d. 

CAPES. 

Q.  Wrhat  cape  in  the  N  of  Europe  ?    h. 
Q.  What  cape  in  the  southern  part  of  Norway  ?    e. 
Q.  What  is  the  southern  cape  of  Ireland  ?    r. 
3 


50  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  cape  at  the  S.  W.  extremity  of  England  ?     d. 

Q.  What  capes  in  the  N.  W.  part  of  Spain  ?    1.  e. 

Q.  What  cape  in  the  S.  W.  part  of  Portugal?     t. 

Q.  What  cape  in  the  southern  portion  of  Italy  ?     o. 

Q.  What  cape  in  the  southern  part  of  Greece  ?    n. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q,.  What  range  of  mountains  separates  France  from  Spain  ?  Ps. 
Q.  What  mountains  in  Italy  ?     s. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  the  N.  of  Italy  and  in  Switzerland  ?     s. 
Q.  How  high  are  the  Alps  ? 

296.  About  three  miles,  or  fifteen  thousand  six  hundred  feet ; 
the  highest  in  Europe. 

Q,.  What  mountains  in  Turkey  ?     s. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  Austria?     n. 

Q.  What  mountains  lie  between  Norway  and  Sweden?     d, 

Q,.  What  mountains  N.  E.of  Russia?    1. 

Q,.  What  volcanic  mountain  in  Iceland  ?     a. 

Q,.  What  one  in  Sicily  ?    Ea. 

.RIVERS. 

Q.  Which  is  the  principal  river  in  England  ?     s.1 
Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  sea  does  it  flow  ?     h. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Europe  ?     Va. 
Q.  In  what  division  is  it  ?    Ha. 

Q,.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  ?     n. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  second  in  size?    De. 
Q.  W  hat  is  its  course  and  into  what  sea  does  it  flow  ?     k. 
Q,.  What  divisions  does  it  pass  through?     a.  y. 
Q,.  In  what  division  does  it  rise  ?     Gy. 
Q.  Which  and  where  is  the  third  river?     Dr.  in  Russia. 
Q.  W  hat  is  its  course  and  into  what 'does  it  ilow  ?    k. 
Q.  W hich  is  the  principal  river  in  France  ?    e.2 
Q,.  W  hat  river  rises  in  'Switzerland  and  runs  N.  through  Ger- 
many and  Holland  into  the  Worth  sea  ?     e. 

Q,.  W  hat  two  rivers  in  Prussia  flow  into  the  Baltic  ?    a.  r 
Q,.  What  river  W.  of  the  Oder?     e, 
Q.  W  hich  is  the  largest  river  in  Spain  and  Portugal  ?     s. 
Q.  What  river  in  France ilows  into  the  gulf  of  Lyons?  e. 
Q,.  What  is  the  principal  river  in  Ireland?    n. 


Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  G.  Britain  ?    n. 
1  THAMES,  (tames.)  j     2  LOIRE,  (Iwar.) 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  51 

Q.  On  what  river  is  it  ?    s. 

Q.  W  hich  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Norway  ?    n. 
Q.  On  what  coast  is  it  ?     c. 

Q.  What  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Sweden  7    m. 
Q,.  On  what  sea  is  it  situated  ?     c. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Denmark  1     n. 
Q,.  On  what  island  is  it  ?     d. 
Q,.  W  hat  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Russia  ?    g. 
Q.  Near  what  gulf  is  it  ?    d. 

Q.  W  hat  large  city  in  Russia  was  burnt  in  the  war  with  Bo- 
naparte ?    Moscow. 

Q.  What  did  he  say  that  the  city  resembled  when  on  fire? 

297.  "An  ocean  of  flame." 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Prussia  ?     n. 
Q,.  On  a  branch  of  what  river  is  it  ?     e. 
Q.  W'hich  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Austria?     a. 
Q,.  W  hich  is  the  largest  town  and  capital  of  Turkey?    e. 
Q.  "Where  is  it  situated  ? 

298.  On  the  strait  of  Constantinople,  formerly  called  Bospho- 
rus,  between  the  Black  sea  and  sea  of  Marmora. 

Q.  W  hat  is  the  capital  of  Italy  ?     e. 
Q.  On  what  river  is  it  situated  ?    r. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Switzerland  ?     e. 
Q.  Wrhich  is  the  largest  town  ?    Ga. 
Q.  Wliich  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Spain  ?     d. 
Q.  On  a  branch  of  what  river  is  it  ?     s. 
Q.  Wrhat  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Portugal  ?    n. 
Q.  On  what  river  is  it  ?    s. 

Q.  W  hat  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  France  ?    8. 
Q.  On  what  river  is  it?    ,e.1 
Q.  WThat  is  the  capital  of  Belgium  ?    s. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Holland?    m. 
Q.  Which  is  the  largest  city  of  Europe  ?    Ln.  in  England. 
Q.  WTliich  is  the  second  in  size  ?    Ps.  in  France. 
Q.  Which  the  third  ]     Ce.  in  Turkey. 
Q.  WThich  the  fourth  ]     Ns.  in  Italy. 
Q.  Which  the  fifth  1     S-Pg.  in  Russia. 

Q.  How  much  larger  is  London  than  New  York,  the  largest 
city  in  America  ? 

299.  About  seven  times  as  large. 

Q,.  What  a  city!    How  many  inhabitants  then  must  it  con- 
tain? 

300.  About  one  and  a  half  millions. 

Q.  What  bounds  Europe  on  the  N.  and  E.  ? 

(seiie.) 


2  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  bounds  it  on  the  S.  and  W.  ! 

Q.  What  mountains  between  Europe  and  Asia!     1. 

Q,.  What  rivers  between  the  same !     1.  h. 

Q,.  What  seas  and  straits  between !     n.  f.  k.  e.  a.  s.  o. 


ASIA. 

Q.  What  division  in  the  N.  of  Asia?     Sa. 

Q,.  What  divisions  in  the  W.  !     I-Ty.  Cs.  Ty. 

Q.  What  division  in  the  S.  W. !     Aa. 

Q,.  What  divisions  S.  of  Independent  Tartary!     Pa.  An. 

Q.  What  divisions  in  the  S.!     Bn.  Hn.  C-Ia. 

Q.  What  division  N.  of  the  last!     Tt.  Ca. 

Q.  What  division  N.  of  the  last  two!     C-Ty. 

Q,.  What  one  embraces  the  Japan  Isles  on  the  E. !     Japan. 

Q,.  Will  you  repeat  these  divisions ! 

Q,.  How  many  do  they  make ! 

Q,    What  does  Siberia  and  most  of  the  North  of  Europe  form ! 

301.  The  Russian  Empire. 

Q.  What  is  the  interior  of  Asia,  reaching  from  the  Caspain  sea 
to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  called ! 

302.  Tartary  or  Central  Asia. 

Q,.  Which  division  extends  fartherest  S. !     a. 
Q,.  Which  division  extends  fartherest  W. !    y. 

PENINSULAS. 

Q,.  What  large  division  in  the  S.  W.  of  Asia  nearly  in  the  form 
of  a  peninsula  !     Aa. 

Q,.  What  peninsula  in  the  S.  of  Chin  India!     a. 

Q,.  What  peninsula  between  the  Yellow  sea  and  sea  of  Japan!  a. 

Q,.  What  peninsula  on  the  E.  of  Siberia!  a.4 


Q,.  What  sea  between  Arabia  and  Africa  ?    d. 

Q,.  What  sea  S.  of  Beloochistan!     a. 

Q.  What  sea  N.  of  Persia!     n. 

Q.  What  seas  W.  of  Turkey!    n.    o. 

Q,.  What  sea  N.  of  Turkey!    k. 

Q.  What  sea  E.  of  the  Caspian!    1. 

Q.  What  seas  on  the  N.  W.  of  Siberia!    y.  a. 

Q,.  What  sea  E.  of  Siberia!    Ka. 

Q.  What  sea  S.  E.  oi  Siberia!    k. 

I  AFGHANISTAN,  (af-gan-is'-tan.)  I  3  INDIA,  (in-de'-a.) 

S.THIBET,  (te'-bet.)  |  4  KAMTSCHATKA,  (kama-cat'-ka. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  53 

Q.  What  sea  E.  of  Chinese  Tartary  7     n. 

Q,.  What  sea  W.  of  the  peninsula  of  Corea  ?    w. 

Q.  What  sea  E.  of  Chin  India]     a. 

GULFS    AND    BAYS. 

Q.  What  gulfs  E.  of  Arabia?     n.  s. 

Q.  What  bay  between  Hindostan1  and  Chin  India?     1. 

Q,.  What  gulf  on  the  N.  E.  of  Chin  India )     n. 

Q.  What  gulf  S.  of  Chin  India?     m. 

STRAITS. 

Q.  What  strait  on  the  N.  E.  of  Siberia?     s. 

Q,.  What  does  it  separate  ?     a.  a. 

Q,.  How  wide  is  the  strait?     266. 

Q,.  What  two  straits  lead  into  the  sea  of  Japan  ?     a.  r. 

Q,.  What  strait  between  Malacca  and  Sumatra?    a. 

Q,.  What  strait  leads  into  the  Red  Sea?    1. 

ISTHMUS. 

Q,.  What  isthmus    between    the    Red    and    Mediterranean 
Seas?    z. 
Q.  What  divisions  does  this  isthmus  connect?     a.  a. 

ISLANDS. 

Q.  What  considerable  island  N.  W.  of  Siberia?     a. 
Q.  With  what  does  Nova  Zembla  abound? 

303.  White  bears  and  white  foxes. 
Q.  What  island  S.  of  Hindostan?     n. 

Q.  What  large  island  nearly  E.  of  Ceylon?     a. 

Q.  What  island  E.  of  Sumatra?     o. 

Q.  What  island  E.  of  Borneo?     s. 

Q.  What  strait  separates  the  last  two  islands  ?    r. 

Q.  What  sea  N.  of  Celebes  ?    s. 

Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  N.  E.  of  Borneo?    Pe. 

Q.  Which  are  the  largest?     Ln.     Mo. 

Q.  How  many  islands  in  this  cluster? 

304.  About  1100. 

Q.  To  what  nation  do  they  belong? 

305.  To  Spain. 

Q.  What  considerable  island  N.  of  the  Pliilippine  ?     a. 

Q.  What  large  island  E.  of  Celebes  ?     a. 

Q.  What  remarkable  birds  are  found  on  New  Guinea? 

306.  The  beautiful  birds,  called  birds  of  Paradise. 
Q,.  What  cluster  E.  of  the  Chinese  Empire  ?    Jn. 

1  HINDOSTAN,  (Iiin-dus-tanV 


54  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q,.  Which  of  these  is  the  largest  ?     n. 

Q.  What  empire  has  its  seat  on  these  islands  1    Japanese. 

Q,.  What  island  N.  of  Niphon?     o. 

Q,.  What  island  N.  of  the  last)    n. 

MOUNTAINS. 

Q.  What  range  of  mountains  bound  Hindostan  and  Thi- 
bet) h. 

Q.  How  high  are  these  mountains  T 

307.  The  highest  in  the  world,  being  five  miles  or  about  twen- 
ty-seven thousand  feet  high. 

Q,.  At  what  height  is  perpetual  snow? 

308.  Three  miles. 

Q.  What  mountains  between  the  Chinese  Empire  and  Sibe- 
ria1? y. 

Q,.  What  chain  of  mountains  connects  the  Himmaleh  with  the 
Altay  range?  B-Tg. 

Q,.  What  mountains  bound  Siberia  on  the  W.  1    1. " . 


Q,.  What  large  river  in  Siberia  flows  into  the  sea  of  Oby  ?    y. 

Q,.  What  other  rivers  equally  large  in  the  N.  of  Siberia  1   La.  i. 

Q,.  What  other  river  equally  large  in  the  Chinese  Empire,  that 
runs  in  a  northerly  course  aiid  flows  into  the  sea  of  Okotsk  ?  r. 

Q,.  What  two  rivers  of  the  same  length  in  China  ?     o.  u. 

Q.  What  river  of  the  same  length  in  India?     a. 

Q,.  What  river  in  the  E.  of  Hindostan  has  several  mouths'?     a. 

Q,.  Into  what  bay  does  it  flow ?     1. 

Q,.  What  river  forms  the  N.  W.  boundary  of  Hindostan  ?    s. 

Q,.  What  two  rivers  unite  and  flow  into  the  Persian  Gulf?   s.  s. 

Q,.  What  large  river  from  the  N.  flows  into  the  Caspian  Sea?  a. 

Q,.  What  large  branch  has  the  Oby  ?     h. 

Q,.  What  is  the  comparative  size  of  the  Oby  after  it  receives 
this  branch? 

309.  The  largest  river  in  Asia. 


Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Siberia  ?    k. 

Q,.  On  what  river  is  it  ?     y. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  Siberia  ?     Ik. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Turkey  ? 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Persia?    n. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  town?     In. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Arabia  ? 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Beloochistan  ?    t. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  55 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Afghanistan  ]     1. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Independent  Tartary  ]     a. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Hindostan  ]     a. 

Q.  On  a  branch  of  what  river  is  it  ?     s. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  India  ]     a. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  the  Chinese  Empire  ]     Pn. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  the  Empire  of  Japan] 

310.  Jedo  on  the  island  of  Niphon. 

Q.  What  are  the  two  largest  cities  in  Asia  ? 

311.  Pekin  and  Jedo. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  second  in  size?    Hu.  in  China. 

Q.  Which  the  third  city]     Cn.  in  China. 

Q.  Which  the  fourth  city  ?     Nn.  in  China. 

Q.  Which  the  fifth  city]     Ca.  in  Hindostan. 

Q.  How  many  in  the  single  division  of  Hindostan  larger  or 
nearly  as  large  as  New  York  ]  Nine, 

Q,.  What  three  cities  in  the  island  of  Niphon  which  together 
contain  nearly  eleven  times  as  many  inhabitants  as  New  York] 

312.  Jedo,  Miaco,  and  Osacca. 

Q.  How  many  cities  in  Asia  are  larger  than  the  largest  in  all 
America  ] 

313.  Eeighteen. 

Q,.  How  many  times  larger  than  New  York  is  either  Jedo  or 
Pekin] 

314.  Nearly  eight  times. 

Q.  What  ocean  bounds  Asia  on  the  N.  E.  and  S.  ? 
Q.  What  two  grand  divisions  of  the  globe  on  the  W.  1 
Q.  What  seas  on  the  W.  ]     d.    n.     o.     a.    k.    a. 

AFRICA. 

Q,.  What  divisions  in  the  N.E.  ]     Et.  Na. 
Q.  What  states  on  the  N.]     By. 
Q.  What  are  their  names  ] 

315.  Mo.  As.  Ts.  Ti.  Ba. 

Q.  What  desert  lies  S.  of  these  States  ]     Sa. 
Q.  What  small  division  S.  of  Tripoli]     Fiu 
Q,.  What  does  western  Africa  comprise  ] 

316.  Sa.     Ga.     Lo.     Co.     Ba. 

Q.  What  does  Central  Africa  comprise]     Sn.  Dr. 
Q,.  What  does  Southern  Africa  comprise  ] 

317.  South  Africa,  Catfraria,  and  Cape  Colony. 
Q,.  What  does  South  Eastern  Africa  include  ] 

318.  The  country  from  Cafiraria  on  the  East  to  the  Strait  o/ 
BabelmandeJ. 


56  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  are  its  divisions  ] 

319.  Ma.    Me.     Zr.     Si. 

Q,.  What  ancient  name  does  the  interior  of  Southern  Africa 
still  retain  ] 

320.  Ethiopia. 

Q,.  Why  do  there  appear  to  be  no  towns  or  rivers  in  Ethiopia  ] 

321.  Because  the  country  is  but  little  known,  having  never 
been  fully  explored,  or  travelled  over,  by  any  but  its  native1  in- 
habitants. 

CAPES. 

Q.  Which  is  the  most  northern  cape  of  Africa  1     n. 

Q.  Which  is  the  most  southern  cape  1     e. 

Q.  Which  is  the  most  eastern  cape  ]     i. 

Q.  Which  is  the  most  western]     e. 

GULFS    AND   BAYS. 

8.  of  Guinea?     a. 


Q,.  What  large  gulf  S.  of  Guine; 

Q.  What  gulf  E.  of  Tunis  1     s. 

Q,.  What  bay  on  the  S.E.  coast  of  Africa]     a. 

Q.  What  bays  W.  of  Cape  Colony]     a.     e. 


MOUNTAINS. 

Q,.  What  mountains  on  the  N.  in  the  Barbary  States]     s. 
Q.  Which  is  the  highest  and  longest  chain  of  mountains  in 
Africa]     n, 

SEAS,   CHANNELS,    STRAITS    AND    ISTHMUSES. 

Q.  What  sea  on  the  N.  of  Africa  ]    n. 

Q.  What  sea  on  the  E.  ]     d. 

Q,.  What  isthmus  separates  these  seas  ]     z. 

Q.  What  strait  separates  Arabia  from  Abyssinia]    1. 

Q,.  What  does  this  strait  connect  ]     d.     n. 

Q.  What  channel  on  the  S.E.  coast]     e. 

Q,.  What  two  divisions  on  the  W.  of  this  channel  ]     e.  a. 

Q.  What  strait  on  the  N.  W.  of  Africa  ]    r. 

Q,.  What  waters  does  this  strait  connect  ]     c.  n. 

Q,.  What  divisions  does  this  strait  separate  ]     Sn.     Mo. 


Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  N.W.  of  Africa]  s. 
Q.  W  hat  two  clusters  nearer  the  coast  ]  a.  y. 
Q.  What  cluster  of  islands  W.  of  Cape  Verde  1  e. 

1  NATIVE  INHABITANTS,  persons  born  there. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE*  57 

Q,.  What  noted  island  S.W.  of  the  gulf  of  Guinea?  S-Ha. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  of  the  African  Islands  ?     Mr. 

Q,.  What  channel  has  it  on  the  W.  ?     e. 

Q,.  What  is  the  southern  cape  of  Madagascar?     y. 

Q,.  What  considerable  island  E.  of  Cape  Guardafui?     a. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  most  celebrated  island  of  Africa  ?   St.  Helena. 

Q,.  What  has  rendered  it  celebrated  ? 

322.  The  residence  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte,  his  death  and  burial 
on  it. 

Q.  On  what  island  was  he  born,  and  to  what  island  was  he 
exiled,  and  where  did  he  die? 

323.  The  island  of  Corsica  first  gave  him  birth ; 

When  vanquished  in  battle  by  the  kings  of  the  earth, 
He  was  exiled  from  home  to  the  small  isle  of  Elba, 
From  whence  he  escaped  but  to  die  on  Helena. 


Q,.  Which  is  the  largest  river  of  Africa  1    Ne.  in  Egypt. 

Q,.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow )     n. 

Q,.  How  does  it  compare  with  the  Connecticut  ? 

324.  It  is  more  than  live  times  as  long. 

Q.  In  what  mountain  does  it  rise  ?     Mn. 

Q,.  What  divisions  does  it  traverse  ?    r.  a.  t. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  second  river  in  size  ?     Nr.  in  Soudan. 

Q.  What  is  its  course  and  into  what  gulf  does  it  flow  1     a* 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Senegambia  I    1. 

Q.  What  river  between  Congo  and  Loango  ?    o* 

TOWNS. 

Q,.  What  is  the  capital  and  largest  town  of  Egypt]     o. 
Q.  On  what  river  is  it ?     e. 
Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Dongola  ?     a. 
Q,.  On  what  river  is  it?     e. 
Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Abyssinia  ?     r. 
Q,.  What  is  the  capital  of  Barca?     e. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Tripoli?    i. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Tunis  ?     s, 
Q.  Of  Algiers?     s. 
Q.  Of  Morocco?     o. 
Q,.  Of  Senegambia?     o. 

Q,.  What  capitals  in  the  three  divisions  of  Guinea?     e.  y.  n. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Congo?    r. 
Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Cape  Colony  ?    n. 
Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  Africa  ?     Co.  in  Egypt. 
Q,.  Which  is  the  second  in  size  ?    Ts.  in  Tunis. 
3* 


58  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

GENERAL  QUESTIONS. 

Q   Will  you  mention  the  five  Grand  Divisions  of  the  earth  in  the  order  of 
their  size,  that  is,  the  largest  first,  and  so  on,  to  the  smallest  ? 

326.  Asia,  Africa,  North  America,  South  America, 
and  Europe. 

Q.  Which  and  where  is  the  largest  island  in  the  world? 

327.  New  Holland  in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  lake  and  where  is  it  situated  ? 

328.  Lake  Superior  in  North  America. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  sea? 

329.  The  Mediterranean. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  bay  ? 

330.  The  Bay  of  Bengal. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  gulf? 

331.  The  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Q.  Which  are  the  highest  mountains  and  where  are  they  situated  ? 

332.  The  Himmaleh  mountains  in  Asia,  which  are 
considered  by  some  to  be  five  and  a  quarter  miles  high, 
by  others  five  miles. 

Q.  Which  is  the  longest  chain  of  Mountains  ? 

333.  The  Andes  in  South  America. 

Q.  With  what  are  these  mountains  connected  ? 

234.  The  Cordilleras  of  America. 

Q.  What  is  their  length  ? 

335.  Almost  five  thousand  miles. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  and  most  elevated  volcano  ? 

336.  Cotopaxi,  one  of  the  loftiest  peaks  of  the  An- 
des, being  about  four  miles  in  height. 

Q.  Which  and  where  is  the  largest  river  ? 

337.  The  Amazon  in  South  America. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  ocean  and  how  wide  is  it  ? 

338.  The  Pacific ;  it  is  about   ten  thousand  miles 
wide. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  most  populous  city  in  the  world  ? 

339.  Pekin  in  China,  or  Jedo  in  Japan. 

Q.  What  number  of  inhabitants  has  each  ? 

340.  It  is  not  certainly  known;  they  are  computed 
to  contain  from  one  and  a  half  to  three  millions  each. 


PART    SECOND. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  TERMS. 

LINES,  ANGLES,  FIGURES,  &c. 

Q.  What  is  a  right  line  ? 

— A  Right  Line, —  341.  A  straight  line,  and  the  shortest  (.hat 
can  be  drawn  between  two  points,  objects  or  places. 

Q.  What  is  a  crooked  line  ? 

-         —         -*•  342.    One   that   is  not  straight,   but 
A  crooked  Line.    Dends  irregularly. 

Q.  What  is  a  curved  line  ? 

343.  One  that  is  not  straight,  but  bends 
regularly  like  a  bow. 

Q.  What  are  Parallel  Lines  ? 

Parallel  Lines.       344.     Such  as  are  equally  distant  from 
—————  each  other  in  all  their  parts. 

Q.  Would  parallel  lines  meet  if  they  were  made  ever  so  long  ?    Why 
not? 

345.  Because  parallel  lines,  to  be  such,  must  pre- 
serve the  same  distance,  one  from  the  other,  throughout 
their  whole  length. 

Q.  What  is  the  centre  of  a  circle  ? 

346.  The  middle  point  or  place  with- 
\  in  it. 

Q.  What  sort  of  a  line  encloses  the  centre  ? 

347.  A  curved  line. 

Q.  Is  this  line  equally  or  unequally  distant  in  all  its 
parts  from  the  centre  ? 

Q-  How  then  is  a  circle  formed  ? 

348.  By  continuing   a  curved  line  at  an  equal  dis- 
tance from  a  certain  point  round  to  the  place  where  it 
began. 

Q.  What  does  a  circle  appear  to  be  ? 

349.  A  circle  is  a  round  figure    formed  by  a  curved 


60 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


line,  at  an  equal  distance  from  a  certain  point  within  it, 
called  the  centre. 

Q.  Is  the^ diameter  the  distance  through  or  round  the  circle  ?  [See  the 
figure.}  WThat  then  is  a  proper  definition  of  the  diameter  of  a  circle,  or  any 
round  body? 

^r^1^         350.  It  is  the  distance  from  one  side 
/^\     side/ 

Curved  Parallels.        Q.  What  is  the  circumference  of  a  circle  or  any  round 
body? 

351.  The  greatest  distance  round  it. 

Q.  Can  circles,  also  crooked  and  curved  lines,  bepar- 

- ^  allel,  as  well  as  straight  lines  ?    Why  ?    345. 

Circular  Parallels. 
Q.  What  is  an  Angle  ? 

352.  The  point  where  two  lines 
J  meet ;  a  corner— or  properly,  an  An- 
gle is  the  space  between  two  lines  that  meet  each  other, 

Q.  What  is  a  Right  Angle  ? 

353.  The  opening  between  a  perpen- 
dicular line  and  a  horizontal  line. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  a  perpendicular  line  ? 

354.  A  straight  line  running  up   and 
down. 


Ji  Rigkt  Jingle. 

Q.  What  is  a  horizontal  line  ? 

355.  A  straight  line  running  across  a  perpendicular 
line  without  leaning  to  either  side. 

Q.  How  many  sides  has  a  square  ?    How  many  right  angles 
has  it  ?     Are  its  sides  equal  or  unequal  ? 
Q.  What  does  a  square  appear  to  be  ? 

356.  A  square  is  a  figure  which  has  four 
\  square,  equal  sides  and  four  right  angles. 

[_  [   /  /     Q.  Which  sides  of  a  parallelogram  are  equal  and 

Parallelograms.       parallel,  and  which  of  the  angles  are  equal  ? 

357.  The  opposite  ones. 

Q.  What  then  is  a  Parallelogram  ? 

358.  A  four-sided  figure,  the  opposite  sides  and  the 
opposite  angles  being  equal. 

Q.  What  is  the  greatest  number  of  right  angles  which  it  can  have  ? 

359.  Four  right  angles. 

Q.  How  is  the  area  or  measure  of  land  usually  expressed  ? 

360.  In  square  miles,  acres,  and  rods. 

Q.  How  many  square  rods  make  one  square  acre  1 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  61 

361.  One  hundred  and  sixty. 

Q.  How  many  square  acres  make  one  square  mile  ? 

362.  Six  hundred  and  forty. 

Q.  What  then  is  a  square  mile  of  land  ? 

363.  A  portion  of  land  in  any  form,  which  has  six 
hundred  and  forty  squares,  each  containing  one  square 
acre. 

Q,.  What  is  a  mile  square  of  land? 

364.  A  square  portion  of  land,  the  sides  of  which  are 
each  a  mile  in  length. 

Q.  First  count  the  squares  in  the  following  figures,  and  then  tell  the  dif- 
ference between  three  square  miles,  and  three  miles  square  ? 

-^4-iThree     are    .?65.  The  difference  is  six  square 

miles. 

Q.  Is  Fiff.  I.  in  the  form  of  a  square  or  a  par- 
allelogram?   358. 

Q.  What  is  the  form  of  Fig.  II.  ?    33G. 


THE  EARTH. 

Q.  What  is  the  cause  of  day  ? 

366.  The  shining  of  the  sun  on  the  earth. 

Q.  What  then  must  be  the  cause  of  night  ? 

367.  The  earth  being  round,  the  sun  can  shine  only 
on  one  half  of  it  at  once  ;  consequently  the  other  half 
will  be  in  darkness. 

Q.  Why  then  do  we  not  have  either  day  or  night  all  the  time  ? 

368.  Because  the  earth  is  not  only  round  but  turns 
round,  exposing  first  one  side,  then  the  other  to  the 
sun. 

Q.  If  the  earth  turns  round  as  above  stated,  on  what  does  it  turn  ? 

369.  On  its  own  axis. 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  axis  ? 

370.  Something  passing  through  the  centre  of  any 
thing  on  which  it  turns. 

Q.  Will  you  give  an  example  ? 

371.  The  axle-tree  of  a  wagon,  or  carriage,  is  the 
axis  round  which  the  wheel  turns. 

Q.  This  cannot  be  true  of  the  earth ;  what  do  you  mean  by  the  axis  of 
the  earth  ? 

372.  An  imaginary  line,  that  is,  a  supposed  not  a 
real  one,  passing  through  its  centre  from  North  to  South. 


62  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  How  often  does  the  earth  turn  on  its  axis  ? 

373.  Once  a  day,  that  is,  once  in  24  hours. 

Q.  What  is  this  revolution,  or  turning,  called  ? 

374.  The  diurnal  or  daily  revolution. 

Q.  What  now  appears  to  be  the  true  cause  both  of  day  and  night  ? 

375.  The  daily  revolution  of  the  earth  on  its  axis. 

Q.  How  do  we  commonly  say  day  and  night  are  produced  ? 

376.  By  the  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun. 

Q.  Is  this  form  of  expression  strictly  correct  ?    Why  not  ? 

377.  The  earth  moves  instead  of  the  sun. 

Q.  What  are  the  poles  of  the  earth  ? 

378.  The  extremities  or  ends  of  the  earth's  axis. 

Q.  Point  to  them  on  the  map  of  the  world.    What  are  the  names  of  each  ? 

379.  The  North  and  South  Poles. 

Q.  What  other  motion  has  the  earth  beside  this  motion  on  its  axis  ? 

380.  An  annual  or  yearly 
motion  round  the  sun. 

Q.  What  does  this  revolution  occa- 
sion ? 

381.  The   agreeable  va- 
riety of  the  seasons,  and  the 
unequal  length  of  day  and 
night. 

.  How  many  and  what  are  the  seasons  ? 

382.  Four ;  Spring,  Summer,  Autumn  or  Fall,  and 
Winter. 

Q.  How  many  revolutions  does  the  earth  appear  to  have,  and  what  are 
they? 

383.  Two  ;  the  annual  and  diurnal  revolutions. 


LATITUDE. 

MAP  OF  THE  WORLD  BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Parallels.  Q.    Point  to  the  line  which  passes  across 

both  the  eastern  and  western  hemispheres. 
What  does  this  line  represent,  notwithstanding 
it  appears  so  straight? 

384.  A  Great  Circle. 

Q.  What  reason  is  there  for  supposing  it  to 
be  a  circle  ? 

385.  Because   it  represents  a 
line  round  the  earth. 

Q.  What  is  this  line  called  ? 

386.  The  Equator  or  Equinoc- 
tial line. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  Orf 

Q.  Why  has  it  this  name  ? 

387.  Because  when  the  sun  is  directly  over  the  equa- 
tor the  days  and  nights  are  equal  all  round  the  globe. 

Q.  What  causes  the  sun  at  any  time  to  be  exactly  over  the  equator  ? 

388.  The  annual  revolution  of  the  earth. 

Q.  If  the  Equator  divides  the  earth's  surface  into  two  equal  parts,  what 
must  be  its  relative  distance  from  each  pole  ? 

389.  It  must  be  equally  distant. 

Q.  What  then  is  the  Equator  ? 

390.  It  is  an  imaginary  great  circle  passing  round 
the  earth,  at  an  equal  distance  from  each  pole. 

Q.  What  is  the  distance  from  the  equator,  on  either  side  of  it,  towards  the 
poles  called  ? 

391.  Latitude,  which  means  width. 

Q.  Why  has  it  this  name  ? 

392.  Because  the   earth   was  formerly  considered 
longest  from  E.  to  W. ;  the  distance  from  the  Equator 
reckoned  N.  and  S.  would  therefore  express  its  width. 

Q.  What  then  is  latitude  ? 

393.  Latitude  is  any  distance  from  the  Equator,  ei- 
ther North  or  South. 

Q.  When  are  places  in  North  latitude  ? 

394.  When  they  are  North  of  the  Equator. 

Q.  When  are  places  in  South  latitude  ? 

395    When  they  are  South  of  the  Equator. 

Q.  Will  you  point  to  Europe  on  the  map  1 
Q,.  Is  it  in  North  or  South  latitude  ] 
Q,.  \\  hy  in  North  latitude  1 

396.  Because  it  is  North  of  the  Equator. 
Q.  In  what  latitude  is  New  Holland  ] 
Q.  "W  hy  is  it  in  South  latitude  1 

397.  Because  it  is  South  of  the  Equator. 
Q.  In  what  latitude  is  Asia  ?     \V  hy  ] 
Q.  In  what  latitude  is  the  Caribbean  sea  ? 
Q,.  In  what  latitude  is  Cape  Horn] 

Q.  In  what  latitude  is  North  America  1 
Q,.  In  what  latitude  are  the  United  States  1 
Q.  In  what  latitude  do  you  live  1    Why  1 


DEGREES. 

Q.  Point  to  the  lines  on  each  side  of  the  Equator.    What  do  these  line* 
represent  ? 

398.  Small  circles  round  the  earth. 


64 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


Q.  Why  are  they  not  called  large  circles  as  well  as  the  Equator  ? 

399.  Because  the  largest  is  less  than  that,  and  they 
diminish  in  size  towards  each  pole,  where  they  become 
nothing. 

Q.  How  then  must  small  circles  divide  the  earth  ? 

400.  Into  unequal  parts. 

Q.  What  are  these  circles  or  lines  intended  from  their  situation  to  rep- 
resent ? 

401.  Circles  parallel  to  the  Equator  and  to  one  an- 
other. 

Q.  But  they  do  not  seem  parallel  on  the  map  ;  why  is  that  ? 

402.  Because  we  cannot  represent  accurately  a  round 
body  on  a  plane  or  flat  surface. 

Q.  How  are  all  circles,  whether 
large  or  small,  divided  ? 

403.  Into  three  hundred 
°  and  sixty  equal  parts,  called 

degrees,  which  vary  in  size 
.  as  the  circle  is  large  or 
v  small. 

Q.  How  many  common  miles  and 
how  many  geographical  miles  make  a 
degree  on  the  earth  ? 

404.  Sixty  nine  and  a  half 
common  miles,  or  sixty  geo- 
graphical miles. 

Q.  What  are  miles  called  in  geography  ? 

405.  Miles  are  called  minutes. 

Q.  Into  what  is  each  minute  divided  1 

406.  Into  sixty  equal  parts,  called  seconds. 

Q.  On  the  margin  or  border  of  the  map  you  will  find  certain  figures  stand- 
ing against  each  of  the  above  mentioned  circles  ;  can  you  tell  what  they 
represent  ? 

407.  Degrees  of  latitude. 

Q.  How  then  is  latitude  expressed  on  maps  ? 

408.  By  the  figures  on  the  margin. 

Q.  How  can  you  tell  which  latitude  is  meant,  that  is,  whether  N.  or  S.  ? 

409.  If  the  figures  increase  wp,  the  latitude  is  N.,  if 
they  increase  down,  the  latitude  is  S. 

Q.  How  does  latitude  appear  to  be  reckoned  ? 

410.  In  degrees  from  the  Equator  to  each  pole,  mak- 
ing 90  in  all. 

Q.  What  then  may  the  above  small  circles  be  called  in  reference  to  their 
use? 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  65 

411.  Parallels  of  Latitude. 


MAP  OF  THE  WORLD  BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Q.  Is  New  Holland  in N.  or  S.  Latitude!  Why) 
Q.  What  parallel  runs  a  little  N.  of  it) 

412.  The  parallel  of  10°  that  is,  ten  degrees. 
Q.  Will  you  point  to  it ) 

Q,.  What  parallel  runs  a  little  south  of  it ) 

413.  The  parallel  of  40°.  [degrees.] 

Q,.  How  then  is  New  Holland  situated  1 

414.  Between  ten  and  forty  degrees  south  latitude. 

Q.  What  does  the  little  °  at  the  right  of  the  103  and  40°  stand 
for) 

415.  Degrees. 

Q,.  Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  is  Europe  situated) 
Q,.  How  is  Madagascar  situated  ) 

Q.  How  many  parallels  are  there  on  each  side  of  the  equator ) 
Q.  How  many  degrees  between  each  parallel )  10°. 
Q.  How  many  degrees  of  latitude  then  in  all)  90°. 
Q.  How  can  we  tell  the  latitude  of  a  place  which  is  between 
these  parallels) 

416.  By  calculating  what  parallel  would  just  enclose  it  on  the  N. 
and  S.,  counting  fromone  parallel  to  the  next,  one  degree  at  a  time. 

Q.  Between  what  two  parallels  on  the  map  does  the  S.  of 
Spain  in  Europe  lie ) 

Q.  Is  the  S.  of  Spain  in  35^,  36°,  or  373  north  latitude  ) 
Q.  In  what  latitude  is  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope ) 
Q.  Why  have  places  on  the  Equator  no  latitude  ) 

417.  Because  we  begin  there  to  reckon  latitude. 

Q.  What  three  large  islands  are  there,  parts  of  which  have  no 
latitude)  Sa.  Bo.  Cs. 

Q.  What  two  grand  divisions  of  the  earth  does  the  Equator 
cross)  S-Aa.  Aa. 

Q.  What  three  oceans  does  the  equator  cross  ) 

Q,.  How  is  North  America  situated ) 

Q.  How  are  the  United  States  situated ) 

Q,.  What  parallel  would  nearly  cross  the  town  in  which  you 
live) 


LONGITUDE. 

Q.  What  are  those  lines  called  which  run  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of 
the  map  ? 

418.  Large  circles. 

Q.  Why  are  they  called  large  circles  ? 

419.  Because  each  of  them  divides  the  earth  into 
two  equal  parts. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


Q.  In  what  two  points  do  they  all  meet  ? 

420.  In  the   North  and  South 
poles. 

Q.  What  points  of  compass  do  they  exactly 
divide  ? 

421.  The  East  from  the  West. 

Q.  What  are  these  circles  called  ? 

422.  Meridians. 

Q.  Why  have  they  this  name  ? 

423.  Because  meridian  signifies  mid-day  or  noon,  and 
when  the  sun  is  directly  over  the  meridian  of  any  place, 
it  is  noon  at  that  place. 

Q.  What  then  may  the  noon-marks,  which  are  often  made  in  houses, 
properly  be  called  ? 

424.  Meridian  lines. 

Q.  In  what  direction  should  these  always  be  made  to  run  ? 

425.  Exactly  North  and  South. 

Q.  How  many  meridians  can  there  be  ? 

426.  As  many  at  least  as  there  are  places. 

Q.  How  do  these  lines  cut  the  Equator  ? 

427.  At  right  angles. 

Q.  What  is  a  right  angle  ?  353. 

Q.  What  do  meridians  now  appear  to  be  ? 

428.  Meridians  are  great  circles  which  pass  through 
each  pole,  entirely  round  the  earth,  crossing  the  Equa- 
tor at  right  angles. 

Q.  What  meridians  do  Geographers  usually  take  from  which  to  reckon 
distances  ? 

429.  That  which  runs  through  the  metropolis  or 
capital  of  their  own  country. 

Q.  In  that  case,  from  what  meridian  should  we  reckon  ? 

430.  The  meridian  of  Washington. 

Q.  Where  do  we  generally  commence  ? 

431.  At  the  meridian  of  Greenwich,  a  village  near 
London  in  England,  from  which  meridian  the  English 
always  reckon. 

Q.  What  are  distances  on  either  side  of  the  first,  or  principal  meridian, 
reckoned  E.  or  W.  called  ? 

432.  Longitude. 

Q.  Why  are  they  so  called  ? 

433.  The  word  longitude  signifies  length,  and  was 
used  for  this  purpose,  because  formerly  the  earth  was 
supposed  to  be  longest  from  E.  to  W. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  67 

Q.  How  was  it  formerly  supposed  that  the  earth  was  shaped  ? 

434.  It  was  believed  to  be  flat  like  a  board,  and  to 
float  on  the  water. 

Q.  What  are  we  to  understand  by  longitude  ? 

435.  Longitude  is  distance  reckoned  in  degrees  E. 
or  W.  from  any  meridian. 

Q.  In  what  longitude  are  all  places  E.  of  the  principal  or  given  meri- 
dian? 

436.  In  east  longitude. 

Q.  In  what  longitude  are  all  places  W.  of  the  principal  or  given  meri- 
dian? 

437.  In  west  longitude. 

Q.  Point  to  the  meridian  which  passes  through  Greenwich  near  Lon- 
don. [Greenwich  is  not  down  on  the  map,  but  if  you  take  the  meridian 
which  passes  through  London  it  will  answer  the  purpose.]  In  what  longi- 
tude are  all  places  under  this  meridian  ? 

438.  They  have  no  longitude,  because  we  begin  to 
reckon  from  it — for  the  same  reason  that  places  which 
lie  under  the  Equator  have  no  latitude. 

Q.  In  what  longitude  is  Asia  7 

439.  In  east  longitude. 

Q.  Why  is  it  said  to  be  in  east  longitude  ? 

440.  Because  it  is  east  of  the  meridian  of  London  or 
Greenwich. 

Q.  In  what  longitude  is  New  Holland  ?  Why  ? 
Q.  In  what  longitude  is  the  continent  of  America  ? 

441.  In  west  longitude. 

Q.  Why  is  it  in  west  longitude  ? 

442.  Because  it  is  west  of  the  meridian  of  London. 

Q.  In  what  longitude  are  the  United  States?  Indian  Ocean?  South 
America  ? 

Q.  Learners  sometimes  speak  of  east  latitude  and  north  latitude;  is  this 
correct,  and  if  not;  why? 

443.  It  is  not,  because  latitude  is  always  reckoned 
either  north  or  south,  and  longitude  either  east  or  west. 

Q.  How  do  great  circles  divide  the  earth  ?  419.     How  many  degrees  in 
every  circle?   403.  How  many  in  half  a  circle?  Ans.  180  degrees. 
Q.  How  many  degrees  of  longitude  then  are  there,  and  why  ? 

444.  One  hundred  and  eighty  ;  because  as  each  me- 
ridian divides  the  earth  into  halves,  one  half  can  con- 
tain only  180°  of  E.  and  180^  of  W.  longitude.     These 
added  together  make  the  360°  which  ever}7  circle  con- 
tains. 

Q.  Why  are  there  not  as  many  degrees  of  latitude  as  longitude  ? 

445.  Because  longitude  is  reckoned  half  round  the 


68  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

earth,  and  latitude  is  reckoned  only  from  the  equator 
to  each  pole,  just  one  quarter  round  the  earth. 

Q.  How  are  the  degrees  of  longitude  expressed  on  maps  ? 

446.  On  the  map  of  the  world  they  are  expressed 
by  figures  on  the  equator,  bat  on  other  maps  the  figures 
are  at  the  top  and  bottom. 

Q.  How  do  you  ascertain  whether  east  or  west  longitude  is  meant  ? 

447.  If  the  figures  increase  towards  the  E.  the  lon- 
gitude is  east ;  if  towards  the  W.  the  longitude  is  west. 

Q.  What  meridian  runs  near  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope? 

448.  The  meridian  of  20°  east  longitude. 

Q.  What  meridian  crosses  a  part  of  Madagascar  ?  What  one  near  Cape 
Horn? 

Q.  How  can  you  determine  accurately  the  longitude  of  any  place  ? 

449.  By  counting  the  degrees  from  one  meridian  t) 
another  on  the  map,  in  the  same  way  that  we  count  the 
degrees  from  one  parallel  to  another,  to  find  out  the 
latitude. 

Q.  In  what  longitude  is  Boston ?  Washington?  Paris? 
Q.  Between  what  two  meridians  is  Europe  ? 

450.  Between  10°  west  and  60°  east  longitude. 

Q.  In  what  longitude  is  Africa?  Asia?  North  America?  South  America  ? 
Q,.  Why  are  the  meridians  not  parallel  ? 

451.  Because  they  approach  nearer  and  nearer  each 
other  towards  the  poles,  where  they  all  meet. 

Q.  Are  the  degrees  of  longitude  equal  in  all  places  ? 

452.  No  ;  they  become  less  and  less  towards  each 
pole,  where  they  are  nothing. 

Q.  Why  are  the  degrees  of  latitude  every  where  nearly  equal  ? 

453.  Because  latitude  is  reckoned  on  parallel  lines. 


THE  TROPICS. 

Circles.  Q   At  about  23^Q  from  the  equator? 

side  of  it,  is  a  dotted  line.     Will  you  point  to 
each  ?    What  do  these  lines  form  ? 

454.  Small   circles  round  the 
earth. 

Q.  What  are  they  called? 

455.  Tropics  ;  they  are  so  call- 
ed, because  when  the  sun  reaches 
one  of  them,  he  returns  back  to- 
wards the  other,  and  so  on.     The 
word  tropic  signifies  a  return. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  69 

Q.  Which  revolution  of  the  earth  brings  the  sun  to  the  tropics  ? 

450.  Its  annual  revolution. 

Q.  What  then  are  the  tropics  ? 

457.  They  are  two  small  circles    about  23^°   from 
the  equator,  and  parallel  with  it.     Their  exact  distance 
is  23°  28'  minutes,  but   231°   is  usually  reckoned,  be- 
cause more  convenient. 

Q.  What  is  the  northern  Tropic  called  ? 

458.  The  Tropic  of  Cancer. 

Q.    What  is  the  southern  Tropic  called  ? 

459.  The  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 

Q.  Why  have  they  these  names  ? 

460.  From  the  sun's  appearing  to  enter  the  constel- 
lations of  Cancer  and  Capricorn  in  the  heavens,  at  the 
time  that  he  arrives  at  these  Tropics. 

Q.  What  does  constellation  signify  ? 

461.  A  cluster  of  stars. 

Q.  What  large  circle  does  the  sun  cross  in  going  from  one  tropic  to  the 
other? 

462.  The  equator. 

Q.  What  other  names  has  the  equator  ?  386. 

Q.  W7hat  then  do  sailors  mean  by  '•  crossing  the  line"  ? 

403.  Sailing  across  the  equator,  that  is,  from  one 
latitude  into  another. 

Q.  What  do  we  mean  when  we  speak  of  the  "  sun's  crossing  the  line"  ? 

464.  That  the  sun  crosses  the  equator  or  equinoctial 
line. 

Q.  How  often  does  this  happen  ? 

•  465.  Twice  every  year. 

Q.  In  what  months  and  on  what  days  does  it  take  place  ? 

460.  On  or  near  the  21st  of  March  and  the  21st  of 
September. 

Q.  When  it  crosses  in  March,  what  is  it  called  ? 

467.  The  vernal  or  spring  equinox. 

Q.  Where  does  the  sun  go  then  ? 

468.  To  the  Tropic  of  Cancer,  and  then  returns. 

Q.  When  he  crosses  the  equator  in  September,  on  his  return,  what  is  it 
called? 

469.  The  autumnal  or  fall  equinox. 

Q.  When  then  is  the  sun  north  of  the  equator? 

470.  From  the  21st  of  March  to  the  21st  of  Septem- 
ber. 

Q.  When  is  the  sun  S.  of  the  equator? 


70  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

471.  From  the  21st  of  September  to  the  21st  of 
March. 

Q.  Is  the  sun  N.  or  S.  of  the  equator  now? 

Q.  What  is  a  common  remark,  especially  with  sailors,  in  respect  to  the 
weather,  when  the  sun  crosses  the  line  ? 

472.  "  Look  out  for  a  storm." 


MAP    OF    THE    WOULD    BEFORE    THE    PUPIL. 

Q,.  What  two  hemispheres  do  both  Tropics  cross  ]  En.  Wn. 
Q,.  What  two  continents  do  they  cross  1 
Q.  What  grand  divisions  does  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  cross"? 
Ans.  N-Aa.  Aa.  Aa. 
Q,.  What  two  oceans  does  it  cross  1 
Q,.  Near  what  islands  in  the  Pacific  does  it  pass  7  Sh. 
Q,.  Near  what  islands  in  the  Atlantic  ]  W-Is. 
Q,.  What  large  gulf  does  it  cross  1 
Q,.  What  islands  does  it  cross  in  the  Pacific1?  Fa. 
Q.  What  division  of  North  America  does  it  cross  1  Mo. 
Q,.  What  grmd  division  of  the  globe  does  the  Tropic  of  Capri- 
corn pass  over  ?  S-Aa.  Aa. 

Q,.  What  tw  c  large  islands  does  it  cross  ?  N-Hd.  Mr. 

Q,.  What  island  in  the  Pacific  a  little  north  of  it  ]  N-Ca. 

Q.  What  three  oceans  does  it  cross  1  Ac.  In.  PC. 

Q,.  In  what  latitude  is  each  Tropic? 

Q,.  What  meridian  crosses  Sumatra  ? 

473.  The  meridian  of 100 3  east  longitude. 

Q,.  What  meridian  crosses  New  Guinea  ? 

Q,.  What  parallel  crosses  New  Zealand  ? 

Q,.  What  meridian  runs  near  Washington  1 

Q,.  What  parallel  runs  near  Washington. 


POLAR  CIRCLES. 

Q.  What  do  those  dotted  lines  about  23^°  from  each  pole  represent  ? 

474.  Polar  circles. 

Q.  Point  to  them.    Why  are  they  called  Polar  ? 

475.  Because  they  are  near  the  poles. 

Q.  What  is  the  northern  polar  circle  called  ? 

476.  The  Arctic  circle. 

Q.  Whys©  called? 

477.  From  Arctos,  a  constellation  in  the  heavens, 
nearly  over  it,  usually  called  the  Great  Bear. 

Q.  What  is  the  southern  Polar  Circle  called  ? 

478.  The  Antarctic  Circle. 

Q.  Why  has  it  this  name  ? 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  71 

479.  Because  is  is  opposite,  or  against  the  other ; 
anti-arctic,  meaning  opposite  to  Arctic. 

Q.  What  then  are  the  Polar  Circles  ? 

480.  They  are  small  circles,  parallel  to  the  equator, 
drawn  round  the  earth  about  23^°  from  each  pole. 


MAP  OF  THE  WORLD  BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Q,.  What  grand  divisions  does  the  Arctic  Circle  cross  1  N-Aa. 
Ee.  Aa. 

Q,.  What  ocean  does  it  cross  ]     c. 

Q,.  What  large  empire  does  it  intersect?  n. 

Q,.  What  island  E.  of  Greenland  does  it  cross  ?     d. 

Q,.  What  ocean  does  the  Antarctic  Circle  cross  1 

Q,.  Why  are  the  Northern  and  Southern  oceans  sometimes  cal- 
led Arctic  and  Antarctic  oceans  ] 

481.  Because  they  are  near  these  circles. 

Q,.  In  which  latitude  is  the  Arctic  Circle  and  ocean  ? 

Q,.  In  about  what  degree  of  latitude  is  each  Circle  1 


ZONES. 

Q.  What  dons  the  word  zone  mean  ? 

482.  A  girdle,  belt  or  band. 

Q.  Where  are  the  Zones  of  the  earth  situated  ? 

483.  Between  the  tropics,  polar 
circles  and  the  poles. 

Q.  Point  to  one.    \V  ny  are  they  called  zones  ? 

484.  Because  they  pass  round  the 
earth  like  a  great  belt  or  band. 

Q.  What  then  are  Zones  ? 

485.  They  are  divisions  of  the  earth's  surface,  made 
with  respect  to  the  degree  of  heat  or  cold  in  different 
places. 

Q.  What  is  the  common  name  for  this  difference  of  temperature  on  the 
earth's  surface. 

486.  Climate. 


TORRID  ZONE. 

Q.  What  does  Torrid  mean  ? 

487.  Excessively  hot,  parching,  or  burning. 

Q.  What  then  is  the  Torrid  Zone  ? 

488.  The  hottest  part  of  the  earth ;  comprising  the 
space  between  one  tropic  and  the  other,  through  the 
middle  of  which  the  equator  passes. 


72  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  Why  should  this  part  of  the  earth  be  the  hottest  ? 

489.  It  is  most  exposed  to  the  sun,  the  sun  being  di- 
rectly over  some  part  of  it  during  the  whole  year, 
which  is  not  the  case  with  any  other  part  of  the  earth. 

Q.  When  is  the  sun  said  to  be  vertical  ? 

490.  When  it  is  directly  over  one's  head. 

Q.  How  often  is  the  sun  vertical  to  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  torrid  zone  ? 

491.  Twice  every  year,  because  he  passes  from  one 
tropic  to  the  other  and  returns  in  that  time. 

Q.  How  can  we  determine  the  temperature  of  different  places  ? 

492.  By  their  distance  from  the  equator,  those  which 
are  near,  being  warmer  than  those  at  a  distance. 


MAP  OF  THE  WORLD  BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Q,.  What  divisions  of  North  America  are  chiefly  in  the  torrid 
zone!  Mo.  Ga. 

Q,.  What  divisions  of  South  America  are  in  it?     Ca.  a.  u.  a.  1. 

Q,.  What  grand  division  lies  almost  wholly  in  this  zone  ?     Aa. 

Q.  What  two  large  islands,  S.  of  the  equator,  lie  partly  in  this 
zone  having  the  Tropic  passing  across  them  ?  r.  d. 

Q.  What  seven  large  islands,  near  each  other,  lie  entirely  in 
this  zone?  N-Ga.  s.  a.  a.  o.  o.  n. 

Q.  What  divisions  of  Asia  a.re  partly  in  this  zone  1     Aa.  n.  h. 

Q,.  WTill  you  mention  four  islands  of  the  West  Indies  in  this 
zone]  a.  i.  a.  o. 

Q,.  What  seas  are  wholly  or  partly  in  this  zone?     Cn.  d.  a.  a. 

Q.  What  gulf  or  bay  has  it  ?    1. 

Q,.  W7hat  large  desert  is  partly  in  this  zone  ?     a. 

Q.  Why  is  it  hotter  in  Africa  than  in  Europe  ? 

493.  Because  Africa  is  in  the  Torrid  Zone  and  Europe  is  not. 

Q.  Do  you  live  in  the  torrid  zone  ? 

Q.  What  appears  to  be  meant  by  a  tropical  climate,  tropical  pro- 
ductions, &c.  ? 

494  The  climate  and  productions  of  that  part  of  the  earth  which 
lies  between  the  tropic  of  Cancer  and  the  tropic  of  Capricorn. 

Q.  What  is  the  climate  of  the  torrid  zone  ? 

495.  Excessively  hot  and  unhealthy  during  a  greater 
part  of  the  year. 

Q.  What  are  its  seasons  ? 

496.  Two  ;  the  wet  and  the  dry  ;  the  wet  answer- 
ing to  winter,  and  the  dry  to  summer ;  fall  and  spring 
are  unknown. 

497.  The  seasons  are  called  wet  and  dry  because  during  the  winter, 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  73 

which  lasts  about  six  months,  the  rain  falls  almost  incessantly,  and  during 
the  summer  it  rarely  rains  at  all. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  their  storms  ? 

498.  They  are  exceedingly  violent,  often  becoming 
hurricanes,  and  laying  waste  every  thing  within  their 
reach. 

Q.  For  what  is  the  torrid  zone  distinguished  ? 

499.  For  its  animal  and  vegetable  productions. 

Q.  What  are  some  of  its  more  remarkable  animals? 

500.  The    elephant,   camel,  rhinoceros,  lion,  tiger, 
crocodile,  zebra,  &c. 

Q.  What  may  be  said  of  its  serpents  and  insects  ? 

501.  They  are  very  numerous  and  exceedingly  ven- 
omons  or  poisonous. 

Q.  What  are  some  of  the  vegetable  productions? 

502.  Coffee,  tea,  sugar-cane,  bread-fruit,  oranges, 
spices,  &c. 

Q.  Will  you  describe  the  fruits  and  trees  ? 

503.  The  fruits  are  most  delicious,  and  the  forests 
are  majestic ;  many  of  the  trees  grow  to  an  astonishing 
size  and  height 

Q.  What  is  the  appearance  of  the  earth  generally  ? 

404.  It  is  clothed  in  perpetual  verdure. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  its  native  inhabitants? 

505.  They  are  generally  of  a  black  or  dark  com- 
plexion, passionate  in  their  tempers,  and  feeble  in  mind 
and  body. 

TEMPERATE  ZONES. 

Q.  What  does  temperate  mean  ? 

5 00.  Moderate ,  not  excessive;  neither  too  much  nor 
too  little. 

Q.  Where  are  the  temperate  zones  situated  ? 

507.  Between  the  tropics  and  polar  circles. 

Q.  Point  to  each.    Why  do  they  have  this  name  ? 

508.  Because  the  climate  is,  in  general,  moderate  ; 
not  excessively  hot,  nor  excessively  cold. 

Q.  How  are  th^se  zones  distinguished  from  each  other  ? 

509.  The  one  north  of  the  equator  is  called  the  Noith 
Temperate,  and  the  one  south  of  the  equator  the  South 
Temperate. 

Q.  Where  is  the  North  Temperate  zone  situated  ? 
4 


74  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

510.  Between  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  and  the  Arctic 
circle. 

Q.  How  is  the  South  Temperate  zone  situated  ? 

511.  Between  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  and  the  An- 
tarctic circle. 


MAP  OF  THE  WORLD  BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Q.  What  division  of  North  America  lies  in  the  North  Tem- 
perate zone  1  U-Ss. 

Q,.  What  grand  divisions  of  the  earth  are  almost  wholly  in  this 
zone? 

Q,.  What  celebrated  capes  in  the  S.  Temperate  zone  ?     n.  e. 

Q.  What  divisions  of  South  America  lie  in  it]     Ci.  s.  a. 

Q.  What  land  S.  E.  of  Cape  Horn  lies  wholly  in  tliis  zone  ]    h. 

Q.  Do  you  live  in  either  of  the  Temperate  Zones  ] 

Q.  What  course  then  would  you  take  to  find  warm  weather? 


Q.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  Temperate  Zone? 

512.  Spring,  Summer,  Autumn,  or  Fall,  and  Win- 
ter. 

Q.  What  is  the  climate  of  these  zones  ? 

513.  It  is  alike  exempt  from  extreme  heat  and  ex- 
treme cold  which  renders  it  most  healthy  and  delight- 
ful. 

Q.  What  are  some  of  the  vegetable  productions  of  these  zones  ? 

514.  Wheat,  rice,  cotton,  and  a  great  variety  of 
grains,  grasses,  and  fruits. 

Q.  What  are  some  of  the  more  noted  wild  animals  ? 

515.  Bisons,  wolves,  bears,  panthers,  foxes,  deer,&c. 

Q.  What  are  the  more  useful  animals  ? 

510.  The  horse,  ox,  sheep,  &c. 

Q.  How  do  these  zones  differ  in  respect  to  their  animals,  from  the  Tor- 
rid Zone  ? 

517.  Those  of  the  Temperate  Zones  are  less  numer- 
ous and  less  dangerous. 

Q.  What  is  the  general  character  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Temperate 
Zones  ? 

518.  They   have   fair   complexions,  robust   bodies, 
cultivated  minds,  and  industrious  habits. 


FRIGID  ZONES. 
Q.  What  does  frigid  mean  ? 

519.  Excessively  cold  or  frozen. 


INTRODUCTORY   COURSE.  75 

Q.  What  are  the  zones  about  the  Poles  called  ? 

520.  Frigid  or  Frozen  zones. 

Q.  Why  have  they  this  name  ? 

521.  From,  its  being  excessively  cold  there. 

Q.  What  is  the  cause  of  this  excessive  cold? 

522.  The  great  distance  from  the  equator. 

Q.  How  are  the  frigid  zones  situated  ? 

523.  Between  the  Polar  circles  and  the  Poles. 

Q.  Point  to  each.    What  are  they  called  from  their  situation  ? 

524.  North  Frigid  and  South  Frigid  Zones. 

Q.  How  is  the  North  Frigid  zone  situated  ? 

525.  Between  the  Arctic  circle  and  the  North  Pole. 

Q.  How  is  the  South  Frigid  situated  ? 

526.  Between  the  Antarctic  circle  and  the  South  Pole. 

Q.  How  many  zones  do  there  appear  to  be,  and  what  are  they  ? 

527.  Five  ;  one  Torrid,  two  Temperate,  and   two 
Frigid. 

Q.  Can  you  now  tell  the  use  of  the  Tropics  and  Polar  Circles  ? 

528.  To  bound  the  different  zones. 

Q.  How  many  degrees  does  each  Frigid  zone  embrace  ? 

529.  About  23*  in  width. 

Q.  How  many  degrees  in  each  Temperate  zone  ? 

530.  About  43  in  width. 

Q.  How  many  degrees  in  the  Torrid  zone  ? 

531.  About  47  in  width. 

Q.  Will  you  now  ir(orm  me  whether  the  map  represents  a  single  line 
which  has  any  existence  at  all  in  fact  ? 

532.  Not  one  ;  the  whole  is  imaginary. 

Q.  What  then  is  their  use  ? 

533.  They  assist  us  in  obtaining  a  knowledge  of  the 
earth's  surface. 

Q.  Will  you  mention  the  lines  that  are  usually  found  on  maps,  and  about 
which  you  have  now  been  learning  ? 

534.  The  Equator,  Meridians,  Parallels,  Polar  Cir- 
cles, and  Tropics, 

MAP  OF  THE  WORLD  BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Q.  What  ocean  lies  in  the  North  Frigid  zone  ?    Ac. 

Q.  What  grand  divisions  are  partly  in  this  zone  ? 

Q.  What  two  large  islands  are  wholly  in  this  zone]  N-Za.  Sn. 

Q,.  By  whom  is  Spitzbergen  principally  visited  1 

535.  By  those  engaged  in  the  whale  fishery. 

Q.  What  island  borders  on  this  zone  ?    Id. 

Q,.  What  ocean  in  the  South  Frigid  zone  ? 


76  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q,.  What  bay  and  sea  in  the  North  Frigid  1     We.  Bs. 

Q,.  What  grand  division  lies  wholly  out  of  these  zones l. 

Q.  What  is  the  course  from  the  North  Frigid  to  the  North 
Temperate  zone  1 

Q.  What  is  the  course  from  the  South  Frigid  to  the  place  where 
you  live  ] 

Q,.  In  what  zone  is  Greenland  ]  Azores  ]  Norway  7  Spain  1 
Niphon]  Kamtschatka! 

Q.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  Frigid  Zones  ? 

536.  Two ;  a  short  and  warm  summer,  and  a  long, 
cold,  and  dreary  winter. 

Q.  What  is  the  face  of  the  country  ? 

537.  It  is  almost  constantly  covered  with  snow  and 
ice,  without  trees  of  any  size,  and  but  few  shrubs  and 
plants. 

Q.  What  animals  are  able  to  exist  here  ? 

538.  Only  the  most  hardy,  as  the  white  bear,  rein- 
deer, sable,  ermine,  &c. 

Q.  Will  you  describe  the  inhabitants  ? 

539.  They  are  of  small  stature,  dark  or  black  com- 
plexion, and  possess  little  or  no  intelligence. 

DAYS  AND  NIGHTS. 

Q.  What  is  the  cause  of  day  and  night  ?  366.  375. 
Q.  When  the  sun  is  directly  over  the  equator  what  parts  of  the  earth's 
surface  are  illuminated  by  it  ? 

540.  Just  one  half  of  the  surface,  reckoned  from 
pole  to  pole  or  180°. 

Q.  What  is  the  length  of  day  and  night  then  ? 

64  .  They  are  of  equal  length  all  over  the  world. 

Q.  Where  are  the  days  and  nights  of  equal  length,  during  the  whole 
year? 

542.  At  all  places  under  the  equator. 

Q.  At  what  time  does  the  sun  rise  and  set  there  ? 

543.  It  rises  at  six  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  sets  at 
six  in  the  evening. 

Q.  What  then  must  be  the  length  of  day  and  night  there  ? 

544.  Twelve  hours  each,  during  the  whole  year. 

Q.  When  the  sun  is  either  N.  or  S.  of  the  Equator,  say  23?°  over  what 
parts  does  it  shine  ? 

545.  Over  one  half  as  before,  but  in  order  to  do 
this,  it  must  shine  23J°  over  or  beyond  one  pole,  leav- 
ing an  equal  portion  at  the  other  pole  in  darkness. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  77 

Q.  How  can  you  account  for  this  ? 

546.  Because  as  the  earth  is  round,  the  sun  must 
always  shine  on  that  half  of  the  surface,  that  lies  next 
to  it. 

Q.  When  then  the  sun  is  N.  of  the  Equator,  what  effect  will  it  have  on 
day  and  night  in  the  northern  hemisphere  ? 

547.  There  will  be   more  sunshine  than  darkness, 
and  accordingly  longer  days  than  nights. 

Q.  What  effect  will,  at  the  same  time,  be  produced  in  the  southern  hemis- 
phere ? 

548.  There  will  be  more  darkness  than  sunshine  and 
of  course  longer  nights  than  days. 

Q.  What  will  be  the  proportionate  length  of  day  and  night  ? 

549.  The  longer  will  be  more  than  twelve  hours  in 
duration,  and  the  shorter,  less. 

Q.  When  the  sun  is  234°  N.  of  the  Equator,  and  it  is  day  on  one  side  of 
the  earth,  what  places  on  the  opposite  side  will,  at  the  same  time,  have  night  ? 

550.  All  places  except  those  within  23i°  of  that  pole  ; 
these  places  will  have  day,  because  the  sun,  in  illumi- 
nating one  half  of  the  earth's  surface,  shines  over  on 
to  them. 

Q.  But  is  there  no  night  at  that  pole  over  which  the  sun  shines  as  above 
descibed? 

551.  None,  while  the  sun  is  on  the  same  side  of  the 
equator  with  that  pole.     And  of  course  there  can  be 
no  day  at  the  other  pole,  but  constant  night,  for  the 
same  length  of  time. 

Q.  How  long  is  the  sun  in  going  from  the  equator  to  either  tropic,  and 
returning  to  the  equator  again  ? 

552.  Six  months. 

Q.  What  then  must  be  the  length  of  days  and  nights  at  the  poles  ? 

553.  Six  months  of  continual  day,  and  six  months 
of  continual  night ;  that  is,  one  day  and  one  night  in 
the  whole  year. 

Q.  What  now  appears  to  be  the  cause  of  our  long  nights  and  short  days 
in  winter  ? 

554.  The  sun  is  then  S.  of  the  equator,  and  conse- 
quently shines  more  on  the  southern  hemisphere  than 
on  the  northern,  in  which  we  live. 

Q.  How  may  the  length  of  a  day  or  night,  in  any  place,  be  known  ? 

555.  By  its  distance  from  the  equator ;  the  greater 
the  distance  the  longer  will  be  the  day  or  night. 

Q.  Where  are  the  longest  days  one  month  in  length  ? 

556.  In  about  67°  N.  or  S.  latitude. 


78  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  Where  are  the  longest  days  and  nights  about  two  months  each  ? 

557.  In  about  70°  N.  or  S.  latitude. 

Q.  Where  are  they  four  months  ? 

558.  In  about  80°  N.  or  S.  latitude. 


o  THE  LEARNER.  Perhaps  you  are  now  ready  to  inquire,  as  many  have 
done  before  you,  while  looking  over  the  map,  "  Who  are  the  inhabitants  of  all  these 
countries,  regions,  and  places'?"  "Where  did  they  come  from?"  "How  do  they 
look?"  "  What  is  their  business?"  To  gratify  you  in  these  particulars,  is  the  ob- 
ject of  the  following  lessons. 


RACES  OF  MEN. 

Q.  Who  were  the  first  inhabitants  on  this  earth  ? 

559.  Adam  and  Eve. 

Q.  Where  did  they  first  live  ? 

560.  In  the  garden  of  Eden,  called  Paradise. 

Q.  Where  was  that? 

561.  It  is  supposed  to  have  been  in  the  S.  W.  part 
of  Asia,  near  the  rivers  Tigris  and  Euphrates. 

Q.  Where  did  Adam's  posterity,  or  descendants,  settle  ? 

562.  They  spread  as  they  increased  over  the  whole 
face  of  the  earth. 

Q.  What  has  this  wide  dispersion,  or  scattering,  of  the  human  race,  given 
rise  to  ? 

563.  The  formation  of  various  associations,  such  as 
tribes,  nations,  &c.  for  their  common  protection. 

Q.  What  has  led  to  the  unscriptural  assertion,  that  Adam  is  not  the  father 
of  all  living? 

564.  The  differences  in  the  human  family,  with  re- 
spect to  color,  stature,  features,  language,  &c. 

Q,.  To  what  causes  may  these  effects,  in  a  great  measure,  be  traced  ? 

565.  To   difference  in  climate,   food,  dress,  modfc 
of  life,  and  partly  to  causes  which  we  do  not  well  un- 
derstand. 

Q.  What  are  the  two  grand  differences,  hi 
regard  to  which  there  have  been  formed  dif- 
ferent classes  or  races  of  men  ? 

566.  Features  and  color. 

Q.  What  is  the  first  race,  and  what  are  its 
characteristics  ? 

567.  The  European  Race,  with 
I  regular  features,  and  a  skin  more 
f  or  less  white,  according  as  they 

live  in  cold  or  hot  climates. 

It  includes  the   Europeans,   and  all  their 
EUROPEAN.  descendants    in  both  hemispheres  in  Ame- 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


79 


rica,  as  well  as  the  inhabitants  of  Western  Asia,  and  Eastern  and  Northern 
Africa. 

Q.  What  is  the  second  race,  and  what  are 
its  characteristics  ? 

568.  The  Asiatic  or  Mongolian 
Race,   of  a   deep  yellow  color; 
their  hair  black,  stiff',  straight  and 
rather  thin  ;  heads  almost  square ; 
wide  mouths,  high  cheek  bones, 
small  flat  noses,    flat   foreheads, 
and  small  eyes. 

This   race    comprises  the    Japanese,  Chi- 
ASIATIC.  nese,  Mongolians,  the  inhabitants  of  Siberia  in 

Europe,  Finns  and  Laplanders  in  Europe,  and  the  Esquimaux  Indians  in 
America. 

M^^. 

Q.  What  is  the  third  race,  and  what  are  its 
characteristics  ? 

569.  The  American  or  Indian 
Race,  found  only  in  America,  is  of 
a  deep  copper  color ;    straight, 
black  hair,  high  cheek  bones ;  eyes 
black  and  sunken,  large  faces,  and 
robust  bodies. 

This  race  comprises  all  the  American 
Indians,  except  the  Esquimaux,  who  belong  to 
the  Asiatic  race. 


Q.  What  is  the  fourth  race,  and  what  are  its 
characteristics  ? 

570.  The  African  or  Negro 
Race.  They  have  a  jet  black 
skin,  low,  narrow  foreheads, 
black,  woolly  hair ;  thick  lips  and 
long  heels. 

The  native  inhabitants  of  Africa,  except 
those  parts  before  mentioned,  some  of  the 
natives  of  the  larger  islands  of  the  Pacific  and 
Indian  Oceans,  and  their  descendants  in  dif- 
ferent quarters  of  the  globe,  constitute  this 
class. 


80  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  is  the  fifth  race,  and  what  are  its 
characteristics  ? 

571.    The  Malay  Race,  with 
European  features,  deep   brown 
i  colored  skin ;    black    hair,  large 
'  mouths  and  noses,   and    slender 
F  forms. 

The  inhabitants  of  Malacca,  Borneo,  Sa- 
matra,  Sunda  isles,  the  Phillipmes,  the  Mo- 
luccas, and  some  of  the  Australian  groups,  and 
the  principal  part  of  the  islanders  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  compose  this  class. 

Q.  What  now  appear  to  be  the  different  ra- 
MALAY.  ces  of  men. 

572.  1st.  The  European  Race ; 

573.  2d.  The  Asiatic  or  Mongolian  Race  ; 

574.  3d.  The  American  or  Indian  Race  ; 

575.  4th.  The  African  or  Negro  Race  ; 

576.  5th.  The  Malay  Race. 

Q.  How  many  inhabitants  is  the  earth  computed  to  contain  in  all  ? 

577.  About  eight  hundred  millions. 

Q.  Which  grand  division  of  the  earth  is  most  populous  ?  Europe.   Which 


is  least  populous  ?  America. 

Q.  How  often  is  it  suppose 
will  it  be  before  all  the  inhabitants  now  on  the  earth,"will  be  dead,  and  their 


low  often  is  it  supposed  that  the  earth  is  repeopled  ;  that  is,  how  long 


places  supplied  by  others  ? 

578.  In  about  thirty  years.     Of  all  the  people  living 
at  any  one  time,  the  greater  part  will  be  dead  in  thirty- 
two  years. 

Q.  How  many  then  must  die  and  be  born  every  year  ? 

579.  About  25  millions. 

Q.  How  many,  at  that  rate,  must  die  and  be  born  every  day  and  hour  ? 

580.  About  75  thousand  every  day,  and  3  thousand 
every  hour. 

Q.  How  many  have  probably  died,  while  I  have  been  reading  two  or  three 
questions  in  this  book,  or  in  the  space  of  one  minute  ? 

581.  About  50  persons. 


RELIGION. 

Q.  What  is  Religion,  in  a  general  sense  ? 

582.  Any  system  of  Divine  faith  and  worship. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  "  faith"  and  "  worship  ?" 

583.  Faith  signifies  confidence  in,  and  worship,  great 
reverence  for,  some  being. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  81 

Q.  What  is  the  word  religion  derived  from  ? 

584.  Religio,  (Latin)   signifying  an  oath  or  obliga- 
tion, because  it  imposes  obligations  on  its  professors. 

Q.  What  is  Religion  in  its  more  appropriate  sense,  or  true  Religion  ? 

585.  The  belief  in,  and  worship  of  the  one  only  liv- 
ing and  true  God. 

Q.  What  is  Religious  Liberty,  or  liberty  of  conscience? 

586.  The  freedom  to  worship  God  as  one  pleases, 
provided  it  does  not  disturb  the  peace  of  the  commu- 
nity. 

Q.  What  is  an  established  Religion,  or  the  Religion  of  the  State? 

587.  A  religion  to  which  certain  exclusive  privileges 
are  annexed,  and  to  which  every  person  in  the  com- 
munity is  oftentimes  obliged  by  law  to  conform,  and 
always  to  support. 

Q.  Where  does  Religious  liberty  exist  in  the  greatest  perfection  ? 

588.  In  the  United  States  ;  every  person  being  left 
to  the  uninterrupted  enjoyment  of  whatever  religion  he 
may  choose,  without  being  compelled  to  aid  in  the  sup- 
port of  any. 

Q.  How  many  and  what  are  the  prevailing  religions  of  the  world  ? 

589.  Four ;  the  Christian,  the  Mohamedan,  the  Jew- 
ish, and  Pagan  or  Heathen. 

Q.  Who  are  Christians  ? 

590.  Those    worshippers  of  God,  who  believe  in 
Christ  as  the  Savior  of  the  world. 

Q.  Where  were  they  first  called  Christians,  and  why  ? 

591.  At  Antioch,  a  city  in  the  S.  W.  of  Asia,  be- 
cause they  were  followers  of  Christ. 

Q.  How  many  and  what  are  the  grand  classes  of  Christians  ? 

592.  Three ;  Roman  Catholic,  Greek,  and  Protes- 
tant Christians. 

Q.  Who  are  Roman  Catholics  ? 

593.  Those  who  acknowledge  the  supremacy  and 
infallibility  of  the  Pope. 

Q.  Who  is  the  Pope  and  why  has  he  this  name  ? 

594.  He  is  the  head,  or  father,  of  the  Roman  Cath- 
olic Church,  and  his  name  is  derived  from  the  Latin 
papa,  signifying  father. 

Q.  What  does  the  "supremacy  of  the  Pope,"  signify  ? 

595.  His  power  and  authority  over  all  the  churches 
and  rulers  of  the  earth. 

4* 


82  INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  his  "  infallibility  ?" 

596.  His  entire  exemption  from,  or  liability  to  error 
in  any  thing  relating  to  religious  faith  and  practice. 

Q.  Who  constitute  the  Greek  Church  ? 

597.  Those  who  adopt  generally  the  forms  and  doc- 
trines of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  but  who  deny 
the  authority  of  the  Pope. 

Q.  Who  are  Protestants  ? 

598.  Those  who  reject  most  of  the  ceremonies,  and 
many  of  the  doctrines  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church, 
and  who  deny  the  authority  of  the  Pope. 

Q.  Why  are  they  called  Protestants  ? 

599.  Because  they  protest  against  the  decrees  of  the 
Pope  and  the  Roman  Catholic  Church. 

Q.  How  are  Protestants  divided  ? 

600.  Into  various  sects;  the  principal  of  which  are 
Episcopalians,    Presbyterians,    Lutherans,    Calvinists, 
Methodists,  Friends,  Baptists,  Congregationalists,  &c. 

Q.  Who  are  Mohammedans  ? 

601.  The  followers  of  Mohammed,  a  religious  im- 
poster,  who  flourished  in  Arabia  about  600  years  after 
Christ. 

Q.  What  is  the  book  containing  their  religion  called  ? 

603.  The  Koran  or  Alcoran. 

Q.  Who  are  the  adherents  to  the  Jewish  religion  ? 

603.  The  Jews.     They  believe   in  God  and  in  the 
Old  Testament,  but  reject  the  New,  and  expect  a  Sa- 
vior yet  to  come. 

Q.  Do  the  Jews  inhabit  any  particular  part  of  the  earth  ? 

604.  They  do  not,  but  are  scattered  over  the  whole 
of  it. 

Q.  Who  are  Pagans  or  Heathen  ? 

605.  Those  who  believe  in  many  false  gods,  and 
who  worship  various  objects  and  idols,  such  as  the  sun, 
moon  and  stars  ;  different  kinds  of  animals  ;  also  wood 
and  stone,  and  images   which  they  themselves  have 
made. 

Q.  What  is  the  worship  of  such  objects,  animals,  &c.  called? 

606.  Idolatry. 

Q.  Who  are  Deists  ? 

607.  Those  who  believe  in  one  God,  but  reject  all 
revealed  religion. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  83 

Q.  Why  are  Deists  so  called  ? 

608.  From  Deus,  the  Latin  word  for  God. 

Q.  Who  are  Atheists  ? 

609.  Those  who  deny  the  existence   of  God,  and 
consequently  reject  all  religion. 

Q.  Why  are  Atheists  so  called  ? 

610.  From  two  Greek  wrords,  <z,  signifying  no  and 
theos,  God. 

Q,.  What  is  the  number  of  Pagans  in  the  world  ? 

611.  About  500  millions. 

Q.  What  is  the  number  of  Christians  ? 

612.  About  200  millions. 

Q.  What  is  the  number  of  Mohamedans  ? 

613.  About  97  millions. 

Q.  What  is  the  number  of  Jews  ? 

614.  About  three  millions. 

STATE  OF  SOCIETY. 

Q.  What  was  the  earliest  employment  of  our  first  parents? 

615.  Cultivating  the   garden    in  which   they  were 
placed,  which  is  called  horticulture ;  after  their  ban- 
ishment from  Eden,  tilling  the  ground,  which  is  cailed 
agriculture. 

Q.  Have  their  posterity  continued  in  the  same  employment  ? 

616.  Not  all  of  them.     The  cultivation  of  the  earth 
among  most  nations,  has  always  been,  and  still  is,  reck- 
oned among  the  most  important  and  honorable  occu- 
pations of  life,  though  the  pursuits  of  different  nations 
and  individuals  are  various. 

Q.  In  what  respects,  besides  those  of  features,  government,  and  religion, 
do  most  nations  differ  ? 

617.  In  their   knowledge,    manners,  customs   and 
habits  of  life. 

Q.  What  classification1  has  been  made  in  reference  to  these  particulars? 

618.  The  division  of  all  nations  into  four  different 
classes  or  states,  called  Savage  or  Barbarous,  Hall  -civ- 
ilized, Civilized,  and  Enlightened. 

Q.  In  what  way  do  barbarous  nations  support  life  ? 

619.  By  means  of  hunting,  iishing,  robbery,  and  in 

1  CLASSIFICATION.    The  act  of  forming  into  classes,  sets,  sorts,  or  ranks. 


84 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE. 


some  instances,  they  depend  solely  on  the  spontaneous1 
productions  of  the  earth. 

Q.  What  are  the  earliest  arts  practised  by  all  nations  ? 

620.  The  construction  of  huts,  and  of  weapons  to  be 
used  in  war  and  hunting. 

Q.  When  do  agriculture,  and  the  remaining  arts  and  sciences,  flourish 
most? 

621.  After  a  tribe  has  become  stationary  and  their 
property  well  defined,  and  when  individuals  enjoy  that 
ease  and  leisure,  which  invite  to  study  and  speculation.3 

Q.  Of  what  do  the  habitations  of  savage  nations  consist? 

622.  Generally  of  miserable  huts,  but  some  tribes 
live  in  trees,  or  in  holes  dug  in  the  ground,  and  not  un- 
frequently  they  repose  in  the  open  air. 

Q.  What  degree  of  knowledge  does  this  class  possess  ? 

623.  They  are  for  the  most  part  grossly  ignorant, 
with  little  or  no  knowledge  of  agriculture  or  the  me- 
chanic arts,  have  no  written  language  or  books,  have 
but  little  notion  of  religion,  and  very  rarely  have  any 
regular  form  of  government. 

Q.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  mechanic  arts  ? 

624.  Building,  and  the  making  of  various  instruments, 
furniture,  &c. 

Q.  What  is  the  general  character  of  savages  ? 

625.  They  are  cruel,  revengeful,  indolent,3  and  su- 
perstitious.4    They  treat  their  women  like  slaves,  buy- 
ing and  selling  them  at  pleasure. 

Q.  Who  are  examples  of  this  class? 

626.  The  North  American  Indians,  a  great  portion 
of  the  inhabitants  of  Africa,  the  natives  of  New  Hol- 
land, and  many  others. 

Q.  What  knowledge  of  the  arts  does  the  half  civilized  state  possess  ? 

627.  They  have  some  knowledge  of  agriculture,  and 
some  of  the  simplest  arts  they  have  carried  to  a  con- 
siderable degree  of  perfection. 

Q.  What  are  the  remaining  characteristics  of  this  class  ? 

628.  They  have  established  laws  and  religion,  some 


1  SPONTANEOUS,  voluntary,  of  its  own 
acc<  rd,  produced  without  being  planted, 
or  without  anything  being  done  by  man. 

'2  SPECULATION-  a  «cherne  formed  in  the 
mind,  considerately  thought. 


3  INDOLENT,  lazy,  listless,  sluggish. 

4  SUPERSTITIOUS,   too    scrupulous  in 
religious  observances,  full  of  idle  fancies, 
or  notions  in  religion. 


INTRODUCTORY    COURSE.  85 

printed  books,  but  are  almost  wholly  unacquainted  with 
science,  literature,  and  foreign  commerce.  They  treat 
their  women  very  much  like  savage  nations. 

Q.  Will  you  mention  an  example  of  this  class? 

629.  The  Chinese  in  Asia. 

Q.  What  knowledge  does  the  Civilized  state  possess  of  the   arts  and 
sciences  ? 

630.  A  very  good  knowledge   of  both,  depending 
mainly  for  their  subsistence  on  agriculture,  commerce, 
and  manufactures. 

Q.  What  is  the  characteristic  difference  between  this  and  the  Half-civil- 
ized state  ? 

631.  In  the  Civilized  state,  the  art  of  printing  is  well 
understood,  there  are  numerous  books,  and  women  arc 
treated  with  becoming  respect. 

Q.  What  are  the  peculiarities  of  Enlightened  nations  ? 

632.  A  general  diffusion  ot  knowledge,  great  perfec- 
tion in  the  arts  and  sciences,  and  generally  a  greater 
freedom  from  superstitious  notions  in  religion,  than  pre- 
vails elsewhere. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  an  enlightened  people  ? 

633.  They  are  generally  industrious,  intelligent  and 
enterprising,  and  it  is  among  them  only,  that  the  fe- 
male sex  are  fully  elevated  to  their  proper  station  in 
society,  as  equals  with,  and  companions  for  the  male 
sex. 

Q.  What  are  some  examples  of  this  class  ? 

634.  The  United  States,   England,   France,  Ger- 
many, &c. 


PART   THIRD. 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 

635.  Geography  is  a  description  of  the  earth  and  its 
inhabitants. 

636.  The  term  geography  is  derived  from  two  Greek  words,  ge,  the  eartht 
and  grapho,  to  describe. 

MATHEMATICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

637.  This   division  treats  of  the  form,   magnitude,1 
and  motion  of  the  earth. 

638.  It  explains  the  method  of  constructing2  artifi- 
cial3 globes3  and  of  projecting4  maps  and  charts.5 

639.  It  includes   an   illustration  of  the  causes   by 
which  day  and  night  are  produced,  as  well  as  the  sea- 
sons, tides,8  and  eclipses/ 

640.  The  earth  is  a  globular8   or  spherical8  body, 
though  not  perfectly  round,  being  a  little  flattened  at 
the  poles.     It  is  properly  speaking,  an  oblate9  sphe- 
roid.    Its  diameter  at  the  equator  is  a  little  more  than 
26  miles  greater  than  the  diameter  at  the  poles. 

GEOGRAPHY.    Q,.  What  is  Geography  ?  635.  From  what  is  the  term  derived  ?  636. 

MATHEMATICAL,  GEOGRAPHY.  Q,.  What  does  this  division  treat  of  7  637.  What 
does  it  explain  ?  638.  What  include  ?  639.  What  are  Charts  ?&  [See  definitions  at 
the  bottom  of  the  page.]  What  are  artificial  Globes  ?3  Tides  ?e  Eclipses  ?» 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  form  of  the  earth?  640.  What  of  its  polar  diameter  ?  640. 
What  is  an  oblate  spheriod  1  640.  What  is  the  whole  diameter  and  circumference 
of  the  earth?  120  and  118.  [See  Part  II.] 


1  MAGNITUDE,  size,  bulk,  greatness. 

2  CONSTRUCTING,  making,  forming, — 
building. 

3  ARTIFICIAL  GLOBES,  large  balls  made 
to  represent  the  earth. 

4  PROJECTING,  drawing,  exhibiting. 

5  CHARTS,  maps  of  the  sea  or  any  part 
of  it. 


6  TIDES,  the  ebbing  and  flowing  of  the 
water  of  the  ocean. 

7  ECLIPSES,  the  darkening  of  the  sun  or 
moon. 

8  GLOBULAR  or  SPHERICAL,  round. 

9  OBLATE  SPHERIOD,  a  sphere  flatten- 
ed at  the  poles. 


MATHEMATICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


87 


641.  Though  the  earth  is  so  large  that  its  roundness  cannot  be  perceived 
by  the  eye,  it  is,  nevertheless,  easily  proved  round,  as  will  appear  from  the 
following  reasons : 

1st.  From  its  having  been  repeatedly  circumnavigated.1 
2d.  From  the  circular9  form  of  the  earth's  shadow,  as  observed  in  eclip- 
ses of  the  moon. 

3d.  The  mast3  of  a  vessel,  when  approaching  from  a  distance,  is  always 
seen  before  the  hull,4  though  the  latter  is  much  the  larger  part. 

642.  In  corroboration6   of  the  last  argument  is   the  fact,   that  when  a 
vessel  approaches  us,  it  seems  to  rise  up  out  of  the  water,  and  when  it  is 
going  from  us,  it  seems  to  sink  beneath  the  water;  neither  ofti  ese  appear- 
ances would  exist,  were  the  intervening6  surface  a  perfect  level. 

643.  The  cause  of  the  earth's  sphericity7  is  very  evident,  if  we  consider 
it  a  yielding  mass  of  water,  capable  of  assuming8  any  form;   then  by  the 
force  of  gravity,9     every  particle10  contained  in  it,  tending  towards  the 
common  centre,  the  globular  form  is  the  necessary  consequence. 

644.  The  deepest  valleys  and  the  loftiest  mountains  no  more  affect1  *  the 
roundness  of  the  earth,  than  the  common  inequalities1*   on  the  rind  of  an 
orange  affect  its  general  rotundity.1' 

645.  The  earth,  vast  as  it  seems  to  be,  is,  neverthe- 
less, more  than  one  million  times  smaller  than  the  sun, 
or,  in  other  words,  it  would  take  more  than  one  million 
of  worlds  as  large  as  our  earth,  to  make  one  body  as 
large  as  the  sun. 

046.  The  sun  dispenses14  light  and  heat  to  the  earth, 
and  by  his  genial16  beams  promotes  vegetation,  cherish- 
es animal  life,  attracts  vapors  from  the  ocean,  sea,  &c. 
which  form  into  clouds,  and  descend  in  showers  to  wa- 
ter the  earth. 

Q,.  What  three  reasons  are  {riven  for  supposing  the  earth  to  be  round  7  641. 
What  corroborative  fact  is  mentioned  7  64 '2. 

Q.  How  mpy  -lie  earth's  Sphericity  be  accounted  for?  C43.  What  effect  have 
valleys  and  mountains  on  the  earth's  rotundity  7  644.  What  is  the  size  of  the 
earth,  coinjian  d  with  that  of  the  sun  7  645. 

U.  What  are  the  several  advantages  which  the  earth  derives  from  the  sun  7  646. 

(1.  What  is  the  true  cause  of  day  and  night  1  375.  What,  the  cause  of  the  sea- 
sons 7  380.  381.  How  many  and  what  revolutions  has  the  earth  7  383. 

Q.  What  is  a  map  7  124.  A  Hemisphere  7  135.  Which  are  the  Cardinal  points'? 
106.  Which  part  of  the  map  is  E.  7  W.7  &c.  108.  What  is  the  Equator  7  7  390. 
Why  so  called  7  387.  What  is  Latitude  7  393.  How  is  it  reckoned  7  410.  What 
are  Parallels  of  Latitude  7  401.  How  many  degrees  of  Latitude  are  there  7  410. 


1  CIRCUMNAVIGATED,  sailed  round. 

2  CIRCULAR,  round. 

3  MAST,    a  large  timber  erected  in  a 
perpernh'cular  position,    in  a  vessel,  to 
which  the  sails  and  rigging  are  attached. 

4  HULL,  the  body  of  a  ship. 

5  CORROBORATION,  the  aci  of  strength- 
ening or  confirming. 

6  INTERVENING,    coming  or  being  be- 
tween. 

7  SPHERICITY,  roundness. 


8  ASSUMING,  taking,  receiving. 

9  GRAVITY,  weight. 

10  PARTICLE,  any  small  portion,  as  an 
atom. 

11  AFFECT,  alter,  change, 
lii  INEQUALITY,  unevenness. 

13  ROTUNDITY,  roundness. 

14  DISPENSES,  gives,  distributes. 

15  GENIAL,    causing   propagation    or 
growth,  cheerful,  gay. 


88 


CIVIL    OR    POLITICAL    GEOGRAPHY. 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

647.  This  branch  of  geography  treats  principally  of 
the  surface  of  the  earth ;  it  may  be  called  the  natural 
history  of  the  earth. 

648.  It  embraces  an  account  of  the  natural  divisions 
of  land  and  water,  also  of  the  atmosphere1  animals, 
vegetables,  and  minerals.2 


CIVIL  OR  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

640.  Political  Geography  treats  of  the  various  gov- 
ernments, institutions,  manners,  customs,  laws,  and  re- 
ligion of  different  nations  and  countries. 

650.  Geography  may  be  comprised  under  three 
general  divisions  ; 

1st.  Mathematical  Geography. 

Q.  How  do  small  circles  divide  the  earth  ?  400.  How  do  large  circles  divide  tire 
earth  ?  419.  What  are  Meridians  ?  428. 

Q.  What  is  Longitude  ?  435.  How  is  Longitude  expressed  on  the  map  ?  44f>. 
How  is  Latitude  expressed  ?  408. 

a.  What  are  the  Tropics?  457.  Polar  circles?  480.  Zones?  485.  Why  are 
they  so  called  ?  484.  Where  is  the  Torrid  Zone  ?  488.  Why  has  it  this  name  ?  487. 
What  are  its  seasons  ?  496.  For  what  is  it  distinguished  ?  499. 

Q,.  How  many  Temperate  Zones  are  there  ?  527.  Where  is  the  North  Temperate 
Zone?  510.  Where  the  South  Temperate?  511.  What  are  the  seasons  of  thes« 
Zones  ?  512. 

Ci.  How  many  Frigid  Zones  are  there?  527.  Why  have  they  this  name?  521. 
What  are  the  seasons  of  these  Zones?  536.  Where  is  the  North  Frigid  Zone?  525. 
Where  is  the  South  Frigid  ?  526.  What  is  the  character  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
Frigid  Zones  ?  539.  How  many  Zones  are  there  ?  527. 

a.  What  appears  to  be  the  use  of  the  Polar  Circles  and  Tfooics?  528.  Where 
are  the  days  and  nights  equal  in  length,  during  the  whole  year?  5*2.  Where  aie 
they  six  months  in  duration  ?  553. 

PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY,  a.  What  is  Physical  Geography?  647.  What  does 
it  embrace  ?  648.  What  is  the  atmosphere  ?  648.  What  are  minerals  ?  648. 

d.  What  form  the  surface  of  the  earth  ?  110.  What  is  the  proportion  of  land 
and  water  ?  111.  What  are  the  natural  divisions  of  land  ?  95. 

Q.  What  is  an  Island  ?  20.  Peninsula  ?  90.  Isthmus  ?  91.  Cape  ?  89.  Pro- 
montory? 88.  Mountain?  76.  Volcano?  80.  Shore  or  Coast?  94.  How  is  a 
Rail-road  constructed  ?  71. 

a.  What  are  the  natural  divisions  of  water  ?  66.  What  is  an  Ocean  ?  41.  How 
many  are  there  ?  [See  map  of  the  world.]  What  is  a  Sea?  18.  Gulf?  33.  Bay? 
24.  Lake?  11.  Strait?  26.  Channel?  27.  Sound?  29.  River?  5.  Frith  or  Es- 
tuary? 34. 

Q,.  How  many  and  what  are  the  different  races  of  men  ?  572.  What  are  the 
characteristics  of  the  European  race  ?  567.  What  of  the  Asiatic  race  ?  568.  What 
of  the  Indian  race  ?  569.  Of  the  African  race  ?  570.  What  of  the  Malay  race  ?  571. 

POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY.  Of  what  does  this  division  treat  ?  649.  What  are  the 
general  divisions  of  Geography  ?  650. 


1  ATMOSPHERE,  the  air  that  surrouds 
the  earth. 

2  MINERALS,  any  parts  of  the  earth 


which  are  solid  or  hard,  as  rocks,  &c. 
which  do  not  grow  like  plants,  nor  UTO 
like  animals. 


CIVIL    OR   POLITICAL     GEOGRAPHY. 


2d.  Physical  Geography. 
3d.  Political  Geography. 


OF  THE  WORLD. 

651.  The  world  of  which  our  earth  forms  a  part, 
was  created  a  little  short  of  60001  years  ago. 

'  652.  At  the  expiration2  of  16563  years  from  the  cre- 
ation, all  the  inhabitants  of  our  earth,  except  Noah  and 
his  family,  consisting  of  eight  souls  only,  were  swept 
away4  by  a  universal  deluge,6  traces6  of  which  are  visi- 
ble7 at  the  present  day. 

653.  Sea  shells  and  other  marine  substances"  are  found  in  every  explored* 
part  of  the  world,  on  the  loftiest  mountains  of  Europe,  and  the  still  loftier 
Andes  of  South  America. 

654.  When  400410  years  had  elapsed,11  our  Saviour 
appeared  on  the  earth,  being  four  years  before  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Vulgar12  Era. 

655.  The  Christian  era,1 '  however,  is  generally  considered  as  embracing 
the  whole  number  of  years  since  the  birth  of  Christ,  so  that  our  present 
date,  as  183614  for  instance,  means  1836  years  since  that  remarkable  event. 
To  this  date  the  letters  A.  D.  are  frequently  prefixed,  as  A.  D.16  1836. 

Q.  What  are  the  two  simple  fun  MS  of  government  ?  25(5.  What  is  a  monarchy  or 
kingdom?  248.  Aristocracy?  255.  Republic/?  188. 

U.  What  is  a  limited  monarchy  1  250.    An  absolute  Monarchy?  252. 

Cl.  What  is  Reli-Mon  ?  582.     What  is  the  immlii-r  of  tin-  principal  relici«>|. 

What  are  they?  589.  Who  are  (.'hriMians  ?  5'.  HI.  What  is  their  number?  612. 
Who  are  Mohammedan?  1  601.  Their  number?  013. 

Q.  Who  are  Jews?  603.  Their  number?  »>14.  Who  are  Pagans?  605.  Their 
number?  611.  Who  are  Roman  Catholics?  593. 

a.  Who  constitute  the  Greek  Church?  597.  Who  are  protestants?  598.  D«- 
teta  ?  607.  Atheists  ?  609. 

Cl.  How  many  and  what  are  the  different  states  of  society  1    618. 

THK  WORLD.  Q,.  When  was  the  world  created?  651.  When  did  the  deluge 
happen,  and  what  were  its  consequences  to  man  ?  652.  What  evidences  have  we 
of  it,  except  from  the  Bible  ?  653. 

Q,.  What  other  remarkable  event  is  mentioned,  and  when  did  it  occur?  654. 
What  is  meant  by  vulgar  era  1  654. 

Q.  When  you  date  a  letter  or  any  paper  1836,  or  A.  D.  1836,  for  instance,  what 
does  it  mean  ?  655.  What  does  A.  D.  mean  ?  655. 


1  6000,  six  thousand. 

2  EXPIRATION,  end,  close. 

3  1656,  sixteen  hundred  and  fifty -six. 

4  SWEPT  AWAY,  destroyed,  drowned. 

5  DELUGE,  flood. 

6  TRACES,  marks,  signs. 

7  VISIBLE,  to  be  seen. 

8  MARINE  SUBSTANCES,  of  or  belong- 
ing to  the  sea. 

9  EXPLORED,  visited,  examined. 


10  4004,  four  thousand  and  four. 

11  ELAPSED,  passed  away. 

12  VULGAR,  common  ;  ERA,  the  account 
of  time  from  any  particular  date. 

13  CHRISTIAN  ERA,  the  point  of  time 
reckoned  from  in  Christian  countries. 

14  1836.  eighteen  hundred  and  thirty-' 
six. 

15  A.  D.  Anno  Domini,  in  the  year  of 
our  Lord. 


90  CIVIL    OR    POLITICAL    GEOGRAPHY. 

MAP   OF    THE   WORLD. 

Which  hemisphere  has  the  most  land,  the  northern  or  southern  ?  Which 
the  most,  the  eastern  or  western  ? 

Which  continent  has  the  most  land  ?  What  four  oceans  surround  the 
eastern  continent  ?  What  four  the  western  ? 

How  will  you  bound  America  ?  Europe  ?  Asia  ?  Africa  ?  What  grand 
divisions  reach  into  the  north  frigid  zone  ? 

What  bay  and  sea  in  the  north  frigid  ?  e.  s.  What  capes  ?  y.  h.  What 
straits  in  or  near  it  ?  s.  s. 

What  grand  divisions  a  re  partly  in  the  north  temperate  zone  ?  What  in 
the  south  temperate  ?  Which  zone  has  the  most  land  ? 

Which  grand  division  has  the  most  land  in  the  torrid  zone  ?  Which  next  ? 
•Which  least? 

Which  approaches  nearest  to  Africa,  North  or  South  America  ?  Which 
is  nearest  Asia  ?  By  what  is  it  separated  ?  Bs.  How  wide  is  this  strait  ? 

Is  North  America  in  north '  or  south  latitude  ?  In  which  latitude  is  the 
greater  part  of  South  America?  In  which  latitude  is  Africa?  Europe? 
Asia?  New  Holland? 

Is  New  Holland  in  E.  or  W.  longitude  ?  In  which  longitude  is  Asia  ?  Is 
the  greater  part  of  Africa  and  Europe  ?  Is  America  ? 

What  three  quarters  of  the  globe  are  crossed  by  the  parallel  of  50°  N. 
latitude  ?  What  by  the  parallel  of  20°  S.  latitude  ? 

What  general  divisions  are  crossed  by  the  meridian  of  20°  E.  longitude  ? 
What  by  the  meridian  of  70°  W.  longitude  ? 

What  three  oceans  are  intersected  by  the  meridian  of  140°  E.  longitude  ? 
What  islands  ?  d.  a.  n.  What  seas  ?  n.  k. 

In  which  'atitude  and  longitude  is  the  gulf  of  Mexico  ?  Caribbean  Sea  ? 
United  States '.  Patagonia  in  South  America?  Europe? 

Which  has  the  highest  latitude,  that  is,  which  is  farthest  N.  or  S.,  Wash- 
ington, the  capital  of  the  United  States,  or  London,  the  capital  of  England  ? 
How  many  degrees  of  difference  between  these  places? 

What  is  nearly  the  latitude  of  Washington  ?  What  is  its  longitude  ? 

Which  is  farthest  S.,  Cape  Horn  or  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ? 

What  three  divisions  of  South  America  have  nearly  the  same  climate 
with  the  United  States  ?  U-Ps.  Ci.  Pa. 

Which  is  coldest,  the  northern  part  of  North  or  the  southern  part  of  South 
America  ?  Why  ?  492. 

Which  has  the  colder  climate,  Hindostan  or  Spain  ?  France  or  Arabia  ? 
United  States  or  Canada  ?  Mexico  or  Guatimala  ?  Norway  or  New-Hol- 
land? 

Which  has  at  any  time  the  longest  night,  Greenland  or  Columbia  in  South 
America?  Why?  555. 

Which  ever  has  the  longest  day,  Hudson's  Bay,  or  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ? 
United  States  or  Sweden  ?  Sumatra  or  Madagascar  ?  North  Pole  or  South 
Pole? 

Which  are  the  four  largest  islands  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere  ?  d.  a.  *, 
d.  What  clusters  of  islands  nearly  N.  of  New-Zealand  ?  y.  e.  In  what  zone 
are  they  ? 

What  cluster  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  near  the  parallel  of  20  D  N.  lati- 
tude ?  h.  In  what  zone  are  they  ? 

What  two  clusters  in  N.  latitude,  near  the  meridian  of  30  2  W.  longitude  ? 
d.  s.  In  what  hemisphere  are  they  ? 

What  direction  is  it  from  British  America  to  Greenland  ?  Greenland  to 
Columbia  ?  Peru  to  Chili  ?  Brazil  to  the  Sahara  or  Great  Desert  ? 

Which  way  from  you  is  Egypt  ?  Arabia  ?  Prussia  ?  Tartary  ?  Sandwich 
Isles  ?  Mediteranean  Sea  ?  Iceland  I 


AMERICA. 


91 


What  waters  are  passed  over  in  sailing  from  New  York  to  Pekin  in  Chi- 
na ?  From  Pekin  to  Italy  ?  Thence  to  London  ?  From  London  to  Green- 
land ?  Thence  to  Melville  island  ?  Who  has  actually  been  there,  and  when  ? 
[See  his  ship  on  the  map,  and  the  figures  near  it,  on  the  W.  of  the  island.] 

What  meridian  and  parallel  did  Captain  Parry  reach  ?  What  adventurer 
has  exceeded  him,  in  advances  towards  the  North  Pole,  and  when  ?  Whai 
degree  marks  the  highest  point  which  he  reached  ? 

What  navigators  have  visited  the  Antarctic  regions  and  when  ?  To  what 
degree  did  each  penetrate  ? 

AMERICA. 


LANDING     6F    COLUMBUS. 


656.  America,  or  the  Western  Continent,  from  its 
extent  and  recent  discovery,  is  often  called  "  The  New 
World." 

657.  No  such  place  as  America  was  ever  known,  or 
heard  of,  in  Europe  till  discovered  by  Christopher  Co- 
lumbus, A.  D.  1492,1  just  3442  years  ago. 

658.  America  was  so  called,  not  in  honor  of  Colum- 
bus, to  which  he  was  most  justly  entitled,  but  of  one 
AmericusVespuccius,  who  cruised3  along  its  coast  sev- 
eral years  after  its  discovery. 

659.  Columbus  was  a  native*  of  Genoa  in  Italy,  and  was  born  in  1447. 5 

AMERICA.  Ci.  What  is  America  often  called,  and  why?  656.  When  and  by 
whom  was  it  discovered  1  657.  Why  was  America  so  called  ?  658. 

When  arid  where  was  Columbus  bom  1  659.  What  great  object  is  mentioned  and 
what  was  its  success  ?  660. 


1 1492,  fourteen  hundred  ninety  two. 

2  344,  three  hundred  and  forty-four. 

3  CRUISED,  sailed. 


4  NATIVE,  born  in  the  country. 

5  1447,  ft  urteen  hundred  forty -severi". 


AMERICA. 


He  early  manifested  a  preference  for  a  sea-faring  life,  and  received  an  edu 
cation  which  qualified  him  to  pursue  it. 

660.  The  great  object  which  engaged  the  attention  of  all  Europe,  during 
the  life  of  Columbus,  was  to  find  a  passage,  by  sea,  to  the  East  Indies.    The 
Portuguese  had  spent  nearly  half  a  century1  in  making  various  attempts  by 
sailing  round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  had  succeeded  only  in  crossing 
the  equator,  on  the  western  coast  of  Africa,  when  Columbus  conceived  his 
great  design  of  finding  India  by  sailing  west. 

661.  The  spherical  figure  of  the  earth,  which  Columbus  understood,  made 
it  evident  to  his  mind  that  the  eastern  continent  could  not  comprise  the 
whole  globe  ;  and  that  tliere  must  be  another  continent  in  the  west  to  coun- 
terpoise,2 as  he  supposed,  the  vast  extent  of  land  in  the  east. 

662.  He  soon  resolved  on  a  voyage  of  discovery,  in  the  execution  of 
which  no  hardships  could  appal,3  no  dangers  deter4  him.     After  seven  years 
of  painful  solicitation5  at  the  different  courts6  of  Europe,  he  finally  pre- 
vailed on  Ferdinand  and  Isabella,  the  king  and  queen  of  Spain,  to  become 
the  patrons7  of  his  enterprize.8 

663.  Ferdinand  hesitated9  at  first,  but  his  queen  Isabella,  alive  to  the  glory 
which  would  accrue,1  °  from  such  an  enterprize,  if  successful,  promptly  as- 
sisted Columbus.     She  even  went  so  far  as  to  offer  to  pledge11  her  jewels  on 
his  account.    The  fleet  with  which  they  furnished  him,  consisted  of  three 
small  vessels  and  ninety  men. 

664.  Thus  poorly  equiped1 2  he  sailed  from  Palos,  in  Spain,  on  Friday,  the 
3d  of  August,  1492,  and  took  a  westerly  course  across  the  unexplored  At- 
lantic Oc^an.     On  the  12th  of  October  following,  he  discovered  Guanahani, 
one  of  the  Bahama  Islands,  which  he  named  St.  Salvador ;  and  this  was  the 
first  land,  in  America,  ever  seen  by  Europeans. 

665.  He  made  three  other  successful  voyages  of  discovery,  but  in  the 
mean  time,  experienced  great  distress  from  the  foul  aspersions18  of  his  ene- 
mies. 

666.  H#  was  once  carried  home  in  irons,  and  basely  stripped  of  all  the 
offices  and  possessions  in  the  New  World,  to  which  he  was  entitled,  by  the 
promises  of  Ferdinand.    He  died  at  Valladolid,  on  the  20th  of  May,  1506, 
being  59  years  of  age. 

667.  When  Columbus  first  visited  America,  he  found  it  one  vast  wilder- 
ness, in  the  possession  of  an  uncivilized,14  superstitious1-5  race  of  be  ings,  to 
whom  he  and  his  followers  gave  the  name  of  Indians. 

668.  Between  them  and  Columbus,  a  most  friendly  intercourse  generally 
subsisted16;  but  his  successors,1 7  the  Spaniards,  allured18  by  the  prospect  of 

Q,.  What  convinced  Columbus  of  the  existence  of  the  Western  Continent  ?  661 
What  did  this  conviction  prompt  him  to  do  7  6G2.  Who  assisted  him,  and  in  what 
way  ?  663. 

What  befel  Columbus  in  his  other  voyages  ?  665.  What  indignity  is  mentioned  ? 
666.  When .  where,  and  at  what  age  did  he  die  1  666. 


6  CENTURY,  one  hundred  years. 

2  COUNTERPOISE,  counterbalance. 

3  APPAL,  frighten,  terrify. 

4  DETER,  discourage. 

5  SOLICITATION,    earnest,  asking,  en- 
treaty. 

6  COURTS,  residence  of  kings  and  prin- 
ces. 

7  PATRONS,  those  who  support. 

8  ENTERPRIZE,  an  undertaking,  an  at- 
tempt. 

9  HESITATED,  doubted,  delayed,  paus- 


10  ACCRUE,  arise,  result  from. 

11  PLEDGE,  pawn,  leave  tor  security. 

12  EQUIPPED,  furnished,  fitted  out. 

13  ASPERSIONS,  censures,  falsehoods. 

14  UNCIVILIZED,  not  civilized,  rude. 

15  SUPERSTITIOUS,  full  of  idle  fancies 
with  regard  to  religion. 

16  SUBSISTED,  cotinued. 

17  SUCCESSORS,  those  who  came  after 
him. 

18  ALLURED;  enticed,  tempted. 


AMERICA. 


93 


vast  quantities  of  gold  and  silver,  practised  towards  the  innocent  natives,  the 
most  attrocious1  cruelties. 

669.  The  American  continent  extends  from  Cape 
Horn,  in  56°  S.  latitude  to  the  Northern  Ocean,  a  dis- 
tance of  about  9000  miles,  and  has  an  average  breadth 
of  15  or  16  hundred  miles,  containing  about  15  millions 
Of  square  miles. 

670.  The  northern  part  is  but  imperfectly  known ;  late  discoveries  tend  to 
establish  the  fact,  that  there  is  a  communication  by  water,  from  Baffin's 
Kay  to  Behring's  Strait.  In  that  case,  the  Northern  ocean  will  fornuts  entire 
northern  boundary. 

671.  America,  is  less  in  extent  than  the  Eastern 
Continent;  and  probably  less  populous,  but  it  excels 
the  other  three  quarters  of  the  globe  in  the  grandeur  of 
its  mountains,  lakes,  rivers,  and  forests  ;  in  the  number 
and  richness  of  its  silver  mines,  and  in  the  freedom  of 
its  political  institutions. 

672.  America  stretches  through  four  zones,  having 
every  variety  of  soil  and  climate.     It  is  reckoned  about 
10°  colder  than  places  in  the  same  parallels,  on  the  East- 
ern Continent. 

673.  The  population  of  America,  consists  of  three 
classes  ;  Whites,  Negroes,  and  Indians. 

674.  The  whites  are  Europeans,  and  their  descend- 
ants, who  have  migrated3  hither  since  its  discovery. 

675.  The  Negroes  are  descendants  of  Africans,  who 
were  forced  from  their  native  country,  and  sold  for 
slaves. 

676.  The  Indians  are  the  aborigines,8  and  are  most- 
y  savages.     They  are  still  in  possession  of  the  greater 
part  of  the  continent.     They  are  of  an  olive  complex- 
ion, fierce  aspect,4  tall,  straight,  and  robust.5     They  are 

Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  appearance  of  this  country  when  Columbus  first  discov- 
ered it  1  667.  How  were  the  natives  treated  1  66a 

Q,.  What  is  the  extent  of  America  1  669.    Its  northern  boundary  ?  670. 

U.  How  does  America  compare  with  the  Eastern  Continent  1  671.  What  is  its 
comparative  temperature  ?  672.  Of  what  does  the  population  consist?  673.  Who 
are  the  whites  ?  674.  Negroes  ?  675. 

Q,.  Who  are  the  Indians,  their  character  and  disposition  ?  676.  Mode  of  life?  677. 


1  ATTROCIOUI,  wicked  n  a  high  de- 
gree. 

2  MIGRATED,  removed,  changed  place. 


3  ABORIGINES,  the  first  inhabitants  of 
a  country. 

4  ASPECT,  look,  appearance 
ROBUST,  strong,  violent. 


94  AMERICA. 

hospitable1  to  strangers,  faithful  to  friends,  but  cruel 
and  implacable2  to  enemies. 

677.  They  live  in  low  miserable  huts,  called  wig- 
wams, and  are  almost  destitute  of  clothing,  especially 
in  warm  climates.     What  little  they  wear,  is  general- 
ly made  of  the  skins  of  wild  beasts. 

678.  America   contains  a   population  of  about  40 
millions,  nearly  one  half  of  whom  are  Whites,  one  ninth 
perhaps  Negroes,  and  the  Indians  including  the  mixed 
races,  making  up  the  rest. 

679.  Many  opinions  have  been  formed  as  to  the  origin  of  the  Indians  in 
this  country,  but  the  question  still  remains  unsettled. 

680.  By  some  they  are  supposed  to  have  passed  across  Behring's  Strait, 
from  Asia,  a  distance  of  only  40  miles,  either  in  their  canoes,  or  in  the  win- 
ter, on  the  ice.     Either  mode  was  practicable,3  for  the  natives  often  sail, 
beyond  that  distance  in  the  open  sea  ;  besides  a  passage  on  the  ice  in  the 
winter,  is  both  safe  and  easy. 

681.  From  the  best  accounts  we  have,  it  is  probable 
that  the  New  World  has  not  been  inhabited  more  than 
12004  years. 

682.  This  continent  is  divided  into  North  and  South 
America,  by  a  line  crossing  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  in 
about  7i°  north  latitude. 

Q,.  What  is  the  entire  population  of  America?  678.  What  is  said  of  the  origin 
of  the  Indians  in  this  country  ?  079.  How  could  they  have  got  here  ?  680. 

Q,.  How  long  is  it  probable  that  America  has  been  inhabited  ?  681.  How  divi- 
ded, and  by  what  ?  682. 

1  HOSPITABLE,  kind,  I      3  PRACTICABLE,    that  which  may  be 

2  IMPLACABLE,  malicious,  constant  in  '  done 

enmity.  41200,  twelve  hundred. 


NORTH    AMERICA. 

NORTH  AMERICA. 


95 


Musk  Ox,  Beaver,  Black  Bear,  Alligator,  Opossum,  Wolf,  Moose  and  Deer. 

683.  North  America   extends  from   the  Northern 
Ocean  to  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  or  Panama,  in  latitude 
7^°  N. ;  its  greatest  length  being  4500  miles,  and  its 
average  breadth  about  2600  miles,  containing  about  8 
millions  of  square  miles. 

684.  North  America  is  divided  into  Greenland,  Brit- 
ish America,  and  the  Russian  Possessions,  in  the  N. — 
the  Mexican  States  and  Guatimala,  or  Central  Ameri- 
ca, in  the  S. — and  the  United  States  in  the  middle. 

685.  Its  population  is  supposed  to  be  about  20  mil- 
lions, consisting  of  whites,  Negroes,  and  Indians. 

686.  The  Indians  occupy  all  the  northern,  and  a 
large  part  of  the  western  division  of  the  continent,  be- 
ing by  far  the  largest  portion. 

687.  The  difference  in  the  temperature  between  this  and  the  Eastern  Con- 
tinent, is  not  so  great  as  was  formerly  supposed.* 

NORTH  AMERICA.  Q.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  North  America  ?  683.  How 
Is  it  divided  1  684.  Its  population  ?  685.  Which  class  is  most  numerous  ?  686. 

*  It  has  been  considered  that  there  was  a  difference  of  temperature,  amounting  to 
•everal  degrees,  between  places  under  the  saw  parallel,  on  the  Atlantic  Coast, 
and  in  the  Mississippi  Valley.  This  supposition,  founded  on  the  fact  that  cer- 
tain vegetable  productions,  are  found  in  more  northern  latitudes  in  the  latter, 
than  in  the  former,  has  been  shown  by  Hum  bolt,  to  be  erroneous.  That  distinguish- 
ed philosopher,  explained  the  phenomenon,  by  an  examination  of  the  form  and 
direction  of  the  two  valleys  in  these  two  regions.  In  the  Atlantic  region  they  are 


NORTH    AMERICA. 

638.  The  scanty  information  which  we  possess,  respecting  the  northern 
frontier1  of  North  America,  is  owing  to  the  immense  masses  of  ice  which  are 
often  piled  in  frightful  precipices,  one  obove  the  other,  so  as  most  effectually 
to  preclude2  all  possibility  of  approach,  either  by  land  or  sea.* 

639.  Numerous  expeditions  have  of  late  been  fitted  out  in  search  of  a  North 
West  passage,  as  it  is  called  ;  that  is,  a  communication  by  water  round  the 
northern  part  of  North  America,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  Oceans. 
All  attempts  to  find  this  passage  have  as  yet,  proved  unsuccessful. 

690.  The  most  important  of  these  expeditions,  have  been  made  by  the  En- 
glish, under  Capt.  Parry.  He  entered  Baffin's  Bay,  and  sailed  in  a  norther- 
ly and  westerly  direction,  till  his  further  progress  was  arrested  by  the  ice. 
In  that  cold  and  desolate  region,  he  passed  the  winter,  and  the  next  spring 
he  succeeded  in  reaching  Melville,  one  of  the  Georgian  islands,  which  he 
named,  lying  in  about  110°  W.  longitude,  the  farthest  point  ever  reached  by 
any  navigator. 

MAP    OF    NORTH   AMERICA. 

&5~  In  bounding  any  place,  of  which  a  river  or  other  waters  form  either 
a  part,  or  the  whole  of  the  boundary  line,  let  the  learner  mention  all  such, 
with  the  places  which  they  separate.  In  mentioning  the  points  of  Compass, 
it  will  be  convenient  for  the  Teacher  to  have  the  learner  always  observe  the 
same  order,  as  for  instance,  N.  E.  S.  W. 

How  is  North  America  bounded  ? 

United  States  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

British  America  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Mexico  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Guatimala  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Russian  Possessions  bounded  ? 

GULFS. 

How  is  a  gulf  or  bay  to  be  described,  when  the  question  is  asked  where 
it  is  ? 

691.  Its  direction  from  the  surrounding  country,  or  its  situation  in  it,  is  to 
be  told ;  also  the  sea  or  ocean  into  which  it  leads  ;  as  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
is  S.  of  the  United  States,  and  E.  of  Mexico,  and  leads  into  the  Atlantic 
Ocean. 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  Gulf  of  California  ?  Gulf  of  St.  Law- 
rence ? 

Q,.  What  is  said  respecting  its  temperature,  compared  with  the  Eastern  Conti- 
nents ?  687.  What  respecting  some  portions  of  this  continent?  [See  reference  at 
the  bottom.]  687. 

U.  Why  have  we  so  scanty  information  respecting  the  northern  frontier  of 
America  1  688.  What  has  been  the  object  of  numerous  expeditions  to  this  quarter? 
689.  Will  you  mention  the  mor  important  one  ?  690. 

transverse,  or  run  east  and  west,  and  therefore  the  propagation  of  plants  northward- 
ly, was  obstructed,  while  the  great  Mississippi  opened  to  the  south,  and  therefore 
presents  no  obstacles  to  the  migration  of  vegetables  towards  the  north. 

*A  single  deposit  of  this  abundant  substance  in  Greenland,  the  Rhninwald  glacier 
is  said  to  be  four  miles  long  and  tvyo  broad,  and  from  several  hundred  to  one  thou- 
sand fathoms,  (nearly  two  miles;  in  height,  consisting  of  pure  ice  from  the  neighbor- 
ing mountains,  and  arranged  in  perpendicular  columns,  with  a  cavern  opening  into 
its  eastern  side,  of  great  extent. 

1  FRONTIER,  the  limit  of  a  territory.       I     2PRECLUD«,   to  hinder,  shutout,  ar- 

I  rest,  stop. 


NORTH   AMERICA.  07 

BAYS. 

Where  is  Hudson's  Bay  ?  James'  Bay  ?  Repulse  Bay  ?  Baffin's  Bay  ? 
Bay  of  Fundy  ? 

Where  is  Amatique  Bay  ?  Bay  of  Honduras  ?  Bay  of  Campeachy  ? 
Chesapeak  Bay  ?  Delaware  Bay  ? 

STRAITS. 
What  is  to  be  learned  of  straits  ? 


692.  What  countries  they  separate,  what  seas,  oceans,  or  other  waters 
they  connect ;  as  Behring's  Strait  separates  Asia  from  America,  and  con- 
nects the  Pacific  with  the  Arctic  Ocean. 

Where  is  Behring's  Strait  ?  Barrow's  Strait  ?  Davis'  Strait  ?  Hudson's 
Strait  ?  Cumberland  Strait  ?  Frobisher's  Strait  ?  Strait  of  Belleisle  ?x 


PENINSULAS. 

What  is  to  be  learned  about  Peninsulas  ? 

G93.  To  tell  where  they  are  ;  that  is,  in  what  country,  and  what  part  of 
the  country  ;  also  what  large  bodies  of  water  surround  them  ;  as  the  Penin- 
sula of  Florida  is  in  the  southern  part  of  the  United  States,  with  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico  on  the  W.  and  the  Atlantic  on  thr-  I-',. 

Where  is  the  Peninsula  of  Florida  ?  Peninsula  of  Nova  Scotia  ?  Pen- 
insula of  Yucatan  ?  California  ?  Alaska  ? 

MOUNTAINS. 

What  are  you  to  say  of  mountains  ? 

604.  To  tell  in  what  countries  they  are,  and  in  what  part  of  the  country. 

Where  are  the  Alleghany  mountains  ?  Their  height  and  length  ?  Where 
are  the  Rocky  mountains  ?  Their  height  and  length  ? 

Where  is  mount  Elias?  Its  height?  Where  is  Horn  mountain?  Arc- 
tic Highlands  ?  [S&.  78"  N.  Int.] 

Where  are  the  Cordilleras  Mountains  ?    Their  height  and  length  ? 

LAKES 

What  are  you  to  say  of  lakes  ? 

693.  Tell  where  they  are,  in  what  or  between  what  divisions,  and  their 
direction  from  some  other  waters,  if  th<v«-  arc  ;i:iy  near. 

Whore  is  Lake  Superior.'  Lake  Michigan!  Lake  of  the  Woods? 
Lake  Winnipeg  ?  Lake  Athapescow  ?•  Slave  Lake  ?  Great  Bear  Lake  ? 
Lake  Nicaragua  ? a  [See  10°  N.  lat.] 

CAPES. 

How  is  a  cape  to  be  described,  in  answer  to  the  question  where  it  is  ? 

696.  By  telling  in  what  country,  and  in  what  part  of  the  country  it  is, 
and  also  on  what  coast. 

Where  is  Cape  Farewell  ?  Cape  St.  Lewis  ?  Cape  May  ?  Cape  Sable  ' 
Cape  St.  Lucas  ?  Cape  Mendocino  ?  Icy  Cape  ?  [&M  7'2°  N.  tat.] 

ISLANDS. 

How  are  islands  to  be  described  ? 

697.  We  should  tell  in  what  waters  they  are  situated,  and  their  direction 
from  the  nearest  continent  or  other  land. 

1  BKLLKISLE  (bell'-ile.)  I     3  NICARAGUA,  (nic-ar-aw'-gua.) 

2  ATUAPKSCOW,  (atli-a-pes'-co ) 

5 


98  UNITED    STATES. 

Where  is  Iceland  ?  Where  is  Disco  Island  ?  [See  70°  N.  laL}  Where 
is  James'  Island  ?  [See  66°  N.  kit.] 

Where  is  Southampton?  Sabine  ?  Melville  Island?  Kodiack?  K. 
George  ?  Queen  Charlottes  ?  Pr.  Royal  Island  ?  Nootka  ? 

What  islands  are  called  the  Great  Antilles  71 

698.  Cuba,  Jamaica,  Hayti,  and  Porto  Rico. 
Where  are  these  islands  situated  ? 
Which  are  the  Caribbean  Islands  ? 

699.  Santa  Cruz,  Antigua,3  Guadaloupe,  Dominica,  Martinico,  St.  Lucia, 
Barbadoes,  Grenada,  Tobago,  and  Trinidad. 

In  what  part  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  are  these  islands  ?    In  the  eastern  part. 
Where  are  the  little  Antilles  situated  ? 

700.  A  little  N.  of  South  America. 

What  are  their  names  ?     Oa.  Ca.  B-<*e.  Oa.  Ta.  and  Margaritta. 

What  cluster  of  islands  N.  of  Cuba  ?     Bs. 

What  four  clusters  of  islands  form  the  West  Indies  ? 

701.  Bahamas,  Great  Antilles,  Caribbean  Isles  and  the  Little  Antilles. 
Where  are  the  Bermudas  ?    !St.  Johns  ?    Cape  Breton  ?  *    Newfoundland  ? 

Anticosti  ? 

What  very  large  island  or  peninsula  S.  W.  of  Iceland  ?    d. 
Why  is  Greenland  called  an  island  or  peninsula  ? 

702.  Because  it  has  not  been  sufficiently  explored  on  the  north,  to  deter- 
mine whether  it  is  one  or  the  other. 

In  what  hemisphere  are  the  United  States?  In  what  Grand  Division? 
In  what  zone  ?  In  which  latitude  and  longitude  ?  How  many  degrees  N. 
do  they  extend  ?  ilow  many  S.  •  K. ,  and  W.  ? 

How  then  are  tl.e  United  States  situated,  in  respect  to  latitude  and  longi- 
tude ;  that  is,  between  what  degiees  of  each  ? 

What  general  divisions  1'e  N.  of  tie  United  States?  What  large  river 
End  lakes  between  then)  and.  the  U.  8.7  e.  o.  e.  n.  r.  »s.  What  large  lake 
Les  wholly  in  the  U.  S.  ?  ?«'n. 

What  is  the  direction  of  the  coast  of  the  TT.  S  on  the  E.  ?  What  on  the  S.? 
WhatonibeW.? 


UNITED  STATES. 

703.  The  United  States  are  the  most  important  po- 
litical division  on  the  Western  Continent. 

704.  They  are  distinguished  for  the  freedom   and 
excellence  of  their  government ;  for  the  exceedingly 
rarid  increase  in  population  and  wealth,  and  for  a  gen- 
eral diffusion  of  knowledge  among  the  inhabitants. 

7u5.  All  power  is  vested  in  the  people.  They  make 
their  own  laws,  and  choose  from  among  themselves, 
officers  to  execute  them. 

UNITED  STATES.    What   is  the  comparative  importance  of  the  United  States, 
politically  considered  ?  703.    For  what  are  they  distinguished  ?  "04.    What  is  said 

1  ANTILLES,  (an-til'-lees.)  I     3  BRETON,  (bre-toon'.) 

.    2  ANTIGUA.,  (au-te'-ga.) 


UNITED   STATES.  99 

706.  They  have  no  hereditary1  titles,  such  as  Dukes, 
Lords,  Earls,  Knights,  &c.  as  in  many  countries,  men 
being  held  to  be  "  born  free  and  equal." 

707.  There  is  no  religion  established  by  law  as  in 
most  other  countries  ;  every   man   being  allowed  to 
worship   God,  according  to  the  dictates  of  his  own 
conscience. 

708.  The  United  States  are  about  3000  miles  in 
length,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  about 
1700  miles  in  breadth. 

709.  The  climate,  soil,  surface,  and  productions  are 
various  ;  there   is  generally   produced,   an  abundant 
supply  of  wheat,  rye,  barley,  oats,  Indian  corn,  with 
garden  vegetables  and  numerous  kinds  of  fruit. 

710.  The  winters  in  the  northern  parts  are  long  and 
severe,  with  abundance  of  snow  ;  in  the  middle  parts, 
shorter  and  milder,  and  in  the  southern  parts,  snow  is 
not  known,  except  on  the  mountains.     Spring  commen- 
ces in  the  southern  parts,  from  two  to  three  months 
earlier  than  in  the  northern  parts. 

711.  The  commerce  of  the  United  States  exceeds 
that  of  every  other  nation  in  the  world,  except  Eng- 
land.    Cotton,  rice,  flour,  and  tobacco,  are  the  princi- 
pal exports. 

712.  Woollens,  cottons,  silks,   coffee,  teas,   spirits, 
wines,  and  spices,  are  the  principal  imports. 

713.  That  part  of  America,  called  the  United  States, 
was  principally  discovered  by  English  adventurers,  and 
settled  by  English  emigrants. 

714.  The  settlements  were  therefore  under  the  juris- 
diction of  England,  and  called  British  colonies. 

of  the  power  of  the  people  1  705.    What  of  titles  ?  706.    What  of  religious  liberty  1 

Q,.  What  is  the  extent  of  the  United  States  ?  708.  Will  you  describe  the  cli- 
mate? 709. 

Ci.  What  is  said  of  winter  and  spring  ?  710.  Commerce  ?  711.  Exports  and' 
Imports  1  712. 

Q.  By  whom  were  the  United  Stairs  principally  settled  ?   713.    To  whom  then 

1  HEREDITARY,  descending  by  inheritance,  as  from  father  to  son. 


100  UNITED    STATES. 

715.  The  earliest  permanent  settlement,  was  made  at  Jamestown  in  Vir- 
ginia, in  1607,  just  115  years  after  the  discovery  of  America. 

716.  Before  the  year  1700,  colonies  were  established  in  various  places 
which  generally  increased  with  astonishing  rapidity,  in  population,  wealth 
and  importance. 

717.  England  early  claimed  the  right  of  appointing  all  the  officers 
Colonies,  especially  their  governors,  and  finally  of  taxing  them. 

718.  This  encroachment  on  their  liberties  the  colonists  resolved  not 
endure.    Petitions  and  remonstrances  having  proved  ineffectual,  they  deter 
mined  to  support  their  rights  by  force  of  arms. 

719.  At  Lexington,  in  Massachusetts,  the  first  battle  was  fought  on  the 
19th  of  April,  1775,  and  from  this  time,  is  dated  the  commencement  of  open 
hostilities. 

720.  In  the  following  year,  1776,  the  colonies  openly  declared  to  the 
world,  that  they  "  were,  and  of  right  ought  to  be,  free  and  independent 
States,"  with  the  title,  as  a  nation,  of  "The  United  States  of  America." 


DECLARATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE. 

721.  The  struggle  which  followed  was  long  and  bloody,  but  the  American 
arms,  directed  by  Washington,  achieved  for  our  country,  by  the  blessing  of 
Heaven,  a  glorious  independence. 

722.  This  war,  which  caused  the  final  separation  of  the  colonies  from 
England,  is  called  the  American  Revolution.      It  lasted  seven  years,  peace 
being  proclaimed  Jan.  20th,  1733. 

723.  On  the  14th  of  May,  1787,  delegates  from  the  several  States  met  at 
Philadelphia,  to  form  a  constitution,  to  regulate  the   intercourse    of  the 
states  with  each  other,  and  to  form  a  national  government. 

724.  After  four  months'  deliberation,  during  which  time  Washington  pre 

did  they  belong  ?  714.  When  and  where  was  the  earliest  settlement  made  ?  715. 
At  what  period  had  various  flourishing  settlements  been  made  1  716. 

Q,.  What  power  over  the  colonies  did  England  claim  1  717.  Was  this  last  claim 
submitted  to  ?  718. 

Q.  When  and  where  was  the  first  battle  fought  ?  719.  When  did  the  colonies 
declare  their  independence  ?  720. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  struggle  which  ensued  ?  721.  What  is  that  war  called  ? 
722.  What  took  place  at  Philadelphia  not  long  after  ?  723.  724. 


UNITED    STATES.  101 

sided,  the  form  of  a  constitution  was  happily  agreed  on,  and  immediately 
adopted  by  many  of  the  states,  and  at  length  by  all. 

725.  The  number  of  states  then  was  thirteen,  thirteen 
having  since  been  added,  making  at  this  time,  twenty- 
six,  besides  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  five  Territo- 
ries. 

726.  The  government  of  the  United  States  is,  from 
its  union  and  principles,  appropriately  styled,  a  Federal 
Republic. 

727.  To  each  state,  is  reserved  its  independence  in 
every  thing  appertaining  to  its  municipal  concerns  ;  but 
the  more  general  interests  of  the  nation,  the  declara- 
tion of  war,  the  regulation  of  commerce, the  coining  of 
money,  &c.,  are  entrusted  to  the  general  government. 
The  Territories  also  are  subject  to  the  general  govern- 
ment. 

728.  The  government  consists  of  a  President,  Sen- 
ate, and  House  of  Representatives ;  the  latter  bodies 
composing,  when  assembled,  the  Congress  of  the  Uni- 
ted States. 

729.  The  laws  of  the  United  States  are  made  by  Congress,  which  is  term- 
ed the  legislative  power. 

730.  The  Senate  is  composed  of  two  members  from  each  state,  chosen 
by  the  legislatures  of  the  same,  for  six  years,  one  third  of  them  being  elect- 
ed biennially.1     The  number  of  states,  at  present,  being  twenty-four,  the 
Senate,  of  course,  consists  of  forty-eight  members. 

731.  The  members  of  the  House  of  Representatives  are  chosen  by  the 
people  for  the  space  of  two  years.     Since  March,  1833,  each  state  is  enti- 
tled to  one  representative  for  every  47,700  inhabitants. 

732.  The  President  is  chosen  by  persons  called  electors,  taken  from  all 
the  states,  each  state  being  entitled  to  as  many  electors  as  it  has  Members 
of  Congress.    The  President  holds  his  office  for  four  years.    The  Vice- 
President  is  chosen  in  the  same  manner,  and  holds  his  office  for  the  same 
length  of  time. 

733.  The  execution  of  the  laws  devolves  on  the  President.    The  several 
Departments  of  State,  War,  Navy  and  Treasury,  have  each  a  Secretary  for 
their  more  immediate  management. 

734.  The  power  of  executing  the  laws  is  called  executive  power. 

CJ.  What  is  the  number  of  the  states  and  territories  ?  725.  What  is  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  styled  1  726.  What  power  is  reserved  to  the  states,  and 
what  is  entrusted  to  the  general  government  ?  727. 

Q.  Of  what  does  the  government  consist  ?  728.  What  is  the  business  of  Con- 
gress? 729.  How  many  senators  are  there,  and  how  chosen  1  730. 

Q.  How  is  the  House  of  Representatives  chosen  1  731.  How  the  President "?  732, 
Who  executes  the  laws  ?  733.  What  is  the  power  called  1  734. 

1  BIENNIALLY,  once  in  two  years 


102  UNITED    STATES. 

735   The  salary  of  the  President,  is  25,000  dollars  per  annum,  that  of  the 
Secretaries  of  the  several  Departments,  6000  each. 

736.  The  members  of  Congress  receive  each  8  dollars  per  day,  during 
the  session,  and  8  dollars  for  every  20  miles  travel,  from  their  residence,  in 
the  usual  road  to  Washington,  and  the  same  for  returning. 

737.  The  President  of  the  Senate  pro  tern.,  and  the  Speaker  of  the  House 
of  Representatives,  receive  each  16  dollars  per  day. 

738.  In  each  state  is  a  Circuit  or  District  Court.    The  Judges  of  the  Cir- 
cuit Courts  assemble  annually  at  Washington,  and  constitute  what  is  called 
the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States.    The  principal  business  of  these 
Courts  is  to  expound  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  and  to  settle  all  ques- 
tions which  arise  under  the  Constitution  and  treaties  of  the  United  States. 
The  Judges  are  appointed  by  the  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate.    The  power  of  the  Supreme  Court  is  called  the 
Federal  Judiciary. 

739.  PRESIDENTS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

From    to    yrs. 'born [died 
I  1797  8   >1732  1799 


1st.  GEORGE  WASHINGTON,  1789 

2.  JOHN  ADAMS,  17971801411735 

3.  THOMAS  JEFFERSON,  1801  1809  8    1743 

4.  JAMES  MADISON,  1809  1817  8    1750 

5.  JAMES  MONROE,  1817  1825   8 

"  1829!  4 


1826 
1826 
1836 


1758  1831 

1767 

1767i 


G.     JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS,  1825  ] 

7.     ANDREW  JACKSON,  1829  1837|  8 

740.  INHABITANTS. — These  are  principally  of  English  descent,  especial- 
ly those  of  New  England,  Virginia,  and  North  and  South  Carolina. 

741.  The  French  are  most  numerous  in  Louisiana,  the  Dutch  in  New 
York,  and  the  Germans  in  Pennsylvania. 

742.  Irish,  Scotch,  Spania  ds,  and  Swedes  are  scattered  over  various 
parts  of  the  union. 

743.  There  are  some  Negroes  in  almost  every  part,  but  the  larger  portion 
of  them  are  found  in  the  Southern  States,  in  a  state  of  slavery. 

744.  There  are  several  tribes  of  Indians  in  the  states  bordering  on  the 
Mississippi  river,  and,  in  fact,  most  of  the  country  west  of  that  river  is  in 
the  possession  of  the  Indians. 

745.  The  tribes  on  the  east  of  the  Mississippi  are  the  Choctaws,  Creeks, 
and  Cherokees.    There  are  remnants  of  tribes  to  be  found  in  almost  every 
state  and  territory  in  the  union. 

746.  From  Newfoundland  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  at  the  distance  of  60  or 
100  miles  from  the  shore,  there  is  a  remarkable  current  in  the  ocean,  called 
the  Gulf  Stream.    Its  velocity  in  some  places  is  equal  to  four  or  five  miles 
an  hour,  and  the  water  in  the  stream  is  much  warmer  than  the  adjacent 
waters  of  the  ocean.    Many  explanations  have  been  attempted  of  this  re- 
markable current,  but  none  of  them  seem  perfectly  satisfactory. 

Q.  What  is  the  salary  of  the  President  and  his  Secretaries  1  735.  What  that  of 
the  members  of  Congress  1  738  &  737.  Describe  the  Supreme  Court  ?  738. 

Q,.  Will  you  mention  the  names  of  the  Presidents,  and  their  term  of  office  1  739. 
Which  have  died  and  when  1  739. 

Q,.  Who  constitute  the  present  population  of  the  United  Slates  ?  740.  Where 
are  the  French,  Dutch,  and  Germans  most  numerous  ?  741.  What  other  foreigners 
are  scattered  in  various  places  1  742.  Where  are  the  Negroes,  and  what  is  their  con- 
dition ?  743.  What  parts  are  mostly  in  the  possession  of  the  Indians  1  744.  745. 

Q.  What  can  you  say  of  a  current  between  Newfoundland  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexi- 
60?  746. 


UNITED    STATES.  103 


MAP    OF    THE   UNITED   STATES. 

What  State  extends  farthest  N.  and  E.  ?  e.  What  territories  farthest  S. 
and  W.  ?  Which  is  the  smallest  state  ?  d.  Which  the  largest  ?  a.  The 
capitals  of  each  ?  Pe.  ild. 

What  states  border  on  the  Atlantic  in  part  ?  What  states  and  territories 
on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico?  What,  on  the  Mississippi  river?  What,  on  the 
Ohio  ?  What  on  British  America  ? 

Which  is  the  largest  lake  on  the  borders  of  the  United  States?  r.  What 
is  its  length  and  breadth  in  miles,  and  its  depth  in  fathoms  ?  What  the  length 
and  depth  of  L.  Michigan  ?  What  the  length  and  width  of  L.  Huron  ? 

What  is  the  width  of  the  Atlantic  ?  What  of  the  Pacific  ?  What  the 
length  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico? 

What  state  and  territory  are  intersected  by  the  parallel  of  30°  N.  lati 
tude  ?  What,  by  that  of  40°  ?  What  by  the  meridian  of  72°  W.  longitude  ? 
What  by  77°  ?  What  by  87°  ? 


What  do  the  figures  mean  that  are  annexed  to  the  names  of  towns  ?  [See 
Explanation  on  the  Map  of  the  United  States.] 

What  capital  towns  in  the  United  States  are  about  one  quarter  as  large  as 
Hartford,  (Ct.)  ?  Mr.  As.  Ca.  Cs.  Dt.  What  ones  half  as  large  ?  Aa.  Cd 
Tn.  Ne.  Hg.  What  other  towns  on  the  coast  of  the  Atlantic  three  quar- 
ters as  large?  Ph.  Newport,  N-Bk.  Sh. 

What  other  towns  on  the  map  nearly  of  the  same  size  with  Hartford  ? 
N-Hn.  Nk.  Bo.  Le.  What  one  twice  as  large?  Wn.  What  three  iiin«-.<  ' 
Cn.  What  four  and  three  quarter  times  ?  N-Os.  What  six  and  one  quarter 
times  ?  Bn.  What  eight  times  ?  Be.  What  sixteen  and  three-quarters  ? 
Pa.  What  twenty  and  one-quarter  ?  N-Yk. 

How  many  inhabitants  has  Hartford,  (Ct.)  ?  [See  explanation  on  the 
Map.]  If  then  the  figure  1  denotes  10  thousand,  what  is  the  population  of 
Washington,  which  has  the  figure  2  annexed  to  its  name  ?  What  the  popu- 
lation of  Baltimore  ? 

What  is  nearly  the  population  of  Montpelier  in  Vermont  ?  [For  the 
meaning  of  i,  i,and  f,  see  Explanation.]  How  many  inhabitants  has  Au- 
gusta? Newburyport?  Buffalo?  Portland?1  Richmond?'  Providence?' 
Albany?*  Cincinnati?1  New  Orleans?8  Boston?'  Philadelphia?* 
New  York?" 


he  figures  and  fractions  used  to  express  population  do  not  indicate  exactly 
the  true  number  ;  but  they  are  sutliciently  t-xuct  to  form  :i  r.omjKirUoii,  which,  alter 
all,  is  about  as  much  .'is  is  long  remembered,  or  even  expected  to  be  remembered,  by 
the  pupil  in  subsequent  lii'e. 

What  do  the  figures,  which  are  annexed  to  the  names  of  rivers  on  the 
maps,  mean  ?  [See  Explanation.] 

What  then  is  the  length  of  the  Mississippi  ?  Missouri  ?  Arkansas  ? 
Red?  Ohio?  Columbia?  Connecticut?  Hudson? 

1  10,000  and  2,500  make  12  thousand  five  hundred. 

2  10,000  and  5,000  make  15  thousand. 

3  10,000  and  7,500  make  17  thousand  5  hundred. 
}     4  20,000  and  5,000  make  25  thousand. 

5  20,000   and  7,500  make   27  thousand  5  hundred. 

6  40,000    and  7,500  make   47  thousand  5  hundred. 

7  60,000    and  2,500  make   65  thousand  5  hundred. 

8  160,000  and  7,500  make  1»>7  thousand  5  hundred 

9  200,000  and  2,500  make  202  thousand  5  hundred. 


104  EASTERN    STATES. 

How  do  Ships,  Brigs,  and  Sloops  differ  from  each  other  ? 

A  Ship  has  three  masts,  a  Brig  two,  and  a  Sloop  one. 

When  a  river  has  the  picture  of  one  or  more  of  these  vessels  on  it  what 
does  it  mean  ?  [See  Explanation.] 

At  what  two  places  do  you  find  vessels  on  the  Mississippi  ?  Ns.  F-S-Ay. 
What  sort  of  vessels  are  they  ?  What  figures  are  near  them  ?  For  what 
vessels,  how  far,  and  to  what  places  is  the  Mississippi  navigable  ?  Also 
the  Missouri  ?  Ohio  ?  St.  Lawrence  ? 


MAP  OF  THE  LEARNER'S  OWN  STATE  AND  ITS  COUNTIES. 
This  map  may  be  found  either  on  the  County  Maps  of  the  Eastern,  Mid 
die,  Southern  or  Western  States. 

Will  you  point  to  your  own  state  and  county  on  this  map  ? 
In  what  part  of  the  state  is  the  town  in  which  you  live  ? 
Is  it  on  a  river  or  other  body  of  water  ? 
By  what  other  towns  is  it  bounded  1 

What  is  a  shire-town  ?  163. 

What  is  the  shire-town  of  your  county  ? 

Is  it  on  a  river,  or  other  body  of  water  ? 

What,  if  any  rivers  in  your  county  ? 

What  is  their  course  and  where  do  they  flow  ? 

What,  if  any  mountains  in  your  county  ? 
What,  if  any  lakes,  bays,  or  other  waters  ? 
Will  you  mention  several  towns  in  your  county  ? 
What  is  a  county  ?     165. 

How  are  the  names  of  counties,  shire-towns,  and  others  printed,  or  distill 
guished  from  one  another  ?     [For  Ans.  see  EXPLANATION  of  the  map.] 

What  counties  on  the  northern  borders  of  your  state  ? 

What  is  the  shire-town  of  each  1 

What  counties  on  the  eastern  borders  ? 

What  is  the  county  town  of  each  ? 

What  counties  on  the  southern  borders  ? 

Where  are  the  court  houses  in  these  counties  ? 

What  counties  on  the  western  borders  ? 

Where  are  the  jails  in  these  counties  ? 

What  counties  in  the  interior  of  the  state  ? 

Where  are  the  courts  of  these  counties  held  ? 

What  is  a  state  ?  176. 

What  rivers  in  your  state  ? 

In  what  county  or  place  does  each  rise  ? 

Through  what  counties  does  each  flow  ? 

WThat  is  their  course  and  where  do  they  flow  ? 

For  what  vessels,  how  far,  and  to  what  places  is  each  navigable  ? 

What,  if  any  mountains,  in  your  state  ? 

T  Vliat  is  their  main  course  ? 

'  //hat,  if  any  lakes,  bays,  or  other  bodies  of  water  ? 

What,  if  any  capes,  islands,  or  other  portions  of  land  ? 

Where  are  the  laws  of  your  state  made  ?  ..sr 

Is  the  capital  on  a  river  or  other  body  of  water  ? 


EASTERN    STATES,  105 

In  what  part  of  the  state  is  it  ? 
Which  and  where  is  the  largest  town  ? 
Which  and  where  is  the  second  ? 
Which  and  where  is  the  third  ? 
Which  is  the  largest  river  ? 
Which  is  the  second  ?    Third  ? 

What  course  would  you  take-,  and  whet  counties  pass  through,  to  visit  the 
legislature  in  session  ? 

What  direction  to  visit  the-jail  of  your  county  ? 

Will  you  point,  [not  on  the  map]  towards  the  largest  town  ? 

Will  you  point  towards  the  capital? 

What  may  those  towns  with  figures  annexed  to  them  be  called  ? 

Ans.  Large,  principal,  or  chief  towns. 

How  many  inhabitants  at  least  do  they  contain  ? 

Ans.  More  than  two  thousand. 

What  are  the  chief  towns  yi  your  state  ? 

What  may  the  towns  without  figures  be  called  ? 

Ans.  Small  towns. 

How  many  inhabitants  does  each  contain  ? 

Ans.  Two  thousand  or  less. 

Will  you  mention  several  small  towns  in  your  state  ? 

SEE  TABLES  AT  THE  CLOSE  OF  THE  BOOK. 

When,  where,  and  by  whom  was  your  own  state,  first  settled  ?     Table  vi. 

What  is  its  number  of  square  miles  and  population  ?     Table  vn. 

What  colleges  has  it,  and  at  what  places  !    Table  ir. 

What  Theological  Seminaries  in  your  state,  at  what  places,  and  under 
what  denomination  of  Christians  is  each  ?  Table  HI. 

What  Law,  or  Medical  Schools,  and  where?     Tables  iv.  and  v. 

What  canals  or  rail-roads,  their  length,  and  places  connected  by  them  ? 
Table  i. 

MAP    OF   T.'IE    UNITED   STATES. 

How  is  your  own  state  bounded  ? 
Point  to  the  capital  of  the  United  States  ? 

What  states  would  you  pass  through,  and  what  rivers  cross  in  visiting  it  ? 
Could  you  get  there  both  by  land  and  water  ?     Describe  a  route  by  land. 
Suppose  you  were  to  start  from  the  place  in  which  you  now  are,  for  Cana- 
da, what  course  would  you  take  ? 

&5""  If  the  Teacher  has  time*  he  can  vary  these  exercises  by  rofjuiring  the  learner 
to  walk  from  the  place  where  he  is,  directly  towards  Canada,  South  America,  or 
any  other  place  which  he  may  name. 


EASTERN  STATES,  OR  NEW  ENGLAND. 

Map  of  the  United  Slates. — What  six  states  does  New  England  comprise  ? 
What  direction  is  Maine  from  Connecticut  ?  Vermont  from  Massachusetts  ? 
Rhode  Island  from  New  Hampshire  ? 

Which  of  the  New  England  States  is  the  most  northerly  and  easterly  ? 
Which  the  most  southerly  ?     Which  the  largest .'     Its  capital  ?  a.     The  tec 
ond  in  size  ?     Its  capital  ?  d.     The  third  ?     Its  capital  ?  r.     The  foun  h  V 
Its  capital  ?  n.    The  fifth  ?  Its  capitals  ?  d.  n.    The  smallest  ?  Its  capital ''  e 
5* 


106 


EASTERN    STATES. 


How  are  the  Eastern  States  bounded  ? 


Maine  bounded  ? 
New  Hampshire  bounded  ? 
Vermont  bounded  ? 
Massachusetts  bounded  ? 
Rhode  Island  bounded  ? 
Connecticut  bounded  ? 


Capital  ? 
Capital  ? 
Capital  ? 
Capital  ? 

Capital  ? 
Capital  ? 


Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 


747.  NEW  ENGLAND  comprises  the  six  States  east  of 
the  Hudson,  and  is  the  most  populous  and  commercial 
division  of  the  United  States. 

748.  These  States,  unlike  most  of  the  others,  were 
settled  from  motives  of  religion. 

749.  A  little  band  of  English  Puritans1  seeing  no 
end  to  the  persecution  which  they  suffered  at  home  on 
account  of  their  religion,  forsook  their  country  and 
sought  an  asylum  in  the  wilds  of  America.     Hence 


LANDING    OF    THE   PILGRIMS. 


they  are  often  called  Pilgrims,  and  their  posterity  the 
descendants  of  the  Pilgrims. 

750.  A  rock  at  Plymouth,  called  the  Plymouth  rock,  is  often  shown  as 
the  place  on  which  the^e  pious  pilgrims  first  set  foot  in  this  country,  which 
took  place  Dec.  22d,  1620. 

NEW  ENGLAND.  Q,  What  comparison  is  made  bet  ween  New  England  and  other 
sections  of  the  U.  S.?  747.  What  led  to  the  settlement  of  this  country?  748 
What  were  the  suffeiinps  of  The  first  settlers  ?  749. 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  the  Plymouth  rock  1  750.    What  was  the  appearance 

IThose  who  dissented  from  the  established  church  of  England  were  called  Pu> 
-itans 


EASTERN    STATES.  107 

751.  New  England  was  then  a  howling  wilderness,  the  joint  abode  of  sav- 
age men  and  wild  and  ferocious  beasts. 

752.  It  being  winter  when  they  landed,  they  at  first  suffered  much  from 
the  inclemency  of  the  weather.     They  also  suffered  from  sickness  ir.id  the 
jealousy  of  the  Indians,  all  of  which  they  bore  with  great  patience  and  forti- 
tude. 

753.  The  Indians  proved  a  constant  source  of  annoyance  to  the  whites, 
whom  they  often  captured,  scalped,  tormented,  and  killed  in  tho  most  shock- 
ing and  inhuman  manner. 

754.  The  whites  finally  conquered  the  Indians,  and  obliged  them  to  retire, 
and  after  a  time  obtained  quiet  and  undisturbed  possession  of  the  country. 

755.  The  climate  is  various,  alike  subject  to  great 
extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  but  very  healthy,  except  on 
some  portions  of  the  coast,  where  pulmonary  com- 
plaints2 sometimes  prevail,  occasioned,  as  is  supposed, 
by  the  long  continued  and  damp  easterly  winds. 

750.  The  surface  is  generally  rough  and  uneven,  ex- 
cept a  narrow  strip  near  the  ocean,  which  is  level. 

757.  The  soil  is  generally  good,  though  less  fertile, 
especially  along  the  eastern  coast,  than  many  portions 
of  the  Union. 

758.  Grass  is  by  far  the  most  important  production. 
The  rich  meadows  and  green  pastures  furnish  food  for 
oxen,  cows  and  sheep,  from  which  a  plentiful  supply  of 
beef,  mutton,  butter,  cheese,  and  wool,  is  obtained. 

759.  The  most  important  productions,  next  to  grass, 
are  Indian  corn,  wheat ,  rye,  oats,  barley,  flax,  and  vari- 
ous kinds  of  fruits. 

760.  The  manufactures  are  numerous  and  extensive. 
They  consist  of  woollens,  cottons,  hats,  shoes,  with  va- 
rious wares,  which,  with  pot  and  pearl  ashes,  constitute 
the  principal  exports. 

761.  New  England  has  two  beautiful  features;  its 
excellent  system  of  public  education,  and  its  literary 
and  religious  institutions. 

762.  The  towns  are  divided  into  small  districts,   in  which  schools  arfe 

New  England  at  that  time  ?  751.     What  were  the  causes  of  their  sufl'-riui;  1  75-2. 

Q,.  How  did  tin:  Indians  treat  them  1  753.    What  was  the  roult  ?  7.~>t. 

Q.  What  is  the  climate?  755.  Surface?  750.  Soil?  757  <fc  75tf.  Productions? 
758.  75$).  Manufactures  ?  760. 

Q,.  What  two  beautiful  features  ha*  New  England?  761.  What  is  said  of  the 
towns,  and  the  means  of  a  common  education  ?  762.  What  is  a  rare  occurrence  in 
these  states  ?  76:*. 

2  PULMONARY  COMPLAINTS,  disorders  of  the  luims.  such  as  consumption,  &c. 


108 


EASTERN    STATES. 


generally  established  and  supported  by  law.     Thus  it  is  in  the  power  of  every 
individual,  to  obtain  a  good  common  education. 

763.  It  is  a  rare  occurrence  to  meet  with  a  single  individual  who  cannot 
both  read  and  write,  and  who  has  not  besides  some  practical  knowledge  of 
Arithmetic. 

764.  Colleges  and  literary  institutions  of  high  repu- 
tation, are  numerous,  as  well  as  churches  for  every  de- 
nomination .of  Christians,  which  are  supplied  with  min- 
isters and  religious  teachers  of  intelligence  and  piety. 

765.  The  people  of  New  England   are   generally 
moral,  intelligent,  enterprising  and  industrious. 


MAINE. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Maine  bounded  ?    What  is  its  capital  ?    Chief 
Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ?  What  considerable  town  in  the  S.  E.  corner  ?  t. 

766.  MAINE  formed  a  part  of  Massachusetts,  under 
the  name  of  the  District  of  Maine,  till  1820,  when  it 
became  a  separate  and  independent  state. 

767.  This  state  has  the  largest  territory  and  is  the 
least  populous  of  all  the  eastern  states. 

768.  In  the  southern  part,  are  many  fine  towns  and 
villages,  but  in  the  northern,  it  is  chiefly  overspread 
with  extensive  forests. 


SHIP-BUILDING. 


U.  What  is  said  of  the  literary  institutions,  churches,  &c  1    764.     What  is  the 
chancier  of  the  people  of  New  England  1   765. 
MAINE.    Q.  What  was  Maine  formerly  1  766.    What  is  said  of  its  size?  767 


EASTERN   STATES.  109 


s  supply  the  inhabitants  with  vast  quantities  of  timber, 
to  different  places  in  America,  to  the  West  Indies,  &c. 
s  also  sent  in  great  quantities  to  Boston  and  other  large 


7£9.  The  forests 
which  they  export  to 

Wood,  for  fuel,  is  also  sent  in  great  quantities  to  Boston  and  other  large 
towns. 

770.  The  fisheries  of  Maine  are  exceedingly  valua- 
ble. On  the  sea-coast  great  quantities  of  Codfish  are 
annually  prepared  for  market,  and  its  numerous  rivers 
yield  a  plenty  of  salmon. 

771.  Maine  affords  remarkable  facilities  for  commerce,  which  the  inhabi- 
tants have  not  failed  to  improve.    The  inhabitants  of  the  numerous  seaports 
along  the  coast  are  extensively  engaged  in  navigation  and  ship  building.    In 
the  value  of  its  shipping,  Maine  ranks  as  the  fourth  state  in  the  Union. 

772.  The  enterprising  inhabitants  often  ship  large  cargoes  of  ice  to  the 
West  Indies,  and  bring  back,  in  return,  rum,  sugar,  molasses,  &c. 

773.  Commerce  receives   more  attention  than  agriculture  or  manufac- 
tures —  the  latter  are,  however,  exciting  increasing  interest. 

774.  The  surface  is  generally  uneven,  and  in  some  parts  rather  mountain- 
ous.   The  winters  are  long  and  cold  ;  the  summers  are  short  and  warm. 
The  snow  in  winter  often  falls  to  a  great  depth,  but  is  soon  melted  in  the 
southern  parts  by  the  sea  breezes. 

775.  TOWNS.  —  AUGUSTA,  the  capital  since  1831,  is  pleasantly  situated  at 
the  head  of  sloop  navigation   on  the   Kennebec,   two  miles   above  Hal- 
lo well. 

776.  Portia?^  the  former  capital  is  delightfully  situated  on  Casco  Bay,  and 
has  one  of  the  finest  harbors  in  the  world.    In  population,  wealth  and  corn- 
commerce,  it  is  the  first  town  in  the  State. 

777.  Eastport,  Belfast  ,  Bangor,  J}ath,  Y/W/o;/r//,  Saco,*  and  Kennebec^  are 
the  principal  remaining  commercial  towns,  and  are  flourishing. 

MAP  OF  THE  EASTERN  STATES. 

What  are  the  principal  bays  on  the  coast  of  Maine  ?  t.  o.  What  points 
or  capes  ?  d.  1. 

What  flourishing  towns  on  Penobscot  bay  ?  t.  e.  What  on  the  Penob- 
scot  river?  r.  What  on  the  coast  between  the  bay  of  Penobscot  and 
Kennebec?  n.  t. 

Which  of  the  chief  towns  are  on  the  Kennebec?  r.  h.  1.  a.  k.  Where  does 
this  river  rise  ?  d.  Length  of  the  lake  ?  What  other  lakes  in  the  western 
part  of  Maine  ?  g.  o. 

What  important  towns  in  the  S.  W.  on  the  coast  ?  k.  k.  What  one 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Saco  ?  o.  What  on  Casco  bay  ?  d. 

How  is  a  river  to  be  described  ? 

Ans.  By  telling  first  in  what  part  of  a  sta^e  or  country  it  passes  ;  then  its 
main  course  ;  next  through  what  state  or  country  it  runs  ;  and  lastly,  into 
what  body  of  water  it  flows. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  in  Maine  ?  t.  t.  [Here  one  t  stands 
for  the  river  and  the  other  t  for  the  bay,  into  which  it  flows.] 

Settlement  7  768.    Exports  ?  709.    Fisheries  1    770.    Facilities  for  commerce  ami 
iish'.ii-r'?   771. 

<d.  What  do  the  enterprising  inhabitants  do  with  their  ice  ?  772.  Wh  Lis  said 
of  commerce  1  773.  Surface  and  climate  1  774. 

ISA.CO  (saw'  co.) 


110  EASTERN    STATES. 

Will  you  describe  the  second  riyer  in  size  ?  t.  t.  [The  learner  should 
always  give  the  name  of  the  river,  or  town  when  the  question  is  asked  re- 
specting its  size.]  Will  you  describe  the  third  river  ?  o.  The  fourth?  n. 

What  are  you  to  say  of  the  navigation  of  a  river  ? 

Ans.  Tell  for  what  sort  of  vessels  it  is  navigable  and  to  what  places. 

What  is  the  navigation  of  the  Penobscot  ?  r.     What  of  the  Kennebec  ?  a. 

Which  is  the  largest  town  in  Maine  ?  d.  [See  the  figure  in  the  o  near  its 
name.]  Which  the  six  next  towns  in  size  ?  a.  L  r.  k.  h.  n. 

What  is  said  of  Augusta  ?  775.  Portland  ?  776.  Which  are  the  more 
flourishing  commercial  towns  ?  777. 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.  —  How  is  New  Hampshire  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

778.  NEW  HAMPSHIRE  is  a  cold  and  mountainous, 
but  a  healthy  and  productive  state. 

779.  It  abounds  in  lakes,  rivers,  and  delightful  scene- 
ry.    It  has  only  a  narrow  strip  of  sea  coast,  18  miles  in 
length,  which  is  sandy  and  barren,  with  an  occasional 
inlet,  and  but  one  valuable  harbor. 

780.  Commerce  has,  therefore,  received  but  little  at- 
tention comparatively;  agriculture  and  manufactures 
being  the  chief  occupations. 

781.  A  few  miles  from  the  shore,  the  face  of  the 
country  gradually  becomes  hilly,  and  rises  in  the  inte- 
rior to  grand  and  lofty  mountains.     The  White  Moun- 
tains in  this  state  are  the  highest  in  the  United  States 
east  of  the   Rocky  Mountains,  and  are  noted  for  pic- 
turesque and  sublime  scenery. 

782.  Mount  Washington  is  the  loftiest  peak,  being  6,234  feet,   or  more 
than  one  mile  in  height.    The  snow  white  tops   of  these  mountains  are 


plainly  discernible,  at  a  distance  of  more  than  65  miles,  by  mariners  ap- 
roaching the  coast. 
783.  The  view  of  the  ocean  from  their  loftiest  peak,  and  of  the  surround- 


ing scenery,  is  represented  as  inimitably  grand  and  beautiful.  The  most 
remarkable  feature  of  these  mountains,  is  the  notch  or  gap.  The  entire 
range  appears  to  have  been  cleft  asunder  by  some  sudden  convulsion  of  na- 
ture, forming  a  causeway,  or  passage,  about  22  feet  in  width,  and  infinitely 
sublime  in  appearance. 

784.  TOWNS.  —  CONCORD,  on  the  Merrimac,  occupies  a  central  position  in 
the  state,  and  is  a  pleasant  and  flourishing  town. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE.  GL.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  and  surface  of  New  Hamp- 
shire'? 778.  In  what  does  the  state  abound  1  779.  What  is  the  extent  of  its  sea- 
coast  ?  779.  What  is  said  of  its  commerce  ?  780.  What  is  said  of  its  surface  ?  781. 
What  mountains  in  this  state  1  781.  What  is  said  of  their  loftiest  peak  ?  782.  ^Tiie 
view  from  it  ?  783.  Describe  the  most  remarkable  feature  ?  783. 


EASTERN    STATES.  Ill 

785.  Portsmouth,  on  the  Piscataqua,  three  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  a  com- 
mercial place,  and  the  largest  town  in  the  state.  It  has  a  navy  yard,  and  an 
excellent  harbor. 

MAP  OF  THE  EASTERN  STATES. 

What  isles  on  the  coast  of  New  Hampshire  ?  s.  What  lake  nearly  in  the 
interior?  e.1 

Which  of  the  chief  towns  are  on  the  Piscataqua  ?  Dr.  h.  Which  in  the 
S.  W.  ?  e.  Which  on  the  Connecticut  ?  r.  1.  r.  Which  of  the  last  three 
contain  each  a  court-house  ?  How  do  you  know  that  ?  162. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  t.  Its  navigation  in  this  state  ?  h. 
Describe  the  second  river  in  size  ?  c.  Third  ?  a. 

Which  is  the  largest  town  ?  h.     Which  the  next  four  t  1.  h.  d    r. 

When  you  are  asked  where  a  town  is,  what  should  you  say  ? 

Ans.  Tell  first  in  what  part  of  the  county  or  state  it  is,  next  on  what  river, 
bay,  or  other  water  it  is  situated,  and  lastly,  its  main  course  or  direction  from 
the  capital. 

Where  is  Concord?  c.  Where  is  Amherst?  What  mountains  in  this 
state  ?  e.  Their  course  and  height  ? 

What  is  said  of  Concord  ?  784.    What  of  Portsmouth  ?  785. 


VERMONT. 

Map  of  the  U.  S  —  How  is  Vermont  bounded?  Its  capital?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

786.  VERMONT  is  an  inland  state,  and   derives  its 
,  name  from  the  Green  Mountains  which  extend  through 
it. 

737.  The  name  is  derived  from  the  Green  Mountains ;  verrf,  in  the  language 
of  the  French,  who  at  an  early  period  settled  near  them,  in  Canada,  signify- 
ing green,  and  mont,  mountain.  They  were  so  called,  on  account  ot  the  nu- 
merous evergreens  with  which  they  are  covered. 

788.  The  air  is  pure  and  healthy,  and  the  surface, 
though   mostly  mountainous,   is   susceptible  of  a  high 
state  of  cultivation. 

789.  This  state  is  noted  for  its  mineral  productions, 
among  which  are  iron,  lead  and  copper.     There  are 
also  fine  quarries  of  excellent  marble. 

790.  Lake  Champlain,  lying  between  this  state  and  New  York,  is  noted  for 
being  the  scene  of  a  naval  battle,  fought  in  1814,  during  the  last  war  between 
the  United  States  and  England.  The  Americans,  under  the  command  of 
Commodore  Macdonough,  gained  the  victory. 

7(J1.  Vermont  was  the  last  settled  of  all  the  New  England  States,  and  did 
not  become  a  member  of  the  Union  till  1791. 

792.  TOWNS.  MONTPELIER  is  a  flourishing  town  on  Onion  river,  and 
contains  one  of  the  most  beautiful  state  houses  in  New  England.  Burlington, 

VERMONT.    Q,.  Has  Vermont  any  sea  coast  ?  786.    Whence  its  name  ?  787. 
Q.  What  is  said  of  tlu:  air  and  surface  ?  788.    For  what  is  it  noted  ?  789.    What 
isLake  Champlain  noted  for  ?  790.    What  is  said  of  the  settlement  of  this  state  ?  791. 

1  WINNIPISEOGEE,  (wm-e-pe-saw'-kc.) 


112  EASTERN    STATES. 

on  Lake  Champlain,  is  the  most  commercial  town  in  the  state,  and  commands 
a  most  delightful  prospect. 

793.  Bennington  is  one  of  the  oldest  towns  in  the  state,  and  is  famous  for  a 
battle  fought  there  during  the  'Revolution.     A  detachment  from  the  British 
army,  under  General  Burgoyne,  was  defeated  by  the  Americans,  under  Gener- 
al Stark,  in  1777. 

794.  Windsor   and    Brattleboro\   on  Connecticut  river,  are  flourishing 
towns. 

MAP  OF  THE  EASTERN  STATES. 

What  province  of  British  America  lies  on  the  N.  of  Vermont  ?  a.  What 
lake  on  the  N.  W.  ?  n.  Its  length  and  navigation  ?  What  island  in  it  ?  d. 

What  considerable  towns  has  Vermont  on  the  Connecticut '/  o.  r.  What 
town  N.  W.  of  Windsor  ?  k.  What  one  in  the  S.  W.  ?  n. 

What  flourishing  towns  on  Otter  Creek  ?  Rd.  y.  s.  What  is  peculiar  to 
Vergennes  ?  Ans.  It  is  the  only  city  in  the  state. 

On  what  river  is  Burlington  ?  n.  What  town  a  little  N.  E.  of  Burlington  ? 
s.  Where  is  Montpelier  ?  n. 

Where  does  the  Lamoile  flow  ?  n.  What  two  rivers  S.  flow  into  thes  ame 
lake  ?  n.  k.  What  mountains  in  this  state  ?  n.  Their  course,  length,  and 
height  ? 

Which  and  where  is  the  largest  town  ?  n.  What  is  said  of  Montpelier? 
792.  Bennington?  793,  Windsor  and  Battleboro  ?  794. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Massachusetts  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  rivers  ? 

795.  MASSACHUSETTS  has  generally  an  uneven  sur- 
face, a  pure  and  salubrious  air,  and  a  fertile  soil. 

795.  The  western  part  is  intersected  by  the  Hoosack  Mountains,  a  branch 
of  the  Green  Mountains,  the  most  remarkable  peaks  of  which  are  Mount  Tom 
and  Mount  Holyoke.  The  latter  of  these  commands  a  most  delightful  pros- 
pect of  Connecticut  river  and  the  adjacent  country. 

797.  Massachusetts   is   the  most  thickly  settled  of 
any  state  in  the  Union. 

798.  It  is  further  distinguished  for  the  spirited  and 
leading  part  which  its  citizens  took  in  the  Revolution  ; 
for  the  spirit  of  commerce  which  prevails  ;  for  its  sys- 
tem of  education  ;  for  its  literary  and  benevolent  insti- 
tutions ;  and  for  the  industry,  enterprize,  intelligence 
and  refinement  of  its  inhabitants. 

799.  The  commerce  of  Massachusetts,  exceeds  that 
of  every  other  state  in  the  Union,  except  New  York. 

MASSACHUSETTS.  Q-.  WMt  is  said  of  the  surface,  soil,  and  air  of  Massachusetts  ? 
795.  What  mountains  intersect  the  western  part?  796 

Q.  How  is  the  state  distinguished  in  respect  to  population?  797.  How  is  it 
further  distinguished  ?  798.  What  is  the  comparative  importance  of  its  commerce  ? 
799.  Which  are  the  two  principal  islands  ?  800. 


EASTERN    STATES.  113 

800.  The  two  principal  islands  are  Nantucket  and  Martha's  Vineyard,  both 
of  which  have  a  poor  soil.    Nantucket  Shoals,  east  of  the  island  of  the  same 
name,  have  caused  numerous  shipwrecks. 

801.  TOWNS. — BOSTON  is  the  only  city  in  the  state,  and  is  considered  the 
literary  and  commercial  metropolis  of  New  England.     It  is  pleasantly  situa- 
ted on  a  peninsula,  two  miles  long  by  one  broad,  on  the  western  side  of  Mas- 
sachusetts Bay.     It  is  a  well  built,  large,  and  wealthy  city,  the  first  in  New 
England,  and  the  second  in  the  Union,  in  commercial  importance.     From 
its  literary  advantages  and  character,  it  is    often  called  the  Literary  Em- 
porium. 

802.  Salem,  14  miles  N.  E.  of  Boston,  is  the  second  town  in  the  state,  in 
population,  wealth  and  commerce,  and  in  these  respects,  the  third  in  New 
England. 

803.  Plymouth,  36  miles  S.  E.  of  Boston,  on  Plymouth  Bay,  was  the  first 
settled  town  in  New  England. 

804.  Charlestou-n,  N.  of  Boston,  and  adjoining  it,  is  celebrated  for  being  the 
scene  of  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill,  in  the  war  of  the  Revolution.    Here  is  a 
State  Prison,  an  Insane  Hospital,  and  a  Navy  Yard  of  the  I  nited  States. 

805.  Lexington  is  noted  for  being  the  place  where  the  first  battle  was  fought 
in  the  revolutionary  war. 

806.  Newbury/>ort  is  a  place    of  considerable  commerce.     Marblehead, 
Beverly,  and  Gloucester,  are  famous  for  their  cod  fisheries ;  New  Bedford 
and  Nantucket,  for  their  whale  fisheries. 

807.  Lowell,  situated  on  the  Merrimac,  25  miles  from  Boston,  is  a  very 
flourishing  place,  and  has  some  of  the  largest  cotton  manufactories  in  the 
United  States.     Lynn  contains  upwards  of  8,000  inhabitants,  most  of  whom 
are  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  shoes. 

808.  Springfield,  on  the  Connecticut   has  an  Armory  of  the  United  States 
established  in  it.     Worcester l  occupies  a  central  position  in  the  state,  and  is 
one  of  the  largest  and  most  beautiful  inland  towns  in  New  England.     It  ia 
connected  with  Providence,  by  the  Blackstone  Canal. 


MAP  OF  THE  EASTERN  STATES. 

What  bays  on  the  coast  of  Massachu setts  ?  s.  d.  s.  What  points  or 
capes  ?  t.  n.  d.  r.  What  islands  ?  t.  d.  h. 

On  what  bay  is  Boston  ?  s.  What  three  towns  adjoining  Boston  ?  n.  e.  y. 
WThat  course  is  Iloxbury  from  the  capital  ? 

What  towns  N.  of  Boston  on  the  coast?  d.  m.  r.  t.  On  what  river  are 
Andover  and  Lowel  ?  c. 

What  rail-road  at  Lowel  ?  What  two  other  rail-roads  do  you  find  ?  What 
is  the  course  of  each  one  of  the  three  ?  The  length  of  the  Boston  and 
Providence  rail-road  ? 

What  flourishing  county  town  in  the  interior  of  the  state  ?  r.  What  canal 
here  ?  e.  With  what  river  does  it  run  nearly  parallel  ?  t.  What  is  this  river 
called  in  Massachusetts  ?  Blackstone. 

What  two  considerable  towns  on  the  Connecticut  ?  Sd.  n.  What  canal 
at  Northampton  ?  n  What  mountains  in  this  state?  e.  m.  e.  Their  height? 

On  what  bay  is  Plymouth  ?  d.  What  county  town  on  Taunton  river  ?  n. 
What  one  S.  E.  of  Taunton  on  the  coast  ?  d.  On  what  island  is  Nan- 
tucket  ?  t. 

Will  you  describe  the  second  river  in  size?  c.'  Its  navigation?  1. 
What  river  intersects  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  State  ?  c. 


114 


EASTERN    STATES. 


Which  and  where  is  the  largest  town  ?  n.  Which  and  where  is  the  sec- 
ond ?  m.  Also  the  next  seven  ?  t.  r.  n.  1.  d.  d.  t.  [For  the  last  see  the 
island  of  Nantucket.] 

What  is  said  of  Boston?  801.  Salem  ?  802.  Plymouth  ?  803.  Charles- 
town  ?  804.  Lexington  ?  805.  Newburyport  ?  806.  Which  are  famous  for 
their  fisheries  ?  806.  What  is  said  ofJLowel?  807.  Lynn?  807.  Sprine- 
field?  803.  Worcester?  803 


RHODE  ISLAND. 

Map  of  the   U.  £.— How  is  Rhode  Island  bounded  ?    Its  capital  ?    Chief 
Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 


COTTON   FACTORY   AT   MANVILLE,   RHODE    ISLAND. 

809.  RHODE  ISLAND  has  the  least  extent  of  territory  of 
any  state  in  the  Union ;  but,  in  proportion  to  its  popu- 
lation, is  the  first  in  manufactures.     The  first  cotton 
manufactory  in  the  United  States,  was  built  in  Rhode 
Island. 

810.  It  has,  in  general,  a  level  surface,  except  in  the 
western  part,  and  a  fertile  soil,  and  from  its  proximity 
to  the  sea,  a  singularly  mild  and  healthy  climate. 

811.  The  land  bordering  on  Narragansett  Bay,  as 
well  as  that  of  the  island  of  Rhode  Island,  is  excellent; 
the  air  pure,  and  the  scenery  delightful. 

812.  Narragansett  Bay,  in  this  state,  is  a  beauuful  expanse  of  water,  extend- 
1  VVoRCESTERj  (wurs  ter. 


EASTERN    STATES.  115 

ing  into  the  country  in  a  northerly  direction,  30  miles  frcm  the  ocean  to  Provi- 
dence, to  which  place  it  is  navigable  for  ships  of  the  largest  size. 

813.  The  island  of  Rhode  Island,  from  which  the  state  derives  its  name,  and 
which  is  so  called  from  its  fancied  resemblance  to  the  ancient  island  of 
Rhodes,  is  beautifully  situated  in  Narragansett  Bay,   near  the  ocean.     It  is 
in  Narragansett  Bay,  in  which  are  Conanicut,  W.  of  Rhode  Island,  and  Pa- 
tience arid  Prudence  Islands,  N.  of  Rhode  Island1. 

814.  Block  Island  is  in  the  Atlantic,  twelve  miles  from  the  southern  part  of 
Rhode  Island,   and  contains  about  eight  hundred  inhabitants.    There  is  a 
Light-house  upon  it. 

815.  The  settlement  of  Rhode  Island  originated  from  the  same  cause,  which 

fave  rise  to  the  first  settlement  in  New  England ;  religious  persecution.  In 
636,  Roger  Williams,  a  minister  of  the  Gospel,  was,  on  account  of  his  reli- 
gious opinions,  banished  from  Massachusetts.  He  fled  to  a  place  within  this 
state,  and  commenced  a  settlement,  which,  in  acknowledgement  of  Divine 
Providence  in  his  behalf,  he  named  Providence.  To  Roger  Williams,  be- 
longs the  honor  of  first  establishing  religious  toleration  in  a  political  commu- 
nity, unless  we  except  Lord  Baltimore,  the  Catholic  founder  of  Maryland. 

816.  This  state  was  the  last  of  the  "Thirteen  States,"  to  ratify  the  consti- 
tution of  the   United  States,  and  the  only  one  that  has  remained  without  a 
.written  constitution  of  its  own  making.    It  still  continues  under  the  charter 
granted  in  1C63,  to  the  early  settlers,  by  Charles  II.  King  of  England. 

817.  TOWNS.    PROVIDENCE  is  situated  about  30  miles  from  the  sea,  at 
the  head  of  Narragansett  Bay,  which  thei  e  becomes  narrow,  and  takes  the 
name  of  Providence  river.     It  is  built  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  and  is  nearly 
equally  divided  by  it.     The   different  parts  are  connected  by  two  parallel 
bridges,  near  each  other.     Among  the  fine  public  buildings,  is  the  Arcade,  on 
the  west  side  of  the  river,  which  is  the  noblest  edifice  of  the  kind  in  the 
country. 

818.  Newport,  at  the  mouth  of  Narragansett  Bay,  on  the  southwest  side  of 
the  island  of  Rhode  Island,  about  five  miles  from  the  sea,  is  noted  for  its  fine 
harbor,  its  beautiful  situation,  and  salubrious  air.    The  harbor  is  strongly 
fortified. 

819.  Bristol,  situated  on  the  bay,  about  halfway  between  Providence  and 
Newport,  is  a  pleasant  town,  and  has  considerable  commerce.     IVarren,  four 
miles  N.  of  Bristol,  is  a  flourishing  town,  and  is  engaged  in  foreign  com- 
merce. 

820.  Pawtucket,  on  Pawtucket  river,  is  partly  in  Massachusetts,  but  princi- 
pally in  Rhode  Island.    The  Rhode  Island  portion  is  in  North  Providence. 
This  is  one  of  the  most  flourishing  manufacturing  villages  in.  the  United 
States. 

MAP  OF  THE  EASTERN  STATES. 

What  bay  has  Rhode  Island  in  the  S.  E.  ?  t.  Describe  it?  812.  What 
town  at  the  head  of  this  bay  ?  e.  What  two  E.  of  the  bay  ?  1  t  On  what 
island  is  Newport  ?  e. 

What  county  town  W.  of  the  southern  part  of  the  bay  ?  n.  WThere  is 
Scituate  ?  What  island  S.  of  this  State  ?  k.  What  point  on  the  S.  ?  h. 


RHODE  ISLAND.  Q.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  Rhode  Island  and  its  manufac- 
tures 7  809.  What  of  its  surface,  soil,  and  climate?  810.  What  of  the  soil,  air, 
and  scenery  around  Narragansett  Bay,  and  on  the  Island  of  Rhode  Island?  811. 
What  can  you  say  of  the  island  of  Rhode  Island  ?  813.  What  of  Block  Island  ?  814, 

Q.  Will  you  describe  fully  tin?  manner  in  which  Rhode  Island  was  settled  ?  815. 
What  supplies  tlie  place  in  this  r  ate  of  a  written  constitution  1  810 


116  EASTERN    STATES. 

What  river  in  the  N.  E.  ?  t.  Describe  it  ?  What  one  in  the  S.  W.  ?  c. 
Which  and  where  is  the  largest  town  ?  e.  Which  and  where  the  second  ?  t. 

What  is  said  of  Providence  ?  817.  Newport  ?  818.  Bristol  1  819  War- 
ren ?  819. 


CONNECTICUT. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  is  Connecticut  bounded  ?    Its  capitals  ?    Chief 
Towns  1     Principal  Rivers  ? 

821.  CONNECTICUT  has  a  varied  surface  of  hill  and 
dale,  but  is  not  mountainous.     The  climate  is  healthy, 
and  the  soil  good,  especially  in  the  valley  of  Connecti- 
cut river. 

822.  This  state  is  distinguished  for  its  wealth,  and 
the  value  of  its  exports  ;  its  various  species  of  manu- 
factures, its  literary  institutions,  and  its  system  of  com- 
mon schools,  and  for  the  sobriety,  intelligence,  and  en- 
terprize  of  its  inhabitants. 

823.  It  has  a  fund  of  more  than  two  millions  of  dollars, 
the  annual  income  of  which  is  applied  to  the  support  of 
common  schools. 

824.  TOWNS.     NEW  HAVEN  is  situated  between  the  mouths  of  the  Con- 
necticut and  Housatonic  rivers,  on  a  small  bay,  4  miles  from  Long  Island 
Sound.     It  is  the  largest  and  one  of  the  most  commercial  towns  in  the  state, 
and  is  much  celebrated  for  the  tasteful  and  regular  manner  in  which  it  is  laid 
out,  and  for  being  the  seat  of  an  eminent  literary  institution. 

825.  HARTFORD  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Connecticut  river,  50 
miles  from  its  mouth,  and  is,  alternately  with  New  Haven,  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment of  the  state.    Its  growth  within  a  few  years,  has  been  rapid  in  popula- 
tion, wealth  and  commerce ;  and  it  is  distinguished  for  its  humane  and  litera- 
ry institutions. 

826.  New  London,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  Thames,  Smiles  from  Long 
Island  Sound,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  and  is  extensively  engaged  in  the  whale 
fishery. 

827.  Norwich,  at  the  head  of  sloop  navigation  on  the  Thames,  12  mile3 
above  New  London,  is  well  situated,  and  is  rapidly  increasing  in  population 
and  manufactures. 

828.  Middletown,  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Connecticut,  31  miles  from  its 
mouth,  has  considerable   commerce,  and   its   manufactures   are  numerous 
and  extensive.     Each  of  the  five  places  above  described,  is  an  incorporated 
city. 

829.  Litchfield,  30  miles  west  of  Hartford,  is  the  seat  of  a  celebrated  law 
school. 

MAP  OF  THE  EASTERN  STATES 

What  large  body  of  water  and  land  S.  of  Connecticut  ?  d.  What  island 
on  the  S.  E.  coast  ?  s.  What  two  S.  W.  from  the  last  near  Long  Island  ? 

CONNECTICUT.  Q.  What  is  said  of  the  surface,  climate  and  soil  of  Connect!  j 
cut  ?  821.  For  what  is  Connecticut  distinguished  1  82-2.  What  fund  has  this  state 
and  to  what  is  it  applied  ?  823. 


EASTERN    STATES.  117 

b.  s.    To  what  state  do  all  these  islands  including  Long  Island  belong  ? 
Ans.  New  York. 

What  town  near  the  mouth  of  the  Thames  ?  n.  What  county  town  N. 
on  the  same  stream  ?  h.  What  considerable  one  on  the  W.  branch  of  the 
Thames  ?  m.  What  one  E.  of  Windham  ?  n. 

What  shire-town  N.  W.  of  Windham  ?  d.  What  towns  at  the  mouth  of 
Connecticut?  e.  k.  What  one  on  the  W.  bank  of  the  Connecticut,  and  W. 
from  Norwich  ?  n.  Which  the  next  two  N.  on  the  same  river?  d.  d. 

\Vill  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  t.  Its  navigation  ?  d.  h.  Describe 
the  second  in  size  ?  c.  What  town  on  the  E.  branch  of  the  Housatonic  ? 
d.  What  the  more  important  towns  in  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  state  ?  Fd.  y.  t 
What  one  N.  E.  of  Bridgeport  and  3Iilford?  n. 

Will  you  describe  the  third  river  in  size  ?  s.  Its  navigation  ?  h.  The 
navigation  of  the  Housatonic?  y.  What  canal  in  this  state?  n.  What 
places  are  connected  by  it  ?  n.  n. 

Which  and  where  are  the  two  largest  towns?  n.  d.  The  next  one  ?  n. 
The  next  eight?  h.  n.  k.  e.  d.  y.  d.  d. 

What  is  said  of  New  Haven  ?  821.  Hartford  ?  825.  New  London  ?  826. 
Norwich  ?  827.  Middletown  ?  828.  Litchfield  ?  829. 


MIDDLE  STATES. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— Which-are  the  Middle  States  ?  What  direction  is  New 
Jersey  from  Pennsylvania  ?  Maryland  from  New  York  ? 

Which  states  does  the  parallel  of  45°  bound  on  the  N.  ?  Which  three 
does  the  meridian  of  77°  W.  from  Greenwich  intersect  ? 

Why  have  these  states  a  milder  climate  than  New  England  ?  492. 

Which  of  these  states  is  the  largest  ?  Its  capital  ?  g  Which  the  next  in 
size?  Its  capital?  y.  The  next  in  size?  Its  capital?  n.  The  smallest? 
ts  capital?  r. 

How  are  the  Middle  States  bounded  ? 
STew  York  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Pennsylvania  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

*few  Jersey  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Delaware  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  T 

830.  THE  MIDDLE  STATES  comprise  New  York,  New 
Jersey,  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware. 

831.  They  have  in  general,  a  milder  climate,  a  more 
ertile  soil,  shorter  winters,  and  less  snow  than  New 
England  ;  comprising,  in  fact,  some  of  the  finest  por- 
ions  of  the  Union. 

832.  The  northern  and  western  parts  of  the  state  of  New  York,  however, 
ire  cold  and  bleak,  and  snow  is  abundant  during  the  winter,  as  it  is  also  in 
he  mountainous  parts  of  Pennsylvania. 

833.  The  climate,  except  on  the  marshes  and  lakes, 
s  generally  mild,  agreeable  and  healthy. 

834.  Of  the  productions,  wheat  is  the  most  valuable. 
3reat  quantities  of  rye,   oats,  barley,    Indian   corn, 

beans,  and  peas,  are  also  raised.     Excellent  apples 
peaches,  pears,  &c.  are  produced  in  abundance. 


118  MIDDLE    STATES. 

835.  An  improved  system  of  agriculture,  extensive 
and   various  manufactures,  an  enterprising   spirit   of 
commerce,  and  numerous  and  important  canals,  char- 
acterize this  division  of  the  Union. 

836.  The  commerce  of  these  states,  is  principally 
carried  on  through  the  cities  of  New  York  and  Phila- 
delphia.    Baltimore,  however,  has  a  share  of  the  trade 
of  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware. 

837.  The  means  of  education  are  not  so  generally 
diffused,  as  in  New  England  ;  public  schools  not  being 
generally  established,  except  in  the  state  of  New  York. 

838.  The  first  settlements  were  principally  made  by 
emigrants  from  England,  Holland,  Ireland  and  Germa- 
ny, and  their  descendants  have  partially  maintained 
the  national  characteristics  of  these  several  countries. 


NEW  YORK. 

Map  of  the  U.  £.— How  is  New  York  bounded?  Capital?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

839.  NEW  YORK  surpasses  each  of  the  other  states  in 
population,  wealth,  natural  advantages  for  trade,  in 
canals,  in  resources  arising  both  from  agriculture  and 
commerce,  and  in  political  importance  ;  in  allusion  to 
which  it  is  sometimes  called  the  "  Empire  state." 

840.  In  this  state  there  is  a  literary  fund  of  2  mil- 
lions of  dollars,  the  annual  income  of  which  is  applied 
to  the  support  of  education. 

841.  The  western  part  of  this  state  is  level  and  re- 
markably fertile,  the  eastern,  hilly  and  tolerably  pro- 
ductive, the  northern  part  mountainous,  with  a  cold  but 
healthy  climate. 

MIDDLE  STATES,  a.  Which  are  the  Middle  States  ?  830.  What  is  said  of  them  ? 
831.  What  of  the  northern  and  western  part  of  New  York  ?  832. 

Q,.  What  is  the  climate  of  the  Middle  States  ?  833.  The  productions  ?  834. 
What  are  their  distinguishing  characteristics?  835. 

Q,.  What  is  saiti  of  their  commerce  and  education  1  83G  and  837.  Who  were  the 
first  settlers,  and  what  is  said  of  them  ?  838. 

NEW  YORK.  Q,.  In  what  respects  does  the  state  of  New  York  surpass  all  the 
others  ?  839.  What  fund  has  this  state  ?  840. 

a.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  climate  of  this  State  ?  841.   Mountains  ?  842. 


MIDDLE    STATES.  119 

842.  The  Catskill  mountains  are  the  highest  in  the 
state,  and  may  be  considered  as  the  connecting  link 
between  the  Green  mountains  of  Vermont  and  the 
Alleganies. 

843.  On  these  mountains,  at  the  elevation  of  2000  feet,  is  a  small  lake, 
from  which  issues  a  mill  stream  having  a  fall  in  some  places  of  300  feet. 

844.  The  largest  river  is  the  Hudson,  which  is  wholly 
within  this  state.  It  rises  in  the  mountains  west  of 
Lake  Champlain.  and  flows  into  New  York  bay,  on 
the  west  side  of  the  city  of  New  York.  The  banks 
of  this  river  are  studded  with  numerous  flourishing 
villages  ;  the  soil  is  generally  in  a  high  state  of  cultiva- 
tion, and  the  passage  up  and  down  it,  is  most  delightful. 

815.  The  Erie1  canal,  frequently  called  the  Grand  Western  canal,  is  in 
this  state,  and  is  one  of  the  most  stupendous  works  of  the  kind  in  the  world. 
It  unites  the  waters  of  Lake  Erie  with  these  of  the  Hudson,  and  extends 
from  Albany  to  Buffalo,  a  distance  of  363  miles.     By  means  of  this  canal, 
immense  quantities  of  produce  find  an  easy  transportation  to  Albany,  thence 
down  the  Hudson  to  New  York,  the  largest  market  in  the  I'nited  States. 

816.  Long  Island  is  the  principal  island.     It  reaches  from  the  Narrows, 
below  the  city  of  New  York,  to  Montauk  Point,  being  about  120  miles,  and 
is  on  an  average  10  miles  in  breadth.    It  is  separated  from  Connecticut  by 
Long  Island   Sound,  and  from  New  York  city  by  the  East  river,  or  more 
properly,  by  a  small  strait,  connecting  the  sound  with  New  York  bay. 

847.  This  island  affords  many  valuable  productions  for  the  city  market. 
It  U divided  into  three  counties,  in  which  are  many  pleasant  towns  and  vil- 
lages. The  principal  of  these  are  Brooklyn,  now  an  incorporated  city, 
Jamaica,  Flushing,  Fiatbush,  Iluntington  and  Sa«j  Harbour. 

843.  The  next  important  islands  are  Manhattan,  or  New  York  Island,  on 
which  stands  the  city  of  New  York,  and  Grand  Island  in  Ni:: 

849.  Among  the  natural  curiosities  of  this  state,  the  Great  Falls  of  Ni;i/ 
arc  the  mosi  remarkable.     The  descent  is  less  than  in  many  others,  but  the 
quantity  of  water  constitutes  these  Falls  the  most  sublime  object  of  the  kind 
in  the  known  world. 

850.  Lake  George  is  an  object  of  interest.    The  remarkable  transparency 
of  its  waters,  the  lofty  mountains  which  encircle   it,  the  numerous  islands 
with  wnich  it  is  studded,  serve  to  render  the  scenery  most  romantic  and  de- 
lightful. 

851.  This  stare  has  eight  cities,  Albany,  New  York,  Brooklyn,  Troy, 
Hudson,  Schenectacly,  I  tica,  and  Buffalo,  besides  about.  770  towns.    There 
arc  also,  several  hundred  villages,  or  parts  of  towns,  more  thickly  settled 
than  the  rest,  and  some  of  them  bear  different  names  from  the  towns  in 
which  they  are  situated.    Thus  the   village  of  Geneva,  is  in  the  town  of 
Seneca,  and  Rochester  is  in  the  towns  of  Brighton  and  Gates.     Rochester 

What  curiosity  on  these  mountains?  843.    Describe  tin;  Hudson?  844. 
Q.  What  celebrated  canal  in  this  state?  845.    Where  is  Long  Island  ?  846.    Its 
productions  ?  847. 

Cl.  What  two  other  important  islands?  848.  The  most  remarkable  curiosity? 
849.  Describe  lake  George.  850. 

1  ERIE,  (e'  re.) 


120 


MIDDLE    STATES. 


will  probably  soon  be  chartered  as  a  city.  Of  the  villages,  about  100  are  in- 
corporated, and  each  is  governed  by  a  president  and  board  of  trustees.  The 
cities  have  a  mayor  and  aldermen. 

852.  TOWNS. — NEW  YORK,  a  seaport  and  city,  is  the  largest,  most  popu- 
lous, wealthy  and  commercial  town  in  America.     It  is  situated  on  New  York 
island,  formerly  called  Manhattan  island,  at  the  head  of  New  York  bay, 
about  20  miles  from  the  Atlantic,  and  at  the  confluence  of  the  East  and 
Hudson,  or  North,  rivers.     The  island  is  about  15  miles  long  from  north  to 
south,  and  has  an  average  breadth  of  one  mile  and  a  half.     The  city  extends 
over  the  whole  island,  occupying  the  same  extent  with  the  county.     The 
compact  part  extends  about  three  miles  on  the  banks   of  each  river.     The 
harbor  is  deep  enough  for  the  largest  ships.     From  the  city  across  Hudson 
river  to  Jersey  city,  is  one  mile,  and  across  East  river  to  Brooklyn,  it  is 
from  one  third  to  one  half  of  a  mile.     The  city  is  principally  built  of  brick, 
and  most  of  the  edifices  have  a  neat,  and  many  of  them  an  elegant  appear- 
ance. 

853.  The  principal  street  is  Broadway,  which  is  80  feet  in  width,  and 
about  three  miles  in  length.     It  furnishes  a  most  delightful  promenade  in 
pleasant  weather,  and  it  is  then  thronged  with  crowds  of  persons,  citizens 
and  strangers.     The  other  principal  streets  run  in  the  same  direction,  and  are 
intersected  by  others  extending  from  river  to  river. 


NEW    CUSTOM    HOUSE. 

854.  The  city  of  New  York  has  a  number  of  fine  buildings,  among  which, 
the  City  Hall,  on  Broadway,  is  the  most  attractive  and  elegant.  It  is  con- 
structed of  white  marble,  and  the  expense  of  it  was  about  half  a  million  of 
dollars.  The  new  Custom  House  which  is  now  (1835,)  being  bui't,  on  the 
corner  of  Wall  and  Nassau  streets,  "will,  it  is  said,  when  completed,  sur- 
pass every  other  edifice  in  the  Union,  f»r  permanence  in  the  materials  and 
execution,  as  well  as  for  its  classical  beauty."  There  are  about  120  church- 
es in  the  city.  There  are  70  weekly  and  11  daily  newspapers  printed  in 
New  York,  and  about  50  steamboats  ply  in  its  adjacent  waters.  On  the 
memorable  night  of  Dec.  16th,  1835,  there  raged  in  this  city,  the  most  de- 


MIDDLE    STATES.  121 

structivc  fire  that  ever  occurred  in  the  United  States,  or  even  on  the  Ameri- 
can continent.* 

835.  ALBANY  is  advantageously  situated,  nearly  at  the  head  of  sloop  navi- 
gation on  the  Hudson,  160  miles  from  the  sea.  The  facilities  for  trade,  both 
on  account  of  its  central  position  and  its  commercial  advantages,  so  greatly 
increased  by  means  of  canals,  have  raised  it  to  an  importance  in  the  State, 
second  only  to  New  York,  and  the  eighth  in  the  Union. 

856.  Brooklyn,  is  situated  on  a  little  eminence  at  the  west  end  of  Long 
Island,  and  commands  a  delightful  view  of  New  York  city,  from  which  it  is 
separated  by  the  East  river. 

857.  Newburg,  Poughkeepsie,1  Catskill,  Hwlson,  Troy,  and  Lansingbiirg, 
are  thriving  and  important  places.     Utica,  Rockester,  and  Buffalo,  are  large 
and  flourishing  towns.     There  are  many  other  important  places  in  the  interi- 
or and  western  parts  of  the  state,  most  of  which  have  grown  up  with  aston- 
ishing rapidity.     Rochester,  which  has  now,   [in  1335,1  a  population  of  up- 
wards 14,000,  was  "  in  1812,  one  wide  and  vast  forest." 

MAP    OF   THE    MIDDLE   STATES. 

What  two  large  lakes  on  the  W.  of  York  State  ?  o.  e.  The  length  of 
each  ?  Breadth  and  depth  of  the  largest  ?  For  what  are  they  both  navi- 
gable ? 

What  two  towns  near  the  mouth  of  the  Hudson  ?  k.  n.  On  what  island 
is  Brooklyn  ?  g. 

What  are  the  ch;ef  towns  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Hudson  ?  e.  n.  y.  g. 
What  on  the  west  bank  ?  d.  y.  1.  g.  t. 

What  river  connects  the  two  great  lakes  ?  a.  What  fal!«  on  it  ?  a.  What 
island  in  it  ?  d. 

What  is  the  course  and  length  of  the  Erie  canal  ?  What  towns  at  its  ex- 
treme points  ?  o.  y.  What  other  important  towns  on  it  ?  y.  a.  e.  e.  r.  U 
What  river  is  nearly  parallel  with  the  eastern  part  of  it  ?  k. 

What  noted  town  on  Lake  Champlain  ?  g.  What  town  on  the  St.  Law- 
rence ?  tr.  What  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Ontario  ?  r.  What  on  the  Oswe- 
go  river  '/  o.  What  canal  here  ?  o.  What  canal  and  lake  does  it  connect?  o  o» 

What  other  canal  in  the  eastern  part  of  tho  state  /  n.  What  does  it  co«- 
ncct?  L.  Champlain  and  Hudson  river.  How  can  a  person  go  by  water 
from  INV.v  York  to  Plattsburg  on  L.  Champlain  ? 

On  what  lake  is  Canandaigua  ?     What  town  on  Seneca  Lake  ?  a. 

What  one  on  the  southern  point  of  Cayuga  lake  ?  a.  What  town  nearty 
E.  of  Waterloo  and  Geneva?  n. 

Which  are  the  more  important  lakes  that  are  wholly  within  the  state  ?  Ca. 
a.  a.  a. 

What  large  river  on  the  N.  W.  ?  e.  Will  you  Jescribe  the  second  river  fh 
size?  a.  The  third?  n.  Its  navigation?  n.  y.  d.  Which  is  the  largest 
branch  of  the  Hudson  ?  k.  Describe  it. 

Will  you  describe  Black  river?  What  other  two  fall  into  the  same  laka 
on  the  W.  o.  e. 

*  Loss  BY  THE  LATE  FILE  IN  N.  Y. — u  The  Committee  appointed  to  ascertain 
the  amount  of  losses  by  the  late  destructive  fire  in  New  York,  have  made  their  lie- 
port,  from  which  it  appears,  that  the  whole  number  of  buildings  destroyed,  exclusive 
of  the  Exchange  and  the  South  Dutch  Church,  was  527.  From  such  data  as  the 
Com  nittee  could  obtain,  they  estimate  the  los=s  in  bui'dinjrs  .t$4,000,000,  which  is  a 
fraction  over  $7000  each— loss  in  merchandize  $13,511,<>'.hi  total  loss $17, 115,090." 

1  1  OUUI1KKKFSIK,  (pO-kep^-SC.) 


122  MIDDLE    STATES. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  k.  The  second  in  size  ?  y.  Third  ?  n.  [See 
L.  Island.]  The  two  next  ?  r.  y.  The  fifth  ?  o.  The  five  next  ?  g.  1.  e.  a.  n. 

What  is  said  of  New  York  and  the  island  on  which  it  is  situated  ?  852. 
What  of  its  streets  ?  853.  Buildings,  and  the  late  fire  ?  854. 

What  is  said  of  Albany  ?  855.  Brooklyn  ?  856.  Which  are  considered 
important  places  ?  857.  What  is  said  of  Utica,  Rochester,  and  Buffalo  ?  857. 
Are  these  all  the  important  places  ?  857.  What  fact  is  mentioned  illustra- 
ting the  growth  of  Rochester?  857.  What  is  said  of  the  cities  and  villages 
of  this  state  ?  851. 


NEW  JERSEY. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  New  Jersey  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

858.  NEW  JERSEY  in  the  N.  is  mountainous,  in  the 
S.  level,  sandy,  and  barren,  in  the  middle  moderately 
uneven  and  extremely  fertile. 

859.  This  State  is  much  noted  for  its  fruit  and  cider, 
and  from  its  proximity  to  New  York  and  Philadelphia, 
always  fmds  a  ready  market  for  all  its  productions.     Its 
commerce,  which  is  small,  is  mostly  carried  on  through 
the  medium  of  the  above  cities. 

860.  New  Jersey,  though  among  the  smallest  states 
in  the  Union  in  size,  is,  in  proportion  to  its  population, 
among  the  larger  ones  in  manufactures. 

861.  TOWNS.    TRENTON,  at  the  head  of  tide  water  on  the  Delaware,  is  a 
handsome  town,  and  a  place  of  considerable  trade. 

862.  Newark,  the  largest  and  handsomest  town  in  the  state,  is  noted  for  its 
manufactures,  and  for  its  excellent  cider. 

863.  Bordcntown,  on  the  Delaware,  is  noted  for  being  the  residence  of 
Joseph  Bonaparte,  the  Ex-King1  of  Spain. 

864.  Paterson,  is  a  flourishing  town,  and  is  situated  at  the  falls  of  the  Pas- 
saic.'2    The  river  here  flows  down  a  precipice  of  about  70  feet,  forming  a 
beautiful  and  romantic  cascade. 

MAP   OF    THE   MIDDLE    STATES. 

What  river  bounds  New  Jersey  partly  on  Uie  E.  ?  n.  What  peninsula 
near  Staten  Island  ?  k.  What  inlet  on  the  coast  ?  t.  What  harbors  ?  g.  g. 
What  cape  ?  y. 

What  four  towns  in  the  N.  E.  ?  k.  n.  n.  k.  What  one  W.  of  Newark  ? 
n.  What  a  little  S.  W.  of  Newark  ?  k.  What  S.  W.  of  the  last?  n. 
What  S.  W.  of  Princeton  on  the  Delaware  ?  n.  What  two  a  little  S.  on 
the  same  river  ?  n.  n.  What  rail-road  intersects  this  state  ?  Its  course  and 

NEW  JERSEY.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  of  this  state1?  858.  What  of  its 
fruit  ?  859. 

What  is  said  of  the  commerce  of  this  state  ?  859.  What  else  is  said  of  the  state  ? 
8GO. 

1  Former  King.  |     '^PASSAIC,  (pas-sa'-ic.) 


MIDDLE    STATES.  123 

places  connected?  y.  n.  What  town  on  the  N.  E.  coast  of  Delaware 
bay?  m. 

What  river  forms  the  western  boundary  ?  e.  Will  you  describe  it  ?  Its 
navigation?  a.  n. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  k.  Where  the  two  next  ?  n.  k.  The  three 
next  ?  .n  n.  d. 

What  is  said  of  Trenton?  861.  Newark?  862.  Bordentown?  863. 
Paterson  ?  864. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Pennsylvania  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  rivers  ? 

865.  PENNSYLVANIA  is  a  large,  wealthy,  and  power- 
ful state  ;  has  a  healthy  climate,  and  a  fertile  soil. 

866.  This  state  derives  its  name  from  its  illustrious  founder,  William  Penn, 
who  belonged  to  the  denomination  of  Friends.  The  name  is  compounded  of 
Penn  and  sylva,  a  grove  of  wood,  literally  signifying  Pcnris  Woods. 

867.  The  eastern,   or    south-eastern    and   western 
parts,  have  a  hilly,  or  moderately  uneven  surface,  and 
a  good  and  well  cultivated  soil.     The  interior  is  moun- 
tainous, with  some  fertile  valleys,  but  in  general,  not 
susceptible  of  a  high  state  of  cultivation,  and  it  is  ac- 
cordingly less  populous  than  the  other  parts. 

868.  This  state  is  distinguished  for  its  agricultural 
and  mineral  products,  for  its  commerce  and  manufac- 
tures, in  the  last  of  which  it  exceeds  in  amount  every 
other  state  in  the  Union. 

869.  Its  principal  mineral  productions,  are  marble, 
iron,  and  coal.     The  coal  mines  are  becoming  exceed- 
ingly important,  from  the  improved  mode  of  transport- 
ation by  means  of  canals  and  rail-roads,  for  which  this 
state  is  distinguished. 

870.  About  one  half  only  of  the  population,  are  de- 
scendants of  English  emigrants  ;  about  one  fourth  are 
German,  one  eighth  Irish  ;  and  Scotch,  Welch,  Swedes 
and  Dutch,  make  up  the  rest. 

PENNSYLVANIA.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  size,  wealth,  climate,  &c.  of  Pennsylva- 
nia 7  805.  From  wnum  does  it  derive  its  name  7  866. 

d.  What  is  said  of  tne  surface  7  867.    For  what  is  the  state  distinguished  ?  868. 
Q,.  What  is  said  of  its  mineral  productions  7  869.    Who  constitute  the  popula- 
tion of  Pennsylvania  7  870.    What  is  said  of  the  Germans  7  871. 


124  MIDDLE    STATES. 

871.  The  Germans  still  speak  their  native  language,  and  they  have  about  30 
newspapers  in  the  state,  printed  in  that  language. 

873.  The  first  settlements  in  this  state  were  made  by  William  Penn,  who 
having  obtained  a  patent  from  Charles  II.,  King  of  England,  covering  the 
whole  territory  of  the  state,  arrived  in  the  country  in  1682.  Penn,  doubting 
his  right  to  land,  which  he  thus  held  from  the  English  king,  who  founded  his 
claim  merely  on  discovery  and  first  possession,  made  a  fair  and  honorable 
purchase  of  it  from  the  Indians,  whom  he  very  properly  considered  the  law- 
ful and  rightful  owners. 


PENN  S    TREATY. 


873.  Penn's  policy  was  always  of  a  pacific  character.    He  early  engaged 
the  Indians  in  a  treaty  of  peace,  made  and  concluded  under  the  "  Great  Elm 
Tree,"  at  Kensington.    This  treaty,  by  means  of  the  mild  and  equitable 
course  inculcated  and  practised  by  Penn,  continued  unbroken  for  about  70 
years. 

874.  TOWNS.    PHILADELPHIA  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  west  bank  of 
the  Delaware,  126  miles  from  its  mouth,  being  between  that  river  and  the 
Schuylkill,1  about  seven  miles  above  their  confluence. 

875.  The  plan  of  the  city  was  originally  a  parallelogram,  extending  from 
river  to  river,  in  length  about  two  miles,  and  in  width  about  one  mile.     As 
the  business  of  the  city  increased,  the  buildings  were  naturally  extended 
along  the  Delaware,  and  they  now  reach  from  the  lower  part  of  .Southwark, 
to  the  upper  part  of  Kensington,  a  distance  of  about  four  miles. 

876.  The  city  abounds  in  religious,  literary,  and  benevolent  institutions, 
and  with  schools  of  every  grade,  liberally  supported.      By  the  legacy  of  the 
late  Stephen  Girard,  this  city  has  received  a  munificent  donation  of  several 
millions  of  dollars,  the  annual  proceeds  of  which  are  to  be  devoted  to  impor- 
tant public  objects.    Among  other  noble  bequests,  he  left  a  large  sum  to 
found  and  support  a  college  for  the  education  of  the  poorer  classes  in  society. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  first  settlement  1  872.    What  of  Penn's  policy  ?  873. 
1  SCHUYLKILL,  (skool'-kil.) 


MIDDLE    STATES. 


125 


GIRARD  COLLEGE. 

877.  It  is  one  of  the  most  regular  cities  in  the  world,  being  laid  out  in  ex 
act  squares,  having  therefore  its  streets  crossing  each  other  at  right  angles 
The  streets  are  handsomely  paved  with  round  stones,  are  spacious,  and  pro- 
sent  a  remarkably  neat  appearance. 

878.  The  houses  are  generally  built  of  brick,  three  stories  high,  with  mai^ 
ble  steps  and  window-sills,  exhibiting  at  once  uniformity  and  durability. 

879.  The  trade  and  commerce  of  the  city  are  very  extensive,  and  in  man- 
ufactures it  exceeds  every  other  city  in  America.    In  the  regularity  and  neat- 
ness of  its  streets,  the  beauty  and  uniformity  of  its  buildings,  Philadelphia 
can  scarcely  be  said  to  be  surpassed  by  any  American  city. 

880.  Harrislurg,  is  a  handsome  town,  pleasantly  situated  in  a  healthy  and 
fertile  region  on  the  river  Susquehanna.    The  canal  from  Philadelphia  to 
Pittsburg  passes  through  it. 

881.  Pillsburg,  stands  at  the  confluence  of  the  Allegany  and  Mononfrahela 
rivers,  300  miles  N.  W.  of  Philadelphia,  and  from  its  situation  is  an  impor- 
tant place.    Its  trade  and  manufactures  are  flourishing. 

MAP   OF   THE   MIDDLE   STATES. 

What  river  bounds  Pennsylvania  on  the  E.  ?  e.  What  lake  touches  Penn- 
sylvania on  the  N.  W.  ?  e.  What  river  passes  nearly  through  the  interior  of 
the  state?  a. 

What  two  considerable  rivers  meet  in  the  western  part  of  the  state  ?  y.  a. 
At  what  place  and  what  do  they  form  ?  g.  o. 

What  flourishing  town  N.  of  Pittsburg  in  Crawford  County  ?  e.  What 
two  on  the  Susquehanna,  near  the  junction  of  the  W.  and  N.  Branch  Canal  ? 
d.  y.  What  other  on  the  same  stream  ?  g. 

What  one  near  the  Susquehanna,  and  S.  E.  From  the  capital  ?  r.  What 
two  county  towns  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river  and  a  short  distance  from 
it  ?  e.  k.  What  one  S.  W .  of  Carlisle  ?  g. 

Which  is  the  largest  river  ?  o.  Describe  its  navigation  ?  g.  Will  you 
describe  the  second  river  in  size?  a.  Its  navigation!  The  third  river  f  y. 
The  two  next  ?  a.  e.  What  is  the  navigation  of  the  Monongahela  ?  e. 
What  of  the  Delaware  ?  a.  n.  At  the  junction  of  what  two  rivers  is  Philadel- 
phia? 1.  e 


126  MIDDLE    STATES. 

What  other  considerable  town  on  the  Schuylkill  near  the  point  of  the 
Union  Canal  ?  g.  What  one  due  N.  of  the  last  on  the  Susquehanna  ?  e- 
What  one  near  the  junction  of  the  Lehigh  and  Delaware  Canal  ?  n. 

What  mountains  in  this  State  ?  y.    Their  course  and  length  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  a.  The  second  ?  g.  The  next  two  ?  n.  r.  r. 
The  fourth  ?  Hg.  Kg. 

What  is  said  of  the  situation  of  Philadelphia  ?  874.  What  of  its  plan  ? 
875  and  876.  Institutions  and  late  legacy  ?  876.  Buildings  and  trade  ?  878 
and  879.  What  is  said  of  Harrisburg  ?  880.  Pittsburg  ?  881. 

What  canals,  rivers,  and  lake  would  you  take  to  go  from  Philadelphia  to 
Plattsburg  in  York  state  ?  What  bay,  ocean,  and  river  in  a  more  circuit- 
ous route  to  the  same  place  ?  What  rail-road  can  you  take  and  shorten  the 
distance  of  the  last  route  ? 

How  can  you  go  by  water  in  a  westerly  direction  from  Philadelphia  almost 
across  the  state  ?  What  supplies  the  place  of  a  canal,  a  part  of  the  dis- 
tance? 


DELAWARE. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  is  Delaware  bounded?  Its  capital?  Chief 
towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

882.  DELAWARE  has  the  smallest  population  of  any 
state  in  the  Union,  and  is  likewise  the  smallest  in  size, 
except  Rhode  Island. 

883.  The  northern  part  of  the  state  is  hilly,  with  a 
rich,  clayey  soil ;  the  southern  part  is  level,  sandy,  and 
less  productive. 

884.  It  is  noted  for  its  fine  wheat,  its  excellent  flour 
mills,  and  manufactories,  but  its  commerce  is  incon- 
siderable. 

835.  The  Delaware  and  Chesapeake  Canal,  crosses  the  northern  part  of 
this  State,  shortening  very  much,  the  distance  for  sloops  and  small  vessels, 
which  pass  between  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore. 

886.  TOWNS.  DOVER  has  a  central  situation  in  the  state,  on  Jones'  Creek, 
a  few  miles  from  its  entrance  into  Delaware  Bay. 

887.  Wilmington  is  the  most  important  town  in  the  state.    It  carries  on  an 
extensive  flour  trade,  and  has  numerous  manufactories. 

MAP  OF  THE  MIDDLE  STATES. 

What  bay  and  river  has  Delaware  on  the  E.  ?  e.  Length  of  the  bay  ?  Its 
navigation  ? 

What  two  towns  in  the  N  ?  n.  e.  What  one  near  the  eastern  coast,  and 
about  midway  of  the  state  ?  r.  What  one  S.  of  the  last  ?  d. 

DELAWARE.    Q,.  What  is  the  comparative  size  and  population  of  Delaware  ?  882. 
What  is  said  of  the  surface  7  883. 
Q,.  For  what  is  this  state  noted  1  884.    What  canal  crosses  the  northern  part  ? 

885, 


SOUTHERN    STATES.  127 

What  swamp  in  the  S.  ?   1.    Which  and  where  is  the  largest  town  ?   a. 
What  is  said  of  it  ?  887.    What  of  Dover  ?  886. 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— What  are  the  names  of  the  Southern  states  ?  Which 
border  on  the  Atlantic  ?  Which  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ? 

vVhat  states  bound  the  Southern  Division  on  the  N.  ?  What  province  anJ 
territory  on  the  W.  ?  What  territory  in  the  S.  ? 

Which  of  these  states  is  most  north-easterly  ?  Which  the  most  south- 
westerly ? 

Which  is  the  largest  state  in  this  division  ?  Its  capital  ?  d.  W  hich  the 
smallest  ?  Its  capital  ?  s.  Why  have  these  states  a  milder  climate  than 
other  divisions  of  the  Union  ?  492. 

How  are  the  Southern  States  bounded  ? 

Maryland  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Virginia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

North  Carolina  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

South  Carolina  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Georgia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Alabama  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Mississippi  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

District  of  Columbia  bounded  ?        Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Florida  bounded  ?  Capital  ?          Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

888.  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES  comprise  Maryland* 
Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Ala- 
bama, Mississippi,  and  Louisiana.  The  District  of  Co- 
lumbia and  the  Territory  of  Florida  are  also  included 
in  this  division. 

880.  That  portion  of  the  Southern  States  which  ex- 
tends along  the  Atlantic,  varying  in  width  from  50  to 
100  miles,  is  a  low,  sandy  plain ;  but  little  elevated 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  is  therefore  called  "  The 
Low  Country."  The  country  around  the  gulf  of  Mex- 
ico is  likewise  low  and  level. 

890.  The  land  in  the  low  country  is  divided  into  large 
and  extensive  tracts,  called  plantations,  and  their  pro- 
prietors are  called  planters.  The  estates  of  the  plant- 

SOCTHERN  STATES.  Q,.  What  do  the  Southern  State's  comprise?  888.  What 
parts  are  called  the  low  country  ?  889.  How  is  the  land  of  the  low  country  divided  1 
890.  With  what  does  the  low  country  abound  7  891. 

U.  What  is  the  face  of  the  country  and  soil  ?  89-2.  Climate  ?  893.  Proprietors  of 
the  upland  regions  1  894. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  different  classes  ?  8C5.  Of  what  are  the  Southern  people 
fond  7  890.  What  are  the  productions  ?  8U7. 


128  SOUTHERN    STATES. 

ers  being  large,  they  necessarily  live  at  considerable 
distances  from  each  other,  and  cultivate  their  lands 
principally  by  the  aid  of  negro  slaves. 

891.  The  low  country  abounds  in  forests  of  pitch-pine,  called  pine  barren?, 
and  is  most  generally  unproductive,  except  on  the  borders  of  rivers  and 
creeks  where  it  is  very  fertile. 

892.  The  country  farther  back  from  the  coast  first  becomes  elevated  and 
hilly,  and  then  mountainous.    The  soil,  in  the  upland  regions,  is  in  general 
moie  fertile  than  that  of  the  low  countrv. 

693.  The  climate,  in  the  low  country,  is  in  summer, 
hot  and  unhealthy ;  in  winter,  mild,  with  but  little  or  no 
snow.  In  the  more  elevated  regions,  the  climate,  in 
summer,  is  milder  and  more  salubrious  than  in  the  low 
country. 

894.  The    proprietors  of  the    upland  regions  are 
chiefly  farmers  with  smaller  estates,  in  general,  and 
fewer  slaves,  than  are  possessed  by  the  planters  in  the 
low  country,  and  they  frequently  labor  on  their  lands 
themselves. 

895.  The  richer  class  in  these  states  are  generally 
intelligent,  refined,  and  remarkably  hospitable,  but  the 
poor  are  usually  rude  and  ignorant. 

896.  The  southern  gentlemen  are  fond  of  amuse- 
ments, among  which,  the  pleasures  of  the  chase  are  the 
most  attractive. 

897.  Tobacco,  wheat,  and  Indian  corn,  are  the  principal  productions  of 
the  upland  or  northern  parts,  and  cotton,  rice,  and  sugar,  of  the  less  elevated 
regions. 


MARYLAND. 

Map  of  the   U.  £.— How  is  Maryland  bounded  ?    Its   capital  ?    Chief 
Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

898.  MARYLAND  has  for  its  most  distinguishing  natural 
feature  the  Chesapeak  Bay,  which   divides  the  state 
mto  two  parts,  called  the  Eastern  and  Western  Shores. 

899.  The  whole  of  the  Eastern  Shore  is  low  and 
level,  and  a  part  of  the  Western  Shore,  south  of  the 
head  of  tide  water  of  the  bay.     The  parts  above,  are 
first  hilly,  then  mountainous. 

900.  In  the  elevated  regions  are  some  remarkably  productive  valleys,  and 
in  general,  the  soil  is  very  good. 


SOUTHERN    STATES.  129 

901.  The  Chesapeak  and  Delaware  Canal,  which  connects  the  north  ends 
of  the  bays  of  the  same  names,  is  partly  in  this  State. 

902  The  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Rail  Road,  from  the  waters  of  the  Chesa- 
peak across  the  Allegany  mountains  to  the  Ohio  river,  almost  330  miles  in 
length,  is  now  [1835]  in  progress,  and  a  considerable  portion  west  of  Balti- 
more is  already  finished,  and  in  actual  use.  When  completed,  this  will  ba 
the  most  stupendous  work  ever  undertaken  in  America. 

903.  Maryland  is  distinguished  for  great  commercial 
enterprize.  The  principal  exports  are  flour  and  to- 
bacco. 

904.  TOWNS.    ANNAPOLIS  is  situated  on  the  Severn,  30  miles  south  o 
Baltimore. 

905.  Baltimore,  a  city,  stands  on  the  north  side  of  Petapsco  river,  14  miles 
above  its  entrance  into  Chesapeak  Bay.     It  is  advantageously  situated  for 
commerce,  both  foreign  and  inland,  and  commands  a  great  portion  of  the  trade 
of  the  adjacent  states.    The  exports  are  principally  flour,  grain,  tobacco,  and 
pork.  It  is  one  of  the  first  flour  markets  in  the  world.  The  city  contains  many 
magnificent  buildings,  and  two  splendid  monuments,  both  of  marble.     One 
was  erected  to  the  memory  of  those  who  fell  in  the  battle  at  North  Point,  in 
1814  ;  the  other  to  the  memory  of  WASHINGTON.     On  the  summit  of  the 
last,  is  a  statue  of  that  illustrious  man,  the  extreme  height  of  which  is  167 
feet. 

MAP   OF   THE   MIDDLE    STATES. 

By  what  water  is  Maryland  divided  ?  Which  part  is  the  largest,  the  east- 
ern or  western  part  ? 

What  town  near  the  Atlantic  coast  1  I.  What  two  others  a  little  S.  of 
Kent  Island,  on  the  eastern  shore,  or  eastern  part  ?  n.  e.  What  one  N.  of 
the  same  island  ?  r.  [The  r  here  is  the  last  letter  of  the  word  Chester,  in 
Chester  Town. 

What  large  town  nearly  W.  of  Chester  Town  ?  e.  What  one  S.  E.  of 
(he  last  on  the  same  side  of  the  bay  ?  s.  What  nearly  W.  of  Easton  ?  U-o. 

What  is  the  length  and  course  of  the  Chesapeak  I     Its  navigation  ? 

What  two  towns  nearly  N.  W.  from  Baltimore,  about  midway  the  state 
from  E.  to  W.  ?  k.  s.  What  one  in  the  western  part  of  the  state  >  d. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  c.  Its  navigation  ?  What  states 
does  it  bound  ?  Describe  the  second  river  in  size  ?  a.  Its  navigation  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  e.     The  next  three  ?  s.  k.  s. 

What  is  said  of  Baltimore  and  its  monuments  ?  905. 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

906.  This  District  formerly  belonged  to  Maryland 
and  Virginia,  constituting  a  portion  of  each  of  those 
states  respectively,  and  was  by  them  ceded  to  the  Uni- 

MARYLAND.  Q.  What  is  the  most  distiii»uishin«  natural  feature  of  Maryland? 
898.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  7  899.  Soil  7  900. 

a.  What  canal  in  this  state  7  901.  VViiat  rail-road  7  902.  For  what  is  this  state 
distinguished  7  903.  What  are  the  exports  7  903. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA.— Q.  What  was  the  District  formerly  7  906.    What  has 

e* 


130 


SOUTHERN    STATES. 


ted  States  in  1790.  In  1800,  the  seat  of  government 
was  removed  from  Philadelphia  to  Washington,  in  this 
District,  where  it  is  now  permanent. 

907.  The  District  is  10  miles  square,  lying  on  both 
sides  of  the  Potomac,  which  passes  through  it  diagonal- 
ly1 nearly  in  its  centre.  It  is  about  120  miles  from  the 
mouth  of  that  river,  and  nearly  300  from  the  sea.  The 
surface  of  the  District  is  uneven,  and  the  soil  light  and 
sandy. 

908.  TOWNS.  WASHINGTON,  the  capital  of  the  United  States,  is  situated 
on  the  Maryland  side  of.the  Potomac  river,  295  miles  by  the  course  of  the 
river  and  the  Chesapeak  bay  from  the  Atlantic.  The  site  of  the  city  is  on  a 
point  of  land  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  Potomac  and  its  Eastern  branch, 
and  reaches  along  each  stream  for  nearly  two  miles. 

Its  situation  is  pleasant  and  healthy,  and  its  plan  regular  and  extensive. 
The  houses  are  so  scattered  as  to  give  the  city  almost  the  appearance  of 
several  small  and  distinct  villages.  Among  the  public  buildings  may  be  no- 
ticed the  Capitol  and  the  President's  house,  both  of  which  are  situated  on 
little  eminences,  a  little  more  tnan  a  mile  apart,  and  both  visible  at  the  same 
time  from  almost  every  part  of  the  city. 


THE    CAPITOL. 


The  Capitol,  in  which  building  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  meets, 
is  the  most  superb  edi«ftce  in  America.  It  is  built  of  white  free  stone,  and  is 
352  feet  in  length.  The  President's  house  is  also  a  very  handsome  structure. 
Both  of  these  buildings,  with  n\any  others  at  Washington,  were  burnt,  during 

it  since  bocorne  ?  <)0o.    Wl.at  is  its  extent  ?  907.    How  many  square  miles  are  con- 
tained in  ten  miles  square  ? 

Q,.  What  is  the  situation  of  this  District  7  907.    What  its  surface  1  907. 

DIAGONALLY,  from  one  corner  to  its  opposite,  dividing  the  square  into  equal  parts. 


SOUTHERN    STATES.  131 

the  last  war  with  Great  Britain,  in  1814,  by  the  British  troops  under  Gen. 
Ross,  but  were  soon  rebuilt  with  great  splendor. 

The  completion  of  this  city,  on  the  plan  originally  intended,  will  make  it 
one  of  the  most  magnificent  in  the  world,  and  measurably  worthy  of  the  im 
mortal  Washington,  from  whom  it  derives  its  name,  and  who  first  selected 
it  for  the  Capital  of  the  Union. 

909.  Alexandria  and  Georgetown,  the  other  two  towns  in  the  District,  are 
both  situated  on  the  Potomac  :  Alexandria  below  Washington  and  George- 
town above. 

MAP  OF  THE  MIDDLE  STATES. 

Q.  What  three  towns  in  the  District  of  Columbia  ?  a.  e.  n.  On  which 
side  of  the  river  is  each  ?  Which  is  the  more  northerly  ?  Which  the  more 
southerly  ?  Which  is  the  largest  ?  How  do  the  two  remaining  ones  com- 
pare in  size  ? 

Where  is  Washington  situated  ?  908.  What  is  said  of  its  situation  ?  908. 
What  of  its  public  buildings?  908.  Describe  the  Capitol  ?  908.  What  is 
said  respecting  the  completion  of  this  city  ?  908. 


VIRGINIA. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  is  Virginia  bounded?  Its  Capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

910.  VIRGINIA  is  distinguished  for  being  the  largest 
and  first  settled  of  any  in  the  Union ;  for  being  the 
birth  place   of  Washington,  Jefferson,   Madison   and 
Monroe,  four  Presidents  of  the  United  States ;  for  being 
one  of  the  most  populous  states,  and  among  the  first  in 
political  importance  and  influence. 

911.  Virginia  is  naturally  divided  into  two  portions, 
by  the  Blue  Ridge,  a  branch  of  the  Allegany  mountains. 
The  western  division  is  hilly  and  mountainous,  but  the 
eastern,  though  hilly  in  the  interior,  is  level,  low  and 
swampy  near  the  coast. 

912.  Wheat,  tobacco,  and  Indian  corn,  are  the  staple 
productions.     Coal,  iron,  and  gold,  recently  discovered, 
are  found  in  this  state,  aftd  there  are  also  Salt  Springs. 

913.  The  Natural  Bridge  over  Cedar  Creek,  12  miles  S.  W.  of  Lexington, 
is  a  great  curiosity.  The  sides  of  the  gap,  or  chasm,  over  which  it  extends 
are  almost  perpendicular  for  a  distance  of  more  than  15  rods,  or  2~>0  feet, 
being  in  width,  at  the  bottom,  45  feet.  Over  this  chasm  a  huge  rock  of  lime- 
stone, 60  feet  broad,  in  the  middle,  extends  completely  across,  forming  a 

VIRGINIA.  U.  For  what  is  Virginia  distinguished  ?  1)10.  What  are  the  divis- 
ions of  this  state  and  the  surface  of  each?  1)11.  What  are  tin-  productions  ?  iil-J. 
Wiiat  curiosity  is  mentioned  ?  (J13.  Wiiat  is  said  of  the  counties  ui  this  state }  UH. 


132 


SOUTHERN    STATES. 


perfect  bridge.  Through  this  deep  and  narrow  channel,  the  river  flows, 
forming,  from  the  margin  of  the  stream  below,  a  most  imposing  and  sublime 
spectacle. 


NATURAL   BRIDGE. 

9!4.  In  Virginia,  and  in  most  of  the  Southern  States,  the  counties  are  not 
divided  into  townships,  as  in  the  Northern  States,  and  the  Court  House, 
which  is  generally  situated  near  the  centre  of  the  county,  frequently  has  not 
houses  enough  around  it  to  form  a  village. 

915.  TOWNS.    RICHMOND  stands  on  the  north  side  of  James  river,  at  the 
Falls,  150  miles  from  its  mouth.     This  river  is  navigable  for  ships  nearly  to 
the  city.     It  is  advantageously  situated  for  trade,  and  is  surrounded  with 
romantic  and  beautiful  scenery. 

916.  Norfolk,  the  principal  sea-port  town  in  the  state,  stands  on  the  east 
branch  of  Elizabeth  river,  8  miles  above  its  passage  into   Hampton  Roads. 
It  has  a  good  harbor  and  excels  in  commerce  every  other  town  in  Virginia. 

917.  Yorktown,  on  York  river,  is  memorable    for  the  surrender  of  the 
British  army  under  Lord  Cornwallis,  in  the  revolutionary  war. 

918.  Mount  Vernon,  formerly  the  residence  of  GEORGE  WASHINGTON,  is 
a  pleasant  eminence  on  the  Potomac,  16  miles  from  Washington  City. 
Here  his  remains  were  deposited  at  his  death,  and  his  estate,  including  his 
mansion  house  and  grounds,  still  belong  to  a  branch  of  his  family. 

919.  Monticetto,  two  miles  from  Charlonesville,  is  famous  for  having  been 
the  seat  of  Thomas  Jefferson,  formerly  President  of  the  United  States. 


MAP   OF   THE   MIDDLE   STATES. 

What  are  the  principal  mountains  in  Virginia  ?  y.  e.  r.  s.  What  is  the  gene- 
jal  direction  in  which  they  run  ? 

What  large  town  in  the  S.  K.  part  of  the  state  near  the  mouth  of  James' 
river  '!  k.  What  one  on  the  S.  side  of  York  river  not  far  from  its  mouth  ?  k» 

What  important  town  S.  of  Richmond  on  the  Appomatox  ?  g.  What 
one  W.  of  the  last  on  the  main  branch  of  James'  river  in  Campbell  county  ? 
g.  W  hat  nearly  IN .  of  the  last  on  a  small  branch  of  the  same  river  ?  n.  What 
near  Carter's  mountain  N.  W.  from  Richmond?  Ce. 

What  two  capes  on  the  coast  of  this  state  ?  y .  s.    Is  any  part  of  Virginia 


SOUTHERN    STATES.  133 

bounded  N.  by  the  Eastern  division  of  Maryland  ?  What  inlet  on  the  coast 
of  Virginia  ?  k. 

What  flourishing  town  N.  of  Petersburg  on  James'  river  ?  d.  What  near- 
ly N.  of  the  capital  on  the  Rappahonnoc  ?  g.  What  in  the  E.  part  of  the 
state  on  the  Potomac  at  the  mouth  of  the  Shenandoah  ?  y. 

Which  is  the  largest  river  in  this  state  ?  Ohio.  Will  you  describe  the  sec- 
ond in  size  ?  c.  What  important  branch  has  it  ?  h.  Describe  it  ?  Whal 
three  other  large  rivers  flow  into  the  Chesapeak  ?  k.  k.  s. 

Will  you  describe  the  navigation  of  the  Rappahannoc  ?  g.  James  ?  g. 
York  ?  What  canal  intersects  the  S.  E.  corner  ? 

Where  is  Richmond,  the  largest  town  ?  Where  the  second  in  size  ?  k. 
The  third?  g. 

MAP   OF   THE   WESTERN   STATES. 

What  flourishing  town  in  the  S.  of  Virginia  ?  n.  What  one  near  the 
parallel  of  40°  ?  g.  On  what  river  is  it  ?  o  WThich  are  the  three  more  im- 
portant branches  of  the  Ohio  in  this  state  ?  a.  a.  y.  Their  course  ? 

What  is  said  of  Richmond?  915.  Norfolk?  (J16.  Yorktown  ?  917. 
Mount  Vernon  ?  918.  Monticello  ?  919. 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 

Map  cftJie  U.  S.— How  is  North  Carolina  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

919.  NORTH  CAROLINA  is  a  large  state,  and  greatly 
excels  in  agricultural  productions. 

920.  Along  the  coast  are  numerous  islands,  and  tiro 
mouths  of  rivers  are  obstructed  by  sand  bars,  which 
render  access  by  water  both  difficult  and  dangerous. 
Hence   the  commerce  of  this  state  is  comparatively 
small. 

921.  The  western  part  of  the  state  is  mountainous  and  the  interior  hilly. 
The  coast  for  about  80  miles  back  is  low  and  sandy,  being  covered  in  many 
places  with  extensive  pine  forests,  which  yield,  in  abundance,  pitch,  tar, 
turpentine,  and  lumber.  Cotton,  rice,  and  tobacco,  constitute,  however,  the 
most  valuable  exports. 

922.  The  Great  Dismal  Swamp  extends  through  a 
part  of  this  state  and  a  part  of  Virginia. 

923.  The  gold  mines  of  this  state  have  recently  at- 
tracted much  attention.     The  gold  is  found  in  grains 
or  masses  from  the  smallest  particles,  to  lumps  weigh- 
ing two  pounds  or  more. 

NORTH  CAROLINA,  (i.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  this  state,  and  its  attention 
to  agriculture  ?  919.  What  of  the  coast  and  commerce  1  920.  What  of  the  sur- 
face, productions,  arid  exports  ?  921. 

U.  What  swamp  L>  partly  iu  this  State  ?  922.    "What  is  said  of  the  gold  mines  1 


134  SOUTHERN    STATES. 

924.  TOWNS.     RALEIGH,'  so  called  from  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  is  plea- 
santly situated  W.  of  Neuse  river,  near  the  centre  of  the  state. 

925.  Newbern,  stands  at  the  confluence  of  the  Trent  and  Neuse  rivers,  120 
miles  S.  E.  from  Raleigh. 

926.  Wilmington,  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Cape  Fear  river,  35  miles 
from  its  mouth.     The  exports  of  this  town  exceed  in  value  the  exports  of  all 
the  other  towns  of  the  state  together.     It  has  a  favorable  situation  for  trade, 
but  an  unfavorable  one  for  health. 

927.  Fayetteville,  on  Cape  Fear  river,  has  more  inland  trade  than  any  other 
town  in  the  state. 

928.  Saltm,  113  miles  from  Raleigh,  is  noted  for  being  the  principal  town 
of  the  Moravian  settlement,   and  for  being  the  seat  of  a  Moravian  Female 
Academy,  which  has  four  buildings  of  brick,  each  four  stories  high.   ^ 

MAP  OF  THE  MIDDLE  STATES. 

What  are  the  principal  sounds  of  North  Carolina  ?  o.  e.  Length  and 
course  of  each  ? 

What  considerable  town  on  the  N.  of  Albemarle  Sound,  and  near  the 
moutk.of  Chowan  river  ?  n.  What  one  on  the  Roanoke  S.  of  Welden  ? 
x.  What  near  the  mouth  of  the  Tar  ?  n.  What  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Neuse?  n. 

What  flourishing  town  in  Wake  county  on  the  Neuse  ?  h.  What  on  the 
Cape  Fear,  nearly  W.  of  Newbern  ?  e.  What  one  on  the  Yadkin  ?  y. 
What  N.  of  the  last  on  a  branch  of  the  Yadkin  ?  m. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  n.  What  rivers  flow  into  Albemarle  sound  ? 
n.  e.  What  into  Pamlico  sound  ?  r.  e.  Describe  the  navigation  of  the 
Tar  ?  o.  n.  Also  that  of  the  Neuse  ?  What  cape  on  this  map  ?  s. 

MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES. 

What  other  cape  do  you  find  on  this  map  in  North  Carolina  ?  r.  Will  you 
describe  Cape  Fear  river  ?  Yadkin  ?  Cahawba  ?  What  is  the  navigation 
of  the  Cape  Fear  ?  n.  e. 

What  flourishing  town  on  the  Cape  Fear  near  its  mouth  ?  Wn.  What 
mountains  in  the  W  ?  e. 

What  is  said  of  Raleigh?  924.  Newbern?  925.  Wilmington?  926. 
Fayetteviile ?  927.  Salem?  928. 


/          SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

Map  of  the  U  S. — How  is  South  Carolina  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

929.  SOUTH  CAROLINA  corresponds  generally,  in  re- 
spect to  soil  and  surface,  with  North  Carolina. 

930.  On  the  coast,  in  the  summer  season,  the  climate 
is  frequently  unhealthy,  and  often    proves  fatal  to 
strangers. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA.  Q,.  What  state  does  South  Carolina  resemble,  and  in  what 
respects  ?  929.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  1  930.  What  proportion  of  the  popula- 
tion of  the  low  country  are  slaves  ?  931. 

1  RALEIGH,  Raw'-ly. 


SOUTHERN    STATES.  135 

931.  In  the  alluvial  or  low  country,  negro  slaves  perform  nearly  all  the 
labor,  being  in  that  section  of  the  state,  more  than  three  times  as  numerous 
as  the  whites.  This  division,  comprising  less  than  one  third  of  the  territory 
©f  the  state,  contains  more  than  half  the  whole  number  of  slaves,  and  but 
about  one  fifth  part  of  the  white  population  of  the  state. 

932.  Although  South  Carolina  has  no  good  harbors, 
it  excels  in  the  value  of  its  imports  every  southern  At- 
lantic state. 

933.  The  white  population  consists  principally  of 
wealthy  planters  or  farmers.     The  slaves  comprise 
more  than  one  half  the  entire  population,  it  being  the 
only  state  in  the  Union  in  which  there  are  more  slaves 
than  freemen./ 

934.  TOVY.NS.    COLUMBIA  is  pleasantly  situated  near  the  centre  of  the 
State,  at  the  confluence  of  Broad  and  Saluda  rivers,  which,  when  united, 
form  the  Congaree.    It  is  a  healthy  place. 

935.  Charleston,  a  city  and  seaport  is  situated  on  a  tongue  of  land  formed 
by  the  junction  of  Cooper  and  Ashley  rivers,  which  communicate  with  the 
ocean,  7  miles  below.     The  plan  of  the  city  is  regular,  its  streets  crossing 
each  other  at  right  angles.     It  is  more  healthy  than  most  of  the  southern 
cities,  and  is  much  resorted  to  by  persons  from  the  low  country,  in  the  sickly 
season.     It  ranks  as  the  sixth  in  commerce  in  the  United  States,  and  is  high- 
ly distinguished  for  the  hospitality  and  refinement  of  its  inhabitants. 

MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES. 

What  considerable  island  on  the  coast  of  South  Carolina  ?  1.  What  town 
on  it  ?  t.  What  commercial  town  near  Sullivan's  Island  ?  n.  What  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Pedee  ?  n. 

What  two  rivers  form  the  Santee  ?  a.  e.    What  two  form  the  Congaree  ? 

.a.    What  town  at  the  junction  of  the  last  two  ?  a. 

What  town  nearly  N.  of  the  capital  in  Fairfield  coanty  ?  o.  What  one 
nearly  E.  of  the  last  in  Kershaw  county  ?  n. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river?  h.  Its  navigation?  h.  a.  Descril  e 
the  two  next  ?  e.  e.  Their  navigation  ?  What  large  branch  has  the  Gr'-ut 
Pedee  on  the  W.  ?  k.  Will  you  describe  the  Edisto  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  n.    The  second  in  size  ?  a. 

What  is  said  of  Columbia  ?  934.    Charleston  ?  925. 


GEORGIA. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Georgia  bounded  ?     Its  capital  ?     Chief 
Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

936.  GEORGIA  like  that  of  the  Carolinas,  is  low, 
marshy,  and  barren  on  the  sea  coast ;  in  the  middle 
parts,  hilly,  and  in  the  northern,  mountainous.  The 
staple  production  is  cotton.  ^ 

Q.  What  is  said  of  its  harbors?  932.    Whites  and  slaves?  933. 

GEORGIA      U.  What  is  the  face  of  the  country  and  staple  production  7  936. 


136  SOUTHERN    STATES. 

, 

937.  The  coast  is  bordered  with  a  chain  of  islands, 
producing  an  excellent  kind  of  cotton,  called  sea  Island 
cotton,  which  much  excels  that  grown  in  the  uplands. 
Rice  is  also  cultivated  on  these  islands. 

938.  The  climate  resembles  that  of  North  and  South 
Carolina  in  its  general  characteristics. 

939.  Georgia  has  valuable  gold  mines,  and  numer- 
ous mineral  springs  which  are  considerably  celebrated. 

940.  A  swamp  called  the  Okefenokee,  extends  through  a  part  of  this  state 
and  a  part  of  Florida,  and  is  180  miles  in  circumference.     It  is  much  infest- 
ed with  aligators,  snakes,  frogs,  and  myriads  of  moschetoes,  which  last  in- 
sects are  of  no  inconsiderable  annoyance  to  the  people  in  the  vicinity  during 
the  season  of  summer. 

941.  That  part  of  Georgia  now  called  the  Western  Counties  has  continu- 
ed to  be  in  the  possession  of  the  Creek  and  Cherokee  tribes  of  Indians,  till 
within  a  recent  period.     The  Creeks  lately  ceded  their  territory  to  the  state, 
and  have  emigrated  to  Alabama  and  to  the  Arkansas  territory.     Some  of  the 
Cherokees  have  given  up  their  lands  and  emigrated  beyond  the  Mississippi, 
The  remaining  portion  of  the  tribe  still  reside  in  Georgia.     In  consequence 
of  the  benevolent  exertions  of  missionaries,  the  Cherokees  have  made  fur- 
ther advancements  in  civilization  than  any  other  Indians  in  America. 

942.  TOWNS.    MILLEDGEVILLE,  near  the  centre  of  the  state,  on  Oconee 
river,  90  miles  W.  of  Augusta,  and  about  300  from  the  sea  by  the  course  of  the 
river,  is  a  flourishing  place. 

943.  Savannah,  stands  on  the  S.  W.  side  of  the  Savannah  river,  18  miles 
from  its  mouth.     It  is  built  on  a  sandy  plain,  elevated  about  40  feet  from  the 
surface  of  the  river.     The  plan  of  fche  city  is  that  of  a  regular  parallelogram, 
and  is  beautifully  decorated  with  a  fine  species  of  tree,  called  the  Pride  of 
China,  there  being  ten  public  squares  planted  with  them.     Savannah  is  a 
place  of  great  trade  in  cotton,  rice,  and  tobacco,  particularly  the  first,  the 
annual  exportation  being  about  120,000  bales.     This  city  suffered  much  by 
the  great  fire  in  1820,  but  has  regained,  in  a  great  degree,  if  not  entirely, 
its  former  standing. 

944.  Augusta,  is  situated  on  the  same  river,  127  miles  by  land  above  Sa- 
vannah, and  120  N.  W.  from  Charleston,  S.  C.     It  is  regularly  built,  and  has 
a  flourishing  trade  especially  in  cotton,  sending  annually   about  90,000  bales 
to  Savannah  and  Charleston.    Macon  is  a  flourishing  town  on  the  Oak- 
mulgee. 

MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES. 

Which  are  the  four  largest  islands  on  the  coast  of  Georgia  ?  w.  s.  o.  d. 
What  town  near  the  mouth  of  the  Altamaha  ? '  n.  What  near  the  mouth  of 
the  Savannah  ?  h.  What  other  large  town  on  the  same  stream  ?  a. 

What  two  rivers  form  the  Altamaha  ?  e.  e.  What  capital  town  on  the 
Oconee?  e.  What  town  in  Bib  county  on  the  Oakmul  gee  ?  n.  What  town 
between  the  two  streams,  and  a  little  N.  W.  of  the  capital  ?  o. 

What  is  said  of  the  islands,  and  their  productions  ?  937     What  of  the  climate  ? 
838.    Mines?  939. 

Q.  Will  you  describe  the  swamp  ?  940.  What  parts  of  the  state  have  been  in 
the  possession  of  the  Indians  ?  941. 

1  ALTEMAHA  (al-ta-ma-liaw'.y 


SOUTHERN    STATES.  137 

What  two  rivers  unite  and  form  the  Apalachicola  ?  t.  e.  What  flourish- 
ing town  on  the  Chatahoochee,  about  300  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  s. 

What  Indians  in  the  N.  W.  ?  e.  What  is  their  most  flourishing  village  ? 
N-Ea. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river?  h.  The  three  next  ?  Ce.  Oe.  Oe. 
T^heir  navigation  ?  e.  n.  s. 

Will  you  describe  Ogeechee  ?    Altamaha  ?     Satilla  ?    St.  Marys  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  h.    The  second  ?  a 

What  is  said  of  Savannah  ?  943.    Augusta  ?  944. 


ALABAMA. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  is  Alabama  bounded?  Its  capital?  Cliief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

945.  ALABAMA  is  a  large  and  newly  settled  state, 
many  parts  of  which  are  exceedingly  productive.     It  is 
distinguished  for  the  rapid  increase  of  its  population* 
Its  numerous  navigable  streams  afford  great  commer- 
cial advantages. 

946.  In  climate,  surface,  and  productions,  it  resem- 
bles Georgia  and  the  other  southern  states. 

947.  A  great  part  of  Alabama  is  inhabited  by  Cher- 
okees,  Creek,  and  Choctaw  Indians. 

948.  TOWNS.    TUSCALOOSA,  a  flourishing  town  is  situated  at  the  Falls, 
and  head  of  steamboat  navigation,  on  the  Black  Warrior,  a  branch  of  the 
Tombeckbee  river.    It  is  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the  state,  and  derives  its 
name  from  the  river  on  which  it  stands.     Tuscalovsa,  in  the  Choctaw  Ian 
guage,  signifying  black  vxirrior. 

949.  Mobile,  is  situated  at  the  junction  of  Mobile  river  and  Mobile  bay,  50 
miles  by  land  from  Pensacola,  and  33  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.    Cotton  is 
the  principal  article  of  export,  nearly  200,000  bales  of  which  are  annually  ex- 
ported to  Europe  and  the  Northern  States. 

950.  Ittakeley,  on  the  east  side  of  the  Mobile  river,  near  the  head  of  tlie 
bay,  and  15  miles  from  Mobile,  has  a  good  harbor  and  considerable  com 
mei-ce. 

MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES. 

What  two  towns  of  Alabama  near  the  mouth  of  the  Mobile  river?  e.  y« 
What  bay  near  these  towns  ?  e.  What  bay  W.  of  Mobile  bay  ?  a. 

What  two  rivers  form  the  Mobile  ?  e.  a.  What  two  the  Alabama  ?  a.  a, 
What  large  branch  has  the  Tombeckbee  ?  r. 

What  town  on  the  Alabama  W.  of  Montgomery  ?  a.  What  capital  on 
the  Black  Warrior  1  a.  What  two  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state  ?  Fe. 
He. 

What  shoals  in  the  N.  ?  e.    What  mountains  terminate  in  the  N.  ?  d. 

ALABAMA.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  extent,  productiveness,  population,  and  size  of 
Alabama  1  945.  What  of  its  climate,  surface,  and  productions  ?  1)46.  By  whom  id 
a  great  part  inhabited  7  947. 


138  SOUTHERN    STATES. 

What  large  river  intersects  the  northern  part  of  this  state  ?  e.  Will  you 
describe  the  two  next  ?  e.  a. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  e.  What  is  the  navigation  of  the  Tombeck- 
bee?s.  Black  Warrior?  a.  Alabama?  C-Fs. 

What  is  said  of  Tuscaloosa  ?  948.    Mobile  ?  949.    Blakely  ?  930. 


MISSISSIPPI. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Mississippi  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  1  Principal  Rivers  ? 

951.  MISSISSIPPI  is  mostly  a  level,  healthy,  and  fer- 
tile state,  yielding  large  quantities  of  cotton,  rice  and 
sugar.  Considerable  quantities  of  Indian  corn  are  also 
cultivated.  Cotton  constitutes  the  principal  article  of 
export. 

952.  The  northern  sections  of  this  State,  which  are  more  elevated  than  the 
southern,  and  in  some  parts  exceedingly  productive,  are  inhabited  by  the 
Ohickasaw  and  Choctaw  Indians.     The  number  of  the  former  is  about  6000, 
and  of  the  latter  about  20,000.     Both  tribes  have  made  considerable  progress 
in  the  arts  of  civilized  life.     There  are  missionary  stations  at  Elliot,  Mahew, 
and  other  places,  the  object  of  which  is  to  extend  to  the  natives  the  blessings 
of  Christianity,  as  well  as  civilization. 

953.  This  state  and  Alabama  formerly  comprised  what  was  called  the 
Mississippi  Territory. 

954.  TOWNS.    JACKSON,  a  new  town,  occupying  a  central  position  in  the 
state,  nearly  opposite  the  head  of  pearl  river,  180  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  a 
flourishing  place. 

955.  Natchez  is  finely  situated  on  a  bluff,  or  high  point  of  land,  on  the 
Mississippi,  about  300  feet  above  the  level  of  the  river.     It  is  320  miles  by 
the  course  of  the  river  N.  of  New  Orleans,  in  the  midst  of  a  populous,  rich, 
and  highly  cultivated  country,  a  great  part  of  the  trade  of  which  it  concen- 
trates. 

MAP    OF    THE   SOUTHERN    STATES. 

What  town  in  the  southern  part  of  Mississippi  near  the  mouth  of  Pearl 
river  ?  o.  Which  are  the  two  more  important  towns  on  Pearl  river  ?  o.  n. 

What  flourishing  town  on  the  Mississippi  W.  of  Monticello  ?  z.  What 
town  near  the  junction  of  Big  Black  with  the  Mississippi  ?  n. 

What  Indians  in  the  northern  part  of  this  state  ?  w.  w.  Which  are  tlieir 
principal  villages  ?  Me.  t.  w. 

Will  you  describe  the  longest  river  ?  i.  Ils  navigation  ?  z.  What  two 
rivers  form  the  Pascagoula  ?  y.  f. 

Will  you  describe  the  Pearl  river  ?  Which  are  the  two  more  important 
branches  of  the  Mississippi  in  this  state  ?  k.  o. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  z.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  955.  What  of  Jack- 
son ?  954. 

MISSISSIPPI,  d.  What  is  said  of  the  surface,  soil  ami  climate  of  Mississippi  ? 
951.  What  of  its  productions  and  imports?  951.  Describe  the  Indians  of. this 
state  and  the  section  of  country  they  inhabit  ?  953. 


SOUTHERN    STATES.  139 

LOUISIANA. 

Map  of  the  U.S. — How  is  Louisiana  bounded?  Its  capital?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

956.  LOUISANIA  is  the  most  southern  state  in  the  Un- 
ion, exhibiting  every  variety  of  soil  from  the  most  fer 
tile  to  the  most  sterile. 

957.  Its  surface  except  a  small  section  in  the  N, 
which  is  rather  hilly,  presents  an  unvaried  level  or  plain, 
consisting  of  marshes,  swamps,  prairies,  alluvions  and 
forests  of  pine,  hickory  and  oak. 

958.  The  prairies  are  immense  plains,  chiefly  covered  with  reeds,  a  spe- 
cies of  coarse  grass,  4  or  5  feet  in  height.    Alluvions  are  level,  fertile  lands, 
lying  on  the  margins  of  rivers. 

959.  The  land  in  Louisiana  is  often  lower  than  the  rivers,  being  protected 
from  inundation  by  levees,  as  they  are  called,  which  are  large  banks  thrown 
up  by  the  sides  of  rivers.     The  levees  on  the  margin  of  the  Mississippi,  am 
in  some  places  40  feet  high. 

960.  This  stream  does,  notwithstanding,  sometimes  overflow  its  banks, 
rising  to  the  astonishing  height  of  60  feet  above  low  water  mark,  and  delug- 
ing of  course  an  immense  extent  of  country. 

961.  By  an  actual  survey,  made  by  order  of  the  general  government,  fi*B 
millions  of  acres  were  found  subject  to  periodical  inundations  from  this  riv- 
er, and  the  greater  part  consequently  rendered  unfit  for  cultivation.     On  its 
banks  is  found  some  of  the  best  land  in  the  world. 

962.  The  staple  production  of  the  state  of  Louisiana, 
is  sugar  ;  cotton  is  also  cultivated,  and  rice  in  the  low 
country ;  oranges  flourish  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
state. 

963.  Its  commercial  and  agricultural  resources  are 
immense ;  its  climate  warm,  and  in  many  places  un- 
healthy. 

964.  The  whole  country  belonging  to  the  United  States,  west  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi now  comprising  a  part  of  Louisiana,  the  state  of  Missouri,  and  tlua 
Territories  of  Arkansas  and  Missouri,  formerly  belonged  to  France,  and  was 
called  Louisiana,  in  honor  of  her  king,  Louis  XV.  In  1803,  France  ceded  k 
to  the  United  States  for  fifteen  millions  of  dollars. 

965.  TOWNS.    NEW  ORLEANS,  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  Mb- 
sissippi  river,  105  miles  by  the  course  of  that  river  from  its  mouth.    The 
city  is  lower  than  the  levee  on  the  margin  of  the  river,  or  even  than  the 
river  itself  when  high,  so  that  all  the  streets  have  a  gradual  ascent  of  several 
feet  as  they  approach  the  river.    It  possesses  superior  advantages  for  com- 
merce, commanding  an  inland  navigation  by  steamboats  of  more  than  20,000 

LOUISIANA.  Q,,  What  is  the  situation  and  soil  of  Louisiana?  t)5<).  What  of 
Its  surface?  957.  Prairies?  958.  Levees?  959.  Rise  of  the  Mississippi  ?  960. 

Q,.  How  much  land  is  inundated  ?  961.    What  are  the  productions?  962. 

Q,.  What  are  its  main  resources  and  what  its  cliinite  ?  %3.  How  came  tne 
United  States  in  possession  of  Louisiana  ?  9G4 


140  SOUTHERN    STATES. 

miles.  If  we  add  to  this  the  vast  extent  and  the  amazing  fertility  of  the 
great  Mississippi  Valley,  the  trade  of  which  it  concentrates,  the  increasing 
facilities  which  will  probably  be  afforded  by  rail-roads  and  canals,  it  is  obvi- 
ous that  in  commercial  importance,  New  Orleans  must  equal,  at  no  very 
distant  period,  any  city  on  the  Globe.  It  already  excels  every  other  city  in 
the  United  States,  except  New  York,  in  the  amount  of  its  exports  of  domes- 
tic produce. 

966.  Some  idea  may  be  formed  of  the  immense  trade  of  the  city  of  New 
Orleans,  from  the  fact  that  not  unfrequently  there  may  be  seen  at  one  time 
engaged  in  lading  and  unlading,  1500  flat  boats,  50  steam-boats,  besides 
ships,  brigs,  and  schooners,  whose  masts  at  a  distance  resemble  large  and 
extensive  forests. 

967.  Raton  Rouge,  stands  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  about  140 
miles  above  New  Orleans,  and  on  the  first  high  ground  on  the  river  in  that 
direction. 

MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES, 

What  lakes  do  you  find  in  the  S.  E.  part  of  Louisiana  ?  n.1  e.2  What 
bays  in  the  S.  W  ?  n.  u.3 

What  large  town  on  the  Mississippi,  W.  of  Lake  Borgne  ?  s.  What  one 
W.  of  New  Orleans  on  the  same  stream  ?  De.  What  one  on  the  Mississip- 
pi W.  of  Madisonville  ?  e.  What  two  N.  of  the  last  in  the  counties  of  E. 
andW.  Feliciana?  e.  n. 

Which  are  the  two  most  flourishing  villages  on  the  W.  of  the  Mississippi  ? 
Aa.  s.4  On  what  river  are  they  ?  d. 

Will  you  describe  the  river  next  in  size  to  the  Mississippi  ?  d.  Its  naviga- 
tion ?  Which  is  the  largest  branch  of  the  Red  river  ?  a.5 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  s.  Describe  it  ?  965.  What  is  said  of  its 
trade 966.  What  of  Baton  Rouge?6  967. 


FLORIDA. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  is  Florida  bounded?  Its  capital?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

968.  THE  TERRITORY  OF  FLORIDA,  like  most  of  the 
southern  part  of  the  Union,  has  a  low  country  which  is 
sandy,  marshy,  and  barren ;  and  the  soil  of  the  Terri- 
tory generally,  is  not  remarkably  fertile. 

969.  In  the  interior,  which  is  more  elevated  than  the  low  country,  the  soil 
becomes  better,  and  in  the  northern  parts,  there  are  some  fertile  tracts. 

970.  Cotton,  rice,  sugar,  indigo,  oranges,  figs,  and 
odives,  are  the  principal  productions. 

971.  Florida  was  ceded  by  Spain  to  the  United  States  in  1819,  and  in  1823, 
East  and  West  Florida  formed  one  territorial  government. 

FLORIDA.  Q,.  What  is  a  Territory  ?  215.  Wiiat  is  said  of  Florida  in  respect  to 
surface  and  soil  ?  968-  What  of  the  interior  ?  969.  Northern  parts  1  969- 

Q,,  What  are  the  principal  productions  1  970,  How  did  the  United  States  obtain 
this  territory  1  971. 

1  POUCHARTRAIN,  (pon-shar-train/)         I    4  NATCHITOCHES,  (nak'-e-tosh.) 

2  Borgne,  (born.)  5  WASHITA,  (wash'-e-taw.) 

3  CALCASIU,  (kal'-ka-soo.)  [    6  BATON  ROGUK,  (ba'tn-roozh.) 


WESTERN    STATES.  141 

972.  TOWNS.    TALLAHASSEE  is  a  new,  flourishing  and  healthy  town,  and 
is  situated  9  miles  from  St.  Mark's,  and  26  N.  of  Apalachee  Bay.    It  was 
first  laid  out  in  1825,  and  now  contains  more  than  300  houses. 

973.  Pensacola  is  on  the  west  side  of  Pensacola  Bay,  50  miles  E.  of  Mo- 
bile.    Here  is  a  navy-yard,  and  one  of  the  best  harbors  in  the  Gulf  of  Mex- 
ico. St.  Augustine,  situated  on  a  small  bay,  near  the  Atlantic,  is  by  more  than 
forty  years,  the  oldest  town  in  the  United  States.     It  has  houses  now  stand- 
ing which  were  erected  many  years  before  the  first  settlement  of  Virginia. 
It  has  a  bland  and  temperate  climate,  and  is  a  place  of  resort  for  invalids 
from  the  northern  states. 

MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES. 

What  Jake  in  the  S.  of  Florida  ?  e.  What  river  runs  N.  from  that  lake  1 
8.  What  considerable  town  on  the  coast  ?  e.  What  one  on  the  St.  John's 
near  the  source  of  the  Nassau  ?  e. 

Where  is  the  capital  town  ?  e.  What  islands  near  the  mouth  of  the  Ap- 
alachicola  71  s.  What  cape  near  these  islands  ?  s. 

What  flourishing  town  in  the  W.  ?  Pa.  On  what  bay  is  it  ?  a.  What 
island  and  inlet  \v.  of  the  bay  ?  a. 

Into  what  bay  does  the  Perdido  river  flow  ?  o.  Into  what  the  Escambia  ? 
a.  -  Describe  the  Apalachicola? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  a.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  973.  What  is  said 
of  the  capital  ?  972.  What  of  St.  Augustine  ?  973. 


WESTERN   STATES. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  many  and  what  are  the  Western  States  ?  Which 
of  these  is  the  most  southern  ?  Which  the  most  eastern  ?  Which  the 
most  western  ? 

Which  states  are  bounded  by  the  3Iissi<sippi  on  the  W?  Which  are 
bounded  by  it  on  the  E.  ?  Which  are  bounded  by  the  Ohio  river?  Which 
of  the  Western  States  and  territories  are  intersected  by  the  parallel  of  40° 
Which  territory  is  the  smallest  ?  a. 

How  are  the  Western  States  bounded  ? 

Tennessee  bounded?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River? 

Kentucky  bounded  ?  <  upital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Ohio  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Indiana  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Illinois  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Missouri  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Larges  Town  and  Jliver  ? 

Michigan  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Arkansas  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Wisconsin  Territory  bounded? 
Iowa  Territory  bounded  ? 
Missouri  Territory  bounded  ? 
Oregon  Territory  bounded  ? 

974.  The  WESTERN  STATES  comprise  Tennessee, 
Kentucky,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  Michigan, 
and  Arkansas,  with  the  Territories  of  Wisconsin, 

1  APALACHICOLA,  (Ap-a-lak-i-co'-la.) 


142  WESTERN  STATES. 

Iowa,  Missouri,  and  the  Oregon  ;    all  except  the  last 
lying  in  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi. 

975.  The  Mississippi  Valley,  so  called  from  the  riv- 
er of  that  name,  embraces  all  that  vast  tract  of  coun- 
try which  is  watered  by  the  Mississippi  and  its  numer- 
ous branches,  between  the  Alleghany  and  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, being  more  than  3000  miles  wide. 

976.  The  Western  States  are  distinguished  for  their 
large  and  navigable  rivers,  their  united  length  amount- 
ing to  more  than  20,000  miles  ;  for  their   extensive 
prairies  ;  for  their  mild  and  generally  healthy  climate 
and  fertile  soil ;  for  having  been  the  latest  settled  grand 
division  of  the  Union  ;  and  the  unexampled  rapidity  of 
their  increase  in  population,  wealth,  and  political  im- 
portance. 

977.  The  surface  is  generally  level,  abounding  in 
prairies,  except  in  the  eastern  parts  of  Tennessee  and 
Kentucky;  though  there  are  no  considerable  mountains 
even  in  those  States. 

978.  The  Western  States  have  a  great  variety  of 
climate,  being  in  the  south  warm,  and  in  the  north  cold. 
The  temperature  of  winter  varies  more,  and  the  quan- 
tity of  snow  is  less,  than  in  the  same  parallels,  in  the 
Atlantic  States.     The  climate  may  generally  be  called 
healthy,  though  some  parts  are  not  so,  especially  in  the 
vicinity  of  swamps  and  marshy  prairies. 

979.  Owing  to  their  recent  and  rapid  settlement,  the 
Western  States  have  comparatively  few  settled  minis- 
ters, and  but  few  schools,  though  the  latter  are  rapidly 
increasing,  provision  being  made  in  many  sections  for 
their  establishment  by  law. 

980.  This  division  of  the  United  States  abounds  in  tumuli,  or  mounds  of 
earth,  which  appear  to  be  the  remains  efforts  or  ancient  fortifications,  indi- 

WESTERN  STATES,  d.  Where  are  the  Western  States  situated  *  974.  What 
does  the  Mississippi  valley  embrace  1  975, 

Q.  For  what  are  the  Western  States  distinguished  ?  976.  What  is  the  surface  ? 
977.  Climate  1  978. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  ministers  and  schools  ?  679.  What  abound  here  and  what  is 
said  of  them  ?  980.  What  are  the  Prairies  1  981. 


WESTERN    STATES.  143 

eating  the  existence  of  a  civilized  people  long  before  the  discovery  of  this 
continent  by  Columbus. 

981.  The  prairies,  called  in  Asia,  steppes,  and  in  South  America, pampas, 
are  low  and  sometimes  marshy  plains,  frequently  extending  further  than  the 
eye  can  reach,  and  affording  rich  pastures  for  immense  herds  of  Buffaloes  or 
bisons,  elk,  deer,  and  horses.  The  whole  plain  sometimes  appears  almost 
black  with  buffaloes,  there  being,  as  is  asserted,  as  many  as  10,000  in  some 
single  herds. 


A   BUFFALO    HUNT. 

982.  The  Indians  hunt  these  buffaloes  on  horseback  and  kill  them,  either 
by  piercing  them  with  their  arrows,  or  by  driving  them  down  deep  precipices 
where  they  are  killed  by  the  fall. 

083.  The  principal  products  of  the  soil  are  wheat. 
Indian  corn,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  hemp. 

984.  The  Mississippi,  which  name,  in  the  lanjrua'j«>  of  the  natives,  signifies 
fhe  Father  of  Waters,  is  the  principal  river  of  the  Western  Sta'tes.     It  rises 
in  the  marshes  and  swamps   of  the  unexplored  regions  north-west  of  the 
United  States,  and  receives  in  its  course  a  vast  number  of  large  and  naviga- 
ble streams.    The  great  Mississippi  Valley  is  drained  by  this  river,  the  wa 
ters  of  which  are  compressed  into  an  astonishingly  deep  and  narrow  chan 
nel  of  only  about  half  a  mile  in  width,  being  unquestionably,  in  proportion 
to  the  volume  of  water  which  it  bears  to  the  ocean,  the  narrowest  river  on 
the  globe. 

985.  Its  course  is  so  exceedingly  crooked,  forming  a  continual  succession 
of  uniform  curves  at  such  regular  intervals,  that  the  natives  used  to  detei- 
mine  their  progress  up  and  down  the  river  by  the  number  of  the  bends  which 
they  had  passed. 

986.  The  Missouri  is  the  largest  tributary  stream  of  the  Mississippi,  and 
eren  larger  than  the  Mississippi  itself  at  their  confluence,  so  that  it  looses  its 
name  in  an  inferior  stream.     The  length  of  the  Missouri,  added  to  that  of  the 
Mississippi,  after  their  junction,  would  make  a  distance  of  almost  4500  miles, 
a  greater  length  than  that  of  any  other  river  in  the  world. 

O,.  How  are  the  Buflfalois  caupht?  982.  What  are  the  principal  productions? 
083.  Will  you  describe  the  Mississippi  ?  084,  What  is  said  of  its  course?  1)85 
What  of  its  largest  tributary  stream  ?  986. 


144 


WESTERN    STATES. 


987.  The  Missouri  is  formed  by  three  head  streams,  namely,  Jefferson, 
Madison,  and  Gallatin,  so   called  by  Lewis   and  Clarke,  their  discoverers. 
The  sources  of  these  streams,  which  are  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  are  so 
near  the  sources  of  the  Columbia  river,  which  flows  into  the  Pacific,  that  a 
person  may  drink  from  the  springs  of  each  without  travelling  more  than  a 
mile. 

This  stream  has  a  more  rapid  current  than  the  Mississippi,  and  is  therefore 
more  difficult  of  ascent. 

988.  The  Mississippi  is  navigable  to  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony,  about  2000 
miles  from  its  mouth,  but  the  navigation  is  much  obstructed  by  sawyers,  snags, 
falling  banks,  &c. 

989.  By  sawyers  are  meant  large  trees  whose  roots  are  at  the  bottom,  and 
whose  tops  are  at  the  surface  of  the  river ;  by   snags,  trees,   stumps,  roots, 
&c.  at  the  bottom ;  and  by  falling  banks,  great  masses  of  the  bank  with  large 
trees  growing  on  them  falling  suddenly  into  the  river.     These  impediments 
are  now  much  less  numerous  and  much  less  dangerous  than  formerly,  owii  g 
to  exertions  made  to  remove  them. 


STEAMBOAT    LADEN    WITH    COTTON    DESCENDING    THE    MISSISSIPPI. 


ierly  a  passage  up  this  stream  by  keel  boats  and  flat  boats,  to  the 
$  Ohio,  960  miles,  occupied  8  or  10  weeks ;  now  the  same  is 


990.  Former 
mouth  of  the  < 

performed  by  steamboats  in  as  many  days. 

991.  In  1810  was  seen  the  first  steamboat  on  this  or  its  tributary  streams  ; 
now  there  are  more  than  160,   besides  about   500  flat  boats,   which  an- 
nually descend  the  stream.     These  boats  give  employment  to  about  40,000 
men. 

992.  If  we  consider  the  numerous  branches  which  the  Mississippi  has, 
which  are  each  several  times  larger  than  the  Connecticut,  also  the  vast  num- 
ber about  the  same  size,  besides  innumerable  smaller  ones,  we  may  have 
some  idea  what  an  immense  mass  of  water  must  swell  the  Mississippi  for 
many  miles  above  its  mouth. 

a-  What  is  said  of  the  source  of  the  Missouri  7  987.  What  of  its  current  ?  987. 
Navigation  ?  988.  Sawyers  ?  989. 

Q,.  What  facilities  are  afforded  by  steamboats  in  the  navigation  of  the  Mississip- 
pi ?  990.  Number  of  boats  on  the  river  1  991. 

Q.  What  will  enable  us  to  form  some  idea  of  the  size  of  the  Mississippi  1  992. 
What  change  takes  place  towards  its  mouth  7  993. 


WESTERN    STATES.  145 

933.  The  change  which  takes  place  in  the  waters  of  the  Mississippi,  after 
the  junction  with  the  Missouri,  its  rival  stream,  is  worthy  of  notice.  From  a 
clear,  gentle,  and  smoothly  gliding  stream,  it  immediately  becomes  a  muddy, 
rapid,  and  foaming  mass  of  waters,  sweeping  and  rushing  along  into  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico. 


TENNESSEE. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Tennessee  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns?  Principal  Rivers ? 

994.  This  state  is  divided  into  East  and  West  Ten- 
nessee, by  the  Cumberland  Mountains,  which  intersect 
it  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W. 

995.  The  western  part  is  generally  level ;  the  east- 
ern hilly,  and  in  some  parts  mountainous. 

996.  Tennessee  has  a  mild  and  healthy  climate  ;  a 
sf)il  somewhat  broken  and  unproductive,  except  in  the 
valleys,  and  on  the  margin  of  rivers,  where  it  is  exceed- 
ingly fertile. 

997.  Cotton,  tobacco,  wheat  and  Indian  corn,  are 
the  principal  productions. 

90S.  The  western  part  of  the  State  is  inhabited  chiefly  by  Chickasaw  In- 
dians,  and  the  south-eastern  by  the  Cherokees.  These  Indians  p  iy  consider- 
able attention  to  education,  and  have  adopted  many  of  the  DMgM  of  civil- 
ized life.  They  keep  cattle,  sheep,  &c.  and  erect  mills  a-ul  other  buildings. 
Iliero  are  among  them  numerous  missionary  stations  of  which  that  at  Brai- 
nerd  is  the  principal. 

999.  TOWNS.     NASHVILLE  stand  •»  on  the  south  bank  of  Cumberland  river, 
handsomely  built  on  several  rocky  eminences,  in  the  midst  of  a  pop  ilous  and 
fertile  region  of  country.     It  is  the  most  commercial  town  in  the  State,  car- 
rying on  an  extensive  steamboat  navigation. 

1000.  About  ten  miles  above  Nashville  is  a  delightful  *e;idence  called  the 
Hermitage,  celebrated  as  the  private  dwelling  of  General  Andrew  Jackson, 
President  of  the  United  States. 

1001.  KnojrviHe  is  situated  on  the  Holston,  22  miles  above  its  junction  with 
Tennessee  river.    It  is  the  most  important  place  in  East  Tennessee. 

MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES. 

What  mountains  on  the  eastern  borders  of  Tennessee  ?  n.  d.  y.  e.  What 
mountains  traverse  the  interior  ?  d.  What  is  their  course  ? 

What  flourishing  town  on  the  Holston,  in  36°  N.  latitude?  e.  What 
town  on  the  same  stream  near  the  borders  of  the  state  ?  Re.  What  S.  of 
Hie  last  on  the  French  Broad  river?  Ge. 

TENNESSEE.  Q.  How  is  Tennessee  divided  ?  994.  Its  surface  ?  995.  Climnte 
and  soil?  996.  Productions?  997.  What  Indians  in  this  state?  998.  Desciibe 
them?  998- 


146  WESTERN    STATES. 

What  town  in  Blount  county  a  little  S.  of  the  French  Broad  stream?  e. 
WThat  missionary  station  S.  of  the  Tennessee,  near  the  borders  of  the  state  ?  d. 

What  town  N.  of  Brainerd  near  the  parallel  of  36°  ?  Sa.  What  one  W. 
of  Brainerd  on  Elk  river  ?  Fe.  What  one  N.  of  the  last  in  the  interior  of 
the  state?  Mo.  On  what  river  is  the  capital  ?  d. 

Which  are  the  three  main  head  streams  of  the  Tennessee  ?  h.  n.  d. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river?  e.  Its  navigation?  e.  Will  you 
describe  the  second  river  in  size  ?  d.  Its  navigation  ?  e. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  e.  Where  the  second  ?  e.  What  is  said  of 
Nashville?  999.  Knoxville?  1001. 


KENTUCKY. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  KentucKy  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers. 

1002.  KENTUCKY  in  the  south-east  part  is  mountain- 
ous ;  along  the  Ohio  it  is  hilly  ;  the  remaining  portions 
of  the  State  are  level  or  gently  undulating. 

1003.  Kentucky  has  a  mild  and  healthy  climate,  a 
soil   generally  rich,  and    in  the   interior  exceedingly 
fertile. 

1004.  Hemp,  tobacco,  wheat,  Indian  corn,  rye,  &c. 
are  the  principal  productions. 

1005.  From  the  numerous  salt  springs  in  this  State,  a  large  supply  of  salt 
is  furnished,  not  only  for  kg  <nvn  consumption,  but  in  part.for  Ohio  and  Ten- 
nessee.    Iron  ore  and  beautiful  marble  also  abound. 

1006.  There  are  severa  interesting  cariosities  in  this  State ;  one  called 
the  Mammoth  Cave  is  the  most  remarkable.     It  is  said  by  those  who  have 
explored  it,  to  be    16  miles  long,  and  to  contain  numerous  windings  and 
apartments,  one  of  the  latter  of  which  has  an  area  of  about  8  acres,  over- 
hung by  one  vast  arch,  in  some  places  100  feet  high,  without  &  single  column 
or  pillar  to  support  it.     The  entrance   is  horizontal,  and  large  enough  for 
teams  to  pass  for  several  miles. 

1007.  TOWNS.     FRANKFORT  is  in  a  deep  valley  on  Kentucky  river,  60 
miles  from  its  mouth. 

1008.  Lexington  stands  on  a  branch  of  the  Elkhorn,  25  miles  from  Frank- 
fort.    It  is  the  greatest  manufacturing  town  in  the  State. 

1009.  Louisville,  on  the  rapids  of  the  Ohio,  is  the  most  commercial  town 
in  the  State,  and  bids  fair  to  become  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  the  west. 

MAP   OF    THE   WESTERN  STATES. 

Which  are  the  five  largest  rivers  of  Kentucky  that  flow  into  the  Ohio  ?  e. 
d.  n.  y.  g.  On  what  river  is  Frankfort  ?  y.  What  flourishing  town  E.  of  the 
capital  in  Fayette  county  ?  n.  What  N.  of  the  last  in  Scott  county?  n. 

What  county  town  on  the  Ohio  at  the  mouth  of  Licking  river  ?  t.  What 
one  on  the  same  river  N.  E.  of  the  capital  in  Mason  county  ?  e. 

KENTUCKY.  U  What  is  said  of  the  surface  of  Kentucky  ?  1002.  What  of  the 
ciiinate  and  soil?  1003.  Productions?  1004.  Salt  springs  and  minerals?  1005. 
Describe  the  most  interesting  curiosity  ?  100(5. 


WESTERN    STATES.  147 

What  large  town  on  the  Ohio  nearly  W.  of  Frankfort  ?  Le.  What  one  in 
the  south  part  of  the  state  in  Logan  county  ?  e. 

What  river  in  this  state  is  next  in  size  to  the  Tennessee  and  Ohio?  d. 
Will  you  describe  the  Kentucky  ?  Its  navigation  ?  t. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  e.  The  second  ?  n.  The  two  next  ?  t.  e. 
What  is  said  of  Frankfort  ?  1007.  Lexington?  1008.  Louisville  ?  1009. 


OHIO. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Ohio  bounded  ?    Its  capital  ?  Chief  Towns  ? 
Principal  Rivers. 

1010.  OHIO  is  situated  between  Lake  Erie  on  the 
N.  and  the  Ohio  river  on  the  S.,  and  is  the  most  popu- 
lous of  all  the  Western  States.     On  the  S.  it  gradual- 
ly inclines  towards  the  river,  and  on  the  N.  towards  the 
lake. 

1011.  The  southern  parts  are  hilly,  but  not  moun- 
tainous ;  the  northern,  level,  and  in  many  parts  marshy. 

1012.  The  great  fertility  of  its  soil  and  the  mildness 
of  its  climate  have  attracted  emigrants  in  such  num- 
bers, that  it  has  outstripped  every  Western  State,  in 
the  rapid  increase  of  its  population,  in  which  it  ranks  as 
the  fourth  State  in  the  Union. 

1013.  In  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  commerce, 
it  excels  many  of  the  older  Atlantic  States. 

1014.  Wheat  is  the  staple  production.     Indian  corn, 
rye,  barley,  oats,  and  hemp,  are  also  extensively  raised. 
Indian  corn  not  unfrequently  yields  from  50  to  100 
bushels  to  the  acre. 

1015.  Ohio  has  mines  of  pit  coal,  and  numerous  salt 
springs.     The  State  takes  its  name  from  the  Ohio  river, 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  streams  in  the  world. 

1016.  The  northern  declivity,  bordering  on  the  lake,  forms  what  was 
formerly  called  New  Connecticut,  but  is  better  known  now  as  the  Western 
Reserve,  and  contains  three  millions  of  Acres.  It  belonged  to  Connecticut, 
and  many  parts  of  it  have  been  sold  by  that  State,  mostly  to  native  emi- 
grants, for  the  benefit  of  the  school  fund.  A  great  part  of  it  is  still  in  her 
possession. 

OHIO.  Q,.  How  is  Ohio  situated  ?  1010.  Its  surface  1  1011.  Fertility  ?  101& 
In  what  respects  does  it  excel  the  older  Atlantic  states  ?  1013. 

Q.  What  are  the  productions  of  this  state?  1014.  What  are  its  mines,  and 
whence  the  name  of  the  state  ?  1015.  What  is  meant  by  the  Western  Reserve  ?  1016. 


148  WESTERN    STATES. 

1017.  TOWNS.    COLUMBUS,  on  the  Scioto  river,  is  a  new  and  flourishing 
town,  and  occupies  a  central  situation  in  the  State. 

1018.  The  city  of  Cincinnati  is  situated  on  the  north  bank  of  the   Ohio 
river,  122  miles  above  Louisville,  455  below  Pittsburg  by  the  course  of  the 
river,  and  300  by  land.     It  is  the  greatest  emporium  of  the  western  country, 
and  next  to  New  Orleans,  much  the  largest  town  in  the  United  States,  west 
of  the  Allegany  mountains.     The  city  is  advantageously  and   beautifully 
situated.     It  stands  partly  on  the  first  and  partly  oh  the  second  bank,  as  they 
are  called,  the  lower  being  about  50  or  60  feet  above  the  river,  at  low  water 
mark,  and  the  upper  bank  about  the  same  distance  above  the  lower.     The 
greatest  difference  between  high  and  low  water  mark  is  about  58  feet ;  but 
in  February,  1832,  the  Ohio  rose  to  the  unprecedented  height  of  64  feet  above 
low  water  mark,  causing  much  damage  to  this  city,  especially  on  the  lower 
bank. 

1019.  The  growth  of  Cincinnati  in  population,  trade,  and  commerce  has 
been  exceedingly  rapid.    In  1800,  only  36  years  ago,  it  contained  but  750 
persons  ;  now  it  has  about  30,000.    It  is  extensively  engaged  in  trade  and 
manufactures,  and  may  justly  be  considered  one  of  the  most  flourishing  cities 
in  the  United  States. 

1020.  Steubenville,  Zanesville,  Chilicothe,  Sandusky  and  Cleveland  are  all 
flourishing  towns.     There  are  several  other  considerable  towns  in  Ohio  with 
a  prosperous  trade. 

MAP   OF   THE   WESTERN   STATES. 

What  lake  on  the  N.  of  Ohio  ?  e.  Its  length  and  navigation  ?  Which 
are  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  into  Lake  Erie  from  Ohio  1  d.  a.  y.  e. 

What  flourishing  town  in  the  N.  E.  on  Lake  Erie  ?  a.  What  on  the  same 
lake  at  the  mouth  of  Cuyahoga  ?  d.  What  on  the  Sandusky  ?  y. 

What  two  flourishing  county  towns  in  the  eastern  part,  south  of  the 
parallel  of  41°?  Wr.  N-Ln.  What  important  towns  on  the  Scioto  ?  Ce. 
s.  h.  Why  is  Circleville  so  called  ?  Ans.  From  its  situation  on  two 
remarkable  mounds,  one  of  which  is  a  circle. 

What  important  town  on  the  Hockhocking  ?  s.  What  on  the  Musking- 
um?  a.  m.  e.  For  what  is  Marietta  remarkable?  Ans.  For  being  the 
oldest  town  in  the  state  ? 

On  what  river  is  Dayton?  i.  What  flourishing  county  town  E.  of  Day- 
ton, three  miles  from  the  Little  Miami  ?  Xa.  What  town  on  the  Ohio  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Miami  ?  i. 

Which  are  the  principal  streams  of  Ohio  that  flow  into  the  Ohio  river  ? 
i.  i.  o.  g.  m.  Describe  the  navigation  of  the  Maumee  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  i.  The  second  ?  s.  What  is  said  of  the 
situation  of  Cincinnati?  1018.  What  of  its  growth?  1019.  Which  are 
enumerated  as  flourishing  towns  ?  1020. 


INDIANA. 

Map  of  the  U.  £— How  is  Indiana  bounded?  Its  capital  ?  Chief  Towns 
Principal  Rivers  ? 

1021.  INDIANA  in  the  southern  part,  along  the  Ohio 
river,  is  hilly ;  the  other  parts  are  generally  leve , 
much  more  so  than  Ohio  It  has  a  greater  proportion 


WESTERN    STATES.  149 

of  prairies  than  that  State,  and  they  are  generally  large 
and  fertile. 

1022.  The  soil  for  the  most  part  is  extremely  rich 
and  fertile,   repaying   the    labors  of  the  husbandman 
with  luxuriant  crops  of  wheat,  Indian  corn,  rye,  oats, 
hemp,  flax,  &c. 

1023.  Near  Vevay  the  grape  vine  is  successfully  cul- 
tivated by  a  company  of  Swiss  settlers. 

1024.  TOWNS.    INDIANAPOLIS, the  seat  of  government,  is  a  flourishing 
town  on  the  west  branch  of  White  river.    Its  increase  of  population  has  been 
exceedingly  rapid. 

1025.  rmcennei  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Wabash.    This  town,  New 
Albany,  and  Madison  are  the  three  most  commercial  towns. 

MAP   OF    THE   WESTERN   STATES. 

What  lake  in  the  N.  W.  corner  of  Indiana  ?  n.    Its  length  and  navigation  ? 

What  important  towns  on  the  Wabash,  in  Indiana  ?  y.  m.  s.  What  one 
on  the  Ohio  nearly  opposite  Louisville  ?  y.  What  one  S.  W.  of  the  last 
in  an  adjoining  county  f  n. 

What  two  flourishing  towns  on  the  Ohio  in  the  S.  E.  corner  of  the  state  ? 
y.  n.  What  one  N.  of  Vevay  in  Franklin  county  ?  e. 

What  two  rivers  unite  and  form  White  River  ?  k.  k.  On  which  is  the 
capital  ?  Where  does  White  river  flow  ?  h. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  o.  The  second  ?  h.  Its  navigation  ? 
8.  Describe  \V  hite  Water  river  ? 

Where  are  the  two  largest  towns  ?  s.  y.  What  is  said  of  Indianapolis  ? 
1024.  Vincennes  ?  1025.  Which  are  the  three  most  commercial  towns  <  1025. 


ILLINOIS. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  is  Illinois  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief  Towns  ? 
Principal  Rivers  ? 

1026.  ILLINOIS  is  generally  a  level  State,  abounding 
in  extensive  and  fertile  prairies. 

1027.  Some  of  the  land  in  this  State  is  exceedingly 
productive,  especially  that  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers. 

1028.  The  principal  productions  are  wheat,  rye,  In- 
dian corn,  oats  and  hemp.     Ores  of  copper,  iron,  and 
coal,  are  found  in  Illinois,  also  numerous  salt  springs. 

1029.  TOWNS.  VANDALIA  is  a  new  and  flourishing  place  on  the  Kaskas- 
kia  river,  about  70  miles  from  St.  Louis. 

INDIANA,  Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  prairies  of  Indiana  1  1021.  What 
of  the  soil  and  crops  1  1022.  What  of  the  vine  1  1023. 

ILLINOIS,  a.  What  is  the  suiface  of  Illinois  7  1026,  Its  soil  1  1027,  Produc- 
tions 1  1028 


150  WESTERN    STATES 

1030.  Kaskaskia  stands  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  11  miles  from  ita 
junction  with  the  Mississippi. 

MAP    OF    THE   WESTERN   STATES. 

What  lake  in  the  N.  E.  of  Illinois  ?  n.  What  two  county  towns  in  the 
S.  W.  corner  of  Illinois  ?  Aa.  Jo.  What  three  flourishing  towns  on  the  Kas- 
kaskia ?  Ce.  a.  a  What  one  in  Madison  county  N.  W.  of  Carlyle  ?  e. 

What  county  town  in  Edward  county  S.  E.  from  Vandalia?  n. 

WTill  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  i.  Its  navigation  ?  The  second 
river  ?  o.  The  third  river  ?  h.  The  fourth  ?  s.  Its  navigation  ? 

What  is  said  of  Vandalia?  1029.    Kaskaskia?  1030. 


MISSOURI. 

Map  of  the  U.   S. — How  is  Missouri  bounded?    Its  capital?    Chief 
Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

1031.  MISSOURI  abounds  in  plains  and  prairies,  and 
is  generally  level,  except  in  the  southern  part,  through 
which  a  branch  of  the  Ozark  Mountains  extends. 

1032.  The  climate  is  agreeable  and  healthy,  and  the 
soil,  in  general,  exceedingly  productive. 

1033.  The  principal   productions  are  Indian  corn, 
also  called  maize,  wheat,  rye,  oats,  cotton,  &c.     The 
principal  exports  are  lead  and  furs. 

1034.  Near  the  river  Merrimac  in  this  State  are  the  famous  lead  mines, 
sufficiently  productive  to  supply  the  whole  world. 

1035.  TOWNS.    JEFFERSON  CITY  is  a  new  town,  situated  on  the  Missouri, 
120  miles  from  its  mouth. 

1036.  St.  Louis1- on  t'he  Mississippi,   18  miles  below  the  mouth  of  the 
Missouri,  and  about  1200  miles  above  New  Orleans,  is,  next  to  that  city,  the 
most  commercial  town  on  the  river.     From  its  central  position  in  the  Mis- 
sissippi valley,  and  its  proximity  to  the  mouths  of  several  large  rivers,  it  en- 
joys facilities  for  trade  not  surpassed  by  any  inland  town  in  the  world. 

MA?   OF   THE   WESTERN   STATES. 

What  mountains  in  Missouri  ?  k.  Their  height  ?  What  important  towns 
on  the  Mississippi  ?  S-Ge.  m.  s.  What  on  the  Missouri  ?  Cn.  Fn.  Jn.  s. 

Will  you  describe  the  Missouri  ?  Its  navigation  ?  Which  is  its  largest 
branch  from  the  S.  ?  Oe. 

What  Indians  in  the  S.  W.  ?  Ds.  Ss.  Ks.  Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  s. 
What  is  said  of  it  ?  1036.  What  of  Jefferson  or  Jefferson  city  ?  1035. 

MISSOURI.  Q,.  What  is  the  surface  of  Missouri?  1031,  The  climate  7  1032* 
Productions'?  1033.  Mines?  1034. 

1ST.  Louis,  (st.  loo'-e.) 


WESTERN    STATES.  151 

MICHIGAN. 

Map  of  the  U.  S.— How  is  Michigan  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1037.  MICHIGAN  has  generally  a  level  surface,  a  fer- 
tile soil,  and  a  healthy  climate. 

1038.  Wheat,  maize,  barley,  oats,  peas,  apples,  and 
grapes,  are  the  principal  productions. 

1039.  TOWNS.  DETROIT  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a  river  of  the  same 
name,  between  the  lakes  Erie  and  St.  Clair.  It  is  noted  for  its  fur  trade. 

1010.  Michilimackinac.'  on  an  island  of  the  same  name,  9  miles  in  circum- 
ference, is  a  noted  resort  of  Indians  and  fur-traders. 

MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

How  is  Michigan  bounded  ?  What  is  the  capital  ?  t.  What  five  lakes 
around  it  ?  n.  r.  n.  r.  e.  What  strait  connects  two  of  these  lakes  ?  k. 
Which  of  these  lakes  are  navigable,  and  for  what?  The  length  of  each? 
Depth  of  the  largest  ?  How  many  feet  are  300  fathoms  ? 

What  Indians  in  Michigan  ?  Cs.  Os.  Ms.    What  towns  in  the  S.  E.  bor- 


A   HERD   OF   WILD   HORSES. 

dering  on  .Lake  Erie  ?  s.  h.  What  towns  in  the  interior  ?  w.  n.  What  rivers 
flow  into  Lake  Michigan  ?  d.  h.  What  does  Detroit  river  connect  ?  What 
the  St.  Mary's  ? 

What  is  said  of  Detroit?  1039.    Michilimackinac  ?  1040. 


ARKANSAS1. 

Map  of  the  U.  S. — How  is  Arkansas  bounded  ?    Its  capital  ?    Chief 
Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

MICHIGAN,    d.  What  is  the  surface,  soil,  and  climate  of  Michigan  ?   1037,   Pro- 
ductions ?  1038. 

MICHILIMACKINAC,  (mack-e'-naw.)  j  1  ARKANSAS,  (ar-kan-saw.'J 


152  TERRITORIES. 

1041.  ARKANSAS  is  a  large  tract  of  country  but  little 
explored.  The  eastern  part  towards  the  Mississippi  is 
generally  low,  level,  marshy  and  unhealthy  ;  but  the 
interior,  being  traversed  by  the  Ozark  Mountains,  is 
more  elevated,  healthy,  and  pleasant. 

1042.  The  western  part  has  immense  prairies,  over  which  roam  in  vast 
herds,  wild  horses,  buffaloes  or  bisons,  elks,  and  deer. 

1043.  The  land  bordering  on  the  rivers  is  very  fertile.     Tobacco,  cotton, 
wheat,  maize,  and  rice,  are  the  principal  productions. 

1044.  The  Arkansas  is  the  chief  river  in  the  State,  and  is  navigable  by 
steamboats,  when  high,  nearly  to  the  mountains. 

1045.  Salt  arid  hot  springs  abound  in  this  State.     The  latter  are  much 
frequented  for  their  medicinal  qualities,  and  the  water  in  some  of  them  is 
said  to  be  hot  enough  to  boil  an  egg. 

1046.  TOWNS.    LITTLE  ROCK,  sometimes  called  ARKOPOLIS,  is  situa- 
ted on  the  Arkansas  river,  300  miles  from  its  mouth.     Arkansas  is  on  the 
river  of  the  same  name,  60  miles  from  its  mouth. 

MAP    OF   THE    UNITED   STATES. 

How   is    Arkansas   bounded?     What  is  the  capital  ?  k. 

What  division  of  Mexico  S.  W.  of  this  State  ?  Ts.  What  large  rivera 
has  this  State  ?  i.  s.  d.  e. 

What  towns  on  the  Arkansas  ?  y.  a.  n.  k.  Where  is  Batesville  ? 
Union  ? 

Where  is  Little  Rock,  and  what  is  said  of  it  ?  1046.  What  is  said  of 
Arkansas?  1046. 


TERRITORIES. 

1047.  THE  TERRITORIES  of  the  United  States  are 
Florida,  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Missouri,  and  Oregon,  besides 
the  District  of  Columbia. 

1048.  These  territories  are  large  tracts  of  land  but 
thinly  settled,  being  mostly  in  possession  of  the  Indians, 
and  subject  to  the  general  government  of  the  United 
States. 

1049.  The  three  most  thickly  settled,  Florida,  Wisconsin,  and  Iowa,  have 
each   a  Governor,  who  is  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
They  have  each  a  legislature  chosen  as  in  the  several  States,  and  also  send 
one  delegate  each  to  Congress,  who  has  all  the  privileges  of  other  members, 
except  the  right  to  vote. 

1050.  When  the  population  of  a  Territory  amounts  to  60,000,  it  is  allowed 
to  become  a  State,  provided  it  petition  Congress  to  that  effect,  and  receive 
from  that  body  its  sanction  to  the  proposed  form  of  government, 

ARKANSAS.  Q.  What  is  the  surface  of  Arkansas?  1041.  What  is  said  of  the 
western  part?  1042.  Productions  ?  1043.  The  Arkansas  river  1  1044.  Springs'? 
1045. 

TERRITORIES,  ft.  Name  the  Territories  of  the  United  States'?  1047.  What  are 
these  Territories  1  1048.  Which  are  most  thickly  settled  1  1049.  Under  what  cur- 


TERRITORIES.  153 

1051.  While  a  territory  contains  but  a  few  scattered  settlers,  it  has  no 
political  government,  as  is  the  case  with  the  Missouri,  and  Oregon  Ter- 
ritories, which  are  chiefly  covered  by  vast  and  unexplored  forests. 

MISSOURI  TERRITORY. 

1052.  This  territory  extends  from  the  Missouri  river, 
to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  from  Arkansas  to  British 
America,  being  in  length  about  900  miles. 

1053.  The  soil,  in  the  eastern  and  south-eastern  parts,  and  on  the  rivers,  is 
rich  and  fertile  ;  the  remaining  portions  are  mountainous  and  barren. 


TENTS   OF   THE   MANDAN   INDIANS. 

1054.  The  Rocky  Mountains  on  the  W.  of  this  Territory  are  the  highest 
within  the  limits  of  the  United  States.    They  rise  abruptly  with  a  steep  and 
rugged  front,  to  the  height  of  11  or  12  thousand  feet,  or  almost  2?  miler, 
above  the  level  of  the  sea.    Their  peaks  are  covered  with  perpetual  snow. 

1055.  This  territory  abounds  in  the  largest  herds  of  buffaloes,  bears,  deer, 
and  other  wild  animals.     Numerous  companies  of  hunters  of  these  animals, 
annually  eUend  their  ranges  even  beyond  the  Rocky  Mountains,  procuring 
in  abundance  buffalo  skins,  with  various  kinds  of  furs. 

cumstances  may  a  Territory  become  a  State  1  1050.    Have  all  the  Territories  a 
governor?  1051. 

MISSOURI   TERRITORY.    Q.    What  is  the  extent  of  Missouri  Territory?  3052. 
What  is  said  of  the  land  10.53. 
a.  What  mountains  on  the  W.  ?  1054.  In  what  does  tliie  Territory  abound  ?  1055- 

7* 


154  TERRITORIES. 

MAP   OF    THE   UNITED  STATES. 

How  is  the  Missouri  Territory  bounded  ?  What  is  the  principal  settle- 
ment ?  C-Bf. 

What  three  head  streams  has  the  Missouri?  Jn.  Mn.  Gn.  What  brar.ch 
has  the  Missouri,  two  and  three  fourths  as  large  as  the  Connecticut  ?  Ye, 
What  ones  two  and  a  half  times  as  large  ?  Pe.  Ks. 

What  Indians  in  the  N.  W.  ?  t.    What  Indians  in  the  S.  ?  Oe. 


WISCONSIN  TERRITORY. 

1056.  This  territory  is  mostly  inhabited  by  Indians,  and  has  been  but  little 
explored  except  by  hunters. 

1057.  The  surface  in  the  N.  is  hilly  and  mountainous,  but  elsewhere  it  is 
generally  level  and  fertile,  containing  many  extensive  prairies. 

1058.  In  the  territory  are  found  lead,  iron,  and  copper  mines.     There  are 
but  few  settlements,  the  principal  of  which  are  Green  Bay,  and  Fort  Craw- 
ford, or  Prairie  du  Chien.1 

1059.  The  government  was  connected  with  that  of  Michigan,  till  1836, 
when  it  became  a  separate  government,  under  the  name  of  the  Wisconsin 
Territory. 

IOWA  TERRITORY. 

1060.  This  Territory  was  detached  from  Wisconsin, 
in  1838,  by  act  of  Congress,  to  become,  on  the  third 
day  of  July  of  that  year,  a  separate  government. 

MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

How  is  the  Wisconsin  Territory  bounded  ?  What  large  lake  on  the  N.  ? 
Sr.  What  large  river  intersects  this  territory  ?  i. 

What  tribe  of  Indians  in  the  S.  E.  ?  Wo.  What  Indians  in  the  N.  E.  ? 
Cs.  Ms.  What  ones  in  the  N.  ?  As. 

Where  is  Green  Bay  settlement  ?  Where  is  Grand  Portage  ?  What  two 
lakes  in  the  N.  W.?  s.  y. 

How  is  Iowa  bounded?  WThat  are  the  principal  settlements  in  the  S.  n. 
s.  a.  What  Indians  are  there?  x.y.  The  two  largest  branches  of  the 
Mississippi  in  this  territory  ?  s.  s. 


OREGON  TERRITORY. 

1061.  This  territory  lies  between  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains and  the  Pacific  Ocean,  extending  from  the  Rus- 
sian Possessions  on  the  N.,  to  Mexico  on  the  S.  It  is 
chiefly  inhabited  by  Indians  and  but  imperfectly  known. 

WISCONSIN  TERRITORY.      Q,.  By  whom  is  this   Territory    inhabited  ?     1056. 
What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  soil  f  1057.    What  minerals  are  found  1  1058. 
a.  What  settlements  are  there  ?  1058.    What  is  the  government  ?  1059     When 
id  Iowa  become  a  territory  ?    1060. 
OREOON  TERRITORY.    U.  Where  is  the  Oregon  Territory  situated  and  by  whom 

PRAIRIE  DU  CHIEN,  (pra-ry-du-sheenf.) 


TERRITORIES.  155 

1062.  The  climate  is  healthy,  and  milder,  especially 
on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific,  than  in  the  same  parallels 
on  the  Atlantic. 

1063.  Along  the  banks  of  the  Columbia  river  and  its  branches,'the  land  is 
said  to  be  fertile,  abounding  in  heavy  timbered  forests,  composed  in  part  of 
various  species  of  firs,  which  sometimes  grow  to  the  astonishing  height  of 
about  300  feet. 

1064.  The  principal  river  is  the  Columbia,  so  named  by  Capt.  Grey,  of 
Boston,  Mass.,  from  his  ship  of  that  name,  he  having  been  the  hrst  modern 
navigator  who  explored  the  stream.     Previous  to  this,  it  was  called  the  O/c- 
gon.     It  has  two  branches  named  after  Lewis  and  Clarke,  who,  in  1805,  ex- 
plored this  region  of  country  under  the  direction  of  the  President  of  the  Uni 
ted  States.     After  crossing  the  Mississippi,  they  travelled  westward  aero.- s 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  descended  the  Columbia  to  its  mouth.     Having 
wintered  west  of  the  mountains,  they  returned  in  safety,  pursuing  nearly  the 
same  route  east,  which  they  travelled  west. 

1065.  In  1311,  a  trading  establishment  was  formed  by  the  American  Fur 
Company  at  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia,  called  Astoria,  from  John  Jacob 
Astor,  Esq.,  of  the  city  of  New  York,  and  is  the  only  settlement  of  import- 
ance made  by  the  wlu'tes  in  this  territory. 

MAP   OF    THE   UNITED   STATES. 

What  mountains  on  the  E.  of  Oregon  Territory  ?  V.  Their  height  ? 
What  is  the  most  south-western  branch  of  the  Columbia  ?  h.  What  island 
in  the  N.  W.  part  of  the  territory  ?  s.  What  gulf  near  the  island  ?  Ga 
What  are  the  principal  capes  on  the  Oregon  coast  ?  y.  t.  t.  y.  d. 

What  sound  in  the  N.  W.  ?  a.     Where  is  Whitby's  bay  ?    Where  is  A 
toria  ?    What  lake  from  the  S.  extends  up  into  this  territory  ?   s.     What 
is  the  course  of  Columbia  river  ?    What  Indians  in  the  S. .'    h  .e. 


TRAVELS  ON  THE  MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Q.  Which  way  is  Eastport  in  Maine  from  you  ?  What  course  from  East- 
port  to  Portsmouth  in  New  Hampshire  ?  What  rivers  would  you  crosg 
in  travelling  the  distance  by  land  ?  Pt.  Kc.  An.  From  Portsmouth  to 
Rhode  Island  which  is  the  most  direct  route,  that  by  land  or  water  ?  What 
capes,  towns,  &c.  would  you  pass  on  the  coast  in  going  by  water  ? 

Which  is  the  most  direct  route  from  Providence  to  Hartford,  by  land  or 
water  ?  What  bay,  sound,  and  river,  do  you  sail  in  by  water  ?  Which  is 
much  the  shortest  route,  that  by  land  or  water  ?  How  can  you  get  from  Hart- 
ford to  New  York  by  water  ? 

In  visiting  Albany  by  water,  from  Boston,  what  capes  would  you  double  ? 
What  islands  would  you  pass  ?  What  sound  ?  What  river  would  you  sail 
up  ?  What  towns  would  you  find  as  you  sail  up  the  Hudson  ? 

What  mode  of  conveyance  would  you  take  from  Albany  to  Lockport  and 
Buffalo,  near  the  lakes  ?  What  towns  would  you  pass  on  the  canal  ? 
What  course  from  Buffalo  to  Pittsburg  ?  To  New  York  ?  From  New  Yor.c 

inhabited  1    lOtil.     What  is  said  of  the  climate  7    1002.     Wliere  is  the  land  lur- 
tile  1  ltK»3. 

d.  What  is  the  principal  river,  and  whence  its  name  1  1004.  What  is  said  of 
ita  branches  ?  J0o4.  Wlwt  trading  establishment  in  this  territory  ?  lUuJ. 


156  BRITISH   AMERICA. 

to  Philadelphia  ?    What  towns  would  you  pass  through  in  going  by  land 
What  waters  would  you  sail  in  if  you  go  by  water  ? 

What  is  the  course  from  Philadelphia  to  Baltimore  by  land  ?  By  water  ? 
What  waters  would  you  sail  in  ?  How  can  you  get  from  Baltimore  to 
Washington  by  water  ?  What  public  buildings  will  most  likely  attract  your 
attention  here?  What 'distinguished  man  would  you  like  to  see  here? 
What  do  you  expect  would  be  the  appearance  of  Washington,  thickly  set- 
led  like  Boston  ?  908. 

From  Washington  what  is  the  course  by  land  to  Richmond  in  Virginia  ? 
How  can  you  get  there  by  water  ?  Course  from  there  to  Raleigh  ?  From 
Raleigh  to  Milledgeville  in  Georgia  ? 

Q.  What  course  would  you  take  and  what  towns  pass  in  sailing  up  the 
Mississippi,  from  New  Orleans  to  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony  ?  In  sailing  up 
the  Missouri  from  its  mouth  to  the  Council  Bluff?  Of  what  are  you  in  dan- 
ger when  ascending  the  Mississippi  ?  988.  What  course  do  you  take,  and 
what  towns  do  you  pass,  in  sailing  up  the  Ohio,  from  its  mouth  to  Cincinnati  ? 
&Cr  As  an  additional  exercise,  if  the  Teacher  has  time,  let  him  require  the  Learn- 
er to  tell  what  course  he  would  take  to  visit  the  capital  of  his  own  state,  at  the  same 
time  naming  it :  then  what  course  from  his  own  capital,  to  the  capital  of  an  adja- 
cent state,  naming  it  as  before  ;  next,  the  course  from  the  last  capital  to  some  other, 
in  another  state,  and  so  on  till  the  Learner  has  travelled  over  the  whole  United  States, 
by  naming  all  the  capital  towns,  and  the  several  courses  from  one  to  the  other,  as 
first  suggested. 

The  above  is  designed  as  only  one  question  to  be  answered  by  one  scholar.  If 
the  Teacher  wishes  to  continue  the  exercise,  he  can  require  another  scholar  to  begin 
with  the  capital  town  of  a  distant  state,  andjproceed  as  above  directed,  and  in  like 
manner  beginning  with  as  many  different  capitals  as  there  are  scholars. 

Q.  In  what  state,  and  which  is  the  largest  town  in  the  United  States  ? 
N-Yk.  in  N-Yk. 

Second?    Pa.      Penn.  Ninth?         Wn.    D.  C.  Sixteenth?       Pd.    Me. 

Third  ?       Be.      Md.  Tenth  ?         Pe.      R.  I.    Seventeenth  ?  Pg.   Penn. 

Fourth  ?     Bn.      Ms.  Eleventh  ?    Rd.     Va.      Eighteenth  ?     N-Hn.  Ct. 

Fifth?         N-Os.Lou.  Twelfth?      Bn.    N.  Y.  Nineteenth  ?     Le.    Ky. 

Sixth  ?        Cn.      S.  C.  Thirteenth  ?  Rr.     N.  Y.  Twentieth  ?      Nk.   N  J. 

Seventh  ?     Ci.       Oo.  Fourteenth  ?  Ty.    N.  Yr.  Twenty-first  ?  Hd.    Ct. 

Eighth?      Ay.     N.  Y.  Fifteenth  ?     Sm.  Mass.  Twenty-second  ?  Nk.  Va. 


BRITISH  AMERICA. 

Map  of  North  America. — How  is  British  America  bounded  ?    Its  capital? 
Chief  Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

1060.  BRITISH  AMERICA  extends  from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  ftocky  Mountains,  comprising  all  that  part  of 
North  America  which  is  N.  of  the  United  States,  ex- 
cept the  Russian  Possessions  and  Greenland. 

10(37.  Nearly  nine  tenths  of  this  vast  region  are  in 
the  possession  of  the  native  Indians,  whose  number  is 
not  accurately  determined.  The  white  population  is 
about  one  million. 


BRITISH    AMERICA.  157 

1068.  British  America  comprehends  the  four  Prov- 
inces of  Lower  Canada,  Upper  Canada,  Nova  Scotia, 
and  New  Brunswick  ;  the  islands  of  Newfoundland, 
St.  Johns,  Cape  Breton,  and  the  Bermudas  ;  and  the 
extensive  country  of  New  Britain. 

1069.  The  king  of  England   appoints  a  Governor 
General  over  the  whole  country,  and  over  each  sepa- 
rate province  a  subordinate  governor,  who  takes  the 
title  of  Lieutenant  Governor.     The  Governor  General 
resides  at  Quebec.     Each  province  has  its  own  legis- 
lature elected  by  the  people. 

1070.  With  the  exception  of  the  Bermuda  islands, 
the  winters  are  long  and  severely  cold ;  the  summers 
short  and  hot.     Except  in  the  southern  parts,  the  soil 
is  generally  unproductive. 

MAP    OF    NORTH   AMERICA. 

What  mountains  on  the  W.  of  British  America  ?  y  From  what  divisions 
do  they  separate  British  America  ?  s.  What  large  river  in  the  N.  W.  ?  y. 
What  large  sea  in  the  N.  ?  r.  Into  what  does  McKenzie's  river  flow  ?  r. 
What  Ocean  on  the  N.  ?  c.  What  two  large  bays  in  British  America  ?  s. 
s.  Which  territory  is  the  largest,  British  America,  or  the  United  States  ? 
Which  extends  farthest  E.  and  W.  ?  Which  N.  and  S.  ? 


LOWER  CANADA. 

1071.  This  province  is  situated  on  both  sides  of  the 
St.  Lawrence,  and  is  separated  from  Upper  Canada 
by  Ottawa  (or  Utawas)  river. 

1072.  The  country  is  hilly  and  mountainous  with  a 
fertile  soil,  especially  in  the  valleys,  and  a  healthy  cli- 
mate.    The  greater  part  of  the  country  is  covered 
with  forests  and  inhabited  by  Indians. 

1073.  The  difference  in  the  temperature  of  the  air 
is  very  great  at  different  seasons  of  the  year  ;  the  ther- 

BRITISH  AMERICA.  Q.  What  is  the  extent  of  British  America  ?  1066.  Popula- 
tion 7  1067.  Political  divisions  1  1068.  Government  ?  1069.  Climate  ?  1070. 

LOWER  CANADA.  Q,.  How  is  this  province  situated  ?  1071.  What  is  its  surface 
soil,  and  climate  ?  1072.  What  the  difference  of  temperature  ?  1073. 

Q.  What  are  the  productions  ?  1074.  What  is  said  of  the  falls  ?  1075.  The  set- 
tlement of  the  Canadas  ?  1076. 


158  BRITISH    AMERICA. 

mometer  rising  in  summer  sometimes  to  109°  above  0, 
or  zero,  and  sinking  in  winter  to  40°  below  0. 

1074.  Lower  Canada  produces  wheat,  maize,  and 
other  articles  common  to  the  United  States.  The  ex- 
ports are  grain,  flour,  lumber,  furs,  pot  and  pearl  ashes. 

1075.  The  Falls  of  Montmorenci,  8  miles  below  Quebec,  are  worthy   of 
notice.    The  river  falls  over  a  precipice  of  about  245  feet  perpendicular 
descent,  presenting  a  wonderful  scene  of  grandeur  and  beauty. 

1076.  The  Canadas  were  first  settled  by  the  French  in  1608,  but  with 
Quebec  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  English  in  1759,  who  have  since  kept  pos- 
session of  the  whole  country. 

1077.  TOWNS.    QUEBEC  is  the  capital,  not  only  of  Canada,  but  of  all 
British  America.    It  is  built  on  a  promontory  on  the  N.  W.  bank  of  the  St. 
Lawrence,  at  the  confluence  of  the  St.  Charles  with  that  river,  nearly  400 
miles  from  the  sea.    It  is  divided  into  the  Upper  and  Lower  towns,  the  former 
being  built  upon  the  summit  of  a  rock  of  marble  and  slate,  and  the  latter 
round  the  base  of  the  eminence. 

1078.  The  fortifications  of  Quebec  are  worthy  the  attention  of  travellers. 
The  citadel  in  the  Upper  town  has  been  building  for  several  years,  and  is  de- 
signed to  be  of  impregnable  strength.     The  rock  comprises  an  area  of  five 
or  six  acres,  enclosed  by  a  wall  forty  feet  high,  with  a  deep  ditch  in  iVrnt,  50 
feet  wide,  blasted  out  of  solid  rock.     Near  the  city  lie  the  celebrated  plains 
of  Abraham,  the  scene  of  a  battle  in  which  the    brave  English  General, 
Wolfe,  and  the  no  less  brave  French  General,  Montcalm,  at  the  head  of  their 
respective  armies,  met,  fought,  and  died,  the  former  in  the  moment  of  victory. 
This  event  decided  the  fate  of  Quebec,  which,  from  that  time,  September, 
1759,  passed  from  the  possession  of  the  French  into  that  of  the  English,  who 
have  retained  it  to  this  day. 

1079.  Montreal,  on  an  island  of  the  same  name  in  the  St.  Lawrence,  ISO 
miles  by  the  course  of  the  river  above  Quebec,  has  an  extensive  commerce, 
being  the  great  emporium  of  the  fur  trade  in  that  country,  and  also  of  the 
trade  between  the  United  States  and  Canada.    From  this  place  to  Quebec, 
on  the  margin  of  the  river,  the  country  for  about  a  mile  in  breadth,  comprises 
the  more  populous  parts  of  Lower  Canada,  and  indeed  all  that  may  be  called 
inhabited.    This  strip,  for  its  whole  length,  has  the  appearance  of  one  con- 
tinued village. 

MAP   OF    THE    UNITED   STATES. 

What  is  the  largest  river  in  Lower  Canda  ?  e.  Describe  it.  Will  yofa 
describe  the  Saguenai  ?  St.  Maurice  ?  Utawas  ? 

What  two  rivers  partly  bound  Lower  Canada  on  the  W..?  e.  s.  What 
rivers  flow  into  the  St.  Lawrence  from  the  S.  ?  1.  s.  e. 

Will  you  describe  the  navigation  of  the  St.  Lawrence  ?  1.  What  towns 
on  the  St.  Lawrence  ?  c.  1.  What  is  said  of  the  situation  of  Quebec  ? 
1077.  What  of  the  fortifications?  1078.  What  of  Montreal  ?  1079. 

In  what  direction  is  Quebec  from  the  capital  of  the  United  States  ?  From 
Montpelier  in  Vermont  ?  From  Boston  in  Massachusetts  ?  Were  you  to 
start  for  Quebec  from  the  place  in  which  you  now  are,  tov/ards  what  point 
of  compass  would  you  travel  ? 


BRITISH    AMERICA.  159 

UPPER  CANADA. 

1080.  This  province  has  in  general  a  level  surface,  a 
fertile   soil,  and  a  climate  healthy   and   cold,  though 
mildei  th-m  that  of  Lower  Canada. 

1081.  Except  the  settled   parts  in   the  south,  the 
whole  country  is  a  wilderness  and  inhabited  by  Indians. 

1082.  The  productions  and  exports  are  similar  to 
those  of  Lower  Canada. 

1083.  TOWNS.    TORONTO,  on  the  north-west  part  of  Lake  Ontario,  has  a 
fine  situation  and  a  good  harbor. 

1084.  Kingston  stands  on  the  north-east  extremity  of  Lake  Ontario,  190 
miles  from  Montreal.     It  has  a  fine  harbor,  a  flourishing  trade,  is  the  most 
important  town  in  this  province,  and  the  principal  British  naval  station  on 
Lake  Ontario. 

MAP   OF   THE    UNITED   STATES. 

What  river  on  the  S.  E.  of  Upper  Canada  ?  e.  What  lakes  between  this 
province  and  the  United  States  ?  Ws.  y.  r.  n.  r.  e.  o.  What  bay  and 
lake  near  the  interior  ?  r.g.  What  lake  S.  E.  of  Gloucester  Bay  ?  e.  What 
tribe  of  Indians  near  here  ? 

What  river  flows  into  the  St.  Clair  ?  s.  What  river  connects  Lake  St. 
Clair  with  Huron  ?  r.  Where  is  St.  Mary's  river  ?  What  town  on  the  St, 
Lawrence  ?  n.  What  on  Lake  Ontario  ?  o.  What  is  said  of  Toronto  ? 
1083.  Kingston?  1084. 

In  what  direction  is  Kingston  from  Quebec  ?  From  Washington  ?  From 
your  residence  ?  In  how  many  ways  can  a  man  at  New  York  get  to  Kings- 
ton by  water  ?  Will  you  describe  the  one  through  Long  Island  Sound  into 
the  ocean  ?  What  river,  canal  and  lake  will  he  take  to  go  the  other  way  ? 


NEW  BRUNSWICK. 

1085.  This  province  has  Maine  on  the  W.  and  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  on  the  E.,  and  contains  about 
100,000  inhabitants. 

1086.  The  climate  is  similar  to  that  of  Lower  Can- 
ada, except  that  it  is  more  humid.     Its  surface  is  mode- 
rately uneven,  its  soil  generally  good,  and  it  abounds  in 
forests  of  excellent  timber. 

1087.  The  principal  exports  are  lumber,  gypsum,  or 

UPPER  CANADA.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  surface,  soil  and  climate  of  this  province  7 
11)80.  Which  parts  are  inhabited,  and  by  whom  1  1081.  What  are  th<;  produc 
lions  1  1082. 

NEW  BRUNSWICK.    What  is  the  population  of  Now  Brunswick  7  1085.    Surf 
and  soil  7  1086.    Exports  and  fisheries  7  1087, 


160  BRITISH    AMERICA. 

plaster  of  Paris,  fish,  and  furs.     The  salmon  and  her- 
ring fisheries  are  very  valuable. 

1088.  There  is  a  college  at  Frederickton,  the  seat  of  government,  and 
common  schools  are  patronized  by  government. 

1089.  The  Bay  of  Fundy,  which  lies  between  this  province  and  Nova  Sco- 
tia, is  remarkable  for  its  high  tides,  which  in  some  places  rise  at  times  to  the 
height  of  60  feet. 

1090.  TOWNS.    FREDERICKTON,  the  capital,  is  situated  near  the  head  of 
sloop  navigation,  on  the  St.  John's  river,  80  miles  from  its  mouth. 

1091.  St.  John,  on  the  same  river,  3  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the  most 
flourishing  town  in  the  province. 

MAP    OF    NORTH   AMERICA. 

What  river  and  gulf  N.  of  New  Brunswick  ?  e.  What  bay  on  the 
S.  E.  ?  y.  Which  is  the  largest  town  ?  n.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1091. 
What  of  the  capital  ?  1090. 

What  peninsula  S.  E.  of  New  Brunswick  ?  N-Sa.  In  what  direction  is 
New  Brunswick  from  Boston  ?  How  would  you  sail  from  Boston  to  St. 
Johns  ?  From  Quebec  to  St.  Johns  ? 


NOVA  SCOTIA. 

1092.  Nova  Scotia  is  about  half  as  large  as  New 
Brunswick,  and  contains  about  the  same  number  of  in- 
habitants. 

1093.  The  country  has  an  uneven  surface,  generally 
an  unproductive  soil,  and  a  cold,  healthy  climate. 

1094.  The  principal  exports  are  fish,  timber,  and 
plaster  of  Paris. 

1095.  TOWNS.  HALIFAX,  on  Chebucto  bay,  occupies  a  central  positron 
in  the  peninsula,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  considerable  trade,  and  is  the 
principal  naval  station  of  the  English  in  this  region. 

1096  Liverpool  and  Annapolis  are  flourishing  towns. 

MAP   OF   NORTH   AMERICA. 

Q.  What  bay  partly  divides  Nova  Scotia  from  New  Brunswick  ?  y. 
What  cape  in  the  S.  ?  e.  What  two  islands  lie  N.  of  this  peninsula  ?  n.  s. 

Q.  Which  is  the  largest  town  in  Nova  Scotia  ?  x.  What  is  said  of  it  ? 
1095.  What  other  towns  are  mentioned  and  what  is  said  of  them  ?  1096. 
What  course  is  it  from,  the  District  of  Columbia  to  Nova  Scotia  ?  What 
course  is  Halifax  from  the  town  in  which  you  live  ? 

O.  What  is  said  of  the  institutions  of  learning'?  1088.  What  of  the  Bay  of 
Fundy  ?  1089. 

NOVA  SCOTIA..  Q,.  What  is  the  extent  and  population  of  this  province  ?  1092; 
What  the  surface  and  soil  1  1093.  Exports  1  1094. 


BRITISH    AMERICA.  161 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

1097.  This  island   is   thinly  settled  and  but  little 
known.     It  abounds  in  bays  and  harbors,  has  a  rough 
and  barren  soil,  though  it  is  in  general  well  timbered. 

1098.  Its  climate  is  cold  and  damp,  subject  to  fogs 
and  frequent  storms  of  snow  and  sleet. 

1099.  The  native  inhabitants  of  the  interior  are  a 
barbarous  race  called  Red  Indians,  from  their  habit  of 
painting  their  faces  that  color. 

1100.  Newfoundland  is  valuable  principally  for  its  fisheries.    The  cod 
fishery  carried  on  here  is  the  richest  in  the  world,  and  gives  employment  to 
many  thousands,  and  food  to  many  millions.     The  forests  abound  in  game  ; 
but  little  grain  is  produced,  and  there  are  but  few  cattle. 

1101.  TOWNS.     St.  JOHNS,  a  city  and  the  capital  of  the  island,  has  a  good 
harbor  and  considerable  trade.    The  other  principal  towns  are  Placentia  and 
Bonavista. 


ST.  JOHNS,  OR  PRINCE  EDWARD,  AND 
CAPE  BRETON. 

1102.  These  are  small  islands,  thinly  inhabited,  valu- 
able chiefly  for  their  fisheries. 


MAP    OF   NORTH   AMERICA. 

What  province  is  W.  of  the  Island  of  St.  Johns  ?  N-Bk.  What  island  E. 
of  St.  Johns  ?  n.  What  is  its  principal  town  ?  g.1  What  large  island  N.  E. 
of  Cape  Breton?  d.  What  cape  has  it  ?  y.  What  strait  on  the  N.  ?  e. 
What  does  it  connect  and  what  does  it  separate  ? 

What  is  the  largest  town,  and  what  is  said  of  it  ?  1101.  What  other  two 
towns  has  it  ?  1101.  What  large  bank  near  this  island  ?  d.  What  do  you 
mean  by  banks  ?  Shoals  or  bars  of  sand.  For  what  is  this  bank  celebrated  ? 
For  its  cod  fishery.  What  small  island  N.  of  St.  Johns  1  i.  \N  hat  one  S. 
of  Cape  Breton  ?  e. 

What  course  would  you  take  to  visit  Newfoundland  ? 


BERMUDAS  OR  SOMER  ISLANDS. 

1 1 03.  This  cluster  consists  of  about  400  islands,  called 
Bermudas,  from  Juan  Bermudez,  their  discoverer. 

NEWFOUNDLAND.     U.  Will  you  dmnihe  the  settii'iurut  and  soi  of  Newfoundland  7 
'     1097.     Wimt  is  its  climate?  10%.     Native  inhabitants  7  W  .    Fisheries?    ilOO. 
What  is  said  of  St  Johns,  Prince  Edward,  and  Cape  Breton?   1102. 

1  LouidBUKQ,  (loo'-e-burg.) 


162 


BRITISH    AMERICA. 


1104.  These  islands  are,  for  the  most  part,  so  small 
and  barren,  that  they  have  neither  inhabitants  or  names. 

1105.  The  climate  is  exceedingly  healthy  and  pleas- 
ant, being  almost  a  perpetual  spring ;  the  singing  of 
birds  is  heard  during  the  whole  year. 


NEW  BRITAIN. 

1106.  New  Britain  is  a  vast  country,  comprising  all 
British  America  north  of  the  Canadas  ;  and  except  a 
few  forts  and  trading  houses,  is  wholly  in  the  possession 
of  the  Indians.  It  comprises  the  subdivisions  of  Labra- 
dor, East  Main,  and  New  Wales. 


SNOW   HUTS   OF   THE   ESQUIMAUX. 


1107.  This  country  is  generally  a  barren  and  dreary 
waste,  composed   of  frightful  mountains  and  gloomy 
valleys,  covered  with  lakes  caused  by  the  rain  and  snow. 

1 108.  The  cold  is  so  severe  that  vegetation  is  stinted, 
and  in  latitude  60°  entirely  ceases. 

BERMUDAS,  d.  Wiiat  is  said  of  the  Bermudas  ?  1103.  What  of  their  size  and 
barrenness?  1104.  What  of  the  climate 7  1105.  To  whom  do  these  islands  be- 
long ?  The  English.  What  course  would  you  take  to  get  there  ? 

NEW  BRITAIN.  Q.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  and  divisions  of  New  Britain  ?  11G& 
What  is  the  surface  generally  1  1107. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  cold  and  vegetation  ?  1108.    What  gives  the  principal 


DANISH    AMERICA.  163 

1109.  The  fur  trade,  which  gives  the  principal  value  to  this  country,  is  car 
ried  on  chiefly  by  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  and  the  North  West  Company 
Wild  animals,  such  as  bears,  beavers,  moose,  otters,  martins,  foxes,  &c.  are 
numerous. 

1110.  In  winter,  the  inhabitants,  wrapped  in  furs  and  skins,  travel  in  sledg- 
es drawn  by  dogs  at  the  rate  of  60  miles  in  a  day.    In  summer  they  cross  the 
streams  in  canoes  made  of  birch  bark,  so  light  that  they  carry  them  on  their 


shoulders  with  their  baggage  besides. 
1111.  The  Esquimaux1  Indian 


The  Esquimaux1  Indians  inhabit  the  coast,  and  rove  from  place  to 
place,  without  any  fixed  habitation.  They  are  of  a  brown  color,  small  in 
stature  ;  filthy  and  disgusting  in  their  appearance,  and  employ  themselves 
principally  in  hunting  and  fishing.  They  eat  their  food  raw,  in  which  they 
differ  from  all  other  native  Americans.  They  are  so  savage,  covetous,  faith- 
less and  mischievous,  as  to  render  it  difficult  to  have  much  trade  or  com- 
merce with  them. 

MAP   OF   NORTH   AMERICA. 

What  large  bay  in  New  Britain  ?  s.  In  what  part  is  Labrador  ?  On 
which  side  of  Hudson's  Bay  is  East  Main  ?  On  which  side  is  New  Wales  ? 
What  bay  in  the  north  of  Hudson's  bay  ?  e.  What  in  the  south  1  a. 
What  island  in  the  northern  part  of  this  bay  ?  n. 

Wliat  rivers  flow  into  James'  Bay?  y.  e.  n.  What  are  the  two  principal 
rivers  that  flow  into  Hudson's  Bay?  n.  n.  What  inlet  on  the  west  of  Hud- 
son's Bay  ?  Cd.  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Arctic  Ocean  from  New  Britain  ? 
Ms.  e.  What  straits  lead  into  Hudson's  B  i  y  '  d.  s. 

What  Indians  on  the  coast  of  Labrador?  x.  What  Indians  west  of  tho 
Esquimaux?  x.  Which  is  the  largest  lake  in  New  Britain  ?  e.  What  ona 
S.  E.  of  that  ?  w 

What  strait  on  the  north  ?  Bs.  What  Islands  N.  W.  of  this  strait  ?  e.  e. 
By  whom  and  when  were  these  islands  discovered  ?  By  Capt.  Parry,  in  1819. 
On  this  island  he  and  his  crew  passed  the  winter  following  the  period  of  its 
discovery.  What  two  straits  and  what  bay  did  Capt.  Parry  sail  through  in 
reaching  this  island?  s.  s.  s.  By  what  is  New  Britain  separated  from 
Greenland  ? 

What  considerable  island  N.  of  Hudson's  strait  ?  s.  Why  is  it  colder  in 
New  Britain  than  where  you  reside  7  492.  What  course  would  you  take  to 
James'  Bay  ?  How  can  a  person  get  to  Melville  Island  from  Boston  by 
water  ? 


GREENLAND. 

1112.  Greenland  is  a  vast  tract  of  land  towards  the 
North  Pole,  belonging  to  Denmark.     It  was  formerly 
considered  to  be  a  part  of  the  main  land,  but  late  dis- 
coveries favor  the  idea  that  it  is  an  island. 

1113.  The    aspect  of  this  country  is   exceedingly 
dreary,  exhibiting  alternate  mountains  of  rocks  and  ice, 

value  to  this  country  ?  1109.  What  animals  are  found  here  1  1109.  Mode  of 
travelling?  1110.  What  Indians  inhabit  the  coast  ?  1111,  Describe  their  modes  of 
life?  1111. 

1  ESQUIMAUX,  (es'-ke-mo.) 


164         BRITISH    AMERICA.      RUSSIAN    POSSESSIONS. 

except  in  the  southern  parts,  where  there  is  a  scanty 
vegetation  and  a  few  stinted  trees. 

1114.  Rein-deer,  arctic  foxes,  white  bears,  sea-wolves,  and  sea  cows, 
abound  in  and  around  Greenland,  and  the  country  is  principally  valued  for 
these  animals  and  the  whale  fishery  on  the  coast. 


DANGERS   OF    THE   GREENLAND   WHALE   FISHERY. 

1116.  The  Greenlanders  are  of  low  stature,  rude* 
and  ignorant ;  living  almost  wholly  on  the  flesh  of  ani- 
mals, and  clothing  themselves  with  their  skins.  They 
are  supposed  to  be  in  number  about  20,000. 


MAP    OF   NORTH   AMERICA. 

What  mountains  in  Greenland  ?  s.  k.  What  island  on  the  western  coast  ? 
o.  What  is  the  southern  cape  ?  1.  Which  are  the  two  principal  settle- 
ments ?  Jb.  Gb. 

What  island  east  of  Greenland  ?  d.  What  bay  stretches  along  the  west- 
ern coast  of  Greenland  ?  s. 


RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS. 
1117.  Russian  America  lies   west   of  the   Rocky 
Mountains,  extending  northerly  from  the  United  States 
to  the  Arctic  Ocean. 

GREENLAND.  Q,.  Where  and  wliat  is  Greenland  1  1112.  What  is  its  aspect  7 
1113.  What  its  animals  and  trade  ?  1114.  Describe  the  Greenlanders  1  1116. 

RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS.  Q,,  Where  does  Russian  America  lie  7  1117.  What  te 
said  oiits  climate  and  inhabitants  1  1118. 


RUSSIAN    AMERICA.       MEXICO.  165 

1118.  It  is  a  cold  and  dreary  region,  inhabited  by 
Indians  exclusively,  except  about  one  thousand  Rus- 
sians, who  are  employed  in  the  fur  trade  with  the  na- 
tives. 

MAP   OF   NORTH  AMERICA. 

How  are  the  Russian  Possessions  bounded  ?  What  mountains  are  there  ? 
s.  y.  What  strait  on  N.  W.?  g.  What  does  it  connect?  \Vhat  does  it 
separate?  What  cape  in  the  N.  W.?  s.  What  cape  in  Asia  opposite 
this?  t. 

What  peninsula  on  theW.  ?  a.    What  gulf  near  this  peninsula?  n. 

Which  are  the  three  principal  islands  on  the  coast?  k.  s.  s.  Which 
is  the  farthest.  N.,  Russian  America  or  the  state  of  Maine  ?  What  course  is 
it  from  you  to  Russian  America  ?  Describe  the  track  which  a  vessel  must  pur- 
Bue  to  get  there  ?  Describe  the  most  direct  route  by  land  ? 


MEXICO. 

Map  of  N.  America- — How  is  Mexico  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1119.  MEXICO  was  discovered  by  the  Spaniards,  and 
remained  for  nearly  three  centuries  a  Spanish  prov- 
ince;  but  in  1812  it  became  an  independent  republic, 
resembling  in  its  main  features,  the  government  of  the 
United  States. 

1120.  The  States  of  Mexico  lie  at  about  an  equal 
distance  from  Europe  and  Asia,  and  their  shores  are 
washed  by  two  oceans. 

1121.  The  surface  on  both  coasts  is  low  and  level, 
gradually  rising  towards  the  interior,  till  it  reaches  the 
height  of  7000  feet,  or  about  one  mile  and  one  third, 
where  it  abruptly  spreads  out  into  broad  and  extensive 
plains,  some  of  which  are  sixteen  or  seventeen  hundred 
miles  in    length,   forming    what    are   called    "Table 
Lands  ;"  a  remarkable  spectacle  on  the  summits  of  lofty 
mountains. 

1122.  The  low  land  is  hot  and  unhealthy;  the  interior  less  so,  and  at  an 
elevation  of  5000  feet,  or  about  one  mile,  the  atmosphere  is  bland  and  de- 
lightful, possessing  the  characteristics  of  uninterrupted  spring. 

MEXICO.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  discovery  and  present  condition  of  Mexico  ? 
1119.  Where  are  the  Mexican  states  situated  ?  1120. 

O.  What  is  the  surface?  1121.    What  are  the  Table  Lands?  1121     Climate 
1122.    Moiuuaipj?  1123- 


166  MEXICO. 

1123.  From  the  surface  of  the  Table  Lands  there  often  shoot  up  peaks  of 
mountains  to  a  great  elevation,  their  tops  being  covered  with  perpetual  snow. 
The  highest  of  these  is  Popocatapetl,  which  is  about  17,000  feet,  almost  3i 
miles  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  This  peak,  as  well  as  several  others  in  the 
vicinity,  is  volcanic. 

1124.  The  soil  of  the  country  for  the  most  part,  is 
exceedingly  productive,  yielding  two  or  three  crops  of 
Indian  corn  in  a  year. 

1125.  The  other  principal  productions  are  tobacco,  indigo,  sugar,  cotton, 
mahogany,  logwood,  and  a  great  variety  of  fruit  and  grain.     The  agave  or 
American  aloe,  the  liquor  of  which  is  called  pulque,  is  extensively  cultivated. 

1126.  Mexico  has  been  celebrated  for  its  silver  mines,  which  are  the  richest 
in  the  world,  yielding  an  annual  income  of  about  22  millions  of  dollars,  ten 
times  as  much  as  all  the  mines  of  Europe.     One  of  these  mines  is  regarded 
as  a  great  curiosity,  being  excavated  about  eight  miles  in  length,  and  over 
1600  feet  in  depth. 

1127.  This  country,  previous  to  its  discovery  and  conquest  by  the  Span- 
iards, under  Fernando  Cortez,  was  the  seat  of  a  powerful  and  civilized  em- 
pire, governed  by  the  famous  Montezuma.     By  what  means  the  aborigines 
attained  to  the  degree  of  refinement  in  which  they  were  found,  is  still  a  mat- 
ter of  uncertainty,  as  is  also  their  origin  in  this  country. 

1128.  The  only  religion  which  is  tolerated  here  is 
the  Roman  Catholic.     The  number  of  clergy  is  about 
10,000,  including  four  thousand  monks  and  nuns. 

1 129.  More  than  one  third  of  the  inhabitants  are  sub- 
dued Indians,  nearly  one  quarter  whites,  of  European 
extraction,  and  the  rest  mixed  races. 

1130.  TOWNS.    MEXICO,  the  metropolis  of  the  whole  Mexican  republic, 
is  the  oldest,  and  one  of  the  most  populous  cities  in  America.     It  is  situated 
midway  between  the  oceans,  near  Lake  Tezcuco,  in  a  most  delightful  valley, 
230  miles  in  circumference,  and  bordered  by  high  ranges  of  mountains,  at  an 
elevation  of  about  7,500  feet,  or  more  than  one  and  a  half  miles  above  the  level 
of  the  sea. 

1131.  The  city  is  laid  out  in  an  exact  square,  each  side  being  four  miles  in 
length,  and  is,  says  Humboldt,  "one  of  the  finest  cities  ever  built  by  Euro- 
peans in  either  hemisphere."     It  is  remarkable  for  its  regular  and  wide  streets, 
its  uniform  and  splendid  edifices,  and  for  having  the  richest  mint1-  in  the  world. 
The  city  is  said  to  contain  no  less  than  20,000  beggars,  called  leperos,  who  are 
miserable  beings. 

1132.  Puebla*-  the  next  city  in  population,  is  situated  on  a  plain  nearly  as 
high  as  Mexico,  and  70  miles  S.  E.  of  it. 

1133.  Guanaxato*  and  Zacatecas  are  celebrated  for  their  rich  silver  mines, 
and  Xalapa*  or  Jalapa  for  producing  and  giving  nam&  to  the  purgative  xalap% 
now  written  jalap,  much  used  in  medicine*. 

Q,.  What  is  the  soil?  1124.  Principal  productions?  1125.  Mines?  1126.  The 
former  government  ?  1127. 

Q.  What  is  the  religion  and  number  of  the  clergy  ?  1128.    Inhabitants  ?  1129. 

1  MINT,  a  place  where  money  is  coined.  I      3  GUANA.XA.TO,  (gu-aw-naw-lm  a'-to.) 

2  PUEBLA,  (pu-a'-blaw.)  j     4XALAPA,  (haHap'  pa.) 


GUATEMALA.  167 

MAP    OF   NORTH   AMERICA. 

What  peninsula  on  the  west  of  the  Mexican  republic  ?  a.  What  gulf?  a. 
What  is  its  length  ?  Which  is  the  largest  river  that  flows  into  this  Gulf?  o. 

What  peninsula  in  the  S.  E.  ?  Yn.  What  three  bays  near  the  peninsula? 
y.  s.  e.  Will  you  describe  the  river  Brazos  ? 

What  mountains  in  this  country  ?s.  Their  length  and  height  ?  In  about 
what  latitude  is  the  volcano  of  Popocatapetl  ?J 

What  two  towns  in  the  northern  parts  of  Yucatan  ?  a.  y.  What  town 
•Pi.  of  Valladolid?  Go.  What  two  towns  nearly  N.  of  Guanaxato?  i.  s. 

What  lakes  in  the  N.  W.  ?  s.  o.  On  what  river  is  Moncloya?  Ne.  In 
kvhat  part  of  Mexico  is  the  province  of  Texas  ?  What  river  between  Texas 
'and  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  U.  S.  ?  e.  Which  rivers  of  Mexico  are  naviga- 
ble ?  How  far  and  to  what  places  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  o.  The  second  ?  Pa.  The  Third  ?  Zs. 
Where  is  Valladolid  ?  Vera  Cruz  ?  San  Felipe  ? 

What  is  the  situation  of  Mexico  ?  1130.  What  is  said  of  the  plan  of  the 
city,  its  mines  and  bcprears?  1131.  What  of  Puebla?  1132.  Guanaxato 
andZacateca?  1133.  Xalcpa  or  Jalapa  ?  1133. 


GUATIMALA  OR  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

Map  of  N.  America. — How  is  Guatimala  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1 134.  GFATIMALA  or  CENTRAL  AMERICA,  was  formerly 
a  Spanish  province,  but  in  1823,  it  became  an  indepen- 
dent republic,  with  a  President  and  Vice  President  like 
die  United  States. 

1135.  The   climate,   soil,   productions  and  surface, 
|!  correspond  in  general  with  those  of  Mexico. 

1136.  The  Andes  in  their  course,  pass  through  Guatimala,  where  there  are 
20,  or  perhaps,  more  volcanoes  constantly  burning,  from  which  eruptions  are 
i  frequently  taking  place,  accompanied  with  terrible  earthquakes. 

1137.  The  principal  exports  are  indigo,  cocoa,  and 
[!  cochineal.     The  part  bordering  on  the  bay  of  Hondu- 

i  as,  abounds  in  mahogany  and  logwood.     Cattle  and 
sheep  are  abundant. 

1 138.  The  population  is  composed  chiefly  of  Indians, 
they  being  in  number  about  two  millions. 

1139.  TOW.NS.  GUATIM ALA,*  the  capital  ofthe  republic,  is  situated  in  the 
midst  of  a  delightful  valley,  nearly  one  mile  above  the  level  ofthe  sea.  It 
formerly  stood  25  miles  S.  of  its  present  site,  on  the  declivity  of  a  volcanic 
mountain,  from  the  eruptions  of  which  it  frequently  and  severely  suffered. 

GUATIMALA.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  government  of  Guatimala  ?  1134.  Wherein 
does  Guatimala  correspond  with  Mexico  1  1135.  Its  mountains  ?  113*6.  Produc- 
tions and  exports  1  1137.  Population  1  1138. 

1  POPOCATAPKTL,  (po-po-ca-ta'-oet-iL)    }     2  GUATIMALA,  (gwah-te-ma'-la  j 


168  WEST    INDIES. 

At  one  time  in  1773,  about  62  years  ago,  8000  families  were  destroyed.    It  has 
a  good  harbor  and  several  magnificent  edifices. 


MAP   OP   NORTH   AMERICA. 

What  bay  on  the  N.  of  Guatemala?  s.  What  cape  on  the  E.  ?  s. 
What  bay  runs  up  considerably  into  the  land  on  the  N.  ?  Ae.  What  river  in 
the  S.  E.  ?  n.  What  lake  near  the  western  coast  ?  a.  What  outlet  has 
it?  n.  With  what  sea  then  is  it  connected  ?  n. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  a.  The  second  ?  o.  The  third  ?  a.  Fourth  ? 
n.  What  towns  in  the  S.  on  the  Isthmus  of  Darien  ?  o.  a.  What  is  said 
of  Guatemala?  1139. 


WEST  INDIES. 

1140.  The  West  Indies  are  a  large  collection  of  is- 
lands between  North  and  South  America.  The  Baha- 
mas are  the  most  northern,  Ferdinand  the  most  south- 
ern, Barbadoes  the  most  eastern,  and  Cuba  the  most 
western. 

1141.  They  were  called  Indies  by  Columbus,  who  believed  them  to  be  a 
part  of  India,  which  was  the  object  of  his  search.  When  the  mistake  was  dis- 
covered they  retained  the  name,  the  term  West  being  prefixed,  to  distinguish 
them  from  the  Indies  of  the  eastern  hemisphere,  which  are  now  calleu  £ast 
Indies. 

1142.  The  West  Indies  are  divided  into  four  groups, 
Great  and  Little  Antilles,  Bahamas,  and   Caribbean 
Islands. 

1143.  The  seasons,  as  in  other  tropical  regions,  are 
divided  into  wet  and  dry.     The  climate  in  summer  is 
excessively   hot  and   unhealthy ;  in  winter  mild  and 
healthy,  being  from  December  to  May,  the  finest  win- 
ter on  the  globe. 

1144.  In  mid-summer  the  nights  are  eminently  beautiful ;  the  moon  is  so 
brilliant  that  the  smallest  print  is  legible  by  her  light,  and  in  her  absence  her 
place  is  supplied  by  the  brightness  of  the  Milky  Way,  and  the  radiance  of  the 
planet  Venus,  which  is  such  as  to  cast  a  shade.    This  is  succeeded  by  the 
autumnal  rains  and  sickly  season. 

1145.  Between  the  months  of  August  and  October,  the  islands  are  visited 
with  tremendous  hurricanes,  which  oftentimes  do  extensive  injury  to  ships, 
towns  and  villages. 

WEST  INDIES.  Q,.  Which  islands  of  this  cluster  are  most  northern,  which  most 
southern,  eastern,  &c.  1  1140.  Why  were  the  West  Indies  so  called  1  1141. 

Q,.  What  groups  do  they  comprise?  1142.  What  are  their  seasons  and  cli- 
mate? 1143. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  summer  ?  1144  Hurricanes?  1145.  SoJ  and  production*? 
1146.  Population?  1147 


WEST    INDIES. 


169 


1146.  The  soil  is  in  general  exce 


which  are  manufactured  sugar,  molasses,  and  that  poisonous  drink,  rum. 
Cotton,  coffee,  indigo,  pimento,  cocoa,  medicinal  drugs,  tobacco,  maize, 
guava,  plantain,  &c.  are  extensively  cultivated.  Oranges,  lemons,  limes, 
pomegranates,  citrons,  pine-apples,  &c.  grow  in  great  perfection  ;  also  yams, 
potatos,  &c. 

1147.  Thenumbei  of  inhabitants  is  reckoned  at  about  3,000,000,  of  whom 
2,500,000  are  Blacks,  and  about  500,000  Whites.  The  blacks  are  mostly 
slaves  except  in  Hayti,  and  the  islands  belonging  to  Great  Britain.  By  a  late 

t  of  the  British  Parliament,  which  took  effect  ii 


700,000  slaves  were  set  at  liberty  on  these  islands. 


in  Augusi,  1834,  nea:)y 


1148.    TABULAR  VIEW 

OF    THE   PRINCIPAL   WEST   INDIA   ISLANDS. 
BAHAMAS. 


|  Belonging  to  I  Sq.  Ms.  i   1'op'n.   j  Cliin "Towns. 


Ifaiiunia, 
Providence, 

A  baro, 
(•tiaiiiihnni,  &c. 

G.  Britain, 
<;.  Britain, 
(;.  Britain, 
G.  Britain, 

5,500 

16,000 

Nassau. 

GREAT    ANTII.UiS. 


Hayii, 
Cuba, 
Jamaica, 
Porto  Kico. 

Spain, 
G.  Britain. 
Spain. 

50,000 
6,400 
400 

1)35,000 
704,000 
400,000 
225,000 

Port  Republican. 
Havana. 
Kinirston. 
St.  Juan. 

CARIBBEAN    ISLANDS. 


Gandalonpc,  i 

France, 

b75 

l^i,u(hi 

Basse  'IVrn-.a 

Mari^alante, 

France, 

M 

1-J,(HMI 

Basse  T<rif. 

Martinique, 

France, 

370 

113,000 

St.  i'l 

Antigua, 

G.  Britain 

0 

36,000 

St.  John's. 

St.  Christopher, 

<;.  Hritain, 

71) 

94,000 

l!a—«'  Terre. 

Dominica, 

G.  Britain, 

I'.t.    MO 

Kosseau. 

Mnnsterrat, 

G.  Britain, 

38 

8,000 

IMyinoiil'i. 

Tortola,  &c. 

G.  Britain, 

M 

7,000 

i;->.-nl  Harbor. 

Nrvis, 

G.  Britain, 

20 

11,000 

C'iiarlcstown. 

Vir»in  Gorda, 

G.  Britain, 

80 

8,',00 

Aiiiinilla, 

G.  Britain, 

30 

800 

Barbadoes, 

G.  Britain, 

166 

101,000 

Bridjzotown. 

(Jrrnada, 

G.  Britain, 

110 

29,000 

St.  (icorge. 

Trinidad, 

G.  Britain, 

1,700 

52,000 

Port  of  Spain. 

St.  Vincent, 

G.  Britain, 

130 

25,000 

Kinirston. 

St.  Lucia, 

G.  Britain, 

225 

18,000 

('menage. 

Tobago, 

G.  Britain, 

140 

14,000 

Scarborough. 

Santa  Cruz, 

Denmark, 

100 

33,000 

Santa  Cruz. 

Si.  Thomas, 

Denmark, 

40 

5,000 

St.  Eustatia, 

Holland, 

22 

14,000 

The  Bay. 

St.  Martin, 

Sweden, 

90 

6,000 

Curaooa, 

Holland, 

600 

12,000 

WilliamstadL 

St.  Bartholomew, 

Sweden, 

60 

8,000 

Gustavia. 

Margaritta. 

Columbia, 

350 

]  5,000 

.i«c»'ris'u)ii. 

1149.  CUBA,  the  largest  island  of  the  West  Indies,  and  the  most  important 

IGAUDALOUPE,  (gaw'-da-loop.)  |     2 BASSE  Ti£RRK,(bas-tar/ ) 

b 


170 


WEST    INDIES. 


has  on  its  coast  a  level  surface,  and  a  very  productive  soil,  yielding  sng-ar,  to- 
bacco, and  coffee,  in  abundance.  The  tobacco  of  Cuba,  from  which  are  man- 
ufactured Spanish  cigars,  is  esteemed  the  best  in  America. 

1150.  HAVANA,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  the  largest  and  most  important  city 
of  the  West  Indies,  and  is  the  place  of  the*  greatest  trade.  It  has  the  best  har- 
bor in  the  world. 


CATCHING    TURTLES    ON    THE    COAST    OF    CUBA. 

Marine  Turtles,  esteemed  a  great  delicacy  by  epicures,  abound  upon  tie 
coast  of  tliis  and  other  West  India  Islands,  and  are  taken  in  great  numbers, 
during  the  night,  when  they  go  on  shore  to  deposit  their  eggs,  as  represented 
in  the  above  cut. 

1 151.  HAYTI,  signifying  the  mountainous,  was  called  by  Columbus,  Espani- 
ola,  [Hispaniola]  and  by  the  French  and  English,  to  whom  formerly  it  jointly 
belonged,  it  was  named  fet.  Domingo,  after  its  capital  city.  The  inhabitants 
are  chiefly  blacks  and  mulattoes,  descendants  of  Africans,  who  rose  in  re- 
bellion against  the  whites,  their  masters,  expelled  them  from  the  island,  and 
asserted  their  independence,  which  they  have  successfully  maintained  to  this 
day 


United  States  to  theirs.     They  ha\  e  about  40,000  regular  troops,  and  113,000 
militia.    Their  revenue  is  4,000,000. 

1152.  The  principal  towns  of  Hayti,  are  Port  Republican,  Cape  Haytien, 
and  St.  Domingo. 


MAP   OF   NORTH  AMERICA. 

What  large  West  India  island  S.  of  Florida?  Ca.  What  cape  in  the 
western  part  of  it  ?  o.  What  four  towns  has  it  ?  a.  s.  r.  o.  Which  ia 
the  largest  ?  a. 

Which  is  the  second  island  in  size?  Hi.  Which  is  the  largest  town.' 
n.  What  are  the  other  principal  towns?  n.  e.  o. 

What  island  near  Cape  Sable  in  Florida?  t.  To  whom  does  this  island 
elong  ?  The  United  States. 


SOUTH   AMERICA.  17 

On  what  island  is  Kingston  ?  a.  What  island  E.  of  Hayti  ?  o.  What  small 
one  E.  of  the  last'?  z. 

What  direction  is  Cuba  from  Hayti  ?  Cuba  from  W  ashington,  the  capital 
of  the  United  States?  Which  is  most  easterly.  Cuba  or  Mexico  < 
Which  has  the  highest  latitude,  Hayti  or  the  city  of  Mexico  ?  Jamaica  or 
Cuba  ? 

What  cluster  of  islands  N.  E.  of  Cuba  ?  Bs.  What  course  are  the  Bahamas 
from  Florida?  What  cluster  N.  E.  of  them?  Bs.  \\  hat  course  is  Cuba 
ircm  where  you  reside  ? 

QUESTIONS   OX   THE    TABULAR   VIKW.      11-13. 

What  island  has  il-c  gn  : •'••  -t  number  of  square  miles?  Which  the  great- 
est number  of  inhabitants  ?  Which  iho  second  in  population? 

Which  are  the  four  largest  islands  ?  Which  are  their  capitals  ?  What  go- 
vornment  owns  Cuba?  Bahama?  Jamaica.'  i'or 

Chistophers?     Dominica?     Barbados?      Trinidad?     Santa    Cm  I      Of 
what  island  is  .St.  Juan  the  capital? 

Will  you  describe  Cuba  1  11-ii).  What  is  said  of  Havana?  1150.  Tur- 
tles of  Cuba  .'  1150.  By  what  d  ;ti  boon  called? 
1151.  Will  you  describe  the  inhabitants  ?  11D1.  Their  government,  chief 
officer,  troops,  and  revenue  ?  1151. 

SOUTH  AMERICA. 

1153.  SOUTH  AMERICA,  the  southern  half  of  the  New 
World,  is  in  form  a  great  peninsula,  thinly  settled  and 
for  the  most  part  uncultivated. 

1154.  It  is  in  length  about  4,GOO   miles  from  the 
straits  of  Magellan  to  the  isthmus  of  Darien,  and  in 
breadth  about  3000  miles  from  ocean  to  ocean,  con- 
taining 61  millions  of  square  miles. 

1155.  South  America  is  distinguished  for  the  salubri- 
ty of  its  climate,  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  the  value  of  its 
productions,  and  for  the  extent  and  grandeur  of  its 
mountains  and  rivers, 

1150.  It  differs  from  North  America  in  having  a  less 
number  of  inland  seas,  gulfs,  and  large  bays.  It  sur- 
passes every  other  quarter  of  the  globe  in  its  rich  and 
extensive  mines  of  gold,  silver,  platina,  mercury,  and 
diamonds.  In  Chili  there  is  scarcely  a  mountain '  with- 
out gold,  or  a  river  without  golden  sands , 

SOUTH  AMERICA.  Q,  .What  is  said  of  the  form  and  settlement  of  South  Ameri- 
ca 7  1153.  What  of  its  extent  7  1154. 

For  what  is  this  Grand  Division  distinguished  1  1155,  In  what  particulars  does 
ft  differ  from  otter  divisions  of  the  globe  7  1150. 


172 


SOUTH   AMERICA. 


1157.  That  most  useful  root,  the  potato,  is  a  native  of  the  Andes,  growi™ 
wild  around  Lima  in  Peru,  and  other  places.  It  is  cultivated  by  the  natives 
under  the  name  of  papas.  Cinchona,  or  Peruvian  bark,  grows  here  in 
abundance. 


THE    TAPIR — PECCARY — LAMA — ARMADILLO — ANT-EATER — JAGUAR — CON 
DOR   AND  AMERICAN  OSTRICH. 

1153.  The  most  remarkable  animals  of  South  America  are  the  Jaguar  or 
American  Tiger,  the  Lama  or  Peruvian  Camel,  the  Vicuna  or  Peruvian 
Sheep,  and  the  Condor,  a  species  of  the  vulture.  The  Condor  is  the  largest 
bird  of  flight  known  in  the  world.  Its  eggs  are  from  3  to  4  inches  long,  its 
quills  3  feet  in  length,  and  its  wings,  when  extended,  measure  about  13  feet* 

1159.  The  climate  in  the  south  is  cold,  much  more 
so  throughout  the  peninsula  than  in  other  regions  in  the 
same  latitude,  and  is  for  the  most  part  salubrious,  except 
in  the  low  plains,  where  it  is  hot  and  frequently  un- 
healthy. 

1160.  Even  under  the  equator,  the  heat  is  not  very  oppressive,  owing  to 
the  elevation  of  the  country,  and  its  narrowness  in  this  part. 

1161.  The  population  is  composed  of  Whites,  In- 
dians, Negroes,  Mulattoes,  Mestizoes,  and  Samboes; 
making  in  all  about  15  millions,  with  space  and  fertile 
soil  enough  for  the  support  of  more  than  500  millions. 

1162.  'The  whites  are  mostly  Creoles,  or  those  born  in  America,  and  Cha- 
patones,  or  those  born  in  Spain.  The  mulattoes  are  descendants  of  whites 
and  negroes,  the  mestizoes  of  whites  and  Indians,  and  the  samboes  of  negroes 
and  Indians. 

Q.  What  vegetables  are  found  here  1  1157.  What  animals  1  115&  Describe 
the  Condor  ?  1158. 

Q,.  What  is  the  climate  1 1159.  What  is  said  of  the  heat  under  the  equator  ?  1160. 
Q.  What  is  the  population  1  1161.    Who  are  the  Whites  and  Mulattoes  ?  1162. 


SOUTH    AMERICA.  173 

1163.  The  higher  classes  are  well  educated,  though  the  standard  of  moral- 
ity is  not  high,  and  the  lower  classes  are  both  ignorant  and  vicious. 

1164.  Since  the  South  American  States,  which  for- 
merly were  chiefly  in  the  possession  of  Spain  and  Por- 
tugal, have  become  independent  republics,  they  have 
given  much  attention  to  the  subject  of  education.     The 
result  of  this  has  been  the  establishment  in  various  places 
of  schools  and  universities. 

1165.  The  Andes  of  South  America  is  an  immense 
chain  of  mountains,   extending  throughout   its   whole 
length  from  N.  to  S.,  varying  from  50  to  150  miles  from 
the  sea  coast,  and  so  high  as  to  be  visible  180  miles  from 
the  shore. 

116G.  Formerly,  Chimborazo  was  considered  their  highest  peak,  but  late 
surveys  make  Sorato,  in  Bolivia,  the  most  elevated  point,  being  25,250  feet, 
almost  5  miles,  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  a  few  feet  lower  than  Jahavah, 
that  lofty  peak  of  the  Himmaleh  Mountains  in  Asia. 

1167.  The  Andes  have  a  vast  many  other  points  of  prodigious  height, 
which,  even  in  the  torrid  zone,  are  covered  with  perpetual  snow,  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  15,000  feet,  or  about  3  miles,  the  point  fixed  on  by  Humboldt  as  tlue 
snow  line  under  the  equator. 

1168.  The  people  of  New  England  look  on  the  White  Mountains  as  a 
grand  ami  sublime  spectacle  ;  with  what  admiration  and  wonder  then  must 
a  person  gaze  on  the  lofty  Andes,  which  rise  almost  four  times  as  high  ! 
From  their  summit,  no  one  has  as  yet  been  permitted  to  look,  on  account  of 
their  steep  and  rugged  ascent,  as  well  as  from  the  peculiar  state  of  the  at- 
mosphere, which  in  regions  less  elevated,  causes  fainting,  and  the  blood  to 
spirt  from  one's  face,  as  was  the  case  with  Humboldt  and  his  companions. 

1169.  The  Andes  are  volcanic  throughout  almost  their  whole  extent,  and 
in  many  places  eruptions  are  constant.    Among  them  is  Cotopaxi,  the  most 
formidable  and  the  most  elevated  on  the  globe.    The  flames  from  this  peak 
have  been  known  to  rise  to  the  astonishing  height  of  3000  feet,  nearly  one 
mile  above  its  crater,  and  its  "  roarings  have  been  heard  at  the  distance  of 
600  miles."* 

1170.  When  Humboldt,  in  ascending  the  Andes,  had  reached  the  crater  of 
Pinchincha,  he  climbed  a  rock  hanging  over  it,  and  looked  down  upon  the 
mouth  of  the  volcano,  which  he  describes  as  being  a  large  black  and  yawning 
gulf,  so  immense  that  the  summits  of  other  mountains  might  be  distinctly 
seen  within  it. 

Q.  What  is  the  state  of  Education  ?  1163  and  1164.    Describe  the  Andes  ?  1165. 

a.  What  is  said  of  Chimborazo  ?  1166.  What  of  the  other  peaks  1  1167.  What 
of  a  view  from  the  loftiest  summit  ?  1168. 

Q.  Have  the  Andes  any  volcanoes?  1169.  What  happened  to  Humboldt  in  as- 
cending these  mountains?  1170.  What  is  II umboldt's  description  of  a  thunder 
storm,  seen  from  a  high  elevation  ?  1171. 

*  Bell's  Geography,  vol.  vi.  p.  36. 


174 


SOUTH   AMERICA. 


HUMBOLDT   VIEWING    THE    CRATER   OF   PINCHINCHA. 

1171.  The  same  traveller  speaks  of  ascending  the  Andes  so  high  that  he 
could  see  the  forked  lightning  darting  from  the  clouds  beneath  him,  and  hear 
the  pealing  thunder,  when  all  was  tranquil  and  delightful  above  and  around 
him. 


MAP   OF    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Which  part  of  S.  America  does  the  equator  cross,  the  northern  or  south- 
ern ?  In  which  latitude  then  is  the  greater  part  of  it  ?  Why  ?  About 
how  many  degrees  of  north  latitude  has  it  ?  How  many  of  south  latitude  ? 
How  then  is  it  situated  with  respect  to  latitude  ? 

In  what  hemisphere  is  South  America  ?  Which  part  would  the  meridian 
of  35°  west  longitude  from  Greenwich  cut?  Which  the  meridian  of  81°  ? 
How  then  is  South  America  situated  with  respect  to  longitude  ? 

Which  four  divisions  lie  wholly  in  the  torrid  zone  ?  Ca.  a.  u.  a.  What 
large  one  almost  wholly  in  the  same  zone  ?  1.  How  do  you  know  that 
any  of  these  places  are  in  the  torrid  zone  ?  Which  divisions  are  wholly 
in  the  temperate  zone  ?  Pa.  i.  Which  mostly  in  the  temperate  zone  ?  s. 

How  is  South  America  bounded  ?    Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Colombia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 


Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 
Largest  Town  and  River  ? 


Guiana  bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Peru  bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Bolivia  bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Brazil  bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

United  Provinces  bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Chili  bounded  ?  Capital  ? 
Patagonia  bounded  ? 

Where  is  the  island  of  Trinidad  ?  Joannes  ?  Martin  Vas  ?  Faulkland  ? 
Aurora  ?  Georgia  ?  Terra  del  Fuego  ?  Chiloe  ?  MaSsafuero  ?  St.  Fe- 
lix? Juan  Fernandez?  Quibo  ? 

Where  is  Cape  Vela  ?  Orange  ?  North  ?  St.  Roque  ?  St.  Francisco  ? 
Frio  ?  St.  Maria  ?  St.  Antonio  ?  Blanco  ? 


COLO31BIA.  175 

Which  is  the  most  northerly  cape  ?  a.  Which  the  most  easterly  ?  e. 
Which  the  most  southerly  ?  n.  Which  the  most  westerly  ?  ^o. 

\Vhere  is  Lake  Maracaybo  ?    Titicaca  ?     [See  meridian  70°.] 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Venezuela?    Gulf  of  Darien? 

Where  is  the  Bay  of  Panama  ?  Bay  of  All  Saints  ?  (E.  of  Bl.)  Parana- 
gua  Bay  ? 

What  are  the  principal  islands  ? 

What  are  the  principal  capes  ? 

What  are  the  principal  lakes  ? 

What  are  the  principal  gulfs  ? 

Where  are  the  Andes  ?  What  mountains  between  Guiana  and  Amazonia  ? 
e.  What  do  the  Straits  of  3Iagellan  separate  ?  What  isthmus  on  the  N. 
W.?  n. 


COLOMBIA. 

Map  of  S.  America.— ITow  is  Columbia  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1172.  COLOMBIA  in  1829  was  divided  into  the  three 
republics  of  NEW  GRENADA,  VENEZUELA,  and  EQUA- 
TOR, which  are  the  present  divisions  of  the  country. 

1173.  THE  REPUBLIC  OF  COLOMBIA,  as  it  recently  existed,  was  compo- 
sed  of  the  countries  previously  known  as  New  Grenada,  and  Caraceo*,  or 
Venezuela.  The  north-west  part  was  formerly  called  Terra  Firnw,  and  the 
south-western  once  formed  the  province  of  Quito. 

1174.  The  surface  of  Colombia  in  the  west  is  moun- 
tainous ;  in  the  east,  it  consists  of  vast  plains,  and  on 
the  Oronoco  it  is  much  subject  to  inundation. 

1175.  Colombia  has  every  variety  of  climate  from 
intolerable  heat  and  uninterrupted  summer  to  perpetual 
snow.     Except  in  the  low  land,  it  is  generally  healthy. 

1176.  Most  of  the  soil,  especially  the  valleys  and 
plains,  produce  grain,  cotton,  coffee,   cocoa,  tobacco, 
and  indigo.     These  articles,  with  hides  and  cattle,  con- 
stitute the  chief  exports. 

1177.  The  Congress  of  Colombia  in  1823  made  provision  that  the  avails 
of  the  convents,  which  had  been  suppressed,  should  be  applied  to  the  sup- 
port  of  a  university  in  every  department,  a  college  in  every  provincial  capi  • 
tal,  a  grammar  school  in  every  canton,  and  a  primary  school  in  every  parish, 
being  the  most  extensive  system  of  education  ever  planned. 

1178.  Tequendama,  on  the  river  Bogota,  15  miles  S.  W.  of  the  City  or 
Bogota,  is  one  of  the  most  extraordinary  cataracts  in  the  world.     The   river 
which  just  above  the  Falls  is  140  feet  wide,  is  suddenly  compressed  to  35 
feet,  and  rushes  perpendicularly  down  a  rock,  making  at  two  tiounds  a  de- 
scent of  nearly  600  feet  into  an  unfathomable  abyss. 

COLOMBIA.  What  are  the  present  divisions  of  Colombia,  and  when  were  they 
made?  117ii.  Of  what  was  Colombia  formerly  composed  ?  117H. 

U.  What  is  the  surface  ?  1174.  Will  you  describe  the  climate  ?  1175.  What  are 
the  productions  and  exports  ?  117G. 


176  GUIANA. 

1179.  In  the  isthmus  of  Darien  or  Panama  is  a  chain 
of  mountains  throughout  its  whole  length,  serving  the 
purpose  of  an  eternal  barrier   between  its  adjacent 
oceans. 

1180.  The  natives  of  the  country  wear  no  clothes, 
and  in  many  places  build  their  huts  upon  the  trees,  to  be 
elevated  from  the  damp  soil  and  the  reptiles  engendered 
in  the  putrid  waters. 

1181.  TOWNS.    SANTA  FE  DE  BOGOTA  or  BOGOTA,  the  capital  of  New 
Grenada,  is  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  large  and  fertile  plain,  which  is  eleva- 
ted about  8500  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

1182.  Quito1,  the  largest  city  in  the  three  divisions  of  Colombia,  and  the 
capital  of  the  Republic  of  the  Equator,  is  situated  on  the  side  of  the  volcanic 
mountain  Pinchinca,  9500  feet,  or  nearly  two  miles  above  the  level  of  the 
sea.     This  city,  notwithstanding  its  proximity  to  the  equator,  has,  on  account 
of  its  elevation,  a  mild  and  delightful  climate.     It  is   subject  to  dreadful 
earthquakes  and  tempests,  on  which  account  the  houses  are  generally  built 
but  one  story  high. 

MAP   OF   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

What  mountains  in  the  western  part  of  Colombia  ?  s.  Which  is  the  lar- 
gest river  ?  o.  Describe  it.  For  what  is  the  Oronoco  navigable  1 

Which  is  the  next  river  in  size  ?  a.  Describe  it.  What  branch  has  it  ?  a. 
For  what  is  the  Magdalena  navigable  ?  o.  What  river  in  the  E.  of  Colom- 
bia? Eo.9 

What  two  celebrated  peaks  of  the  Andes  in  the  S.  W.  ?  i.  o.  What 
large  town  near  ?  o. 

What  bay  and  gulf  on  the  north  and  south  sides  of  the  isthmus  of  Darien  ? 
a.  n.  What  island  S.  W.  of  Panama  Bay  ?  o.  What  ports  on  the  isth- 
mus of  Darien  ?  o.  a.  What  ports  on  the  Caribbean  sea?  Ca.  a.  o.  s.  a. 

What  town  on  the  Oronoco  of  the  same  size  as  Hartford  in  Connecticut  ? 
s.  What  one  S.  of  Lake  Maracaybo  of  the  same  size  ?  s.  What  one  S.  W. 
of  the  last,  one  and  a  half  times  as  large  ?  a.  What  S.  W.  of  the  last  and 
twice  as  large  ?  n. 

Which  of  the  great  circles  that  surround  the  earth  passes  through  Colom- 
bia ?  What  town  N.  of  Quito  on  the  western  coast  ?  s.  What  town  in 
the  S.  W.  on  the  Maranon  Alto  ?  n. 

What  are  the  three  republics  of  Colombia  ?  Va.  a.  r.  In  what  part  is 
each  and  its  capital  ?  s.  a.  o. 

What  is  said  of  the  situation  of  Bogota  ?  1181.    What  of  Quito  ?  1182. 

GUIANA.3 

Map  of  S,  America. — How  is  Guiana  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Chief  Towns  ? 
Principal  Rivers  ? 

Q.  What  provision  was  made  for  education?  1177.  What  remarkable  cataract  is 
mentioned  ?  1178.  What  is  said  of  the  mountains  in  the  isthmus  of  Darien  ?  1179. 
How  dor  he  natives  there  construct  their  houses  and  for  what  reason  ?  1180. 

1  QUITO  ,  (kee'-to.)  I      3  GUIANA,  cghe-a'-na.) 

SEssKQUiBO,  (es-se-que'-bo.) 


PERU.  177 

1 183.  GUIANA  was  formerly  a  larger  country  than  at 
present,  comprising  not  only  its  present  divisions  of 
English,  Dutch,  and  French  Guiana,  but  also  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  Guiana.     These  are  now  included,  the 
former  in  Colombia,  the  latter  in  Brazil. 

1184.  Guiana  has  mostly  a  level  surface,  a  fruitful 
soil,  and  a  hot,  unhealthy  climate. 

1185.  The    productions  are  sugar,    coffee,    cotton, 
ma:zo,  cocoa,  and  indigo. 

1130.  TOWNS.  STARROEKI  is  the  capital  of  English  Guiana,  PARAMARI- 
BO, on  Surinam  river,  of  Dutch  Guiana,  and  C.vvr.xxK,2  the  capital  of 
French  Guiana,  is  on  an  island  of  the  SITUG  name.  The  last  town  has  a  fine 
1 1 :»)•!>. >r,  and  is  noted,  as  is  the  country  of  French  Guiana,  fur  the  production 
of  Cayenne  pepper. 

MAP    OP   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

What  river  on  the  N.  W.  of  <  isn'ana  ?  o.  What  does  it  separate  ?  What 
town  at  the  mouth  of  the  Eosequibo  ?  o.  What  at  the  mouth  of  Demarara 
river?  k. 

What  mountains  in  the  south  ?  e.  Whit  towns  on  the  coast  ?  in.  o.  e.  k. 
What  is  the  capital  of  each  division  ?  1133. 

PERU. 

Mnn  of  S.  America..— How  is  Peru  bouncbd  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1 1 87.  PERU  was  the  seat  of  the  famous  empire  of  the 
Incas,  who  commenced  their  reign  in  the  twelfth  centu- 
ry. Their  subjects,  the  Peruvians,  had  attained  to  a 
degree  of  civilization  surpassing  all  the  other  tribes  in 
America. 

1133.  Peru  was  conquered  by  the  Spaniard?,  under  Pizarro,  who  treated 
the  innocent  natives  with  great  cruelty.  It  then  formed  a  Spanish  viceroy- 
alty,  and  so  continued  till  within  a  few  yeurs,  when  it  became  an  independent 
republic. 

1189.  This  country  is  distinguished  for  its  rich  mines 
of  gold,  silver,  mercury,  and  lead. 

1190.  The  principal  productions  are  cotton,  grain, 
sugar,  pimento,  and  cinchona,  called  also  Peruvian  or 

GcitNt.  (1.  Wh;»'.  is  said  of  the  divisions  of  Guiana  7  Ild3.  The  soil,  surface, 
fciJclinate?  1184.  Productions?  1185. 

PERU.  (1.  Will  you  describe  the  empire  of  the  Incns,  and  the  condition  of  their 
subjects  7  1137.  What  have  been  the  political  changes  of  Peru  7  1188. 

lSTABROKK,(sta'-brook.)  |     2  CAYENNE,  (ki'-an.) 

8* 


178  BRAZIL. 

Jesuit's  bark,  which  is  famous  for  its  medicinal  qualities 
all  over  the  world. 

1191.  The  Andes  intersect  Peru,  and  their  summits 
are  covered  with  perpetual  snow. 

1192.  The  eastern  portion  of  the  country  is  flat,  consisting  of  pampas,  or 
vast  plains,  covered  only  with  grass,  and  occupied  solely  by  Indians. 

1193.  The  middle  region,  lying  between  two  ridges  of  the  Andes,  has,  for 
the  most  part,  a  fertile  soil,  and  in  consequence  of  its  great  elevation,  a  mild 
and  healthy  climate. 

1194.  Near  the  base  of  the  mountains  are  vast  sandy  plains  or  deserts, 
with  a  sickly  climate,  and  without  any  sunshine  for  more  than  six  months  of 
the  year.     Rain  seldom  falls  in  Peru. 

1195.  Peru  has  a  thin  population,  and  no  good  roads,  bridges,  or  canals, 
all  articles  being  generally  transported  on  the  backs  of  mules  and  lamas. 

1196.  TOWNS.     LIMA,  the  capital  of  Peru,  has  a  most  delightful  situation 
in  the  midst  of  a  spacious  valley,  700  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and 
about  8  miles  from  it.     The  city,  which  is  in  the  form  of  a  triangle,  and  laid 
out  in  squares,   is  wholly  surrounded  by  a  massive  brick  wall  with  seven 
gates  for  entrances.     The  houses  are  low,  generally  but  one  story  high,  and 
covered  with  coarse  linen  cloth  or  reeds,  without  any  regard  to  rain,  which 
seldom  falls  here. 

1197.  Cusco  or  Cuzco,  the  ancient  capital  of  the  Empire  of  the  Incas,  was 
founded,  it  is  said,  by  Marco  Capac,  the  firs  Inca  of  Peru,  who,  together  with 
his  wife,  claimed  to  have  descended  from  the  moon.     The  buildings  are  of 
stone,  and  its  cathedral  is  a  most  superb  edifice.     It  is  a  large  town,  and 
contains  numerous  monuments  of  ancient  splendor. 


MAP   OF   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Where  does  Peru  appear  to  be  the  thinnest  settled,  judging  from  the  num- 
ber of  towns  in  different  parts  ?  What  are  the  principal  cities  that  lie  along 
the  coast  of  the  Pacific  ?  Aa.  Aa.  La.  To.  On  which  side  of  the  moun- 
tains are  all  the  last  ?  What  town  among  the  Andes  ?  Ta. 

Wl  at  two  large  cities  E.  of  the  mountains  ?  a.  o.  What  course  is 
Peru  from  you  ?  How  could  you  visit  it,  by  land  or  water  ?  Can  you  de- 
scribe the  course  by  land  ?  By  water  ? 

What  two  large  branches  has  the  Amazon  in  Peru  ?  o.  e.  Where  is  the 
largest  town  ?  a.  The  two  next  ?  a.  o.  What  is  said  of  Lima  ?  1196. 
Cubco?  1197. 


BRAZIL. 

Map  of  S.  America. — ITow  is  Brazil  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1 198.  BRAZIL  is  a  countiy  of  vast  extent,  being  2300 
miles,  in  length,  and  2000  in  breadth.     It  is  much  the 

Q,.  For  what  is  this  country  distinguished  ?  1189.  What  are  the  principal  pro- 
ductions? 1190  Mountains?  1191. 

d  What  are  pampas  ?  1192.  What  is  the  climate  and  soil  ?  1193  and  1194. 
Population  ind  obstacles  to  transportation  1  1195. 


BRAZIL.  179 

largest  division  of  South  America,  and  comprises  nearly 
two-fifths  of  the  whole  peninsula. 

1199.  It  has  in  general  a  healthy  climate,  a  fertile 
soil,  and  a  diversified  surface  of  mountains  and  valleys, 
hills  and  plains.  The  scenery  of  the  country  is  repre- 
sented as  beautiful. 

1200.  There  is  scarcely  to  be  found  on  the  globe  a  finer  country  than  Bra- 
zil, one  blessed  with  a  more  genial  climate,  a  more  fertile  soil,  a  greater 
number  of  navigable  risers,  or  more  famed  for  the  production  of  gold  and 
diamonds.  Silver  :a  also  found,  and  besides  diamonds,  many  other  precious 
stones,  as  emeralds,  crystals,  &c.  Hindostan  is  the  only  country,  except 
Brazil,  that  produces  diamonds. 

1201.  The  principal  productions  are  cotton,  sugar, 
coffee,  grain,  and  tropical  fruits,  besides  various  kinds  of 
dye-woods. 

1202.  Immense  herds  of  cattle  are  found  in  the  interior  of  the  country 
and  also  wild  horses,  which  are  hunted  for  their  hides  only. 

1203.  The  parts  along  the  coast,  and  in  the  S.  E.  are  settled  by  the  whites  ; 
the  rest  of  the  country  is  occupied  by  Indians  who  live  in  open  hostility  with 
the  whites. 

1204.  Brazil  was  first  settled  by  the  Portuguese,  and  therefore  became  a 
colon)  of  Portugal.     In  1806,  the  King  of  Portugal,  with  his  family,  emigra- 
ted to  Brazil,  and  resided  there  till  1321,  which  is  the  only  instance  of  any 
portion  of  America  being  governed  by  a  king  in  person.     In  1821,  the  king 
returned  to  Portugal,  and  in  the  same  year,  independence  was  declared,  and  a 
limited  monarchy  established.     Don  Pedro,  the  son  of  the  king  mentioned 
above,  was  called  to  the  throne,  but  has  recently  abdicated  it  in  favor  of  his 
son,  and  returned  to  Europe  and  has  since  died. 

1205.  TOWNS.     Rio  JANEIRO  is  delightfully  situated   on  a  small  bay,  3 
miles  wide  in  front  of  the  city,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  Rio  Janeiro.    The 
bay  forms  one  of  the  best  harbors  in  the  world,  and  is,  with  the  city, 
rounded  by  a  lofty  mountain,  which  gives  to  the  bay  the  appearance  of  a  line 
lake.     The  adjacent  scenery  is  represented  as  inimitably  beautiful.     This 
city,  as  well  as  Pernambuco,  is  a  large  and  flourishing  place,  and  has  an  ex- 
tensive commerce. 

MAP   OF   SOUTH  AMERICA. 

What  two  rivers  partly  bound  Brazil  on  the  S.  W.  ?  Py.  Pa.  Which 
is  the  largest  river  ?  n.  What  was  the  country  on  this  river  and  west  part 
of  Brazil  formerly  called  ?  Aa. 

What  was  the  original  name  of  the  river  and  the  adjacent  country  ?    Ma- 
ranon.    Why  was  the  name  altered  to  Amazon  ?    Because  women  were 
seen  armed  on  the  river,  the  ancient  name  for  warlike  women  being  Ama- 
zons. 
What  are  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  into  the  Atlantic?  Pa.  S-Fo.  Ts.  An. 

Q.  What  town  near  the  mouth  of  the  Tocantines  ?  a.     What  on  the 

BRAZIL,  a.  What  is  the  extent  of  Brazil?  11U8.  Its  climate?  1199.  What 
comparison  is  made  ?  1200. 

a.  What  are  the  productions?  1201.  Animals?  1202.  Indians?  12C3  De 
scribe  the  settlement  of  this  country  ?  W04. 


180  BOLIVIA. 

coast  near  the  mouth  of  Itapecura  ?  m.  What  the  six  largest  on  the  coast 
S.  of  cape  St.  Roque  ?  a.  o.  a.  o.  s.  e. 

Q.  What  town  N.  of  Santos  on  a  branch  of  the  river  Paranaiba  ?  1. 
What  N.  E.  of  the  last  on  a  branch  of  the  same  river  ?  a.  What  one  on  a 
branch  of  the  Paraguay  near  St.  Pedro  del  Rey  ?  a.  By  whom  is  Amazonia 
inhabited  ?  [See  Amazonia  on  the  map.J 

What  mountains  on  the  W  ?  1.  Wliat  island  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ama- 
zon ?  s. 

Will  you  describe  the  river Tocantines ?     St.  Francisco?     Paranaiba  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  o.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1205.  The  second 
in  size  ?  r. 

What  two  branches  of  the  Amazon  nearly  four  times  as  long  as  the 
Connecticut  ?  Ma.  Ue.  What  one  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the 
Connecticut  ?  Xu.  WThat  two  branches  about  twice  as  long  ?  Ts.  No. 

How  far  and  for  what  is  the  Amazon  navigable  ?  How  long  is  it  ?  What 
is  its  comparative  size  ?  The  largest  in  the  world.  How  many  branches 
has  it  in  all  ?  Three  hundred.  How  wide  is  it  at  its  mouth  ? 


BOLIVIA. 

Map  of  S.  America. — How  is  Bolivia  bounded  ?  Its  capital  ?  Chief 
Towns?  Principal  Rivers? 

1206.  THE  REPUBLIC  OF  BOLIVIA,  once  included  in  Peru,  afterwards  in 
Buenos  Ayres,  became  independent  a  few  years  since,  assuming  its  present 
name  in  honor  of  the  late  Gen.  Simon  Bolivar,  generally  known  by  the 
name  of  the  Liberator. 

1207.  Its  soil  and  productions  are  similar  to  those  of 
Peru,  and  it  has  in  general  a  mountainous  surface. 

1208.  The  western  part  is  intersected  by  the  Andes, 
some  of  whose  summits  tower  to  a  prodigious  height, 
particularly  Sorato,  which  is  represented  as  higher  than 
(Jhimborazo  in  Colombia. 

1209.  Bolivia  is  famous  for  its   rich  silver  mines, 
among  which,  Potosi  is  the  most  celebrated  and  the 
richest  in  South  America. 

1210.  TOWNS.  LA  PLATA,  or  CHUQUISACA,  is  the  capital,  and  situated 
in  the  western  part  near  the  mountains. 


MAP   OF    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Q.  What  seaport  in  the  W.  of  Bolivia  ?  r.  What  two  towns  in  the  S.  on 
a  branch  of  the  Pilcomayo  river  ?  o.  a. 

What  lake  on  the  W  ?  a.    What  is  the  principal  river  on  the  N.  ?  y. 

•  Where  is  the  largest  town?  i.  The  two  next?  a.  z.  What  is  said  of 
the  capital  ?  1210. 

BOLIVIA.  Ci.  What  political  changes  have  taken  place  in  Peru  ?  120G.  Its  soiJ 
and  productions  ?  1207.  Mountains  1208.  Mines?  1209. 


UNITED   PROVINCES.  181 

UNITED  PROVINCES. 

Map  of  South  America. — How  are  the  United  Provinces  bounded  ?  Its 
capitals  ?  Chief  Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1211.  THE  UNITED  PROVINCES,  as  they  recently  exist- 
ed, comprised  the  Argentine  Republic,  the  Republic  of 
Uruguay,  and  the  Dictatorship  or  State  of  Paraguay, 
which  are  now  separate  and  independent  states. 

1212.  This  country  was  previously  known,  1st,  as  Spanish  America  ;  2d, 
as  Buenos  Ayres  ;  3d,  as  the  United  Provinces  of  South  America,  and  4th,  as 
the  Argentine  Republic,  and  sometimes  as  the  Republic  of  Buenos  Ayres. 

1213.  These  provinces  have  generally  a  scattered 
population,  and  extensive  portions  are  known  only  to 
roving  Indians. 

1214.  The  northern  part  is  mountainous,  gradually 
declining  in  the  central  and  southern  parts,  where  the 
country  seems  spread  out  into  extensive  plains  called 
pampas,  resembling  the  western  prairies  of  the  United 
States. 

1215.  These  plains  are  clear  of  wood,  and  covered  with  high  grass,  ex- 
tending further  than  the  eye  can  reach  ;  being  in  some  places  more  than 
1000  miles  long,  and  500  miles  wide.  On  these  plains  immense  herds  of 
cattle  and  wild  horees  graze  and  range,  and  are  often  hunted  for  their  skins 
only.  "  It  has  been  calculated  that  12,000,000  horned  cattle  and  3,000,000 
horses,  besides  great  numbers  of  sheep  roam  in  these  vast  natural  pastures." 

1216.  The  chief  sources  of  wealth  to  the  inhabitants 
consist  in  vast  herds  of  cattle,  horses,  and  mules.     The 
exports  are  hides,  tallow  and  beef. 

1217.  This  country  has  in  general  a  healthy  climate 
and  a  fertile  soil,  which  is  capable  of  producing  various 
kinds  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  common  to  the  torrid  and 
temperate  zones.     The  subject  of  agriculture  has  re- 
ceived but  little  attention. 

1218.  In  Paraguay  there  is  a  celebrated  production  called  Malte,  or  Para- 
guay tea.  It  is  exported  in  large  quantities  to  various  parts  of  South  Amer- 
ica, where  it  is  much  prized. 

1219.  The  population  of  Paraguay  is  about  150,000, 
of  whom  5000  only  are  whites,  the  rest  are  Mestizoes 
and  Indians,  a  simple  and  inoffensive  race.  All  the 

UNITED  PROVINCES.  Q,.  What  are  the  present  divisions  of  these  Provinces?  1211. 
By  what  names  were  they  previously  known  ?  1212.  What  is  said  of  their  popula- 
tion ?  1213.  What  of  the  surface?  1214.  Describe  the  plains?  12.15. 

Q,.  What  aie  the  chief  sources  of  wealth  and  exports  ?  121U.  Climate  and  soil  ? 
1217. 

Q.  What  celebrated  vegetable  is  mentioned  7  121&  What  is  the  population  of 
Paraguay  and  its  political  condition  ?  1219. 


UNITED    PROVINCES.       CHILI. 

powers  of  government  have  become  by  various  revo- 
lutions, concentrated  in  the  hands  of  one  man,  Doctor 
Francia,  who  rules  with  absolute  sway  under  the  title 
of  Dictator. 

1220.  He  maintains  a  most  rigid  police  in  every  part  of  his  dominions, 
and  has  prohibited  all  intercourse  with  foreigners  ;  and  interdicted  the  en- 
trance of  the  citizens  of  neighboring  provinces  into  his  territories  under  the 
penalty  of  death,  and  those  of  all  other  countries,  of  perpetual  detention. 

1221.  His  regime  though  rigid  is  paternal,  and  his  people  appear  happy. 
There  is  perfect  security  of  person  and  property  ;  lyceums  and  public  schools 
are  every  where  established  ;  and  every  inhabitant  is  required  to  know  how 
to  read,  write,  and  keep  accounts.     Every  body  is  compelled  to  work,  and 
mendicity  is  unknown.     ASSUMPTION  is  the  capital,  and  a  limited  foreign 
trade,  which  is  regulated  by  treaty,  is  permitted  through  the  towns  of  Itapua 
and  New  Coimbra  on  the  frontiers  of  Brazil. 

1222.  TOWNS.    BUENOS  AYRES,1  so  called  from  the  purity  of  the  atmos- 
phere, is  the  capital  of  the  Argentine  Republic,  and  stands  on  the  river  La 
Plata,  about  180  miles  from  its  mouth.    The  dwelling  houses  are  about  6,500 
in  number,  and  mostly  built  of  brick.     The  public  buildings  are  of  beautiful 
white  stone,  found  near  the  city.     The  river  is  thirty  miles  wide  here,  but 
the  frequent  storms  render  the  navigation  dangerous,  and  a  large  sand  bank 
in  front  of  the  city,  prevents  the  approach  of  large  ships  within  8  miles  of  it. 
The  commerce,  population,  and  wealth  of  Buenos  Ayres,  are  rapidly  in- 
creasing. 

1223.  MONTE  ViDEo,2  the  capital  of  Uruguay,  has  an  excellent  harbor, 
and  a  considerable  trade  in  hides,  tallow  and  dried  beef. 

MAP   OF    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

What  republic  in  the  W.  of  the  United  Provinces,  and  its  capital  ?  Ae.  s. 
What  two  in  the  E.  ?  Uy.  Py.  Their  capitals  ?  n.  o.  Which  of  the  last 
two  divisions  is  most  northerly  ? 

What  two  towns  at  the  mouth  of  the  La  Plata  ?  Mo.  s.  Which  are  the 
two  larger  ones  on  the  Paraguay  ?  e.  n. 

What  town  N.  W.  of  Santa  Fe  ?  a.  What  one  in  the  N.  W.  near  the 
source  of  the  Salado  ?  a.  What  two  near  the  source  of  the  Dulce  ?  n.  a. 
What  one  at  the  source  of  the  Colorado  ?  n.  What  S.  of  the  last  on  the 
mountains  ?  a. 

What  mountains  in  the  W.  ?  s.  Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  s.  The 
second  ?  n.  The  next  ?  a.  The  three  next  ?  o.  a.  a.  What  three  of  the 
same  size  with  Newark  in  New  Jersey,  or  Hartford  in  Connecticut  ?  a.  e.  n, 

Will  you  describe  the  two  largest  rivers  ?  a.  y.  Navigation  ?  n.  What 
is  the  length  of  the  La  Plata,  added  to  its  longest  branch  ?  2250  miles.  Where 
does  the  La  Plata  flow  ? 

Will  you  describe  Assumpcion  ?  1221.  Buenos  Ayres  ?  1222.  Monte 
Video?  1222. 


CHILL3 

Map  of  S.  America.— How  is    Chili  bounded?     Its   capital?     Chief 
Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  police  established  by  Doct.  Francia  ?  1220.    What  of  Jria 
regimen  1  1221. 

JBuENos  AYRKS,  (bwa-nos-ai'-rese,)  in  I     2  MONTE  VIDEO,  (mon-te-vee'-de-o.) 
Spanish  signifies  good  air.  \     3  CHILI,  (cliee  -Je.) 


PATAGONIA.  183 

1224.  Chili  is  comparatively  a  narrow  strip  of  land, 
lying  between  the  Andes  on  the  E.,  and  the  Pacific  on 
the  W .,  gradually  rising  in  elevation  as  it  recedes  from 
the  coast  and  approaches  the  mountains.     It  is  fertili- 
zed and  beautified  by  numerous  rivers,  about  50  of 
which  flow  into  the  Pacific. 

1225.  The  climate  is  remarkably  pleasant  and  salu- 
brious ;  the  weather  generally  serene,  and  the  soil  ex- 
ceedingly fertile,  being  one  of  the  most  delightful  coun- 
tries on  the  globe. 

1220.  It  however  rarely  rains  in  the  northern  parts,  and  in  some  parts 
never,  its  place  being  supplied  by  abundant  dews.  Earthquakes,  as  well  as 
volcanoes,  are  common  ;  14  of  the  latter  in  the  Andes  are  said  to  be  in  a 
state  of  constant  eruption. 

1227.  Chili  is  rich  in  mines  of  gold,  silver,  copper, 
tin,  and  iron,  and  produces  plentifully,  maize,  rye,  barley, 
pulse,  wine,  oil,  sugar,  cotton,  and  fruits  of  various  kinds. 

1228.  The  Auricanians,  a  celebrated  tribe  of  Indians, 
inhabit  the  southern  part  of  Chili.     They  are  enthusi- 
astically attached  to  liberty  and  have  never  been  con- 
quered. 

1229.  TOWNS.     SANTIAGO,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  a  pleasant  plain,  90 
miles  from  the  Pacific.    The  private  houses  are  mostly  built  of  clay,  baked 
in  the  sun,  and  the  public  buildings  are  generally  of  brick  or  stone. 

1230.  Vttljxiraifo  is  the  most  commercial  town  in  Chili,  has  an  excellent 
harbor,  and  considerable  trade. 

MAP   OF    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

What  mountains  on  the  E.  of  Chili  ?  s.  What  are  the  more  importa  -it 
towns  on  the  coast  ?  Sa.  Va.  n.  o. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  o.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1229.  Where  are 
the  two  next  ?  a.  n.  The  next  ?  o.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1230. 

What  three  islands  some  distance  from  the  coast  ?  x.  o.  s. 


PATAGONIA. 

How  is  Patagonia  bounded  ? 

1231.  PATAGONIA  is  a  cold,  barren,  and  uncultivated 
region,  but  little  known.     It  is  inhabited  by  various 

CHILI,  Q.  What  is  the  situation  of  Chili,  its  surface,  and  number  of  rivers  I 
1£24. 

Q.  What  is  the  climate?  1225.  Rains  and  Earthquakes?  1220.  Mines?  1227. 
JT  escribe  the  Indians  of  this  country  ?  1228. 

PATAGONIA.  Q.  What  is  said  of  Patagonia?  1231.  By  whom  is  it  inhabited! 
1231. 


184 


EUROPE. 


PATAGONIAN   HOUSES. 

Indian  tribes,  some  of  whom  are  of  great  stature,  and 
exceedingly  ferocious. 

MAP   OF   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

What  rivers  of  Patagonia  flow  into  the  Atlantic  ?  o.  s.  e.  What  strait 
on  the  S.  ?  n.  In  what  part  are  the  Andes?  What  desert  in  the  N.  E.  ? 
a.  What  island  in  the  S.  ?  o.  By  whom  is  Terra  del  Fnego  inhabited  ? 
By  the  rudest  Indians.  What  islands  on  the  western  coast  ?  c.  a.  s.  What 
Archipelago  ?  s. 


EUROPE. 

1232.  EUROPE,  the    smallest  grand  division  of  the 
globe,  lies  principally  in  the   North  Temperate  Zone, 
extending  about  3000  miles  from  E.  to  W.,  and  about 
2500  miles  from  N.  to  S,     It  contains  nearly  3|  millions 
of  square  miles,  and  about  200  millions  of  inhabitants. 

1233.  Europe  is  distinguished  for  the  learning,  refine- 
ment, bravery,  and  enterprise  of  its  inhabitants  ;  for  the 
salubrity  of  its  climate,  and  general  fertility  of  its  soil ; 
for  the  flourishing  condition  of  the  arts  and  sciences ; 
its  extended  commerce ;  its  numerous,  large  and  well 

EUROPK.    Q.  What  is  the  situation,  extent,  and  population  of  Europe  1    1232. 
Fox  what  is  Europe  distinguished  1  1233. 


EUROPE.  185 

built  cities,  and  its  political  influence,  by  which  it  has 
heretofore  controlled,  in  a  great  degree,  the  other  divis- 
ions of  the  globe. 

1234.  The  climate  is  much  milder  than  that  of  Asia 
or  America  in  the  same  latitude,  and  is  naturally  divided 
into  three  regions : — 

1235.  1st.  The  warm  region,   below  48°   N.   lat., 
which  has  a  pleasant  spring,  a  warm  summer,  and  a 
short  winter,  producing  the  olive,  vine,  mulberry,  and 
orange,  the  last  in  a  wild  state. 

1230.  2d.  The  temperate  region,  from  49  to  G5°N. 
lat.,  where  grain,  grass,  fruits,  and  esculent  vegetables 
flourish. 

1237.  3d.  The  cold  region,  from  65°  to  the  extreme 
north,  where  nothing  but  reindeer-moss  and  a  few  stint- 
ed shrubs  can  grow,  and  few  animals,  except  the  rein- 
deer, can  live. 

1238.  The  means  of  a  common  education  are  not  so 
generally  d  ffused  in  Europe  as  in  the  United  States. 
The  higher  and   wealthier  classes  enjoy   advantages 
greatly  superior ;  they  esteem  no  expense  too  great  to 
secure  a  liberal  and  polished  education. 

1239.  In  some  parts  of  Europe  the  lower  classes  are 
extremely  ignorant,  it  being  as  difficult  to  find  a  person 
among  them  who  can  read  or  write,  as  it  is  to  find  one 
in  New  England  who  cannot  do  both.     The  best  pro- 
vision made  for  instructing  the  common  people  is  in 
Scotland,  Norway,  Sweden,  Denmark,    Switzerland, 
and  Prussia.     In  many  of  these  countries,  particularly 
in  Scotland  and  Prussia,  there  are  parish  schools  similar 
to  the  common  district  or  public  schools  in  the  United 
States. 

1240.  The  literati1  of  Europe  have  attained  to  great- 
er eminence  in  the  various  departments  of  science  than 

a.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  generally?  1234.  What  of  the  first  divis.uii  T 
1235  What  of  the  second  1  123(5.  What  of  the  third  ?  1237. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  means  of  a  common  education  ?  1238.  What  comparison 
Ife  instituted  ?  123i).  What  countries  have  the  best  provisions  for  schools  1  123'.). 

I  LITERATI,  learned  men. 


1 86  EUROPE. 

in  any  other  part  of  the  world,  owing  in  a  great  measure 
to  the  exclusive  attention  which  they  are  encouraged 
to  bestow  on  a  single  subject  or  pursuit. 

1241.  Europe  has  numerous  colleges  or  universities, 
which  are  on  a  much  larger  scale  than  those  in  the 
United  States,  containing  frequently  from  two  to  three 
thousand  students. 

1242.  The  political  divisions  of  Europe  are  the  three 
empires   of  Austria,  Russia,  and   Turkey ;  seventeen 
kingdoms,  namely,  Great  Britain,  France,  Spain,  Por- 
tugal, Belgium,  Holland,  Denmark,  Sweden,  Norway, 
Sardinia,   the  two  Sicilies,  Greece,  Prussia,  Bavaria, 
Saxony,  Hanover,  and  Wirternberg,  besides  about  40 
small  states,  being  principally  duchies,  principalities,  &c. 

1243.  The  most  powerful  nations,  sometimes  knowTn 
as  the  five  great  powers,  are  Russia,  Great  Britain, 
France,  Austria,  and  Prussia.     The  nations  which  excel 
in  the  number  of  their  scientific  and  learned  men,  are 
the  English,  French,  and  German. 

1244.  The    prevailing   religion    of  Europe    is  the 
Christian,  except  in  Turkey,  where  the  Mohamedan  is 
established. 


MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

Is  Europe  in  the  northern  or  southern  hemisphere  ?  Is  it  also  in  the 
eastern  or  western  ?  On  what  continent  is  Europe  ?  In  which  latitude 
north  or  south  ?  How  many  degrees  does  it  extend  north  ?  How  many 
south  ? 

In  which  longitude  is  Europe  ?  Why  in  both  ?  How  many  degrees  does 
it  extend  east  ?  [See  map  of  the  world.]  How  many  west  ?  In  what 
zone  is  Europe  ?  What  then  should  be  its  climate  ? 

How  is  Europe  bounded  ?    Largest  town  and  River  ? 
England  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Scotland  bounded  ?  Capital  ?        Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Ireland  bounded  ?  Capital  ?         Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Norway  bounded  ?  Capital  ?         Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

What  is  the  comparative  rank  of  the  literati  in  Europe?  1240.  What  is  said  of 
the  universities  ?  1241. 

Cl.  How  many  and  what  empires  lias  Europe  1  1242.  How  many  and  what  king- 
doms ?  1242.  What  other  political  divisions  are  there  ?  1242. 

Q.  Which  are  the  leading  powers  of  Europe  1  3243.  In  what  do  the  English, 
French  ami  Germans  excel  1 1243.  What  is  the  prevailing  religion  of  Europe  1  1244. 


EUROPE.  1S7 

Sweden  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Russia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Prussia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Turkey  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Austria  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Italy  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Switzerland  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Germany  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Denmark  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Belgium  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  arid  River  ? 

Holland  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

France  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Spain  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Portugal  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

LAKES. 

Where  is  Lake  Ladoga  ?  Ra.  Onega  ?  Wenner  ?  Sn.  Wetter  ?  Con- 
stance and  Geneva  ?  Both  in  Switzerland.  Repeat  the  principal  Lakes, 

GULFS   AND  BAYS. 

Where  is  the  Bay  of  Biscay  ?  Gulf  of  Lyons  ?  Gulf  of  Venice  ?  GulT 
of  Taranto  ?  Gulf  of  Bothnia  ?  Gulf  of  t  inland  ?  Gulf  of  Riga  ?  Which 
are  the  principal  gulfs  ? 

SEAS. 

Where  is  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ?  Archipelago  ?  Sea  of  Marmora  ? 
Black  Sea?  Sea  of  Azoff?  White  Sea?  Baltic  Sea?  North  Seu  ? 
Irish  Sea  ?  How  many  seas  do  these  maxe  .'  Repeat  their  names. 

CHANNELS. 

Where  is  the  English  Channel  ?  St.  George's  Channel  ?  North  Chan- 
nel ?  Bristol  Channel  ? 

STRAITS. 

What  strait  leads  from  the  Black  Sea  to  the  Sea  of  Marmora  ?  e.  What 
one  between  the  last  sea  and  the  Archipelago  ?  s.  Where  is  the  strait  of 
Otranto  ?  Strait  of  Messina  ?  Bonefacio  ./  Gibraltar  ?  Dover  ?  Skager 
Kack  ?  Cattegat  ? 

ISLANDS. 

What  island  N.  W.  of  Norway  ?  Ln.  Where  is  Iceland  ?  Shetland 
Islands?  Faroe  Islands?  Orkney  Islands?  Hebrides1  or  Western  Isl- 
ands ?  Anglesea  and  the  Isle  of  Man  ?  Scilly  Isles  ?  Isle  of  Wight  ? 
What  are  those  islands  in  the  English  Channel  W.  of  France  called  ? 
Ans.  Guernsey,  Jersey,  Alderney  and  Stark  Islands. 

Where  is  Belleisle  ?  Rhe  Island  I  Ivica ?  Minorca?  Majorca?  Which 
of  the  last  three  is  largest  ?  Where  is  Sardinia  ?  Corsica  ?  Sicily  ?  Ne- 
gropont?  Scio  ?  Patmos  ?  Rhodes?  Candia?  Cyprus?  Which  are 
the  two  largest  islands  in  the  Baltic  Sea?  Gd.  Od.  Where  is  Aland? 
Zealand  ?  Funen  ? 

CAPES. 

What  cape  in  the  S.  of  Greece  ?  Mn.  Where  is  cape  Spartivento  ? 
Cape  St.  Vincent?  Cape  Finisterre  ?  Cape  Ortega  1  ?  Land's  End? 
Cape  Clear  ?  Cape  Naze  ?  Cape  North  ? 

1  HEBRIDES,  (iieb  -ri-dc-s.) 


188  LAPLAND. 

PENINSULAS. 

What  two  kingdoms  in  the  S.  W.  of  Europe  form  a  large  peninsula?  PI. 
Sn.  What  peninsula  in  S.  of  Greece  ?  a.  What  one  borders  on  the 
Black  Sea  ?  a.  What  peninsula  in  the  northern  part  of  Denmark  ? 
Jutland. 

MOUNTAINS. 

What  mountains  in  the  N.  E.  of  Europe  ?  1.  Where  are  the  Olonetz 
mountains  ?  Dofrafield  mountains  ?  Carpathian  mountains  ?  Haemus 
mountains  ?  Appenines  ?  Alps  ?  Pyrenees  ?  Cantabrian  mountains  ? 
Sierra  Morena  ?  Toledo  mountains  ? 

VOLCANOES. 

On  what  island  is  Mount  Hecla  ?  Id.  Where  is  Mount,,  Etna  ?  What 
volcanic  mountain  in  Italy  ?  Vs. 


LAPLAND. 


LAPLAND   HUTS. 


1245.  LAPLAND  is  divided    into  three  parts  called 
Russian  Lapland  in  the  E.,  Swedish  Lapland  in  the  S., 
and  Danish,  or  Norwegian,  Lapland  in  the  N. 

1246.  Lapland  lies  principally  in  the  Frigid  Zone, 
and  comprises  all  the  northern  part  of  Europe  which 
is  west  of  the  White  sea,  being  the  most  northerly  di- 
vision.    It  is  a  cold,  dreary,  and  barren  country,  thinly 
inhabited,  without  any  towns  larger  than  small  villages, 

LAPLAND.  Q.  What  three  parts  has  Lapland  and  where  are  they  ?  1245.  How  is 
Lapland  situated  with  respect  to  the  other  divisions  of  Europe  1  1246.  What  is  its 
climate,  soil,  and  population?  1246. 


NORWAY.  189 

and  though  equal  to  France  in  extent,  its  population 
does  not  exceed  65,000. 

1247.  The  Laplanders  are  of  low  stature,  dark  com- 
plexion, ignorant  and  superstitious,  but  great  patriots, 
and  happy  in  their  way. 

1248.  In  summer  they  live  in  tents,  in  winter,  in  huts  sunk  in  the  ground 
covered  with  birch-twigs  and  earth,  with  a  hole  in  the  top  for  the  smoke  to 
escape.    They  build  their  fires  in  the  middle  of  these  huts,  around  which 
they  set  on  their  heels.     At  their  meals  they  place  their  food  on  the  ground, 
and  take  it  with  their  fingers. 

1249.  The  chief  wealth  of  Lapland  consists  in  reindeer,  which  are  used 
for  food,  clothing,  beasts  of  burden,  travelling  on  sledges  which  they  will 
drag  60  or  100  miles  in  a  day.    A  wealthy  Laplander  often  owns  a  thou- 
sand or  more  of  these  animals. 

1250.  TOWNS.    The  capital  of  Russian  Lapland  is  KOLA,  and  of  Swe- 
dish Lapland,  TORNEA. 

MAP    OF   EUROPE. 

What  is  the  principal  river  of  Lapland  ?  a.  Where  is  the  largest  town  ? 
Ka.  What  one  on  the  northern  part  of  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia  ?  a.  Of  what 
are  Kola  and  Tornea  capitals  ?  1250. 


NORWAY. 

Map  of  Europe.— How  is  Norway  bounded  ?    Its  capital  ?   Chief  Towns  ? 
Principal  Rivers? 


NORWEGIAN  CARIOLE. 

NORWAY  is  a  cold,  mountainous,  and  excepting 

apJanders  ?  1347.    Their  mode  of  life  ?  1248.    Their 


190  SWEDEN. 

a  few  places  in  the  south,  an  exceedingly  barren  re- 
gion ;  though  abounding  in  beautiful  and  sublime 
scenery. 

1252.  It  has  extensive  forests  of  pine,  oak,  elm,  and 
fir,  and  the  birch  supplies  them  both  with  fuel  and  a 
species  of  wine. 

1253.  The  chief  sources  of  wealth  to  the  Norwegi- 
ans are  timber  from  the  forests,    large   quantities  of 
which  are  exported,  fisheries,  and  mines  of  iron,  copper, 
and  silver. 

1254.  The  Norwegians  are  an  honest,  frugal,  and 
courageous  people,  generally  well  versed  in  the  com- 
mon branches  of  education. 

1255.  On  tl>e  coast  of  Norway  is  a  celebrated  vortex  or  whirlpool  called 
fiie  Maelstroorn,1  which  has  such  a  furiously  eddying  current  as  to  draw  in 
and  swallow  up  every  thing  within  its  reach,  even  large  ship.?,  whales,  &c. 

1*256.  Norway,  which  was  annexed  to  Denmark  in  1397,  and  in  181 4  to 
Sweden,  was  once  an  independent  kingdom,  governed  by  its  own  heredita 
ry  sovereigns.  Sweden  still  retains  possession  of  it. 

1257.  TOWNS.  CHRISTIANA  is  tiie  capital ;  Bergen  and  Drontheim? 
have  considerable  commerce. 

MAP    OF   EUROPE. 

What  mountains  has  Norway  1  d.  What  do  they  separate  1  "Which  is  the 
principal  river  'I  a.  Is  Norway  a  broad  or  a  narrow  country  1 

What  islands  N.  W.  of  Norway  1  n.  What  dangerous  whirlpool  near 
th^se  islands  1  Mm. 

Which  town  is  most  southerly  1  d.  What  is  said  of  Bergen  and  Dron- 
theim  1  1257.  Where  is  Christiana  1  What  is  said  of  it?  1257. 

Which  is  the  most  northerly  cape  of  Norway  ?  h.  Where  is  Cape 
Naze  ?  How  can  you  sail  from  Bergen  to  Tornea  in  Lapland  ?  What  di- 
rection is  Norway  from  you  ?  How  can  you  visit  Bergen  ? 


SWEDEN. 

Map  of  Europe. — How  is  Sweden  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Chief  Towns? 
Principal  Rivers  ? 

1 258.  SWEDEN  is  in  general,  a  level,  barren  and  thinly 
settled  country,  abounding  in  lakes  and  rivers. 

NORWAY.  Q.  What  is  the  climate  and  face  of  the  country  of  Norway  ?  1251. 
What  forests  has  it  1  1252.  In  what  consist  the  chief  sources  of  wealth?  1253. 
What  is  the  character  of  the  Norwegians?  1254.  What  is  said  of  the  Maelstroom  1 
1255.  What  was  Norway  formerly,  and  what  is  it  now  ?  1256 

SWEDEN,  u.  Will  you  describe  Sweden  ?  1258.  What  is  said  of  the  winters- 
and  climate  1259. 

1  MAELSTROOM,  (mawl'-strum.)  |     2  DRONTHKIM,  (droa'-tim.) 


SWEDEN.  191 

1259.  The  winters  are  long  and  cold,  the  summers 
short  and  hot ;  like  Norway,  the  climate  of  Sweden  is 
exceedingly  healthy. 

1260.  The  principal  articles  of  export  are  iron,  cop- 
per, alum  and  tar.     Swedish  iron  is  considered  the  ber  t 
in  the  world. 


VIEW    OF    TAliKJIG    IKON'    MlM,,    >  U  h  I),-:\. 

1261.  The  lakes  form  the  most  interesting  natural  feature  of  Sweeten, 
being  sheets  of  pure,  transparent  water,  and  tilled  \viih  fish.  Lake  Wetter 
is  remarkable  for  receiving  40  rivers,  though  it  has  but  one  outlet  through 
the  Matala  into  the  Baltic. 

1202.  The  Swedes  are  characterized  by  bravery,  politeness,  honesty  and 
morality.  They  are  generally  well  educated,  and  on  account  of  their  viva- 
city, are  often  called  the  French  of  the  North. 

1*263.  TOWNS.  STOCKHOLM,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  seven  rocky  isl- 
ands, in  the  strait  leading  from  Lake  Malar  into  the  Baltic  Sea.  It  is  built 
on  piles  driven  into  the  ground,  and  contains  a  castle,  a  magnificent  royal 
palace,  and  several  handsome  edifices. 

1264.  Gottenlurg,  in  the  south-west,  is  advantageously  situated  for  trade 
and  commerce,  and  is,  in  these  respects,  as  well  as  in  population,  the  second 
town  in  Sweden. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

What  mountains  on  the  W.  of  Sweden  ?  d.  Their  length,  course,  and 
height?  Where  is  Dal  river?  What  lakes  has  Sweden  ?  r.  r..  What  town  on 
the  Baltic  ?  a.  What  town  on  the  Cattegat  ?  g.  What  two  towns  nearly 
opposite  to  Aland  ?  m.  J. 

a.  What  a  re  the  exports  1  12GO.  Describe  the  lakes?  1261.  What  is  the  char- 
acter of  the  Swc-d-»  1  1202. 


192  RUSSIA. 

What  islands  in  the  Baltic  belong  to  Sweden  ?  Od.  Gd.  To  whom  does 
Aland  belong?  To  Russia.  What  is  the  soil  of  the  first  two  ?  Fertile* 
What  large  gulf  east  of  Sweden  ?  a. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  m.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1263.  The  next 
town?  g.  Describe  it?  1264.  Which  extends  fartherest  N.  Sweden  or 
Norway  ? 


RUSSIA. 

1265.  THE  RUSSIAN  EMPIRE  exceeds  every  other  in 
extent  of  territory,  and  forms  about  one  seventh  part  of 
the  whole  habitable  globe.     It  embraces  the  half  of 
Europe,  all  the  north  of  Asia,  and  vast  territories  on  the 
north-west  coast  of  America. 

1266.  Asiatic  Russia  is  much  larger  in  extent  than 
European  Russia,  but  by  far  less  populous,  both  how- 
ever being  less  thickly  settled  than  the  more  southern 
regions  of  Asia  or  America. 

126/.  The  population  consists  of  four  classes,  the 
nobility,  clergy,  common  people,  and  peasants,  or  serfs, 
the  last  class  being  the  property  of  the  crown  or  of  in- 
dividual nobles:  the  amount  of  the  whole  may  be  stated 
at  35  millions. 

1268.  The  Russians  were  formerly  a  rude  and  an  ignorant  people,  but  instl-  , 
tutions  for  the  purposes  of  instruction  are  becoming  numerous  and  excellent,  j 
in  18  IS,  the  Petersburg  Bible  Society  had  123  branches,  and  had  printed  the 
Bible  in  28  different  languages. 

1269.  There  were  in  Russia  3253  manufacturing  establishments  of  various 
kinds  in  1825.     Great  quantities  of  brandy  are  distilled,  of  which  more  than 
120  millions  of  gallons  are  consumed  in  the  country.     In  1820,  there  were 
more  than  60  millions  of  sheep  in  Russia,  and  the  wool  from  Odessa,  was 
considered  equal  to  the  best  Spanish.     Gold  and  platina,  recently  found  on 
the  Ural  mountains,  bid  fair  to  become  sources  of  considerable  profit. 

1270.  The  principal  productions  are  wheat,  rye,  oats,  barley,  Indian  corn, 
hemp,  &c.     The  chief  exports  are  hemp^  flax,  timber,  iron,  grain,  tallow,  and 
leather.    The  last  of  these  articles  is  much  celebrated.     Russia  has  also 
mines  of  silver  and  copper. 

1271.  The  commerce  of  this  country,  which  is  very  extensive,  is  carried  on 
through  its  adjacent  seas.     Inland  navigation  is  also  extensive,  reaching  from 
the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas,  to  the  Baltic  and  Arctic  Ocean. 

1272.  The  Russians  are  generally  a  well  formed,  robust,  and  courageous 
race  of  men,  with  tolerably  fair  complexions. 

RUSSIA,  Q.  What  is  the  comparative  extent  of  the  Russian  Empire  ?  1265. 
What  does  it  embrace  ?  1265.  Which  is  the  largest,  and  most  populous  Asiatic  or 
European  Russia  ?  1266.  What  is  said  of  the  population  1  1267. 

a.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Russians  ?  1268.  What  is  said  of  the  manufactu- 
ring establishments  ?  1269.  What  of  their  wool  1  1269. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  productions?  1270.  Commerce'/  1271.  Russian 
character?  1272.  Fashions?  1273.  Government?  1274. 


EUROPEAN    RUSSIA.  103 

1273.  The  higher  classes  follow  the  French  and  English  fashions,  and  al 
are  clothed  in  furs,  for  nearly  six  months  of  the  year. 

1274.  The  empire  of  Russia  is  governed  by  a  sovereign,  who  is  absolute  and 
despotic  in  the  fullest  sense  of  those  terms. 


EUROPEAN  RUSSIA. 

Map  of  Europe. — How  is  European  Russia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Chief 
Towns  ?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1275.  RUSSIA  in  Europe,  formerly  called  Muscovy  is 
mostly  a  level  country,  and  abounds  in  extensive  plains 
and  majestic  rivers. 

1276.  The  southern  parts  are  mild  aivl  productive; 
th^  remainder  is  cold,  and  in  som3  portions  barren. 

1277.  In  winter,  the  people  often  anvise  themselves  by  sliding  down  hills 
which  they  first  make  with  timbers,  and  then  cover  them  with  ice.  In 
travelling  d'irin<r  the  winter  months,  the  inhabitants  use  sled;,  and  the  more 
wea'thy,  when  they  wish  for  better  accommodation,  place  on  these  sleds 
small  h.Tisfs. 

127S.  TOWNS.  ST.  PETERSB-URGV,  the  metropolis  of  the  Russian  Empire, 
the  re  .;i(l»nco  of  the  imperial  family,  wa*  founded  by  1'  art,  in  1703. 

The  small  wooden  houses  of  the  poor  exhibit  a  s'rikii:i:  contrast  to  the  superb 
edifices  of  the  nobility,  standing  a*  they  do  suiv  by  side.  The  city  is  rrgu- 
larly  Ivfilt,  with  broad  stn-'-'s  ;ri;l  contains  many  most  ma^n'ti.-^  r  buildings. 

1879.  Moscow,  the  ancient  capital,  and  still  the  place  of  IMP  i'mpcror's 
coronation,  situated  on  the  river  Moskwa,  from  wh'i  -N -rives  its 

name,  and  which  runs  in  ft  wi^ng  coarse  through  it,  ii  :i->st  popu- 

lous cit'69  in  Kuropo.  It  ha-  B  river  on 

which  ir  stands  being  small,  ami  oxcrp'  fur  rafts,  navigable  only  in  thn  spring. 
It  was  horned  to  the  ground  in  131:2,  by  t'.o  Iin^>:i'>>.  \v';u  :  .  '<-!>y  prevented 
Bonaparte  from  making  it  a  >>]).<.  The 

conflagration  of  the  city  was  so  bri  Iliant  and  grand  as  to  bo  ipr!y  described  by 
Bonaparte,  "anoco.ia  of  fia'ne."  It  has  s'nr/j  been  rebuilt  with  greater 
Bplnndor  than  it  f  )rrnerly  n\hibiUHl,  b  it  is  remarkable  for  the  same  contrast  in 
its  edifices  as  is  St.  Petersburg. 

1230.  Cron*to<ft,  the  principal  naval  station  of  IJ'Hsiri,  is  a  seaport  on  an 
island  in  the  gulf  of  Finland,  20  rmles  from  St.  Petersburg. 

MAP  OF   EUROPE. 

What  mountains  in  the  N.  E.  of  Russia?  1.     Their  length   and  height 
What  seas  border  on  Russia?    n.  f.  k.  c.  e.     What  two  large  lakes  has 
Russia  ?  »    a.    What  mountains  in  the  N.  W.  ?  z.     Length  ?     What  gulfs 
o"  the  W.?  a.  d.  a.     What  peninsula  in  the  S.  ?  a. 

Which  ia  the  longest  rivor  in  Russia?  a.  Which  is  the  next  r.1  What 
ones  How  into-  the  Caspian  Sea?  a.  1.  What  into  the  sea  of  AzofF?  n 
What  into  the  Black  Sea?  r.  g.  r.-  What  one  crosses  Poland?  a.  What 

\V..,.r  is  ?a:d  of  European  Russia?  1275.  What  of  its  climate  and  soil  7  1275. 
What  of  tbeir  amusements  1  1277.  What  is  their  mode  of  travelling?  1277. 

lUNKii-KR,  (nc'-per)  |      2 DNIESTER,  (ncbe'ter.) 


194  POLAND. 

one  crosses  the  N.  E.  of  Russia  ?   Va.     What  one  falls  into  the  gulf  of 
Rga?  a. 

With  what  lakes  does  the  Volga  appear  to  be  connected?  Oa.  La.  How 
is  the  navigation  from  the  head  of  this  stream  continued  on  to  the  Baltic  ?  By 
means  of  a  canal  leading  from  this  river  into  the  JNeva,  and  thence  to  the 
Batic. 

What  large  town  at  the  mouth  of  the  Volga  n.  What  one  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Dneister?  a.  What  other  on  the  same  stream?  r.  What 
n:ear  the  mouths  of  the  Bog  and  Dneiper  ?  n. 

Which  is  the  largest  town  on  the  Dnelper  ?  v.  Which  on  the  Moskwa  ? 
w.  What  on  the  Volga  near  the  canal  ?  r. 

What  town  on  the  Gulf  of  Riga  ?  a.  What  on  the  Gulf  of  Finland  ?  t. 
What  on  lake  Ladoga  ?  g.  On  what  river  is  Arch-angel  ?  a. 

On  what  gulf  is  Abo  ?  a.  Which  is  the  largest  town  on  the  Don  ?  a 
Which  at  the  mouth  of  the  Volga  ?  n. 

Where  is  the  largest  towa  ?  g.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1278.  Where  is  the 
second  town  in  size  ?  w.  Describe  it  ?  1279.  WLeie  is  the  third  town  ?  11. 
Where  the  three  next  ?  Oa.  Ta.  Ra. 


POLAND. 

Map  of  Europe. — Where  is  Poland  ?     Its  Capital  ? 

1281.  POLAND,  formerly  one  of  the  mcst  powerful 
kingdoms  of  Europe,  was,  in  1795,  conquered  and  di- 
vided between  Prussia,  Austria,  and  Russia. 

1282.  In  1815,  a  small  portion  of  ancient  Poland 
was  erected  into  a  kingdom,  subject  to  Russia,  and  go- 
verned by  a  Viceroy  appointed  by  the  Emperor. 

1283.  In  1830,  the  Poles,  exasperated  by  the  tyrannical  coi.dtict  of  their 
Viceroy,  the  Arch  Dul-eConsiaLtiiie,  broti  cr  of  the  late  Emperor  Alexander, 
and  also  of  jNicholas,  the  present  emperor,  sought  to  regain  their  liberty,  kit 
weie  unsuccessful.  ri  ley  were  subdued  by  the  Russians,  anti  mary  of  them 
now  ream  in  foreign  ciin.ee,  preferring  a  Hie  of  exiJelo  cue  cf  servitude  <iiid 
chains  in  their  own  country,  fc'cme  of  them  have  visited  the  linked  States, 
familiarly  known  as  the  "  Polish  Exiles.1' 

1^84.  The  inhabitants  are  in  person  tall,  robust,  and 
handsome  ;  courteous  in  their  manners  and  hospitable 
to  strangers.  They  are  composed  of  two  classes,  the 
poor  or  peasants,  and  the  rich  or  nobility.  The  for- 
mer are  servile,  and,  as  a  class,  the  most  illiterate  in 
Europe  ;  the  latter  are  haughty  and  generally  well  ed- 
ucated. 

1285.  Poland  is  for  the  mcst  part  level,  and  in  many  places  marshy,  pre 
senting  the  general  appearance  of  one  vast  plain. 

POLAND,     d.  What  is  said  of  tlie  political  condition  of  Poland  ?  1281.    What 
Occurred  in  1815 1  12fe2.    What  in  1830  ?  1283.    Describe  the  inhabitants  ?  1284. 


DENMARK.  195 

1286.  It  has  a  cold  climate  and  an  exceedingly  productive  soil,  so  well 
adapted  to  the  raising  of  grain,  that  Poland  is  often  called  "  The  granary  of 
Europe." 

1267.  A  species  cf  rnanna  in  Poland  deserves  notice.  It  falls  on  the  grass 
during  the  night,  in  the  months  of  May  and  June,  and  is  collected  in  the 
morning  in  sieves.  The  Poles  esteem  it  a  great  delicacy  and  have  various 
modes  of  dressing  it. 

1288.  TOWNS.    WARSAW,  the  capital,  is  favorably  situated  for  commerce1, 
and  possesses  an  extensive  inland  trade.    It  presents  the  same  striking  con- 
trast of  hovels  and  palaces  as  the  larger  cities  of  Russia. 

1289.  Cracow,  the  ancient  capital  of  Poland,  has  become  a  free  city,  under 
the  protection  of  Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia,  and  has  in  connection  with  a 
small  district  adjacent  to  it,  obtained  the  title  of  the  Republic  of  Cracow. 

MAP  OF  EUROPE. 

In  what  part  of  the  Russian  empire  is  Poland?  What  is  the  capital  ?  w. 
On  what  river  is  it  ?  a.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1288. 

What  was  the  ancient  capital  ?  1289.  In  what  part  of  Poland  is  it  ?  What 
is  said  of  it  and  the  adjacent  country  ?  1289.  Describe  the  largest  river  ?  a. 

How  can  you  get  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  Poland  by  water  ?  How  from 
the  Black  Sea  across  Russia  by  water  ?  How  can  you  get  into  the  Block 
Sea  by  water  from  North  America  ? 


DENMAilK. 

Map  of  Europe. — How  is  Denmark  bounded  ?    Capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ? 


MT.  HECLA  AND  HOT  SPRINGS. 

1290.  DENMARK  is  composed  chiefly  of  the  peninsu- 
la of  Jutland  and  the  islands  of  Zealand  and  Funen. 

Q.  What  is  the  surface  of  Poland  1  1285.    What  the  climate  1  1286.    What  re- 
markable article  of  food  is  mentioned  ?  1287. 


196  HOLLAND. 

1291.  It  is  mostly  a  level  country,  and  the  greater 
part  of  it  fertile,  with  a  thick  hazy  atmosphere,  and  a 
moist,  but  healthy  climate. 

1292.  Denmark  has  great  commercial  advantages, 
which  it  has  not  failed  to  improve. 

1293.  The  Faroe  islands  and  Iceland  belong  to  Denmark.  Iceland  is  a 
cold  and  mountainous  region,  celebrated  for  its  volcano  and  its  hot  springs. 
These  springs  spout  large  columns  of  water  to  the  height  of  150  feet,  attended 
with  a  loud  noise  like  that  of  cannon,  and  by  a  trembling  of  the  adjacent  earth 
to  a  considerable  distance. 

1294.  The  Danes  are  an  enlightened  nation,  and 
are  characterized  by  intelligence,  morality  and  hospi- 
tality. 

1295.  TOWNS.  COPENHAGEN,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  east  coast  of 
Zealand.  It  has  a  good  harbor  and  an  extensive  commerce. 

1276.  Elsineur  is  a  noted  seaport,  where  all  vessels  passing  into  or  out  of 
the  Baltic  pay  toll  or  duty,  as  a  remuneration  to  the  Danish  king  for  the  light- 
houses on  the  coast. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

What  course  is  Denmark  from  Prussia  ?  From  Sweden  ?  From  France 
From  where  you  live  ? 

What  town  in  the  N.  ?  g.  What  canal  connects  the  Baltic  with  the 
North  Sea  ?  The  canal  of  Kiel.  Wrhat  separates  Denmark  from  Sweden  and 
Norway?  S-Rk.  Ct.  What  two  islands  in  the  W  ?  d.  n.  What  large  town 
on  Zealand  ?  n.  What  one  S.  W.  from  Funen  ?  g. 

Which  is  the  largest  town  ?  n.  What  is  said  of  it?  1295.  What  of  El- 
sineur?  1276. 

Where  are  the  Faroe  Isles  ?  To  whom  do  they  belong  ?  1193.  How  can 
you  sail  from  Copenhagen  to  St.  Petersburg  ? 


HOLLAND. 

How  is  Holland  bounded  ?    Capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

1297.  HOLLAND   AND    BELGIUM  formed,  till  within 
a  recent  period,  but  one  kingdom  under  the  name  of 
the  Netherlands,  but  since  1830,  they  have  been  sepa- 
rated. 

1298.  Holland  is  by  far  the  most  level  country  in 
Europe,  resembling  a  large    marsh   that    has  been 
drained. 

DENMARK.  Q,.  Of  what  is  Denmark  composed  ?  1290  Wh-t  Is  sam  of  the  sur- 
face, climate,  &c.  ?  1291.  Commerce  ?  1292.  Islands  and  springs  1  1293. 

HOLLAND.  Q.  What  is  said  of  the  political  condition  of  Holland  and  Belgium  ? 
1297.  What  is  the  surface  of  Holland  1  1298. 


HOLLAND.  197 

1299.  The  surface  is  lower  than  that  of  the  waters  around  it,  and  by  many 
me  country  is  thought  to  have  once  formed  the  bed  of  the  sea.  Large  dikes 
or  banks  of  earth  raised  and  kept  up  with  great  labor  and  expense,  alone  pre- 
vent an,inundation.  These  dikes  have  sluices,  on  the  opening  of  which  the 
water  rushes  in  and  overflows  the  country. 

1300.  The  soil  is  for  the  most  part  very  fertile,  and 
in  a  high  state  of  cultivation.     The  meadows  and  pas- 
tures are  exceedingly  rich  and  productive,  and  the 
butter  and  cheese  are  much  celebrated. 

1301.  The  climate  is  damp  and  chilly,  and  Tn  many 
parts  unhealthy. 

1302.  Holland  abounds  in  canals,  which  serve  the 
same  purposes  as  roads  in  other  countries. 

1303.  The  inhabitants  are  usually  called  Dutch.     Once  they  had  a  most  ex' 
tensive  and  flourishing  trade,  and  were  considered  the  most  commercial  peo- 
ple in  the  world.    Holland  has  been  styled  the  mart  of  Europe.    Their  trade 
is  now  greatly  diminished. 

1304.  The  Dutch  are  an  honest,  patient,  remarkably  industrious,  neat  and 
frugal  people. 

1305.  TOWNS.    AMSTERDAM,  the  capital  of  Holland,  is  one  of  the  most 
commercial  cities  in  the  world.     It  stands  on   the  Zuyder  Zee  in  a  low 
marshy  place,  and  is  built  on  piles  driven  into  the  ground.     Its  chief  security 
from  attack  by  an  enemy,  consists  in  the  facility  with  which  the  surrounding 
country  can  be  inundated  by  means  of  the  sluices.     Its  harbor  is  one  of  the 
finest  in  Europe,  and  the  city  contains  many  splendid  public  edifices,  among 
which  is  the  Stadthouse,  now  the  royal  palace. 


MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

Which  is  most  northerly,  Holland  or  Germany  ?  Where  is  the  Zuyder 
Zee  ?  What  river  has  Holland  on  the  S  ?  e. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  m.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1305.  Where  is 
Groningen  ? 


BELGIUM. 

How  is  Belgium  bounded  ?    Capital  ?    Chief  towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

1306.  BELGIUM  was  once  known  as  the  Austrian  and 
French  Netherlands.  It  was  called  Netherlands,  or 
the  Low  Countries,  from  its  situation,  although  it  is 
in  general  more  elevated  than  Holland,  and  the  air  is 
less  damp. 

Q.  How  can  this  country  be  inundated,  and  how  prevented  ?  liWl). 
U.  What  is  said  of  the  soil  1  1300.    What  of  the  climate  1  1301    Canals  ?  1302. 
Inhabitants  and  trade  ?  1303.    Dutch  character  ?  1304. 


198  BELGIUM. 

1307.  The  country  is  mostly  level,  with  a  fertile 
soil,  which  produces  grain,  flax,  hemp,  and  various 
fruits. 

1308.  Belgium  is  distinguished  for  its  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  for  the 
perfection  to  which  its  inhabitants  have  carried  certain  branches  of  the  fine 
arts,  particularly  painting.     That  brilliant  style  of  painting  known  by  the  ap- 
pellation of  the  Flemish  school,  had  its  origin  here. 

1309.  TOWNS.     BRUSSELS  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  cities  of  Europe, 
and  is  much  celebrated  for  its  magnificent  squares,  public  buildings,  walks 
and  fountains,  as  well  as  for  its  manufactures  of  lace,  carpets,  camlets, 
and  oftier  articles.    The  famous  field  of  Waterloo  is  in  the  vicinity  of 
Brussels. 

1310.  Antwerp,  on  the  Scheldt,  is  noted  for  its  commerce.     Ghent  is  the 
city  at  which  the  last  treaty  01  peace  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States  was  made  and  signed. 


MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

Which  is  farthest  N.,  Belgium  or  Austria '?  What  river  on  the  N. '{  e. 
Which  is  the  most  northerly  town  1  p.  Which  the  most  westerly  town  1  t. 
For  what  is  it  celebrated  ?  1310. 

Which  is  the  largest  town  ?  s.  Describe  >t  1  1309.  Where  is  the  second  ? 
t.  The  third  ?  p.  The  fourth  ?  e. 

What  celebrated  place  in  the  vicinity  ?  1309.  Whose  fate  was  decided 
at  that  battle  ?  Bonaparte's. 

In  what  direction  is  Belgium  from  the  United  States  ? 


BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

1311.  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE  comprises  the  islands 
of  Great  Britain,  Ireland,  and  the  adjacent  islands. 
The  first  two  named  are  sometimes  known  by  the 
name  of  Britain. 

1312.  Besides  these,  the  English  own  in  Asia,  the  greater  part  of  Hindos- 
tan,  Malacca,  with  Singapore,  Ceylon  and  other  isles ; — in  the  Pacific,  New 
Holland,  Van  Diemans's  Land,  and  their  dependencies ; — in  Africa,  the  colo- 
ny of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the  islands  of  St.  Helena  and  Ascension, 
Sierra  Leone,  Mauritius,  and  other  less  important  places ; — in  North  Ameri- 
ca, Upper  and  Lower  Canada,  Labrador,  New  North  Wales,  Newfoundland, 
Nova  Scotia,  the  islands  of  Cape  Breton  and  Prince  Edward,  New  Bruns- 
wick, also  Jamaica  and  other  islands  in  the  West  Indies ; — and  in   South 
America,  Demerara,  Essequibo,  and  Berbice. 

1313.  If  we  include  the  inhabitants  of  all  the  foregoing  places,  the  king  of 
England  has  more  subjects  than  any  other  monarch  in  the  world,  and  if  we 
except  the  Emperor  of  China,  more  than  twice  as  many. 

BELGIUM.— Q,.  What  was  Belgium  formerly  called  ?  1306.  Whht  is  the  surface 
soil,  and  productions?  1307.  For  what  is  it  distinguished?  1308. 

BRITISH  EMPIRE.— Q,.  What  part  of  Europe  belongs  to  the  British  empire?  1311. 
What  parts  are  sometimes  called  Britain?  1311  What  does  this  empire  hold  in 


BRITISH    EMPIRE. 


190 


1314.  The  form  of  government  is  a  limited  and  he- 
reditary monarchy. 

1315.  The  Sovereign  or  legislative  power  is  vested 
in  a  King,   Lords  and  Commons ;  the    assent  of  all 
these  powers  being  necessary  to  make  a  law.     The 
Lords  and  Commons  constitute  what  is  called  the  Par- 
liament of  Great  Britain ;  resembling  in  most  of  its 
features  the  Congress  of  the  United  States. 

1316.  The   King  is   the  fountain  of  honor  and  justice;  and  the  supreme 
head  of  the  church,  having  the  appointment  of  all  officers,  either  civil,  eccle- 
siastical or  military. 

1317.  The  House  of  Lords  is  sometimes  styled  the  nobility,  and  consists 
of  the  Peers  of  the  Realm,  viz  :  the  Archbishops,  the  Bishops,  Dukes,  .Mar 
quises,  Earls,  Viscounts,  and  Barons. 

1318.  The  House  of  Commons  consists  of  representatives  chosen  by  the 
people,  in  the  different  counties,  cities  and  boroughs  of  the  empire. 

1319.  The  British  or  English  nation  is  distinguished 
for  being  one  of  the  most  powerful  on  the  face  of  the 
globe  ;  the  variety  and  extent   of  its  manufactures  ; 
for  its  commercial  and  naval  importance ;  and  for  the 
good  sense,  intelligence,  and  the  enterprise  of  its  sub- 
jects. 

1320.  The  island  of  Great  Britain,  though  not  the 
largest,  is  by  far  the  most  important  in  the  known 
world.     It  is  divided  into  Scotland  in  the  N.,  England 
in  the  S.,  and  Wales  in  the  W. 


ENGLAND.1 

How  is  England  bounded  ?    Capital?    Chief  Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers 

1321.  ENGLAND,  anciently  called  Albion,  is  the  lar- 
gest and  most  populous  division  of  Great  Britain. 

1322.  It  has  an  agreeable  variety  of  hills  and  plains, 


I  1312. 


;OVP- 

ill!  ? 

3. 

I  ol'  l'i«? 


uijjuriiince  in  \jrreui  amain  aiHi  wnai  are  us  divisions  i  i.siiu. 

ENGLAND.    Q.  What  is  the  extent  of  England  and  its  (uiciuut  name  ?  132J.    De- 
icribc  tiie  aspect  of  the  country  ?  13C-J. 


1  ENGLAND,  (iug'-gland.) 


200 


ENGLAND. 


with  no  very  high  mountains,  and  its  scenery  is  exceed- 
ingly beautiful. 

1323.  The  soil  is  fertile  and  under  a  high  state  of  cul- 
tivation, producing  wheat,  barley,  rye,  oats,  beans,  peas, 
&c.     The  horses,  cattle,  and  various  kinds  of  sheep  of 
England  are  much  celebrated. 

1324.  The  climate,  though  from  its  situation  inclined 
to  moisture  and  chilliness,  is  healthy,  and  less  subject  to 
the  disagreeable  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  than  other 
places  in  the  same  latitude  on  the  continent. 

1325.  The  mineral  productions  of  England  are  numerous  and  valuable, 
such  as  coal,  copper,  tin,  iron  and  lead. 

1326.  England  is  the  most  commercial  country  on  the  globe,  and  has  from 
its  numerous  canals,  an  extensive  inland  navigation.     It  is  also  much  famed 
for  the  extent  and  variety  of  its  manufactures. 


ST.  PAUL'S  CHURCH,  LONDON. 

1327.  TOWNS. — LONDON,  the  metropolis  of  the  British  empire,  is  one  of 
the  largest  and  most  opulent  cities  in  the  world.  So  long  ago  as  the  reign  of 
the  Emperor  Nero,  it  is  spoken  of  by  Tacitus  as  being  of  considerable  com- 
mercial importance.  It  stands  on  the  Thames,  here  about  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  wide,  60  miles  from  its  mouth.  The  city  is  about  seven  miles  in 
length,  and  varies  in  width  from  three  to  five  miles.  It  has  not,  compara- 
tively speaking,  so  great  a  proportion  of  magniiicent  public  buildings  as  many 
others  ;  still,  it  contains  a  great  number  of  splendid  edifices.  Among  them 
may  be  mentioned  St.  Paul's  church,  which,  if  we  except  St.  Peter's  at 
Rome,  is  the  finest  in  the  world.  In  commerce  and  manufactures  it  excels 
every  other  city,  and  it  abounds  in  literary  and  humane  institutions. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  soil,  productions,  and  animals?  1323.  What  of  the  cli- 
mate 1  1324.  Mineral  productions  1  1325.  Commerce  and  manufactures  ?  132(i. 


WALES.  201 

1328.  Liverpool,  a  large  seaport  on  the  Mersey,  is  by  means  of  canals 
connected  with  all  the  principal  manufacturing  towns  in  the  interior.  1 
is  largely  concerned  in  the  American  trade,  and  also  with  that  of  other 
parts  of  the  world,  being  the  second  town  in  England  in  respect  to  wealth 
and  commerce. 

13:29.  Bristol,  on  the  Avon,  is  a  commercial  place  Portsmoufh,  Ply- 
mouth, and  Chatham,  are  noted  as  the  chief  naval  stations.  Oxford  and 
Cambridge  for  their  universities. 


MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

What  sea  on  the  E.  of  the  island  of  Great  Britain?  h.  What  strait  on 
the  S.  E.?  r.  What  channel?  h.  What  channels  on  the  W.?  1.  s.  h. 

What  sea  and  island  on  the  W.?  h.  n.  What  channel  N.  of  the  last 
island  ?  h.  What  division  in  the  south  of  Great  Britain?  d.  What  in  the 
N.  ?  d.  What  in  the  W.  ?  s. 

Between  what  two  parallels,  that  are  put  down  on  the  map,  does  the  capi- 
tal town  lie?  In  what  lou^irud^  is  London? 

In  which  longitude  is  Wales?  Scotland?  What  cape  in  the  S.  W.? 
d.  What  islands  near  it?  Sy.  What  large  towns  in  the  S.  W.  ?  h. 

What  large  town  in  the  8.  near  the  Isle  of  Wight  ?  h.  What  islands  has 
England  in  the  English  channel  ?  y.  y.  t. 

What  towns  on  the  coast  of  the  ISiorth  Sea,  between  the  strait  of  Dover 
and  Scotland  ?  h.  e.  1. 

Where  is  the  largest  town?  n.  Where  the  second  ?  r.  The  third?  I. 
Fourth?  m.  Fifth?  1.  Sixth?  s.  Seventh?  h. 

Where  is  Bath  ?  Oxford  ?  York  ?  Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  ? 
8.  What  river  on  the  borders  of  England  and  Wales  ?  n. 

What  is  said  of  the  size,  opulence,  and  ancient  commerce  of  London  ? 
1S27.  Wh,it  is  said  of  Liverpool  ?  132S.  Bristol/  13^'J.  What  other 
towns  are  mentioned,  and  for  what  are  they  noted  ?  1329. 

Which  way  is  London  from  Washington,  the  metropolis  of  the  nited 
States?  How  can  you  sail  from  Washington  to  London,  that  is,  whet 
rivers,  bays,  oceans,  seas,  &c.  must  you  sail  in,  and  what  other  objects  as 
towns,  capes,  &c.  must  you  pass  ? 

How  will  you  sail  from  London  to  the  capital  of  Russia?  From  St.  Pe- 
tersburg to  Stockholm  ?  In  what  direction  is  London  from  the  place  w  here 
you  live  ? 


WALES. 

How  is  Wales  bounded  ?    Chief  Towns  ? 

1330.  WALES  is  a  mountainous  but  not  a  barren 
country.  It  is  less  fertile  and  less  cultivated  than  Eng- 
land, which  it  resembles  in  many  other  respects,  as 
climate,  productions,  &c.  Iron  and  other  mineral  pro- 
ductions are  abundant. 

WALKS.    Q.  What  is  the  surface  and  soil  of  Wales  1   1330.    Minerals  ?  1330 

9* 


202  SCOTLAND 

1331.  To  Wales  the  ancient  Britons  fled  on  the  invasion   of  England  by 
the  Saxons,  from  whom  the  present  inhabitants  of  England  are  descended. 
The  Welsh  language  is  still  spoken  in  this  part  of  the  island. 

1332.  Wales  was  once  governed  by  independent  kings,  but  since  1283,  it 
has  been  united  to  England.    The  oldest  son  of  the  king  of  England  is 
styled  Prince  of  Wales. 

MA?    OF   EUROPE. 

Which  is  the  farthest  N.  Wales  or  BeTgium  ?  Wales  or  Holland  ?  Be- 
tween what  parallels,  that  are  on  the  map,  does  Wales  lie  ?  In  which  longi- 
tude is  it?  Which  is  the  largest  town?  Merthyr  Tydvil.  What  towns 
on  the  map  ?  s.  h. 

What  channel  S.  of  Wales  ?  1.  What  island  near  the  northern  part  of 
Wales?  n. 


SCOTLAND. 

How  is  Scotland  bounded  ?     Capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ? 

1333.  SCOTLAND  is  naturally  divided  into  two  parts; 
the  Highlands  in  the  N.  and  the  Lowlands  in  the  S. 

1334.  The  Highlands  are  for  the  most  part  a  cold, 
barren,  and  mountainous  region. 

1335.  The  Lowlands  which  are  the  smaller  division, 
lie  S.  and  E.  of  the  Grampian  Hills  or  mountains,  and 
are  agreeably  diversified  with  hills  and  plains,  and  have 
a  milder  climate  than  the  Highlands.     The  soil  is  fertile 
and  well  cultivated. 

1336.  The  Grampian  Hills,  mentioned  above,  are  the  principal  ranges   of 
mountains  in  Scotland,  the  highest  summit  of  which  is  Ben  Nevis,  the  most 
elevated  point  in  Great  Britain. 

1337.  To  Scotland  belong  numerous  islands  which  are  comprised  prin- 
cipally in  the  three  clusters  of  Hebrides,  or  Western  Islands,  the  Orkneys, 
and  the  Shetland  Islands. 

1338.  The  chief  agricultural  productions  are  wheat,  rye,  barley,  and  oats. 
The  mineral   productions  are  coal,  iron,  freestone,  slate,  limestone,  marble, 
rock  and  crystal.    The  manufactures  are  linens,  plaids  or  tartans,  muslins, 
thread,  and  various  other  articles. 

1339.  The  Scotch  are  brave,  temperate,  generous, 

From  whom  are  the  present  inhabitants  descended  1  1331.  What  is  said  of  the 
government  of  Wales  ?  1332. 

SCOTLAND Q.  Of  what  does  Scotland  consist  1  1333.  What  is  \d  of  the  High- 
lands ?  1334.  Of  the  Lowlands'?  1335.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  in  Scot- 
land ?  1336. 

What  islands  belong  to  Scotland  1  1337.  What  are  the  manufactures,  and  the 
agricultural  and  mineral  productions  1  1338. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Scotch  ?  1339.  Describe  the  curiosity  that  is 
mentioned?  1340. 


SCOTLAND.  203 

fond  of  liberty,  and  celebrated  for  their  general  intelli- 
gence, morality  and  love  of  country. 


FINGAL'S  CAVERN,  IN  STAFFA. 

1340.  In  Staffa,  one  of  the  Hebrides,  is  a  magnificent  cavern,  250  feet  in 
length,  with  an  entrance  formed  by  a  natural  arch,  53  feet  wide,  and  111  feet 
high,  which  is  so  lighted  that  the  extreme  part  of  the  civern  is  visible  irom 
its  entrance.    The  roof  is  supported  by  a  succession  of  columns. 

1341.  TOWNS.     EDINBURGH,1  about  two  miles  from  the  Frith  of  Fo:th 
has,  from  being  surrounded  by  lofty  hills,  a  picturesque  and  delightful  situa- 
tion.    It  is  a  well  built  city,  and  celebrated  lor  its  Iraniing  and  science. 

1342.  Glasgow^  on  the  Clyde,  in  regard  to  commerce,  manufacture <  and 
population,  is  the  first  city  in  Scotland.    Greenock,  on  the  Frith  of  Clyds,  is 
a  noted  seaport. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE 

Next  above  what  parallel,  that  is  put  down  on  the  map,  does  Scotland 
principally  lie  ?  Which  is  the  largest,  Scotland,  Wales,  or  England  ? 

What  course  is  Scotland  from  England  ?  Should  it  then  have  a  co1  ier 
climate  ?  Why  ? 

What  Friths  on  the  E.  of  Scotland  ?  y.  h.  By  what  channel  is  Scm.land 
separated  from  Ireland?  h.  What  town  in  the  N.  E.  ?  k. 

What  four  on  the  eastern  course  S»  of  Wick?  f.  n.  h*  h.  What  one  in 
the  S.  W.  on  the  coast  ?  y.  What  one  N.  of  the  last  on  the  same  coast  ? 
w.  What  N.  of  the  last  on  Murry  Frith  ?  s. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  w.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1342,  Wht»r«;  is  the 
second  town  in  size  ?  h.  Describe  it  ?  1341.  Where  the  third  ?  n. 

Where  are  the  Hebrides  ?     Orkneys  ?     Shetland  Isles  ?     Faroe  Isles  ? 

Which  has  the  highest  latitude,  Scotland,  or  the  state  in  which  you  live  ? 
What  ocean  and  sea  must  you  pass  in  order  to  visit  the  capital  of  Scotland  ? 

Is  there  any  communication  by  water,  between  the  Black  or  Caspian  Sci 
and  the  Baltic  ?  What  ocean,  seas,  straits,  capes,  rivers  and  canal  would 

lEuiNBUKaii,  U'd  -iu-bur-ro.) 


204  IRELAND. 

you  pass  in  sailing  from  Edinburgh  to  the  Black  Sea,  and  fronrthence  through 
Russia  to  the  place  from  whence  you  started  ? 


IRELAND. 

How  is  Ireland  bounded  ?    Capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

1343.  IRELAND  is  a  fertile,  beautiful,  and  populous 
island,  possessing  an  agreeable  variety  of  hills  and 
plains,  and  but  few  mountains. 

1344.  The  numerous  bogs  or  marshes,  which  disfigure  the  face  of  the. 
country  in  Ireland,  are  not  only  incapable  of  cultivation,  but  are  passed  over 
with  extreme  difficulty. 

1345.  In  Ireland  there  are  many  castles,  churches, 
and  religious  houses  in  a  ruinous  and  dilapidated  state, 

1346.  The  climate  is  mild,  temperate  and  healthy, 
but  more  humid  than  that  of  England,  having  warmer 
winters  and  cooler  summers  than  that  country. 

1347.  Whether  attributable  to  the  soil,  or  climate,  or  both,  it  is  certain  that 
there  are  in  Ireland  no  moles,  frogs,  nor  serpents. 

1348.  The  Irish  are  quickwitted,  ingenious,  brave,  hardy,  and  hospitable, 
but  violent  and  passionate  in  their  dispositions.     The  lower  classes  are  igno- 
rant and  superstitions,  and  sometimes  exceedingly  poor. 

1349.  The  Giant's  Causeway,  which  is  situated  on  the  northern  coast  of 
Ireland,  is  a  great  curiosity.    It  consists  of  many  hundred  thousand  columns 
ef  basaltic*  rock,  rising  from  200  to  400  feet  perpendicular  above  the  surface 

fthe  water. 

1350.  TOWNS. — DUBLIN,  the  capital  of  Ireland  is  finely  situated  at  the 
head  of  a  spacious  and  picturesque  bay,  seven  miles  from  the  Irish  sea.     It  is 
about  three  miles  in  length,  and  two  in  breadth,  and  contains  many  magnifi- 
cent edifices.    Among  the  large  cities  of  the  British  Islands,  it  takes  the  se- 
cond rank  in  respect  to  population. 

1351.  Belfast,  Limerick,  and  Cork,  are  cities  of  considerable  importance 
Cork,  has  a  fine  harbor  and  a  more  extensive  commerce  than  any  other  city 
in  Ireland. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

Which  extends  farthest  N.  Ireland  or  England  ?  In  which  latitude  and 
longitude  is  Ireland?  Which  is  the  largest  river ?  n.  Describe  it. 

Q.  What  toM>r.s  in  the  S.  ?  d.  k.  What  towns  in  the  western  part  ?  k.  y. 
What  town  in  the  N.  ?  y  What  on  the  eastern  coast  ?  t.  n. 

Which  tv>  »vn  in  Ireland  is  larger  than  New  York  was  in  1830  ?  Dn.  Which 
than  Baltimore  ?  Ck.  Which  than  New  Orleans  ?  k.  What  other  but  a  little 
smaller  than  New  Orleans  ?  t.  Which  is  of  the  same  size  with  Charleston  ? 
y.  Which  with  Washington?  y. 

IRK  OAND.— U.  What  is  the  surface  of  Ireland  ?  1343.  What  is  mentioned  as  dis- 
figuring the  face  of  the  country  1  1344. 

U.  With  what  «'.OL-S  Ireland  abound  ?  1345.  What  is  the  climate  ?  1346.  Of 
whai  annuals  is  it  destitute  1  1347.  What  is  the  chaiacter  of  the  Irish!  1348. 
Wbaictricfcit}  i?  mentioned?  1349. 


1  Basaltic  rock  is  a  kind  of  rock  never  found  in  lays,  but  always  standing  u 


FRANCE.  205 

What  is  said  of  Dublin  ?  1350.    Cork  ?  1351.    What  is  said  of  two  other 
towns?  1351. 


FRANCE. 

How  is  France  bounded  ?      capital  ?     Chief  Towns  ?      Principal  Riv- 
ers ? 

1352.  FRANCE  has  in  general  a  level  surface,  a  fertile 
soil,  a  remarkably  mild  and  genial  climate,  particularly 
in  the  S.,  and  presents  a  most  delightful  and  beautiful 
appearance. 

1353.  The  more  important  products  of  the  soil  are 
wheat,  barley,  oats,  vines,  olives,  with  mulberries  and 
other  delicious  fruits  in  abundance. 

1354.  France  is  much  celebrated  for  her  silks,  wool- 
lens, brandy,  and  wines. 

1355.  Wine  is  as  common  a  drink  among  the  French 
as  beer  is  in  England,  or  cider  and  beer  in  the  United 
States. 

1356.  Although  France  has  82  canals,  her  inland 
navigation  is  not  so  extensive  as  that  of  England. 

1357.  The  French  are  a  polite  and  polished  people  ; 
active,  ingenious,  temperate  in  their  mode  of  living, 
fond  of  show  and  amusements,  and  perhaps  the  most 
entertaining  companions  in  the  world. 

1358.  In  the  various  walks  of  literature,  France,  as 
a  nation,  has  long  had  the  highest  rank,  particularly  in 
mathematics,  astronomy,  and  several  branches  of  natu- 
ral history,   as  anatomy  and  chemistry.     In  painting, 
architecture,  and  the  other  departments  of  the  tine  arts, 
the  French  are  scarcely  inferior  to  any  people  in  the 
world. 

1359.  The  education  of  the  mass  of  the  people  has 

FRANCE. — What  is  said  of  the  soil,  surface,  climate  and  aspect  ?  1352.  Products 
of  the  soil?  1353. 

Q,.  For  what  articles  of  trade  is  France  celebrated  1  1354.  What  is  a  common 
drink,  and  to  what  extent  ?  135,~» 

U.  What  is  said  of  inland  navigation  1  1356.  What  is  the  character  of  the 
French?  1357.  For  what  has  France  Ion?  boon  distinguished  ?  1358.  What  is  the 
state  of  education  among  the  iiiuss  of  UK-  people  ?  loJU. 


206  FRANCE. 

been  formerly  much  neglected,  but  exertions  have  re- 
cently been  made  to  effect  a  change  in  this  respect. 

1360.  The  government  of  France  was  an   absolute  monarchy  for  many 
centuries.     A  revolution  took  place  in  1793 ;  Louis  XVI.  the  reigning  king, 
was  beheaded,  and  a  scene  of  blood  and  slaughter  succeeded,  such  as  was 
never  before  witnessed  in  any  age  or  country. 

1361.  In  1804,  Bonaparte  was  crowned  emperor,  and  in  1815  he  suffered  a 
total  defeat  on  the  memorable  plains  of  Waterloo,  left  France  forever,  and 
the  Bourbon  family  was  again  placed  on  the  throne. 

1362.  In  1830,  another  political  convulsion  took  place.    Charles  X.  then 
on  the  throne,  was  expelled  the  country,  and  Louis  Phillippe,  with  the  con- 
sent and  at  the  request  of  the  people,  assumed  the  reins  of  government  with 
the  title  of  "King  of  the  French."     The  government  is  now  a  limited  mon- 
archy. 

1363.  TOWNS.    PARIS,  the  capital  of  France,  and  the  second  city  in  Eu- 
rope, is  pleasantly  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  river  Seine.1     Its  streets  are 
narrow  and  less  spacious  than  those  of  London,  but  its  public  buildings  are 
far  more  splendid.     It  abounds  in  public  walks,  gardens  and  other  places  of 
amusement,  as  well  as  in  extensive  and  valuable  libraries,  and  literary  and 
charitable  institutions.    Paris  is  probably  the  gayest  and  most  fashionable 
city  in  the  world. 

1364.  Lyons,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Rhone  and  Saone  rivers,  is  cele- 
brated for  its  trade  and  manufactures.    Its  silks  are  very  famous. 

1365.  Marseilles,  in  the  south  of  France,  on  the  Mediterranean,  is  an 
important  city  and  carries  on  an  extensive  trade  with  the  United  States. 
From  Bordeaux  large  quantities  of  wine  and  brandy  are  exported. 

MAP    OF  EUROPE.* 

What  channel  and  strait  separate  France  from  England  ?  h.  r.  In  what 
direction  is  France  from  England  ? 

What  separates  France  from  Spain  ?  s.  Their  course,  length,  and  height  ? 
What  mountains  form  the  S.  E.  boundary  ?  s.  Height,  length,  and  course  ? 
What  mountains  W.  of  the  last  and  what  their  height  ?  s. 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Lyons  ?  What  bay  W.  of  France  ?  By.  What  isl 
ands  on  the  western  coast  ?  Re.  On.  Be. 

Which  is  the  most  westerly  city  ?  Bt.  Which  is  the  most  south-west- 
erly ?  e.  What  two  cities  on  the  Garonne  ?  x.  e.  What  cities  on  the  Bay 
of  Biscay  ?  t.  e.  What  on  the  Loire  ?  s.  s.  s.  t.  What  on  the  English 
channel  ?  n.  What  on  the  Seine  ?  n.  s.  s. 

What  town  in  the  N.  E.  ?  s.  What  one  S.  E.  of  Calais  ?  e.  What 
three  towns  in  the  E.  that  have  not  been  mentioned  ?  g.  x.  y. 

Q.  What  has  been  the  government  of  France  1  1360.  What  took  place  in  the 
year  1793  7  1360. 

a.  What  took  place  in  1804  1  1361.  In  1815  ?  1361.  In  1830  ?  1362.  What  is 
the  present  form  of  government?  1362. 

*  PRONUNCIATION    OF    FRENCH    NAMES. 

AJACIO,  (a-jat'-cho.)  LOIRE,  (Iwor.)  RHEIMS,  (remze.) 

AVINON,  (av'-in-yon.)  MONTPELIER,  (mong-pel'ya  ROCHELLE,  (ro-clieir. 

AMIENS,  (am'-e-yang'.)  METZ,  (mase.)  KOEHFORT,  (rosh'-fort.) 

BORDEAUX,  (boor-do'.)  MARSEILLES,  (mar-salze'.)  SEINE,  (sene.) 

CAEN,  (Rang.)  KISMES,  (ueenize.)  SAONE,  (sone.) 

LYONS,  (le-orig'.)  NANTES,  (uaiitz.)  TOULON,  (too-long'.) 

LiLi.i:,  (lelc)  OLERON,  (ol-rong'.)  TOULOUSE,  (too-looz'.) 

LOCH,  (loo'is.)  ROUEN,  (roo-ong'.)  VERSAILLES,  (ver-salze'.) 


SPAIN.  207 

What  cities  on  the  Rhone  ?  e.  s.  n.  What  on  the  Saone  ?  a.  What 
towns  on  the  Gulf  of  Lyons  ?  r.  s.  n. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  in  France  ?  e.  The  second  ?  e. 
Third  ?  e.  Fourth  ?  Ge.  What  is  remarkable  about  the  last  ?  It  is  the 
most  rapid  river  in  Europe. 

Where  is  the  largest,  city  ?  s.  Where  the  second  ?  s.  The  third  ?  Ls 
Fourth?  x. 

Will  you  describe  Paris?  1363.     Lyons  ?  1364.     Marseilles?  1365. 

How  will  you  sail  from  Rouen  in  the  north  of  France  to  Marseilles  ? 
Can  you  inform  me  how  the  distance  could  be  shortened  one  half  by  a 
canal  ? 

What  island  in  the  Mediterranean  belongs  to  France?  Corsica.  What 
is  its  population  ?  200,000.  For  what  is  it  famous  ?  For  honey  and  beeswax, 
and  being  the  birth  place  of  Bonaparte. 

What  strait  on  the  S.  of  Corsica  I  o.  From  what  does  the  strait  sepa- 
rate it  ?  a  What  towns  on  Corsica?  a.  o. 


SPAIN. 

Hew  is  Spain  bounded  ?    Its  capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

1366.  SPAIN  is  the  most  mountainous   country  in 
Europe,  except  Switzerland,  and  has  a  mild  and  de- 
lightful climate  in  the  N.,  but  warm  and  sometimes  un- 
healthy in  the  S. 

1367.  The  soil  is  in  general  good,  but  for  want  of 
proper  cultivation,  it  yields  but  a  scanty  supply  to  the 
inhabitants. 

1368.  The  productions   are  wheat,  barley,  maize, 
grapes,  from  which  rich  wines  are  made,  oranges,  and 
various  other  delicious  fruits. 

1369.  The  raising  of  Merino  sheep  has   received 
great  attention,  the  wool  of  which  is  much  celebrated 
in  all  parts  of  the  world. 

1370.  The  rich  mines  in  the  Spanish  Provinces  of  South  America,  diverted 
the  attention  of  the  Spaniards  from  the  true  sources  of  wealth,  agriculture 
and  manufactures,  and  induced  a  state  of  luxury  and  indolence  from  which 
they  seem  incapable  of  being  aroused. 

1371.  Spain  is  thought  capable  of  supporting  50  millions  of  people.    When 
under  the  Romans  it  is  computed  to  have  contained  40  millions,  but  it  now 
contains  only  about  one  third  of  that  number,  14  millions,  and  for  the  sub- 
sistence of  these,  large  importations  are  annually  madek 

1372.  The  Spaniards  are,  in  general,  tall,  of  a  swar- 
thy complexion,  grave  and  stately  in  their  demeanor, 

SPAIN.— Q.   WL-at  is  said  of  the  surface  and  climate  of  Spain  ?  136G.   Soil  ?  1367. 
Productions?     1368.    Sheep?    1369.    Mines?     1370.    Population?    1371. 
Q,.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Spaniards  ?  1372.    What  is  said  of  the  ladies? 


208  SPAIN. 

tenacious  of  honor  ;  but  proud,   indolent,   revengeful, 
and  ignorant  to  an  extent  greater  than  formerly. 

1373.  The  Spanish  ladies  are  tall,  but  slender  and 
beautiful :  graceful  in  their  manners  and  agreeable  in 
conversation. 

1374.  The  most  remarkable  curiosity  is  the  Montserrat  mountain,  which 
stands  in  a  vast  plain,  arid  consists  of  a  a  infinite  number  of  rocks  seemingly 
cut  in  the  form  of  sugar  loaves,  and  piled  one  above  another  to  the  height  of 
3300  feet,  resembling  a  pile  of  Gothic  spires.    The  mountain  is  about   14 
miles  in  circuit.     On  this  mountain  is  a  monastery,  together  with  a  chapel, 
dedicated  to  the  Virgin.     A  great  number  of  the  Benedictine  monks  con- 
tinually reside  here,  who  entertain  with  great  hospitality  all  who  are  at- 
tracted to  this  place  by  curiosity  or  devotion. 

1375.  The  natives  of  this  country  have  a  strange  taste  for  bull  fights,  which 
are  often  attended  by  many  thousands  of  both  sexes.     Large  buildings,  called 
amphitheatres,  are  erected  in  most  of  the  large  towns  specially  devoted  to 
this  amusement. 

^  1376.  TOWNS.  MADRID  stands  on  the  river  Manzanares,  a  branch  of  the 
Tagus,  in  a  plain  surrounded  by  mountains.  It  has  77  churches,  66  con- 
vents, besides  several  magnificent  palaces  and  more  than  100  towers  or 
steeples.  Its  trade  and  manufactures  are  trifling,  and  it  is  important  only  as 
the  residence  of  the  royal  family,  and  the  capital  of  the  nation. 

1377.  The  two  most  important  seaports  are  Barcelona,  noted  for  its  wines 
and  brandy,  and  Cadiz,  distinguished  as  being  the  centre  of  the  American 
trade. 

1373.  Gibraltar,  a  celebrated  town  and  fortress,  stands  on  a  promontory 
in  the  S.  of  Spain,  1400  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  now  belongs  to 
England.  It  is  so  well  fortified  both  by  nature  and  art  as  to  be  considered 
impregnable. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

What  strait  on  the  S.  of  Spain  ?  r.  What  does  this  strait  separate  and 
what  does  it  connect  ?  What  is  the  most  northern  cape  of  Spain  1  1.  What 
cape  a  little  S.  of  Cape  Ortegal?  e.  What  ca^e  in  the  S.  ?  r. 

Why  is  it  warmer  in  the  S.  than  in  the  N.,  or  even  in  France  ?  What 
mountains  in  Spain  ?  s.  n.  a  o.  What  parallel  intersects  it  nearly  in  the 
middle  ?  What  meridian  in  the  opposite  direction. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  s.  The  three  next  ?  o.  o.  a.  The 
third?  r. 

What  towns  on  the  Ebro  ?  a.  a.  What  towns  on  the  Mediterranean  ?  a. 
a.  a.  a.  What  impregnate  fortress  near  the  last  town  1  r.  Will  you  de- 
scribe it  ?  1378. 

What  town  on  the  Guadaf^uiver  ?x  e.  Where  is  Cadiz  ?  What  other 
towns  between  the  Guadalquiver  and  the  Mediterranean  ?  a.  a.  What  on 
the  Tagus  ?  o.  What  town  on  a  branch  of  the  Tagus  ?  d. 

What  one  W.  of  Madrid  ?  a.  What  town  on  the  Duero  ?  d.  What  in 
the  N.  W.  ?  a.  What  other  in  the  N.  on  the  Bay  of  Biscay  ?  a. 

1373.    What  is  the  most  remarkable  curiosity  in  Spain  ?  1374.    Of  what  amuse- 
ments are  the  Spaniards  particularly  fond  1    1375. 

1  GACDALQUIVER,  (gaw-dal-quiv'-er.) 


PORTUGAL.  209 

Where  is  the  largest  town?  d.  The  second  ?  a.  Third  ?  e.  Fourth?  z. 
Fifth  ?  Va.  Sixth  ?  Ga.  Are  there  any  more  larger  than  Washington,  the 
capital  of  the  U.  S.  ? 

Will  you  describe  Madrid  ?  1376.  For  what  are  Barcelona  and  Cadiz 
noted  ?  1377. 


PORTUGAL. 

How  is  Portugal  bounded  ?    Capital?     Chief  Towns?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

1379.  PORTUGAL  has  a  fertile  soil,  a  mild  and  healthy 
climate,  and  a  variegated  surface  of  plains,  mountains, 
and  valleys. 

1380.  It  abounds  in  wine,  olives,  oranges  and  other 
fruits,  but  not  in  grain ;  agriculture  being  in  a  back- 
ward state,  as  well  as  manufactures,  the  arts,  and  sci- 
ences generally. 

1381.  The  Portuguese  are  friendly  and  generous  to 
strangers,  but  proud,  ignorant,  and  superstitious. 

1382.  TOWNS.     LISBON  has  a  delightful  situation,  a  fine  harbor,  where 
1000  ships  may  anchor  in  safety,  and  is  among  the  most  commercial  cities 
of  Europe.     It  is  famous  for  a  kind  of  wine  called  Lisbon  \\ii.c.     This  city 
was  almost  entirely  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  in  17f>5,  but  has  since  been 
rebuilt. 

1383.  Oporto  is  the  second  city  in  respect  to  commerce  in  Portugal,  and 
is  distinguished  for  a  wine  called  Port  wine. 

MAP    OF   EUROPE. 

What  do  Spain  and  Portugal  both  form,  an  island  or  a  peninsula?  Is 
Portugal  a  large  or  small  kingdom  I  What  parallel  on  the  map  intersects 
Portugal  ? 

What  rivers  in  Portugal  ?  o.  s.  a.  Where  do  they  rise  and  flow  ?  What 
is  the  only  cape  put  down  on  the  map  ?  t.  What  city  in  the  N.  ?  o.  What 
is  the  next  one  S.?  a.  What  one  on  the  Tagus  ?  n.  What  two  S.  of  the 
last,  on  the  coast  ?  s.  o. 

Where  is  the  largest  city  ?  n.  Describe  it  ?  1382.  Where  is  the  second  ? 
o.  Describe  it  ?  1383. 


ITALY. 

How  is  Italy  bounded  ?     Capital  ?     Chief  Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

1384.  Italy,  the  country  of  the    ancient  Romans, 
once  the  garden  of  Europe,  the  parent  of  the  arts  and 

PORTUGAL.— U.  What  is  said  of  the  soil,  climate  and  surface  of  Portugal  ?  1379. 
In  what  does  it  abound  ?  1380.  What  is  the  state  of  manufactures,  arts,  and  sci- 
ences? 1380. 

Gl.  What  *s  the  character  of  the  Portuguese  ?  1381. 


210 


ITALY. 


sciences,  and  the  mistress  of  the  world,  though  much 
fallen  from  what  it  once  was,  is  still  one  of  the  most 
interesting  countries  in  the  world. 

1385.  It  is  noted  for  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  the  de- 
lightfulness  of  its  climate,  the  rich  variety  and  beauty 
of  its  landscapes,  and  its  many  monuments  of  ancient 
art  and  glory. 

1386.  These  remains  of  antiquity  are  amphitheatres, 
triumphal  arches,  ruins  of  temples,  aqueducts,  &c. 

1387.  Italy  abounds  also  in  the  most  splendid  speci- 
mens of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  contained 
in  the  world. 

1388.  The  Italians  are  polite  and  graceful  in  their 
manners,  particularly  fond  of  all  branches  of  the  fine 
arts,  in  which  they  greatly  excel ;  but  servile,  super- 
stitious, and  revengeful.     The  lower  classes  are  gen- 
erally ignorant  and  vicious. 


CASTL.E    OF    ST.   ANGELO,    ST.   PETER'S    CHURCH,   AND  BRIDGE    OVER    THE 
TIBER   AT    ROME.  - 

1339.  Italy  has  for  a  long  time  been  divided  into  several  small  states,  of 
which  the  following  are  the  principal : 

1    The  Kingdom  of  Sardinia  in  the  N.  W. ;  capital,  Turin.   ______ 

ITALY.— a.  What  was  Italy  once  ?  3384.  What  is  it  now  1  1384.  For  what  is 
it  noted  ?  1385.  What  examples  of  monuments  are  mentioned  7  1386.  In  what 
does  Italy  abound  7  1387.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Italians  1  1388. 


ITALY.  211 

2.  Lombardy  or  Austrian  Italy  in  the  N.  E.,  dependent  on  Austria ;  capi- 
tals, Milan  and  Venice. 

3.  The  Roman  States,  or  the  States  of  the  Church,  in  the  middle ;  capital, 
Rome 

4.  The  Grand  Duchy    of  Tuscany,    dependent    on    Austria;   capital, 
Florence 

5.  The  Duchy  of  Lucca,  capital,  Lucca,         J 

6.  The  Duchy  of  Parma,  capital,  Parma,        >  Dependent  on  Austria. 

7.  The  Duchy  ofModena,  capital,  Modena,  ) 

8.  The  Republic  of  San  Marino,  dependent  on  the  Pope ;  capital,  San 
Marino. 

9.  The  kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies,  or  Naples,  with  the  island  of  Sicily 
in  the  S. ;  capital,  Naples. 

1390.  TOWNS.    ROME,  "the  eternal  city,"  and  the  ancient  capital  of  the 
Roman  Empire,  now  the  capital  only   of  the  Roman  States,  and  the  resi- 
dence of  the  Pope,  is  situated  on  the  Tiber,  and  built  on  seven  hills  and  the 
valleys  between  them,  along  the  above  river,  over  which  it  has  four  bridges. 
It  is  15  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  13  miles  in  circuit.    Former- 
ly it  was  GO  miles  in  circuit.    Then   it  was  the  most  powerful,  populous^ 
and  magnificent  city  on  the  globe,  and  though  greatly  reduced  in  population 
and  splendor,  it  is  yet  a  city  of  great  elegance  and  beauty.    There  are  still 
to  be  seen  many  monuments  of  its  departed  glory,  and  there  yet  remain 
many  buildings  of  surpassing  splendor.     St.  Peter's  Church  is  the  largest 
and  most  superb  edifice  which  the  art   of  man  has  constructed  in  modern 
lines. 

1391.  Naples,  which  is  built  in  the  form  of  an  amphitheatre,  has  from  the 
bay,  which  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world,  a  charming  appearance.    The 
surrounding  scenery  is  most  delightful,  and  the  city  is  among  the  most  at- 
tractive spots  in  Europe. 

1392.  The  bay  of  Naples,  is  nearly  in  the  form  of  a  regular  circle,  being 
about  30  miles  in  diameter,  and  shut  out  from  the  Mediterranean  by  the  is- 
land of  Capua.    The  city  contains  about  30,000  vagabonds,  called  tazzaroni, 
similar  to  the  leperos  of  Mexico.    The  manufactures  and  commerce  of  Na- 
ples are  inconsiderable. 

1393.  Palermo,  the  capital  of  Sicily,  is  a  beautiful  city.    It  has  more  than 
100  churches,  96  convents,  with  a  chapel  for  each. 

1394.  Florence,  through  which  the  river  Arno  runs,  is  famous  for  its  galle- 
ry, containing  the  choicest  specimens  of  painting  and  sculpture  known  in 
the  world.     It  was  the  birth-place  of  Americus  Vespuccius. 

1395.  Leghorn,  a  strongly  fortified  city  in  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Tuscany, 
has  one  of  the  best  harbors  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  is  famous  for  the  man- 
ufacture of  the  Leghorn  hats  and  bonnets. 

1396.  Turin,  the  residence  of  the  Sardinian  king,  stands  on  the  river  Po, 
in  a  fertile  and  delightful  plain. 

1397.  Genoa,  noted  as  the  birth-place  of  Christopher  Columbus,  is  a  city 
and  seaport  abounding  in  marble  palaces,  from  whence  it  was  called  Genoa, 
meaning  the  proud. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

Like  what  is  Italy  shaped  ?  A  boot.    Which  extends  farthest  N.,  Italy  or 
Spain  ?  Why  is  the  climate  warmer  than  that  of  England  ?  What  mountains  in 

U.  How  lias  Italy  been  divided  7    1389.    What  state  in  the  N.   W.I    13W9. 
What  in  the  N.  E.I  1389.    What  states  i:i  the  middle?  136<J.    What  in  tiie 
?  1389 


212  SWITZERLAND. 

Italy  ?  s.  Their  length  and  height  ?  What  volcano  in  the  vicinity  of  Na- 
ples ?  s. 

What  cape  S.  of  Italy  ?  o.  What  strait  ?  a.  What  gulfs  around  Italy  ? 
e.  o.  a.  Where  is  Sicily  ?  What  other  large  island  belongs  to  Italy  ?  ISa, 
How  is  it  separated  from  Corsica  ?  o. 

What  strait  has  Italy  on  the  E.  ?  o.  What  volcanic  mountain  in  Sicily  ?  a. 
What  islands  W.  of  the  southern  part  of  Italy  ?  i.  What  small  island  N. 
E.  of  the  island  of  Corsica  ?  a. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  o.     The  second  ?  r. 

Which  are  the  most  important  towns  in  the  N.  W.  ?  n.  a.  Which  in  the 
N.  E.  ?  Ba.  a. 

Which  on  the  western  coast  S.  of  Genoa  ?  n.  e.  s.  What  one  N.  E.  of 
Leghorn  and  S.  W.  of  Ravenna  ?  e.  What  on  the  island  of  Sardinia  ?  i.  i 
What  in  Sicily  ?  o. 

To  whom  does  Corsica  belong  ?  To  the  French.  To  whom  does  Sar- 
dinia belong  ?  To  the  Kingdom  of  Sardinia.  How  many  small  islands 
has  it  belonging  to  it  ?  Ans.  44.  What  island  S.  of  Sicily  ?  a. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  s.  Two  next  I  e.  o.  [For  the  last  see  Si- 
cily.] Where  is  the  third  ?  n.  The  two  next  ?  e.  a. 

Will  you  describe  Rome  fully  ?  1390.  Also  Naples  ?  1891  ?  The  Bay 
of  Naples?  1392.  Palermo?  1393.  Florence?  1394.  Leghorn?  1395. 
Turin?  1396.  Genoa?  1397. 


SWITZERLAND. 


A   SWISS  HOUSE. 

How  is  Switzerland  bounded  ?  Capital?  Chief  Towns?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1398.  Switzerland's  the  most  mountainous  country 
in  Europe,  and  is  described  as  being  as  romantic  as  the 
imagination  can  conceive. 

1399.  The  Alpine  mountains  here  tower  to  an  immense  height,  and  pre 
sent  summits  covered  with  eternal  snow  :  between  these  elevations,  lie  gla- 

SWITZERLAND.    Q.  What  is  the  surface  of  Switzerland  comparatively  speaking  ? 
-.398.    What  is  said  of  the  Alpine  mountains  ?_  1399. 


GERMANY.  213 

ciers,1  enormous  rocks,  frightful  precipices,  roaring  torrents,  and  smiling  fer- 
tile vales. 


vine,  and  raise  grain,  and  various  kinds  of  fruits.     The  climate  is  various,  but 


generally  healthy. 

1401.  The  Swiss  are  hardy,  industrious,  temperate, 
frugal,  intelligent,  and  ardently  attached  to  liberty  and 
their  country. 

1402.  TOWNS.    BERNE,  on  the  river  Aar,  a  branch  of  the  Rhine,  is  the 
most  beautiful  town  of  Switzerland. 

1403.  Geneva,  on  the  south-western  extremity  of  the  Lake  of  Geneva,  has 
a  most  picturesque  and  delightful  appearance.     It  is  noted  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  watches  and  for  its  literary  institutions.     John  Calvin,  the  celebrated 
reformer,  passed  a  considerable  portion  of  his  life  at  this  place. 

MAP    OF   EUROPE. 

Is  Switzerland  a  large  or  small  country  ?  Which  has  the  highest  latitude, 
Switzerland  or  Italy  I 

What  lakes  in  Switzerland  ?  Ce.  Ga.  What  mountains  ?  As.  What 
town  in  the  N.  W.  ?  Be.  What  in  the  S.  W.  ?  (.'a. 

In  what  part  is  Lake  Constance  ?  What  is  said  of  the  capital0  1  !"'->. 
What  other  town  is  mentioned,  and  what  is  it  famous  for  ?  1403.  What  dis- 
tinguished man  once  lived  ihere  ?  1403. 

In  what  direction  is  Switzerland  from  England  ?     From  Sardinia  .' 


GERMANY. 

1404.  GERMANY  comprises  thirty-five  states,  and  four 
free  cities,  of  which  the  following  are  the  principal  : 

States  Titles  Capitals 

1.  Austria.  Kingdom  Vienna. 

2.  Bavaria.  Kingdom.  Munich. 

3.  \\  iitemberg.  Kingdom.  Stutgard. 

4.  Saxony.  Kingdom.  Dresden. 

5.  IJanover.  Kingdom.  Hanover. 

6.  Baden.  Grand  Duchy.  Carlsruhe.3 

7.  rlhe  Prussian  dominions  in  the  N.  on  the  Rhine  and  on  the  borders  of 
the  Netherlands.  The  free  cities  are  Hamburg,  Frankfort,  Bremen,  and 
Lubec. 

U.  What  is  said  of  the  soil,  climate,  &c.  7  1400.  Character  of  the  Swiss?  1401. 
GERMANY  Q.  What  does  Germany  comprise  ?  1404.  What  are  the  principal 
states,  their  titles  and  capitals?  1404. 


extend  many 
summer. 
2  CARLSRUHE,  (karlz-roo'-a.) 


214  GERMANY. 

1405.  These  states  and  free  cities,  each  of  which  exercise  a  sovereign  and 
independent  power  in  its  own  territory,  have  all  entered  into  the  German 
Confederacy,  as  it  is  called,  by  which  they  are  pledged  not  to  attack  bat  to 
defend  each  other  in  war,  and  to  submit  their  disputes  to  be  settled  by  the 
Federative  Diet ;  a  body  which  holds  its  sittings  at  Frankfort,  of  which  the 
emperor  of  Austria  is  president. 

1406.  In  the  northern  part  of  Germany  the  surface 
is  low,  and  is  therefore  called  Low  Germany ;  in  the 
middle  and  S.  it  is  mountainous,  and  called  High  Ger- 
many. 

1407.  The  soil  is  generally  fertile  and  the  climate 
salubrious,  in  the  N.  cold,  and  in  the  S.  warm. 

1408.  The  northern  parts  abound  in  fine  cattle,  and  the  sheep  of  Saxony 
are  much  celebrated  for  the  fineness  of  their  wool.  Wheat,  barley,  flax, 
hemp,  &c.  are  produced  in  all  parts.  The  mineral  productions  aie  silver, 
copper,  tin,  and  coal. 

1409.  The  Germans  are  tall  and  robust,  frank,  grave, 
honest,  and  hospitable  ;  passionately  fond  of  music, 
and  greatly  excel  in  science  and  literature. 

1411.  The  women  are  usually  of  large  stature,  and  have  fair  complexions, 
excepting  those  who  like  the  females  in  many  other  parts  of  Europe,  per- 
form field  labor. 

1412.  TOWNS.    FRANKFORT  on  the  Maine,  as  it  is  usually  called, being  on 
both  sides  of  the  river  of  that  name,  is  the  capital  of  Germany,  and  is  one  of 
the  most  noted  places  for  trade  on  the  continent  of  Europe. 

1413.  Hamburg1  on  the  rivers  Elbe  arid  Alster,  is  well  fortified,  and  distin- 
guished for  its  commercial  advantages  and  domestic  trade. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

How  is  Germany  bounded?    Which   extends  farthest  N.,  Germany 
Prussia  ?     In  which  latitude  and  longitude  is  Germany  ? 

What  division  in  the  E.  of  Germany  ?  Sy.  What  in  the  S.  E.  ?  Ba 
What  two  in  the  S.  W.  ?  Bn.  Wg.  What  in  the  N.  ?  Hr. 

What  large  river  rises  in  the  S.  E.  ?  De.  What  one  crosses  the  western 
part?  e.  Where  does  it  rise  ?  Sd,  Which  rivers  of  Germany  fall  into  the 
North  Sea?  s.  r.  e.  e. 

What  river  intersects  Saxony  ?  e.  What  Bavaria  ?  e.  What  Wirtem- 
berg?  e, 

What  is  the  principal  town  in  Saxony?  n.  What  in  the  S.  W  of  Germany?  e. 
What  one  N.  E.  of  the  last  ?  d.  What  in  the  interior  on  a  branch  of  the 
Rhine  ?  t.  What  three  on  the  Weser  ?  n.  r.  n.  What  in  the  N.  on  the 
Elbe  ?  g. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  g.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1413.  Where  is 
the  second  ?  t.  Describe  it  ?  1412. 

Q,.  How  many  and  what  are  the  free  cities  ?  1404.  What  is  said  of  their  govern- 
ment 1  1405. 

d.  What  is  the  face  of  the  country  ?  1406.  Soil  and  climate  1  1407.  What 
are  the  productions'?  1403.  Character  of  the  Germans'?  1409.  Describe  the 
Women  7  1414. 

1  Those  cities  with  an  asterisk  [*]  prefixed  to  them  on  the  Map  are  free  cities. 


PRUSSIA.  215 

PRUSSIA. 

How  is  Prussia  bounded  ?    capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

1414.  PRUSSIA,  formerly  a  small  state  of  Germany, 
is  now  an  extensive  and  flourishing  kingdom,  divided 
into  two  parts,  totally  distinct,  the  one  in  the  AV.  of 
Germany,  and  the  other  in  the  N.  E. 

1415.  It  has  in  general  a  level  surface,  abounding  in 
lakes,  marshes,  and  slowly  gliding  streams. 

1416.  Its  climate  is  cold  and  damp,  but  generally 
healthy.     The  soil  in  some  parts  is  good,  but  for  the 
most  part  unproductive,  and   better  adapted  to   tlie 
growing  of  grass  than  grain. 

1417.  Amber,  the  most  remarkable  mineral  production,  is  found  in  great 
quantities  on  the  shores  of  the  Baltic. 

1418.  The  higher  classes  of  Prussians  are  intelligent  and  refined,  and  the 
lower,  who  were  formerly  ignorant  and  superstitious,  are  now  becoming,  by 
means  of  the  well  organized  system  of  public  instruction  established  ar.d 
supported  by  the  government,  well  educated  and  enlightened.     Literature  is 
patronized,  and,  as  a  kingdom,  it  is  now  the  best  educated  in  Europe.    Ths 
Prussians  are  fond  of  dress,  and  are  brave  and  fashionable. 

1419.  TOWNS.     BERLIN  is  a  beautiful  city  on  the  river  Sp^ee,  and  is  cele- 
brated for  its  splendid  public  edifices,  and  its  extensive  manufactures. 

1420.  Bresutu,  a  handsome  city,  and  the  capital  of  Silesia,  is  celebrated 
flw  its  great  trade  in  linen  and  leather. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

What  parallel  of  latitude  intersects  the  northern  part  of  Prussia  ?  Wlict 
the  southern  part  ? 

What  rivers.of  Prussia  flow  into  the  Ealtic  ?  a.  r.  What  into  the  North 
Sea?  e. 

What  town  i*  situated  on  the  Elbe?  g.  What  on  the  Oder?  n.  n.  u. 
What  towns  near  tie  Baltic?  c.  g.  What  town  on  a  small  branch  of  the 
Elbe  ?  n.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  1419.  What  town  next  in  size  to  Berlin  ? 
u.  Describe  it  ?  14'20.  What  two  others  larger  than  New  Orleans  ?  c.  g. 

What  is  the  best  course  by  water,  from  the  Gulf  of  Venice  to  Prussia  ? 


AUSTRIA. 

How  is  Austria  bounded  ?    capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

1421.  AUSTRIA,  which  formerly  was  but  a  small  ter- 

PP.CSSIA.  U.  What  has  IHUI.  and  what  is  now,  the  political  condition  of  Prus- 
sia ?  1414.  What  is  said  of  its  surface  1  1415.  Climate  and  soil  ?  1416,  Pro- 
ductions 7  1417.  Prussian  character?  1418. 

2  COLOGNE,  (ko-lone.') 


216  AUSTRIA. 

ritory,  has  become  by  late  acquisitions,  from  conquest 
and  treaty,  an  extensive  and  powerful  empire. 

1422.  A  large  part  of  what  was  formerly  called  Germany  is  now  compri- 
sed in  the  limits  of  Austria,  as  is  also  the  kingdom  of  Hungary,  the  north- 
ern part  of  Italy,  called  the  Lombardo-Venetian  kingdom,  and  a  considera 
ble  part  of  what  was  once  called  Poland. 

1423.  The  soil  is  generally  good,  and  the  climate 
various,  but  in  general,  temperate  and  healthy. 

1224.  The  agricultural  productions  are  principally 
grain,  olives,  and  wine.  The  mineral  productions  are 
numerous  and  valuable  ;  such  as  salt,  coal,  quick-silver, 
gold,  tin,  copper,  and  zinc. 

1425:  The  salt  mine  of  Wieliczka1  is  a  great  curiosity.  It  is  more  than  890 
feet  deep,  1000  feet  broad,  and  more  than  one  mile  in  length. 

1426.  The  common  people  of  Austria  are  moral,  industrious,  and  enter- 
prising, but  suffer  much  oppression  from  the  proud  and  tyrannical  nobles. 

1427.  TOWNS.     VIENNA,  the  capital  of  Austria,  stands  in  a  fertile  plain 
on  the  Danube,  has  an  extensive  trade,  and  abounds  in  magnificent  edin'ces. 
One  library  here  has  100,000  printed  books  and  10,000  manuscripts. 

1428.  Prague,  in  Bohemia,  stands  on  the  Muldawa,  a  b/anch  of  the  Elbe. 
It  is  celebrated  for  its  university  which  was  founded  in  1318.     It  is  also 
noted  for  its  manufactures  of  linens^,  cottons,  and  silks. 

1429.  Venice,  once  a  most  powerful  and  commercial  republic,  and  called 
the  "Queen  of  the  Adriatic"1  is  a  much  less  important  c*ty  than  formerly, 
though  still  almost  unrivalled  as  to  beauty  and  situation. 


RIALTO   AT  VENICE 


AUSTRIA.    Q.  What  is  said  of  Austria  ?     J421.     What  does  it  comprise?  1422. 

a.  What  is  the  soil  ?    1423.    Productions  1  1424.    What  curiosity  1    1425.    De 
scribe  tVe  salt  mine  ?    1425.    What  is  the  character  of  the  people  ?    1426. 

Q.  What  singular  class  of  people  are  found  here?    Gipseys.    How  do  they  liv 
By  begging  and  fraud.    Are  they  confined  to  Austria  ?    Nu  ;  they  wander  moi 
less  all  over  Europe. 

1  The  Gulf  of  Venice  was  anciently  called  the  Adriatic. 


TURKISH    OR    OTTOMAN    EMPIRE.  217 


431.  This  city  stands  on  a  bay  near  the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  Venice,  and 
uilt  on  72  small  island-),  or  rather,  principally  on  2  large  islands  divided 


1131. 

by  a  large  canal.  These  72  islands  are  subdivided  by  400 canals,  over  which 
are  450  bridges.  The  houses  are  mostly  built  of  brick  and  covered  with 
p'a-ver,  ornamented  in  front  by  a  covering  of  white  marble.  They  are  gen- 
erally so  situated  as  to  have  a  communication  with  a  canal,  by  means  of  a 
landing  stair,  in  the  water  of  which  almost  every  family  plies  a  gondola,  «i 
small,  light  boat.  These  gondolas  are  used  to  carry  passengers  from  onn 
part  of  the  city  to  another,  answering  the  same  purpose  as  our  stages  and 
coaches.  They  are  propelled  by  two  oarsmen,  who  with  a  gondola  may  be 
hired  for  one  dollar  per  day. 

MAP   OF   EUROPE. 

Which  extends  farthest  N.,  Austria  or  Turkey  ?  What  mountains  in 
Austria  ?  n.  Their  length  an'l  height  ? 

Describe  the  largest  river  ?  e.  What  three  branches  hag  it  ?  e.  e.  s. 
What  does  it  bound  ?  What  river  rises  in  the  N.  and  flows  into  the  North 
Sea  ?  e.  What  river  flows  into  the  guif  of  Venice  ?  o. 

What  two  towns  on  the  northern  part  of  the  Gulf  of  Venice  ?  e.  e. 
What  one  on  the  Elbe  in  the  N.  ?  e. 

What  towns  on  the  Danube  ?  t.  a.  g.  a.  What  one  in  the  N.  E.  ?  g. 
What  one  W.  of  the  last  and  N.  of  Prcsburg  ?  z.  For  what  is  it  celebrated  ? 
For  the  imprisonment  of  the  Marquis  ds  Lafayette. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  a.  The  second  .'  n.  The  third  ?  e.  Fourth  ?  e. 

What  is  the  comparative  state  of  Venice  ?  1429.  Describe  its  situation  ? 
1430.  Describe  the  mode  of  conveyance  about  the  city  ?  1430. 

What  is  said  of  Vienna  ?     1 127.     What  of  IVague  ?     1 123. 


TURKISH,  OR  OTTOMAN  EMPIRE. 

1431.  TURKEY  includes  two  great  divisions,  namely, 
Turkey  in  Europe  and  Turkey  in  Asia. 

1 132.  Formerly  Egypt  constituted  a  part  of  this  empire,  and  was  govern- 
ed by  a  viceroy,  but  he  has  lately  declared  himself  independent.  It  included 
Greece  and  the  Barbary  States,  which  have  also  become  independent. 

1433.  The  government,  which  is  perhaps  the  most 
despotic  in  the  world,  is  sometimes  called  the  Porte  or 
the  Sublime  Porte,  from  the  gate  of  the  palace. 

1 13  I.  On  the  Turkish  flag,  a  crescent,  or  half  moon  is  always  pa?nted,  in- 
tended to  show  that  their  power,  like  the  moon  when  in  that  staie,  is  in- 
creasing. 

1435.  The  Emperor  of  Turkey  is  styled  the  Sultan  or  Grand  Ssignor, 
and  his  qneen  the  Sultana.     His  council  is  called  the  Divan.    The  Emperor 
is  also  sometimes  profanely  called,  "  The  Shadow  of  God,"  "  God  on  eanh," 
and  sometimes  "  Brother  to  the  sun  and  moonj' 

1436.  The  chief  officers  are  the  Grand  Vizier,  or  prime  minister ;  the 
Mufti,  or  high  priest  ;  the  Viziers  of  the  bench,  or  pachas  of  three  tails,  so 

TITUKKY.  Ci.  What :  dots  Turkey  include?  1431.  What  was  formerly  a  part  o** 
this  empire  ?  1432.  What  is  the  government  sometimes  called  ?  1433. 

What  is  always  seen  on  the  Turkish  flag  1  1434  What  are  the  variou"  titles  o 
the  Empeior,  his  Queen  and  court  ?  1435.  What  are  the  chief  officer?  ?  J43C. 

10 


218  EUROPEAN    TURKEY. 

called  from  three  horse  tails  being  carried  before  them  when  they  march  in 
I  recession  ;  the  Beglen  beys  are  viceroys,  and  the  Pachas  are  governors  of 
towns  and  districts  under  viceroys.  The  Secretary  of  State  and  High 
Chancellor  is  styled  Reis  EfFendi. 

1437.  The  Turks  are  descended  from  the  Tartars,  who  are  an  ignorant  and 
barbarous  nation  in  Asia.     Having  taken  Constantinople,  they  put  an  end  to 
the  Eastern  or  Greek  Empire  in  K53. 

1438.  As  a  nation,  the  Turks  are  ignorant  and  indolent,  but  honest  and 
honorable  in  their  dealings,  s'edate  and  solemn  in  their  manners,  usually  hos- 
pitable to  strangers,  arid  when  excited  are  bold  and  revengeful. 

TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

How  is  Turkey  in  Euorpc  bounded  ?    Capital  ?     Chief  Towns  ?    Princi- 
pal Rivers  ? 

1439.  TURKEY,  in  the  N.,  is  level,  in  the  S.,  moun- 
tainous, but  interspersed  with  fine  and  extensive  valleys. 

1440.  It  has  a  temperate  and  healthy  climate,  a  fer- 
tile soil  but  miserably  cultivated. 

1441.  The   southern  parts   produce  grapes,  olives, 
oranges,  figs,   ar:d  an   abundance    of  other   delicious 
iruits.     The  other  principal  productions  are  grain,  cot- 
ton, and  rice. 

1442.  Turkey  abounds  in  rare  and  valuable  drugs-1; 
such  as  opium  end  rhubarb,  the  quality  of  which  is  very 
superior. 


MOSQUE   OF   ST.   SOPHIA   AT  CONSTANTINOPLE. 

U.  What  is  said  of  the  origin  of  the  Turks,  and  what  of  the  Greek  Empire  ? 
1437.  What  is  the  national  character  of  the  Turks  ?  1438. 

Q.  What  is  the^surface  of  European  Turkey?  1439.  Climate  and  soil  ?  1440. 
Productions  ?  1441.  Medicinal  drugs  ?  1442. 


GREECE.  219 

1443.  TOWNS.  CONSTANTINOPLE,  anciently  called  Byzantium,  is  situa- 
ted on  a  strait  called  the  Bosphorus,  which  is  one  mile  wide  and  twenty 
miles  long.  The  houses,  amounting  to  a  prodigious  number,  are  built  of 
wood,  and  have  in  general  a  mean  appearance.  No  foreigner,  not  even  the 
minister  of  a  friendly  power,  is  permitted  to  reside  in  the  ciry.  It  is  well 
fortified,  being  surrounded  by  walls  of  free  stone,  flanked  by  numerous  tow- 
ers, with  '20  gates.  It  has  great  facilities  for  commerce,  and  one  of  the  finest 
harbors  in  the  world.  Adrianople  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade,  and  in 
population,  the  second  city  in  European  Turkey. 


GREECE. 

1444.  In  the  S.  of  Turkey  is  Greece,  which  in  for- 
mer times  took  the  lead  of  all  the  nations  of  the  earth 
in  civilization,  science,  and  the  fine  arts.     Her  ancient 
poets,  orators,  and  statesmen,  are  even  now  consider- 
ed the  most  perfect  models,  in  their  several  professions, 
which  the  world  has  ever  seen. 

1445.  The  modern  Greeks  are  a  well  formed,  brave, 
active,  and  courteous  race  ;  but  insincere,  selfish,  and 
treacherous,  have  little  education  but  much  genius. 

1446.  Greece,  which  was  for  centuries  subject  to 
the  Ottoman  Empire,  has  lately  become  independent. 
It  has  a  temperate  and  healthy  climate  and  a  fruitful 
soil. 

1447.  The  Greeks,  from  1453  to  1821,  were  subjected  to  the  most  degra- 
ding bondage  imposed  on  them  by  the  merciless  Turks  ;  since  which  they 
have  been  engaged  in  a  most  unequal  and  sanguinary  struggle  for  the  recov- 
ery of  their  lost  liberty. 

1448.  The  contest  continued  till  1827,  when  the  three  powers  of  England, 
France,  and  Russia  decided  it,  by  their  interference  in  the  battle  of  Navarino, 
and  gave  liberty  and  independence  to  Greece. 

1449.  Count  Capo  d'Istria  administered  the  government  as  President  till 
1831,  when  he  was  assassinated,  and  Otho,  son  of  Louis  Charles,  of  Bava- 
ria, was  chosen  by  the  Greeks  his  successor,  under  the  title  of "  King  of 
Greece."     He  holds  his  court  at  Athens. 

1450.  Athens,  formerly  the  capital  of  what  was  called  Attica,  once  the 
seat  of  learning  and  the  arts,  has  now  dwindled  down  to  a  state  of  compar- 
ative insignificance.    It  is  still  noted  for  the  temple  of  Theseus,  which, 
though  built  480  years  before  Christ,  is  yet  the  most  perfect  edifice  of  anti- 
quity now  remaining  in  the  world. 

GREECE.  Q.  What  is  said  of  the  country  in  the  S.  of  Turkey  ?  1444.  Describe 
the  modern  Gr^  lfs?  1445. 

Q,.  What  is  said  of  Greece  respecting  its  former  and  present  political  condition-? 
1446.  What  of  its  climate  and  soil  ?  1446. 

a.  What  is  said  of  the  Greeks  from  1453  to  1821,  and  since?  1447.  When  d!d 
the  contest  end,  and  by  what  means  ?  1448.  Who  was  their  first  ruler,  his  title  an.' 
fate  ?  1449.  Who  their  second  ruler,  his  title,  and  place  of  holding  his  court  ?  1 J ' 


220  ASIA. 

MAP    OF   EUROPE. 

What  mountains  in  Turkey  ?     Their  height  ? 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  ?  e.  What  are  the  principal  towns  on 
it  ?  Sa.  n.  e.  Describe  the  second  river  ?  e. 

What  is  the  principal  town  on  the  Black  Sea  ?  a.  What  on  the  strait  of 
Constantinople  ?  e.  What  S.  W.  from  Burgas  ?  e.  What  W.  of  Burgas  ? 
a.  What  S.  of  the  last  ?  s.  a.  What  town  in  the  S  of  Turkey,  and  a 
little  N.  of  Greece  ?  a. 

What  towns  in  Greece  ?  s.  h.  a.  i.  For  what  is  Larissa,  formerly 
a  part  of  this  country,  famous  ?  For  the  residence  of  Achilles.  For  what 
is  Missolonghi  noted  I  For  the  death  of  Lord  Byron,  and  the  great  slaugh- 
ter of  the  Greeks,  in  their  late  struggle  for  liberty. 

What  two  straits  in  the  S.  E.  ?  e.  s.  Which  is  the  largest  island  in  the 
Archipelago  ?  t.  Which  are  the  next  four  ?  s.  n.  o.  s.  SVhat  cluster  on 
the  western  coast  of  Greece  ?  In.  Which  are  the  two  principal  ones?  a.  e. 

What  two  islands  S.  E.  of  Greece  ?  o.  a.  What  two  E.  of  the  last  two  ? 
s.  s. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  in  Turkey  ?  e.  Where  the  second  ?  e.  The 
two  next  ?  t.  a.  Where  the  two  largest  in  Greece  ?  s.  a. 

Describe  Constantinople  in  full  I  1443.  What  is  said  of  Adrianople  7 
1443.  What  of  Athens  ?  1450. 


THE  IONIAN  REPUBLIC. 

1451.  The  Ionian  Republic,  or  the  Republic  of  the  Seven  Islands,  embra 
ces  the  seven  islands  on  the  west  coast  of  Greece,  namely,  Corfu,  Cephaio- 
nia,  Zante,  St.  Maura,  Ithaca,  and  Cerigo.     The  largest  of  these  is  Cephalo- 
nia,  but  Corfu  is  the  seat  of  Government. 

1452.  The  inhabitants  are  Greeks  arid  Italians,  being  in  all  about  800,000, 
and  their  little  republic  is  under  the  protection  of  England. 


ASIA. 

1453.  Asia  is  the  largest,  richest,  and  most  fruitful  of 
the  Grand  Divisions,  and  has  more  inhabitants  than  all 
the  rest  of  the  earth. 

1454.  It  contains  about  161  millions  of  square  miles, 
extends  about  7500  miles  from  E.  to  W.,  and  about 
5000  from  N.  to  S.,  stretching  through  all  the  zones, 
and   possessing   of  course    every   variety  of  climate, 
though  many  degrees  colder  than  Europe  or  Africa  in 
the  same  latitude. 

IONIAN  REPUBLIC.  Q.  What  Islands  does  this  Republic  embrace  ?  1451.  Which 
is  the  largest,  and  on  which  is  the  seat  of  government  ?  1451.  Describe  the  inhabi- 
tants, and  the  situation  of  the  Republic  ?  1452. 

ASIA.  Q.  What  is  said  of  Asia  in  comparison  with  the  other  grand  divisions  of 
the  earth  ?  1453.  What  is  its  extent  ?  1454. 

Q,.  What  is  its  climate  7  1454.  Why  is  it  colder  than  in  the  same  latitudes  in 
other  countries  ?  Because  the  land  is  higher. 


ASIA.  221 

1455.  The  most  remarkable  transactions  recorded 
in  the  Bible  occurred  in  Asia.  Here,  our  first  parents 
were  created  ;  here  lived  Abraham,  Isaac,  Jacob,  and 
all  the  patriarchs  and  prophets  ;  here  the  human  race 
were  preserved  from  the  deluge  ;  here  dwelt  the  Isra- 
elites ;  here  appeared  our  Saviour;  here  he  was  cruci- 
fied, and  here  the  glorious  news  of  salvation  through 
Jesus  Christ  was  first  preached  to  man. 


BOA-CONSTRICTOR,   ELEPHANT,   RHINOCEROS,    TIGER,  DROMEDARY,  CASH- 
MERE  GOAT,   ORANG-OUTANG. 

1456.  Asia  supplies  the  other  parts  of  the  world  with  toas,  spices,  dia- 
monds, and  precious  stones,  though  the  two  last  named  articles  are  not  pe- 
culiar to  Asia.    The  more  remarkable  animals  are  the  elephant,  camel,  rhi- 
noceros, and  tiger. 

1457.  In  Asia  are  the  Himmaleh  mountains,  the  most  elevated  land  on 
the  globe,  being  by  different  estimates,  from  25,000  to  28,000  feet,  or  a  little- 
more  than  five  miles  high. 

1458.  The  foreign  commerce  of  this  division  of  the  globe  is  chiefly  carried 
on  by  the  nations  of  Europe  and   America.    The  internal  trade   is  mainly 
conducted  by  caravans,  which  traverse  not  only  many  countries  of  Asia,  but 
also  of  Africa.    These  caravans  are  frequently  composed  of  many  thousands 
of  merchants  or  pilgrims,  with  an  equal  number  of  camels,   by  means  of 
which  their  goods  are  transported. 

Q,.  Of  what  important  transactions  has  Asia  been  the  scene  ?  [Repeat  the  whole 
sentence.]  1455. 

Q,.  With  what  does  Asia  supply  the  other  parts  of  the  earth  ?  1456.  What  are 
the  more  remarkable  animals  found  in  Asia  1  1456. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  Asia,  and  their  height  ?  1457.  What  is  said  of  the  com 
merce,  trade,  and  caravans  of  Asia  ?  1458. 


222  ASIA. 

MAP   OF   ASIA. 

Is  Asia  in  the  northern  or  southern  hemisphere  ?  Is  it  also  in  the  eastern 
or  western  hemisphere  ? 

On  what  continent  is  Asia  ?  Is  it  in  north  or  south  latitude  ?  How  many 
degrees  N.  does  it  extend  ?  How  many  S.  ? 

In  which  longitude  is  Asia  ?  How  many  degrees  E.  does  it  extend  ?  Is 
any  part  of  Asia  in  west  longitude  ? 

In  what  zones  does  Asia  lie  I     What  then  should  be  its  climate  ? 

How  is  Asia  bounded  ? 

Arabia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Turkey  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Persia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Caucasus1  bounded?  Capital?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Ind.  Tartary  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River? 

Afghanistan  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Beloochistan  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Hindostan  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Chin  India  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Chinese  Empire  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Siberia  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

Empire  of  Japan  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Largest  Town  and  River  ? 

How  many  and  what  are  the  above  divisions  of  Asia  ? 

SEAS. 

Where  is  the  Red  Sea  ?  Dead  Sea  ?  Sea  of  Arabia  ?  Caspian  Sea  ? 
Aral  Sea  ?  Sea  of  Kara  ?  Sea  of  Obi  ?  Sea  of  Anadir  ?  Sea  of  Okotsk  ? 
Sea  of  Jesso  ?  Sea  of  Kamtschatka  ?  Sea  of  Japan  ?  Yellow  Sea  ? 
Blue  Sea  ?  China  Sea  ?  What  are  the  principal  seas  of  Asia  ? 

GULFS. 

Where  is  the  Persian  Gulf?  Gulf  of  Ormus  ?  Gulf  of  Cambay  ?  Gulf 
of  Siam  ?  Gulf  of  Tonquin  ?  What  are  the  principal  Gulfs  ? 

BAYS   AND   LAKES. 

Where  is  the  Bay  of  Bengal?  Lake  Baikal?  LakeBalkash?  What 
are  the  principal  Bays  and  Lakes  ? 

PENINSULAS. 

Where  is  the  Peninsula  of  Arabia  ?  Peninsula  of  Malacca  ?  Peninsula 
of  Corea  ?  Peninsula  of  Kamtschatka  ?2  What  are  the  principal  Penin- 
sulas ? 

STRAITS   AND   CHANNELS. 

Where  is  Behring's  Strait  ?  Strait  of  Sangar  ?  Channel  of  Tartary  ? 
Strait  of  Corea  ?  Strait  of  Malacca  ?  Strait  of  Macassar  ?  [See  Celebes.] 
Strait  of  Babelmandel  ?  What  are  the  principal  Straits  and  Channels  ? 

CAPES. 

Where  is  Cape  Taymour  ?  Lopatka  ?  Cambodia  ?  Romania  ?  Como 
rin  ?  What  are  the  principal  Capes  ? 

MOUNTAINS. 

Where  are  the  Altay  mountains  ?  Little  Altay  Mountains  ?  Belur  Tag 
Mountains  ?  Himmaleh  Mountains  ?  Gaut  Mountains  ?  Mount  Sinai  1 
Ramleah  Mountains  ?  Mount  Ararat  ?  Mount  Taurus  ?  Repeat  the  pria- 
cipal  Mountains. 

1  CAUCASUS,  (cau'-ca-sus.)  |     2  KAMTSCHATKA,  (kamts-cat'-ka,) 


TURKEY.  223 

DESERTS. 

Where  is  the  Desert  of Ahkaf?  Salt  Desert?  Sandy  Desert?  Great 
Sandy  Desert  ?  Desert  of  Gobi  or  Shamo  ?  What  are  the  principal  De 

serts  ? 

ISLANDS. 

Where  is  the  island  of  Nova  Zembla?  New  Siberia?  Behring's  Isle  ? 
Kurile  Islands  ?  Saghalien  Island?  Jesso?  Niphon  ?  Sikoke  ?  Kiusiu? 
Guadaloupe?  Boniu  Isles?  Loo  Choo  ?  Formosa?  Hanian  Islands? 
Luzon?  Mindinao?  Samar?  Leyte  ?  Negros?  What  cluster  do  the 
last  five  form  ?  Pe. 

Where  are  the  Pelew  islands  ?  Salibro  ?  New  Guinea  ?  Coram  ? 
Booro?  Celebes?  Gilolo?  Borneo?  Sumatra?  Andaman?  Ceylon? 
Maldives  ?  Lacadives  ?  Socotra  ? 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 

How  is  Turkey  in  Asia  bounded  ?  What  is  the  capital  ?  Chief  Towns  ? 
Principal  Rivers  ? 

1459.  TURKEY  is   the  most  interesting  division  of 
Asia,  from  having  been  the  scene  of  most  of  the  trans- 
actions recorded  in  the  sacred  scriptures.     It  includes 
the  Holy  Land,  Syria,  Asia  Minor,  and  Armenia. 

1460.  Many  celebrated  cities  of  antiquity,   whose 
foundations  are  now  scarcely  to  be  traced,  had  their 
seat  in   this   country;    among  which  were  Nineveh, 
Babylon,  Troy,  Palmyra,  Balbec,  Antioch,  and  Tyre. 

1461.  Asiatic  Turkey  is  a  mild,  healthy,  fertile,  and 
delightful  country,  with  an  agreeable  variety  of  hills  and 
dales,  mountains  and  valleys.     From  the  indolence  of 
the  inhabitants,  a  great  part  of  the  country  is  a  mere 
wilderness. 

1462.  Its  more  noted  productions  are  wines,  pomegranates,  olives,  and 
other  fruits.    Its  principal  articles  of  manufacture  are   silks,  carpets,  and 
leather. 

1463.  Besides  Turks,  Greeks,  and  Armenians,  there  are  several  wandering 
tribes,  as   Curds,    Turcomen,   and   Arabs.      The    Armenians   are   mostly 
Christians,   and  there    are    Greek    Christians    scattered    over   the  whole 
country. 

1404.  The  Jews  formerly  inhabited  Syria,  with  Jerusalem  for  their  capital, 
but  this  once  beautiful  city  was  razed  to  the  gr-mnd,  and  they  themselves 
scattered  over  the  face  of  the  earth. 

1465.  TOWNS.  CONSTANTINOPLE  is  the  cap'tal,  for  a  description  of 
which,  see  Turkey  in  Europe. 

TURKEY. — Q,.  What  renders  Asiatic  Turkey  interesting,  and  what  are  its  divia- 
ions?  1459.  What  is  said  of  its  cities ?  1460.  What  of  its  climate,  soil,  surface, 
&c.  ?  1401. 

d.»What  are  the  productions?  14G2.  What  tribes  arc  here  ?  1433.  What  is 
fcaid  of  the  Jews  ?  14G4 


224  TURKEY. 

1466.  Aleppo,  the  capital  of  Syria,  is  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  the  Ot- 
toman empire.     It  stands  in  the  centre  of  a   plain,  and  is  six  miles  in  cir- 
cuit.   The  streets  are  narrow,  but  well   paved   with  large   square  stones, 
presenting  a  very  neat  appearance.    Its  trade   consists   of  silks,  camblets, 
and  leather. 

1467.  Damascus  is  beautifully  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  large   and   fertile 
plain,  about  50  miles  from  the  sea.     Its  most  remarkable  buildings  are  the 
caravansaries,  which  consists  of  long  galleries,  supported  by   marble  pi  lars, 
and  the  mosques  and  chapels,  about  200  in  number,  which   are   handsome 
edifices.     The  manufacture  of  sabres   and  knives   was  formerly  the  most 
famous,  but   those  of  silk,  cotton  stuft«,  leather,  and  soap,   are   now  the 
principal. 

1468.  Bagdadis  situated  on  the  Tigris,  and  was  once  the  splendid  seat  of 
the  Saracen  Califs.     Since  it  fell  into  the  hands  of  the   Turks,  it  has  lost 
most  of  its  former  splendor  and  magnificence. 

1469.  Jerusalem,  a  famous  city  of  Syria,  and  anciently  the  capital  of  Pales- 
tine, or  Judea,  is  situated  about  40  miles   east   of  the  Mediterranean  sea. 
The  city  now  contains  magnificent  churches,  towers,  domes,  and  other  ob- 
jects of  interest,  and  the  miraculous  events  which  formerly  occurred  here, 
render  it,  perhaps,  the  most  attractive  place  to  visit  on  the  face  of  the  earth. 
Among  the  buildings  may  be  noticed  particularly  the  Church  of  the  Holy 
Sepulchre,  much  visited  by  the  Christian  pilgrims,  who  resort  to  Jerusalem 
from  all  quarters  of  the  globe,  and  the  Mosque  of  Omar,  which  is  frequented 
by  Mahomedan  pilgrims,  occupying  the  place  where  the  Temple  of  Solo- 
mon once  stood.    It  is  the  most  splendid  pile  of  architecture  in  the  Turkish 
empire. 

1470.  Palmyra,  once  a  splendid  city  of  Syria,  the  Tadmor  of  king  Solo- 
mon, now  consists  merely   of  stupendous  ruins  in  the  midst  of  a  sandy  des- 
ert, bounded  on  three  sides  by  lofty  mountains. 

MAP   OF   ASIA. 

Which  State  of  the  United  States  has  nearly  the  same  latitude  with  Turkey  ? 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  in  Asiatic  Turkey  ?  s.  Describe  the 
second  ?  s. 

What  seas  border  on  Turkey  ?  n.  o.  a.  k.  What  towns  on  or  near  the 
Mediterranean?  m.  i.  What  other  city  not  far  from  the  same  sea?  s. 

What  towns  on  or  near  the  Euphrates  ?  Ba.  m.  What  ones  on  the  Tigris  ? 
d.  1.  What  city  on  the  Archipelago?  a.  What  on  the  Black  Sea?  d. 
What  mountains  in  the  W.  of  Turkey  ?  s. 

What  other  two  towns  in  the  N.  ?  a.  a.  What  one  S.  of  Amasia  ?  o. 
Where  is  the  Dead  Sea  ?  What  celebrated  river  of  antiquity  flows  into 
t  ?  Jordan. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  o.    Where  the  second  ?  s.     Third?  a.  m. 

What  is  said  of  Aleppo  ?  1466.  Damascus  ?  1467.  Bagdad  ?  1468. 
Jerusalem?  1469.  Palmyra?  1470. 

In  what  direction  is  Turkey  from  the  United  States  ?  What  waters  must 
be  passed  over  in  order  to  visit  it  ?  What  objects  of  curiosity  will  you  find 
there?  1469. 


ARABIA. 

How  is  Arabia  bounded  ?     Capital  ?     Chief  Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

j  471.  ARABIA  is  a  large  peninsula,  consisting  princi- 


ARABIA.  225 

pally  of  vast,  sandy  deserts,  occasionally  interspersed 
with  green  and  fertile  spots  called  oases,  having  no 
large  lakes  nor  rivers,  and  in  many  places  entirely 
destitute  of  water. 

1472.  Arabia  comprises  three  divisions,  namely,  Ara- 
bia Petrea,  or  the  rocky,  in  the  N.  W. ;  Arabia  Deserta, 
or  the  desert,  in  the  middle  and  N. ;  and  Arabia  Felix, 
or  the  happy,  in  the  S. 

1 173  The  climate,  in  the  low  and  sandy  plains,  is  excessively  hot  and 
subject  to  a  terrible  wind  called  the  Simoon,  or  Saraiel,  which  often  causes 
suffocation  and  instant  death.  The  more  elevated  parts  are  pleasant  and 
salubrious. 

1471.  The  most  noted  productions  of  Arabia  are  coffee,  dates,  a  pecu- 
liar kind  of  gum,  called  gum  Arabic,  frankincense,  balsam,  myrrh,  and 
t.loes. 

1175.  The  most  celebrated  animals  are  the  horse  and  camel.  The  former 
is  admired  for  his  swiftness  and  beauty,  the  latter  for  his  docility  and  useful- 
ness. The  camel  seems  admirably  fitted  to  supply  the  wants  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  this  desolate  region.  He  will  travel  over  parched  and  sandy  deserts 
six  or  eight  days  without  water,  carrying  at  the  same  time  a  load  of  nearly 
1000  pounds  weight.  In  allusion  to  his  ability  to  carry  such  immense  bur- 
dens, he  is  sometimes  called  the  "  ship  of  the  desert."  His  docility  is  mani- 
fested by  his  kneeling  down  to  receive  his  load  on  his  back,  and  when  it  is 
properly  adjusted,  he  rises  at  the  command  of  his  master,  and  proceeds  on 
his  journey 

1476.  The  Arabs  are  of  middle  stature  and  brown  complexion.    They  sel- 
dom laugh  01  weep,  but  preserve  a  grave  and  melancholy  air,  which,  aided 
by  their  long  beards,  gives  them  a  singularly  bold  and  commanding  appear- 
ance.   They  were  called  Saracens  during  the  middle  ages,  and  then  excelled 
most  nations  in  learning  and  science  :  but  they  are  now  ignorant  and  barba- 
rous.   They  subsist  principally  by  plundering,  having  no  permanent  local 
tion  ;  those  on  the  coast  practising  piracy,  and  those  in  the  interior,  robbery. 
They  live,  however,  amicably  in  tribes,  in  patriarchal  simplicity,  being  ex- 
ceedingly hospitable  to  those  who  confide  in  their  friendship  and  honor, 
treating  with  great  kindness  their  slaves  and  dependants,  and  are  free  from 
the  vices  of  drunkenness  and  gaming. 

1477.  TOWNS.    MECCA  is  situated  in  a  narrow  and  sandy  valley,  about 
40  miles  from  the  Red  Sea.    It  is  celebrated  for  being  the  birth  place  of  the 
famous  imposter,  Mahomet,  which  causes  it  to  be  much  resorted  to  by  pil- 
grims from  every  part  of  the  Mahomedan  world. 

1478.  Medina,  about  180  miles  from  Mecca,  is  famous  for  containing  the 
tomb  of  Mahomet,  who  died  A.  D.  637.    Medina  is  called  the   city  of  the 
Prophet,  on  account  of  the  protection  it  afforded  him  in  his  flight  from 
Mecca,  called  the  llogwra,  or  flight  of  Mahomet,  which  happened  A.  D.  622. 

1479.  Mocha,  m;ar  the  Strait  of  Babelmandel,  is  famous  for  its  coffee. 

ARABIA.  Q,.  What  is'the  aspect  of  Arabia  ?  1471.  Wiiati  ts  divisions  1  1473. 
Climate]  1473.  Productions!  1174.  Animals]  1475.  Describe  the  camel? 
1475.  The  Arabs  1  1476.  State  of  learning  and  mode  of  life  ]  1476.  What  is 
their  present  character  7  1476.  How  do  they  subsist?  1476.  How  do  they  treat 
those  who  confide  in  them  and  their  dependants  ?  1476.  From  what  vices  are 
tueyfcee?  1476. 

10* 


226  PERSIA. 


ARAB    TENTS. 
MAP    OF    ASIA. 

What  separates  a  great  part  of  Arabia  frcm  Africa  ?  What  two  gulfs 
border  on  Arabia  I  n.  s.  What  three  seas  border  on  it?  n.  d.  a.  What  strait 
and  isthmus  on  its  borders  ?  1.  z. 

What  town  on  the  isthmus  of  Suez  ?  z.  What  mountain  near  the  Red 
Sea  ?  i.  What  town  on  the  Persian  Gulf?  a.  What  on  the  Gulf  of  Ormus  ? 
t.  What  on  the  Arabian  Sea  ?  n. 

What  sea  port  in  the  8.  W.  ?  a.  What  are  the  principal  towns  on  or  near 
the  Red  Sea?  a.  a.  a.  a. 

W  here  is  Cape  Kanseli?  What  great  desert  in  Arabia?  Where  is  it 
situated  ? 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  a.  Describe  it  ?  1477.  Where  the  two 
next?  a.  a.  What  is  said  of  Medina  ?  1478.  What  of  Mocha  ?  1479. 

PERSIA. 

How  is  Persia  bounded  ?    Capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

1480.  PERSIA  formerly  comprised  a  large  extent  of 
country,  and  was  successively  the  seat  of  several  pow- 
erful kingdoms  and  empires,  but  it  is  at  present  much 
reduced,  both  in  respect  to  its  size  and  political  im- 
portance. 

1481.  The  surface  is  uneven,  in  some  parts  rising 
into  barren  mountains,  and  in  other  parts  consisting  of 
vast,  sandy  plains,  abounding  in   lakes  and  marshes. 
There  are  but  few  trees  or  rivers,  and  but  little  fertile 
land  on  the  plains  and  in  the  valleys. 

PERSIA.— Q,.  What  is  said  respecting  the  former  and  present  extent  of  Per- 
il* 1  1430. 


AFGHANISTAN.  227 

1482.  The  climate  in  the  south  is  hot,  but  cold  in  the 
northern  and  more  elevated  regions. 

1483.  The  chief  exports  and  productions  are  ^orn,  rice,  tobacco,  silk,  cot- 
on,  carpets,  pearls,  fruits,  wines,  and  several  kinds  of  drugs. 

1434.  The  Persians  are  the  most  learned  people  of  the  east,  and  are,  in 
general,  gay,  polite,  deceitful  and  cruel,  profuse  in  flattery,  and  fond  ofdres« 
and  show. 

1485.  TOWNS.    TEHERAN,  about  60  miles  S.  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  has  a 
low  situation  and  mean  appearance,  with  nothing  to  recommend  it  to  notice 
except  the  royal  palace. 

1486.  Ispahan,  the  former  capital,  was  once  the  largest  and  most  splendid 
of  the  oriental  cities,  and  is  supposed  by  some  to  have  contained  r.uo  million 
of  inhabitants.     It  is  still  the  first  cily  in   Persia  in  commerce  and  manufac- 
tures, and  is  the  centre  of  trade  for  the  interior  of  the  country. 

MAP    OF    ASIA. 

In  what  zone  is  Persia  ?  What  waters  border  on  it  ?  n.  n.  s.  From 
what  does  the  Euphrates  in  part  separate  Persia  ?  a. 

Which  is  the  largest  river?  s.  Its  course  and  into  what  does  it  flow  ?  n. 
What  river  in  the  N.  E.  ?  n.  From  what  does  it  partly  separate  Persia  ? 
Near  what  river  is  Mershid  ?  n. 

What  mountain  in  the  N.  W.,  and  its  height?  t. 

What  town  N.  W.  from  the  Salt  Desert  ?  a.  What  town  on  the  S.  W.  of 
the  same  Desert  ?  n.  What  one  N.  of  Mount  Ararat  ?  s. 

Where  is  the  largest  town  ?  n.    The  second  ?  s.    The  two  next  ?  d.  n. 

What  is  said  of  Teheran  ?     1435.    What  of  Ispahan  ?     I486. 

AFGHANISTAN,  OR  CABULTSTAN. 

How  is  Afghanistan  bounded?  Capital?  Chief  Towns?  Piincipal 
Rivers  ? 

1487.  THIS  KINGDOM  and  that  of  Beloochistan  are 
both  of  Modern  date,  comprising  what  is  sometimes 
called  East  Persia,  or  the  kingdom  of  Cabul.  It  re- 
sembles Persia,  in  general,  in  its  soil,  surface,  and 
climate. 

1483.  It  comprehends  countries  that  have  successively  passed  under  dif- 
ferent names,  and  its  present  inhabitants  are  made  up  of  Hindoos,  Afghans, 
Parsees,  Tartars,  and  Beloochees. 

1 43i).  The  Afghans  are  the  ruling  tribe,  and  are  a  bold  and  warlike  race, 
alike  remarkable  for  their  hospitality  both  to  friends  and  foes. 

1490.  TOWNS.  CABUL  is  on  the  Cabul,  a  branch  of  the  Indus,  and  is  the 
centre  of  trade  with  India,  Persia,  and  Tartary 

U.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  soil  of  the  country  ?  1481.  What  of  its  u  ;iti-rs 
and  fertility?  1481.  What  of  its  climate?  148-2.  What  an>  its  chief  exports?  14HH. 

Q.  Wiiutis  said  of  the  learning  of  the  Persians  and  their  character  in  irenarall 
1434. 

AFGHANISTAN. — Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  commencement  of  this  kingdom  and  its 
ex. nut  1  14d7.  What  is  its  surface  ?  1487. 

U.  What  does  tliid  cjuntry  comprehend  T  1488.  Waat  is  said  of  the  rali.ig 
tribe?  148i). 


228  BELOOCHISTAN.       HINDOSTAN. 

MAP   OF   ASIA. 

What  river  has  Afghanistan  which  runs  diagonally  nearly  through  it  ?  d. 
Into  what  does  it  flow  ?  -a. 

What  town  in  the  N.  ?  k.  What  one  in  the  N.  W.  ?  t.  WThat  one  in  the 
i  nferior  ?  r.  What  in  the  E  ?  1. 

What  river  partly  bounds  Afghanistan  on  the  E.  ?  s.  From  what  is  this 
kingdom  separated  by  it  ?  n.  What  is  the  trade  of  the  capital  town  ? 


BELOOCHISTAN. 

How  is  Beloochistan  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Chief  Towns  ?  Principal 
Rivers  ? 

1491.  BELOOCIIISTAN  which  once  formed  a  part  of 
Persia,  has  been  but  little  explored  by  Europeans,  and 
little  is  known  respecting  it.  From  the  best  accounts 
we  have,  it  may  be  described  as  a  mountainous  and 
generally  barren  country. 

1492.  Beloochistan  is  inhabited  by  different  classes  of  people,  the  one 
called  Belooches,  live  by  plundering  and  robbery;  the  other,  Brahoees,  oc- 
cupy the  more  elevated  parts,  and  subsist  chiefly  on  their  flocks  and  herds. 
They  are  a  mild  peaceable,  and  industrious  people.  The  chief  town  is 
Kelat. 

MAP   OF  ASIA. 

What  river  bounds  Beloochistan  on  the  E.?  s.  Describe  that  river.  What 
desert  in  this  country  ?  y.  In  what  part  is  it  ? 

What  town  8.  E.  of  the  capital  ?  a.  Where  is  the  capital  ?  t.  In  what 
zone  is  Belooehistan  ?  In  what  direction  is  it  from  the  place  in  which  you 
Ine? 


HINDOSTAN,  OR  INDIA. 

How  is  Hindostan  bounded  ?   Capital  ?  Chief  Towns?    Principal  Rivers  ? 

1493.  HINDOSTAN,  or  Indostan,  which  is  also  called 
India  within  the  Ganges,  is  considered  the  richest  and 
most  beautiful  country  of  Asia,  and  if  we  except  China, 
the  most  populous. 

1  494.  It  is  mountainous  in  the  N.,  and  there  is  a  range  of  mountains 
to\\  ards  the  S.,  but  except  in  the  N.,  it  is  for  the  most  part  level,  or  moder- 
ately uneven,  abounding  in  rivers  and  excelling  in  fertility  of  soil,  most 
other  parts  of  Asia,  with  a  climate  suited  to  the  production  of  two  crops  in 
a  year. 

1495.  The  climate  in  the  northern  part  is  mild  and 

BELOCHISTAK.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  Beloochistan  ?  1491.  The  character  of  the 
iBhalit  ants'?  1492. 

IIiM)O6TAN. — (i.  What  is  said  of  Hindostan  in  comparison  with  other  countrioa 
pf  Asia  1  1493,  V71~at  oi'its  surface  1  1494  What  of  the  climate  and  rain  ?  1-195 


HINDOSTAN.  229 


HINDOO   HOUSE. 

salubrious,  but  in  the  middle  and  southern  parts,  sul- 
try ;  and  rain  is  constant  for  three  months  in  the  year. 

14%.  Milk,  rice  and  other  vegetables  are  the  chief  articles  of  food,  espe- 
cially rice,  which  is  very  extensively  cultivated.  The  other  principal  pro- 
ductions are  cotton,  wheat,  sugar,  indigo,  salt-petre,  opium,  tobacco,  mil- 
let, silk,  and  various  fruits. 

1497.  The  mines  of  Golconda  were  once  exceed- 
ingly rich  in  diamonds,  but  they  are  now  far  less  valu- 
ble. 

1493.  The  Banian,  or  Indian  fig-tree,  is  a  great  curiosity.  The  branches 
extend  to  the  earth  and  strike  down  roots  which  form  new  stems  or  trunks, 
so  that  each  tree  does  in  fact  form  a  complete  grove.  One  of  these  trees  on 
an  island  in  the  Nerbuddah  river,  near  Baroach,  has  3000  trunks  or  stem?, 
many  of  them  quite  large,  and  the  whole  affording  room  for  7000  persons  to 
repose  under  its  shade. 


also  the  island  of  Bombay,  Surat,  and  several  tracts  on  the  Malabar 
coast. 

1500.  The  island  of  Ceylon  too,  belongs  to  the  English.  It  has  a  fertile 
soil,  a  temperate  and  healthy  climate,  and  is  particularly  noted  for  the  pro- 
duction of  Cinnamon,  and  for  its  pearl  fisheries.  Its  other  more  important 
productions  are  ginger,  pepper,  sugar,  cotton,  precious  stones,  and  gems. 

1501.  The  inhabitants  are  mostly  Hindoos,  a  small 

Productions!  149G.  Mmcs?  1497.  What  curiosity  is  mentioned,  and  describe 
it?  1498. 

d.  What  countries  of  Hindostan  belong  to  the  Enjrlish  ?  1409.  What  large  isl- 
and is  mentioned  as  belonging  to  the  same  nation,  and  describe  it  1  15!K). 

Q,.  Who  arc  the  inhabitants  7  1501.    What  is  said  of  their  religion  ?  1502.    In 


230 


HINDOSTAN. 


part  Manommedans,  with  some  Jews,  Parsees,  and 
Christians  scattered  among  them. 

1502.  Their  religion  and  customs  are  so  fixed  as  to  seem  almost  unaltera- 
ble, having  undergone  little  or  no  change  since  India  was  first  known. 

1503.  They  differ  strikingly  from  every  other  nation  in  being  divided  into 
tribes  or  castes,  the  four  principal  of  which  are  the  Bramins  or  priests,  the 
soldiers,  the  agriculturalists  or  merchants,  and  soudas  or   laborers.     These 
different  castes  are  forbidden  to  intermarry,  to  eat  with  each  other,  and  even 
to  drink  from  the  same  vessel. 

1504.  The  general  character  of  the  Hindoos  is  a  compound  of  indolence, 
superstition  arid  cruelty,  the  last  of  which  traits   of  character,  they  keep  in 
active  exercise  towards  their  dependents  and  inferiors. 

1505.  Their  religion  is  of  a  most  degrading  kind.     Ablution  in  the  Ganges 
and  pilgrimages  they  consider  religious  duties.    Trifling  as  these  ceremonies 
may  seem,  they  constitute  far  the   better  parts  of  their  religion.     Its  spirit 
leads  them  to  inflict  the  most  horrible  wounds  on  themselves,  by  way  of  ex- 
piation for  their  sins,  and  even  prompts  widows  to  burn  themselves   on  the 
funeral  pile  of  their  husbands.     This  last  abominable  practice  was  abolished 
by  the  interposition  of  the  English  government  in  1330,  throughout  their  do- 
minions in  India,  though  it  is  yet  in  use  in  some  portions  of  the  country. 

1506.  TOWNS.     CALCUTTA  the  emporium  of  Bengal,  and  the  seat  of  go- 
vernment of  British  India,  is  situated  on  the  Hoogly,  an  arm  of  the  Ganges, 
about  100  miles  from  the  sea.     Its  commerce  is  extensive,  and  in  splendor  it 
is  not  excelled  by  any  city  in   Asia.     Merchants  from  all  countries  reside 
here,  and  the  mixture  of  Asiatic  and  European  manners  which  one  beholds, 
gives  to  the  busy  throng  in  the  streets  a  very  singular  and  grotesque  ap- 
pearance. 


HINDOO   PALACES. 

1507.  Benares  on  the  Ganges  was  formerly  the  seat  of  Braminical  leani- 
ng, and  was  denominated  the     Holy  City.     It    carries    on    an  extensive 

what  respect  do  they  differ  from  other  nations  7  1503.  Will  you  name  these  different 
castes?  1503.  What  is  the  jrerieral  character  of  the  Hindoos?  1504.  What  is  the 
character  of  their  religion  ?  1505.  What  is  said  of  the  practice  of  burning  widows  7 


. 


CHIN-INDIA.  231 

trade  in  diamonds  and  other  precious  stones,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  great 
wealth. 

1508.  Delhi,  which  was  formerly  the  capital  of  Hindostan,  and  of  the  Mo- 
gul empire,  was  once  a  large  and  flourishing  place,  but  is  now  greatly  re- 
duced from  its  former  magnificence. 

MAP    OF    ASIA. 

Will  you  describe  the  largest  river  in  Hindostan  ?  s.  The  second  ?  r. 
Third?  s. 

What  mountains  border  on  the  N.  E.  part  of  Hindostan  ?  h.  What  is 
their  length  and  height?  What  mountains  in  the  S.  W.?  Gt. 

What  de<e  t  in  the  N.  W.  ?  y.  What  is  the  southern  Cape  of  Hindostan  ? 
n.  What  is  the  8.  W.  coast  of  the  country  called  ?  r.  What  gulf  on  the 
N.  W.  coast  ?  y.  What  is  the  S.  E.  coast  called  ?  1. 

Which  a"o  the  principal  towns  on  the  Ganges  and  its  branches  ?  a.  a.  s. 
w.  a.  i.  What  on  the  Indus  and  its  branches?  a.  e.  c.  What  town  on  th6 
Gulf  of  Cam  bay  ?  y.  What  town  a  little  S.  of  the  last  on  a  small  river?  t. 

What  towns  on  the  Malabar  coa^t  ?  y.  h.  a.  What  towns  on  the  Coro- 
mandel  coast?  y.  s.  k. 

What  cluster  of  islands  S.  W.  of  Cape  Comorin?  s.  What  one  N.  of 
the  last  ?  s.  Which  is  the  largest  island  near  Hindostan?  n.  What  two 
towns  on  it?  o.  y.  What  is  the  southern  point  of -that  island  called?  d. 

What  kingdom  in  ihe  N.  E.  near  the  Himmaleh  mountains  ?  Napaul. 
Will  you  describe  Calcutta  and  its  situation  ?  1506.  Also  Benares  ?  1507. 
Delhi?  1508. 


CHIN-INDIA,  OR  FARTHER  INDIA. 

How  is  China-India  bounded  ?  Capital?  Chief  Towns?  Principal  Rivers  ? 

1509.  This  vast  country,  of  which  we  know  but  little 
except  its  coast,  has   been  called  by  various   names, 
as  the  Peninsula  beyond  the  Ganges,  India  beyond  the 
Ganges,   the  Farther   Peninsula,  Farther  India,  and 
Chin-India. 

1510.  Chin-India   comprises    the  Birman    Empire, 
the  kingdom  of  Tonquin1,  Cochin  China,  Cambodia, 
Laos,  and  Siam,  and  the  Peninsula  of  Malaya  or  Ma- 
lacca. 

1511.  This  country  is  less  cultivated  and  less  populous  than   Hindostan, 
and  the  surface,  from  the  best  accounts  we  have,  consists  of  ridges  of  moun, 
tains,  running  parallel  with  each  other  from  N.  to  S.,  with  spacious  and  fer- 
tile valleys  intervening,  which  produce  wheat,  rice,  cotton,  tobacco,   sugar- 
indigo,  various  kinds  of  spices,  gums,  and  tropical  fruits. 

1512.  Its  mineral  productions  are  gold,  silver,  tin,  iron,  copper,   and  pre- 

CHIN-INDIA. — Q.  By  what  names  has  this  country  been  called  ?  1509.  What  does 
Farther  India  comprise  ?  1510.  What  is  said  of  the  population  of  tire  country,  its 
state  of  cultivation  and  surface  1  1511 

,  (ton-kin.) 


232  CHINESE    EMPIRE. 

cious  stones.    The  more  remarkable  animals  are  the  elephant,  rhinoceros, 
tiger,  leopard,  arid  orang-outang. 

1513.  In  the  low  country  the  climate  is  humid,  and 
subject  to  excessive  heat,  but  in  the  more  elevated  re- 
gions, it  is  temperate  and  healthy. 

1514.  The  Birman  Empire  comprises  Ava,  Pega,  Cassay,  and  formerly  Ar 
racaa,  the  last  cf  which,  besides  several  other  places  or  provinces  of  this 
country,  now  belong  to  the  English. 

1515.  The  Birmaris  are  lively  and  passionate,  fond  of  music  and  poetry,  and 
have  great  skill  in  the  art  of  gilding.    The  Malays  are  a  bold,  ferocious,  and 
revengeful  race,  much  given   to  piracy.     In   general,  all  the  inhabitants  of 
Farther  India  resemble  the  Hindoos  less  than  the  Chinese,  and  in  the  arts  of 
civilized  life,  are  less  advanced  than  either. 

1516.  TOWNS.     UMMERAPOORA  is  situated  near  the  Irawaddy,  on  a  small 
lake  about  400  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river.     It  has  some  buildings  of 
brick,  but  what  contributes  greatly  to  its  splendor  is  the  gilding  of  its  reli- 
gious edifices,  which  gives  them  the  appearance  of  temples  of  gold.     It  was 
founded  in  1783,   and  in    1800.  only   seventeen   years  after,   it   contained 
175,000  inhabitants.    In  181  0  nowever,  its  population  was  reduced  to  nearly 
one  half  that  number. 

1517.  Rangoon,  on  the  Irawaddy,  30  miles  from  its  mouth,  is  the  principal 
port. 

MAP   OF   ASIA. 

Which  extends  farthest  S..,  China,  India,  or  Hindostan  ?  What  are  the 
names  of  their  most  southern  points  ?  n.  a. 

Where  is  the  Birman  empire  ?  Malacca  ?  Cochin  China  ?  Tonquin  ? 
Siam  ?  Which  is  the  largest  river  ?  a.  The  second  in  size  ?  y. 

Into  what  does  the  former  of  these  rivers  flow  ?  a.  Where  does  the  lat- 
ter flow  ?  1.  What  is  the  course  of  each  ? 

What  towns  on  the  Irawaddy  ?  a.  a.  e.  u.  n. 

What  cape  on  this  coast  ?  s.  What  is  the  capital  of  Siam  ?  m.  What  gulf 
in  the  S.  ?  m.  What  is  the  capital  of  Malacca,  and  on  what  strait  is  it  situa- 
ted ?  a. 

What  island  W.  of  Malacca?  a.  Where  is  Cape  Cambodia?  What 
town  at  the  mouth  of  Cambodia  river  ?  n.  What  other  town  on  the  same 
river  ?  a.  What  gulf  N.  of  Hue  ?  n.  *What  island  in  the  Gulf?  n. 

What  cluster  of  islands  W.  of  the  coast  of  the  Birman  empire  ?  n. 
Describe  Ummerapoora  and  its  situation?  151G.  Also  Rangoon?  1517. 


CHINESE  EMPIRE. 

1518.  The  Chinese  empire  comprises  China,  Thibet, 
Corea,  and  Chinese  Tartary.  It  is  the  most  populous, 
and  if  we  except  the  Russian,  the  most  extensive  em- 
pire on  the  globe. 

Q.  What  are  its  agricultural  and  mineral  productions  ?  1511—1512.  What  ani- 
mals are  found  here  t  1512. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?  1513.  What  does  the  Birman  empire  comprise  ? 
1514. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Birmans  1 1515.  What  that  of  the  Malays  1  1515. 
What  is  the  character  of  the  inhabitants  of  Farther  India  in  general  1  1515. 


CHINA. 


233 


CHINESE    110USK. 


CHINA  PROPER. 

How  is  China  bounded  ?    Capital  ?     Chief  Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 

1519.  CHINA  lies  m  the  south-east  part  of  the  em- 
pire, extending  from  the  Great  Wall  on  the  north,  to 
the  Gulf  of  Tonquin  on  the  south. 

1520.  China  contains  4402  walled  cities,  and  is  sup- 
posed by  some  to  contain  333  millions  of  inhabitants, 
atleast  2  millions  of  which  live  constantly  on  the  water. 
By  others  the  population  is  estimated  at  about  one 
half  that  number. 

1521.  China  enjoys   from  its  situation  a  mild  and 
healthy  climate,  with  an  exceedingly  fertile  soil,  which 
is  under  so  high  a  state  of  cultivation  that  even  the 
rocks  and  mountains  are  made  to  yield  the  usual  pro- 
ducts of  the  earth. 

1522.  This  country  has  a  diversified  surface  of  mountains  and  valleys,  and 
abounds  in  productions  of  various  kinds,  the  principal  of  which  are  the  tea 
plant,  rice,  and  silk. 

1523.  Tea  is  obtained  from  the  leaf  of  a  shrub  or  plant  that  grows  six  or 
seven  feet  high.     It  is  branching  and  an  evergreen.     The  leaves  are  care- 
fully plucked,  and  dried  in  cast-iron  pans  on  stoves,  they  are  then  rolled  in 
form  by  hand  before  they  are  offered  for  sale. 

CHINESE  EMPIRE.  Q..  What  does  this  empire  comprise  ?  1518.  Its  comparative 
population  and  extent  1  1518.  How  is  China  Proper  situated  ?  1519.  What  is  said  of  its 
cities  and  population  ?  1520.  Climate  and  soil  ?  1521.  Surface  and  productions  ?  1522. 


234 


CHINA. 


GATHERING    TEA. 

1521.  This  article  of  luxury,  which  was  scarcely  known  in  Europe  till 
the  middle  of  the  17th  century,  has  come  into  such  general  use  that  50,000 
tons  of  shipping  are  annually  employed  in  its  transportation  from  China. 
Still  so  vast  is  the  home  consumption,  that  were  exportation  to  cease,  the 
price  in  China  would  not  be  much  diminished. 

1525.  There  are  two  kinds  of  teas,  namely,  black  and  green,  the  latter  of 
which  is  much  superior  in  quality  to  the  former.  The  black  teas,  beginning 
with  the  poorer  qualities,  a^e  bohea,  congo,  campo,  souchong,  pouchorig, 
and  pekoe.  The  green  teas  are  twankey,  hyson  skin,  young  hyson,  hyson, 
imperial,  and  gunpowder. 

1526.  The  Great  Wall  of  China  and  the  Imperial 
Canal  are  monuments  of  immense  labor,  and  are  great 
curiosities. 

1527.  The  Chinese  Wall  traverses  high  mountains,  deep  valleys,  and  by 
means  of  arches,  wide  rivers,  for  a  distance,  in  the  whole  length,  of  about 
1590  miles.     It  is  about  30  feet  high,  15  feet  broad,  or  wide  enough  for  six 
horsemen  to  ride  abreast.     In  some  places  it  is  double  and  treble  to  protect 
exposed  passages.     At  equal  distances  of  about  one  hundred  paces,  are 
towers  mounted  with  cannon.     Its  foundation  and  corners  are  granite,  but 
the  principal  part  is  of  blue  brick,  cemented  with  pure  white  mortar. 

1528.  This  wall  is  the  most  stupendous  work  on  the  globe,  and  is. said  to 
have  been  built  about  2000  years  ago,  to  prevent  the  incursions  of  the  Mogul 
Tartars. 

1529.  The  Imperial  Canal  is  one  of  the  most  splendid  achievements  of 
the  kind  ever  undertaken  by  man.     It  forms  a  water  communication,  with 

a.  How  is  the  tea  obtained  ?  1523.  Describe  the  shrub  and  the  mode  of  preparing 
it  for  market.  1523.  What  is  said  of  the  demand  for  it  ?  1524. 

Q,.  How  many  kinds  of  tea  are  there  1  1525.  Which  is  the  best  ?  1525.  Mention 
two  or  three  sorts  of  the  black.  1525.  Two  or  three  of  the  green  ?  1525. 

Q,.  What  cuiiositiea  are  mentioned  ?  1526.  Will  you  describe  the  wall?  1527. 
When  was  it  built,  and  for  what  purpose  ?  1528. 

U.  What  is  said  of  the  Imperial  Canal  1 1529.  What  is  a  remarkable  circumstance 


CHINA.  235 

the  exception  of  one  day's  journey,  between  Pekin  and  Canton,  and  is  about 
1400  miles  long.  This  canal,  in  connexion  with  the  numerous  streams  in 
China,  has  rendered  the  country  highly  celebrated  for  its  inland  navigation. 

1530.  It  is  remarkable  that  some  of  the  most  extensive  canals  have  been 
in  use  about  2000  years.    In  the  year  005,  it  is  said  there  were  in  the  empire 
almost  5000  miles  of  canal. 

1531.  The  Chinese  claim  to  be  by  far  the  oldest  nation  on  the  earth,  make 
vain  pretensions  to  learning,  and  profess  an  acquaintance  with  all  European 
improvements. 

1532.  The  Chinese  make  no  division  of  time  into  weeks,  and  consequent- 
ly have  no  sabbath.    They  have  temples  and  pagodas,  a  kind  of  churches, 
and  numerous  priests,  called  bronzes. 

1533.  The  inhabitants  possess,  in  general,  the  usual 
virtues  and  vices  of  a  slavish,  industrious,  and  com- 
mercial people,  except  that  they  are  seldom  guilty  of 
the  sin  of  intoxication,  as  they  rarely  use  strong  liquors. 

1534.  The  women  of  this  country  are  sold  in  marriage,  and  held  in  the 
most  degrading  bondage.     It  is  not  uncommon  for  a  peasant  to  be  seen 
holding  his  plough,  and  driving  his  team  which  is  composed  of  his  wife  and 
an  ass  yoked  together. 

1535.  A  Chinese  lady,  to  be  considered  beautiful,  must  have  small  eyes, 
protruding  lips,  strait  black  hair,  and  feet  so  small  that  she  can  scarcely  walk. 
The  last  is  regarded  of  the  most  importance,  and  the  effect  is  produced  by 
putting  small  shoes  on  the  feet  of  children  and  never  changing  them  till  the 
feet  have  done  growing.    Among  the  men,  corpulence  is  deemed  respectable, 
as  it  is  thought  to  indicate  an  easy  life. 

1536.  TOWNS.    PEKING  or  PEKIN  is  situated  in  a  very  fertile  valley,  about 
60  miles  from  the  Great  Wall.    Pekin,  which  signifies  the  Northern  Court, 
was  so  called  to  distinguish  it  from  Nankin,  the  southern  court,  where  the 
emperor  formerly  resided.     The  city  is  about  18  mile*  in  circumference,  and 
lia^  two  parts,  one  occupied  by  Tartars,  the  other  by  Chinese.     Each  of  these 
parts  is  surrounded  by  a  wall ;  that  of  the  Tartars  is  very  lofty,  and  so  thick 
that  twelve  horsemen  can  ride  abreast  on  its  top.    The  houses  are  low,  being 
principally  of  one  story,  with  no  superfluous  rooms,  and  generally  surround- 
ed by  a  wall  six  or  seven  feet  high.     Within  this  enclosure,  a  whole  family  of 
three  generations,  with  their  respective  wives  and  children,  will  often  be 
found.     Pekin  has  numerous  churches  and  temples,  and  about  10,000  palaces. 
The  principal  streets  are  about  7  rods  wide,  and  3  miles  long,  thickly  border- 
ed with  rich  shops.    It  is  astonishing  to  see  the  immense  concourse  of  people 
which  continually  fills  them,  and  the  confusion  caused  by  the  prodigious 
number-of  horses,  camels,  mules,  and  carriages,  which  are  meeting  and  pass- 
ing each  other.     And  what  is  still  move  remarkable,  not  a  single  woman 
among  all  this  vast  collection  is  ever  to  be  seen. 

A  more  minute  description  of  this  city  is  given  on  account  of  its  being 
often  considered  the  most  populous  in  the  world,  though  Jedo  is  by  some 
ranked  m  the  same  class. 

1537.  Nankin,  which  is  situated  on  the  Kiang  Ku  river,  was  formerly  the 

in  respect  to  these  canals  ?  1530.  What  do  the  Chinese  claim  or  pretend  to?  1531. 
What  is  said  of  their  mode  of  reckoning  time,  and  their  churches  and  priests  ?  1532. 
Q,.  What  is  the  general  character  of  the  inhabitants  1  1533.  What  is  the  condition 
of  the  women  7  1534.  What  qualities  must  a  Chinese  lady  possess  in  order  to  he- 
considered  a  beauty  ?  1535.  What  appearance  is  doomed  respectable  among  the  men, 
and  why  ?  1535. 


236 


THIBET. 


mcnt  splendid  and  populous  city  in  the  empire,  and  though  now  much  redu- 
ced, is  still  the  most  distinguished  for  the  learning  of  its  citizens  and  its  pro- 
gress in  manufactures,  particularly  of  silks,  crapes,  and  nankeens. 

1538.  Canton,  on  the  river  Hoang  Kiang,  is  the  most  commercial  city  in 
China,  and  is  the  only  port  at  which  European  and  American  vessels  are 
permitted  to  trade.  The  chief  exports  are  tea  and  silk. 


MAP   OF   ASIA. 

Will  you  describe  the  two  largest  rivers  in  China  ?  o.  u.  What  river  in 
the  S.  E.  ?  g. 

What  two  seas  on  the  E.  ?  w.  e.  Where  is  China  Sea  ?  What  towns  on 
or  near  the  Hoang  Kiang  ?  u.  n.  What  town  N.  E.  of  Canton  on  the 
coast  ?  u.  What  two  N.  E.  of  Po  Yang  Lake  ?  u.  u. 

What  is  the  principal  town  on  the  Kiang  Ku  ?  n.  What  on  or  near  the 
Hoang  Ho  ?  u.  What  near  the  Yellow  Sea  in  the  N.  E.  ?  n. 

What  considerable  island  S.  of  China  ?  n.  What  one  on  the  E.  ?  a. 
In  what  direction  does  the  Great  Wall  run  ?  What  two  cities  does  the  Im- 
perial Canal  connect  ?  Nn.  Cn.  How  are  these  cities  situated  with  respect 
to  each  other  ?  In  what  direction  then  does  this  canal  run  ? 

Where  is  the  capital  of  China  situated  ?  1536.  Why  was  it  so  called  ? 
1536.  How  large  in  extent  is  Pekin,  and  how  is  it  divided  ?  1536.  What 
is  said  of  the  houses,  churches,  and  palaces  ?  1536.  What  of  Nankin  ?  1537. 
What  of  Canton  ?  1538. 


THIBET  1 

How  is  Thibet  bounded  ?    Capital  ?    Chief  Towns  ?     Principal  Rivers  ? 


A   PARTY   ASCENDING    THE    HIMMALEH   MOUNTAINS. 

1539.  THIBET  is  the  most  elevated  and  mountainous 
country  in  Asia,  in  consequence  of  which  it  gives  rise 

1  THIBET,  (te*-bet.,) 


CHINESE  TARTARY.  237 

to  numerous  rivers,  and  has  been  called  the   Switzer- 
land of  Asia. 

1540.  The  Himmaleh  Mountains  have  numerous 
summits  that  are  always  covered  with  snow,  which,  to- 
gether with  the  elevated  character  of  the  country, 
renders  the  climate  generally  cold. 

1541.  Thibet  has  a  barren  and  unproductive  soil,  but  abounds  in  animals. 
The  most  noted  of  these  are  the  bushy  tailed  bull,  the  deer,  from  which  is 
obtained  musk,  and  the  goat,  from  the  hair  of  which  is  manufactured  the 
Cashmere  and  Thibet  shawls. 

1542.  The  inhabitants  are  represented  as  being  in  a  considerably  advanced 
state  of  civilization,  and  as  having  many  useful  manufactures.     They  live  in 
houses  mostly  built  of  stone,  which  are  frequently  of  a  lofty  height. 

1543.  TOWNS.     LASSA  is  situated  on  a  branch  of  the  Burrampooter  river, 
and  is  distinguished  for  containing  the  palace  of  the   Grand  J^ama,  or  God 
upon  earth,  of  the  Tartars.     He  is  highly  revered  by  millions  of  people  in 
China  and  other  parts  of  Asia,   as  a  gcd  or  spiritual  personage  alone,  he 
having  no  temporal  power. 

MAP   OF   ASIA. 

What  mountains  between  Thibet  and  Ilindostan  ?  h.  Their  course, 
length,  and  height  ?  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  Thibet  ?  y.  What  rivers 
rise  in  Thibet  ?  r.  y.  a.  u. 

What  small  kingdom  in  the  S.  of  Thibet?  n.  Where  is  Laesa? 
What  desert  borders  on  the  N.  ?  i. 

In  what  direction  is  Thibet  from  Hartford,  (Ct.)  ?     In  what  zone  is  it  ? 


CHINESE  TARTARY. 

1544.  Chinese  Tartary  is  a  vast  but  thinly  settled 
country,  extending  from  Independent  Tartary  to  the 
Pacific  Ocean. 

1545.  This  country  is  remarkable  for  its  great  elevation.  Its  extensive 
plains  are  called  steppes,  which  are  supported  like  a  table  by  the  Altay  moun- 
tains on  the  N.,  and  the  Himmaleh  range  on  the  S.  E. 

154G.  Chinese  Tartary  is  a  cold  and  generally  barren  region,  but  imper- 
fectly explored.  It  is  inhabited  by  various  tribes  of  wandering  shepherds, 
who  subsist  chiefly  from  their  herds  of  cattle  and  sheep.  They  are  subject 
to  the  emperor  of  China  and  worship  the  Grand  Lama. 

THIUKT.  Q.  Whatissaid  of  the  elevation  of  Thibet  ?  1539.  What  of  themoun- 
tains?  1540. 

Q.  What  is  the  climate  and  soil  of  Thibet  ?  1540-1541.  Which  are  the  most  no- 
ted animals?  1541. 

Q.  V\  i.:>t  is  said  of  the  progress  made  in  civilization  ?  1542.  How  is  the  capital 
of  Thibet  situated  ?  1543.  For  what  is  it  celebrated  ?  1543. 

CHINESE  TARTARY.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  and  population  of  this  coun- 
try 1  1544.  For  what  is  it  remarkable  ?  1545. 

Q,.  What  is  the  climate  and  soil  of  this  country  ?  1546.  By  whom  is  it  inhabit- 
ed 1  1546.  What  is  said  of  Corea  ?  1547. 


238 


COREA.       JAPAN. 


COREA. 

1547.  Corea  is  a  small  peninsula  but  little  known. 
It  is  dependent  on  China.  The  southern  part  is  fertile 
and  populous  but  the  northern,  mountainous  and  thinly 
settled. 


M4P    OF   ASIA. 

What  small  division  in  the  N.  W.  of  Chinese  Tartary  ?  Sa.  What  one 
in  the  N.  E.  ?  Ma.  What  one  S.  of  Soongaria  ?  L-Ba.  What  one  S.  W. 
of  Little  Bucharia  ?  L-Tt.  What  one  between  Mantchooria  and  Soongaria  ? 
Ma.  Where  is  Corea  ? 

Which  is  the  largest  river  of  Chinese  Tartary  ?  r.  Describe  it.  What 
mountains  in  the  north-eastern  part  ?  y.  Their  length  and  height  ? 

What  is  the  capital  of  Corea  ?  o.  What  is  the  principal  town  on  the 
Amoor  or  its  branches  ?  On.  What  towns  a  little  north  of  the  Chinese 
Wall?  1.  n. 

What  channel  on  the  east  of  this  country  ?  y.  What  two  islands  also  ?  o. 
n.  What  desert  m  Tnrtarv  ?  i.  What  is  the  character  of  its  sand?  It  is 
dark  colored  and  hard,  so  a.-»  r  ot  to  be  blown  about  by  the  wind  like  the 
sand  in  other  deserts  generally. 

Between  what  two  seas  is  Corea  situated  ?  w.  n.  What  strait  connects 
them  ?  a. 


JAPAN. 


JAPANESE   HOUSES. 


1548.  This  empire,  which  lies  in  the  east  of  Asia,  is 
exceedingly  rich  and  populous,  and  is  composed  of 
three  large  islands,  namely,  Niphon,  Jesso,  and  Kiusiu, 
besides  smaller  ones  in  the  vicinity. 


INDEPENDENT   TARTARY.  239 

1549.  The  Chinese  and  Dutch  are  the  only  nations 
with  which  the  Japanese  trade,  or  have  any  intercourse. 

1550.  Japan  has  a  variable,  but  generally  a  mild  and  healthy  climate,  a 
fertile  soil,  which  is  under  a  high  state  of  cultivation,  and  which  produces 
nee,  tobacco,  wheat,  millet,  &c.     The  teashrub  grows  wild. 

1551.  The  Japanese  are  the  most  civilized  and  reihied  nation  of  Asia,  and 
are  a  proud,  intelligent  people.     They  excel  in  many  branches  of  manufac- 
tures, particularly  of  silk  and  cotton. 

1554.  They  live  principally  on  fish,  fowls,  and  vegetables.  A  fish  is  the 
tirst  token  of  hospitality  oiieredto  a  stranger,  a  dish  of  tea  is  next,  and  then 
a  pipe  of  tobacco. 

Jo53.  They  *end  their  children  to  school  at  an  early  age,  and  educate  them 
with  great  strictness.  Arithmetic,  rhetoric,  poetry,  history,  astronomy,  &c., 
are  taught  in  their  schools. 

1554.  TO\\NS.  JLDO  is  situated  on  a  bay  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  island 
rf  JSiphon,  atid  is  oi.e  of  the  largest  and  most  populous  cities  in  the  world, 
being  by  some  reckoned  equal  to  Tekin. 

15j5.  JlliaJ.o  is  the  literary  and  ecclesiastical  emporium  of  the  empire, 
and  is  much  noted  for  its  manufactures. 

MAP    OF   ASIA. 

What  strait  between  Niphon  arid  Jesso  1  r.  Which  is  the  largest  of 
these  islands  'I  n.  Which  is  the  most  northerly?  o. 

What  towns  in  Niphoii  1  o.  o.  a.  Which  of  them  is  most  northerly  ?  a. 
V»  hat  town  in  Kiusiu  'I  i.  What  strait  on  the  V\.  of  the  island  I  a. 

V,  i.jit  is  is  said  of  Jedo  ?     1554.     Itl;ako  ?     1555. 

Which  ia  the  next  moat  mipoitant  city  of  Japan,  and  why  ?  1555. 

In  what  directicn  is  the  island  of  Jes&o,  and  the  other  Japan  isles,  from  the 
T'nited  Slates  ?  What  direction  fiom  Denmark?  What  two  courses  ex- 
ac.ly  contrary  to  each  other  can  you  take,  and  arrive  at  the  city  of  Jedo  ? 
\V],at  waters  will  you  cross  in  either  course  '/  When  you  get  to  Jedo  will 
you!  • :  1.0  ln.di;  .'  i  h  is  the  only  port  to  which  foreign- 

er are  admitted  'I  i\'n::ga;;acki.  On  what  island  is  it  .'  u. 


INDEPENDENT  TARTARY. 

1550.  Independent  Tartary  is  an  extensive  country, 
but  little  known,  and  inhabited  by  various  tribes  of  Tar- 
tars, many  of  whom  lead  a  wandering  and  pastoral  life. 
The  chief  tribes  are  the  Kirgees  in  the  N.,  and  the  Us- 
bjcks  in  the  S. 

1557.  The  climate  is  generally  temperate,  and  the  surface  of  the  country 
consists  mostly  of  immense  barren  steppes,  though  there  are  some  fertile 
districts. 

JAUAN.  U.  What  is  said  of  Japan  1  1548.  Whp  t  of  the  intercourse  of  the  in- 
habitants? 1549.  What  of  the  productions  and  climate?  1550.  Character  of 
tJ:e  Japanese  ?  1551. 

a.  What  is  said  of  their  food  and  hospitality  ?  1552.    What  of  education  ?  1553. 

INDEPENDENT  TARTARY.  Q,.  What  is  said  of  this  country  ?  1536.  By  whom 
is  it  inhabited  ?  1556.  What  is  said  of  the  climate,  surface  and  soil  ?  1557.  For 
what  is  this  country  distinguished  ?  155S 


240  SIBERIA. 


TARTAR    TENTS. 

155S.  This  country  is  distinguished  for  having  heen  the  seat  of  the  power- 
ful empire  of  Tamerlane  and  Gergis  Khan,  and  still  possesses  numerous 
monuments  of  its  former  greatness  and  civilization. 

1559.  TOWNS.     BUKHARIA  or  BUKHARA,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the 
Sogd.     It  is  noted  for  containing  the  palace  of  Khan,  and  for  being  the  seat 
of  Mahomedan  learning. 

1560.  Samarcand,  on  the  Sogd,  is  the  capital  of  Ubec  Tartary,  and  is  cel- 
ebrated for  having  been  the  capital  of  the  great  conqueror  Tamerlane,  also 
for  his  tomb  which  is  still  to  be  seen.     At  Samarcand  there  are  numerous 
Mahomedan  colleges. 

MAP    OF   ASIA. 

Which  is  the  largest  river  of  Independent  Tartary  ?  n.  What  sea  nearly 
in  the  centre  of  the  country  ?  1. 

What  river  bounds  Independent  Tartary  on  the  N.  W.  ?  1.  What  sea 
on  the  W.  ?  n.  What  river  bounds  Tartary  on  the  S.  W.  ?  n. 

What  towns  on  the  eastern  branch  of  Jihon  ?  a.  d.  What  on  the  Sihon  ? 
r.  What  mountains  in  the  S.  E.  ?  g.  What  mountains  from  the  N.  meet 
the  Belur  Tag  ?  1.  What  ones  from  the  S.  ?  h.  What  from  the  E.  ?  y. 

What  is  said  of  Bukharia  ?     1559.     What  of  Samarcand  ?     1560. 


SIBERIA. 

1561.  Siberia  comprehends  the  principal  part  of 
Asiatic  Russia,  and  is  one  of  the  coldest,  most  barren, 
and  forlorn  regions  on  the  globe.  It  abounds  in 
steppes  and  is  subject  to  Russia. 

1562.  This  country  has  mines  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  lead  and  iron.    Wild 
animals  also  abound  in  Siberia,  among  which  are  the  martin,  sable,  beaver, 

SIBERIA.     Q.  What  is  said  of  Siberia  ?   1561.    What  mines  has  Siberia  7   1562. 
What  animals  1  1562.    What  precious  stones  are  found  ?  1563. 


CAUCASUS.  241 

and  ermine,  prized  for  their  furs,  besides  elks,  bears,  wolves,  reindeer,  foxes, 
hares,  and  dogs  ;  the  last  of  which  are  used  in  Kamtschatka  to  drag  sleds, 
carriages,  &c.  f 

1553.  In  Siberia  are  found  topazes  and  other  precious  stones,  magnets  o; 
extraordinary  size,  and  even  whole  mountains  of  loadstone. 

1564.  The  inhabitants  are  ignorant  and  superstitious, 
dwelling  in  forests  in  winter,  and  on  the  banks  of  rivers 
in  summer,  clothing  themselves  chiefly  from  the  skins  of 
beasts* 

MAP   OF  ASIA. 

Where  is  Kamtschatka  ?  What  two  seas  border  on  it  ?  k.  a.  What 
island  in  the  S.  W.  of  the  sea  of  Okotsk  ?  n. 

Which  are  the  largest  riv^-s  in  Siberia?  a.  i.  i.  What  is  their  course, 
and  place  into  which  they  How?  What  50:13  in  the  N.  W.  ?  i.  a. 

What  river  flows  into  the  sea  of  Anadir  ?  r.  Which  are  the  principal 
northern  capssof  Siberia.  ?  Si.  r.  What  three  islandj  near  Cape  Sviatoi  ? 
a.  d.  t.  Which  is  themost  eastern  cape  ?  Fa.  The  most  southern  cape  ?  La 

Which  are  the  principal  towns  on  the  Obi  and  its  branches  ?  Tk.  Tk. 
What  on  the  Lena  ?  Yk.  What  on  ths  Olensk  ?  k. 

Where  is  lake  Baikal  ?     What  the  principal  town  on  it  ?  k. 

What  mountains  on  the  S.  E.  ?  y.  y.  What  on  the  S.  W.  ?  7.  Where 
is  lake  Tshany  ? 

In  what  zones  ia  Siberia  ?  What  circle  crosses  it  ?  In  which  latitude  and 
longitude  is  it  ? 

What  is  the  capital  ?  k.  For  what  is  it  noted  ?  For  being  a  place 
of  baawhment  for  criminals  from  Russia.  Which  is  die  largest  town  ?  Ik. 
On  what  lake  is  it  situated  ?  1. 


CAUCASUS. 

1505.  Caucasus  lies  between  the  Black  and  Caspian 
seas  and  is  subject  to  Russia.  It  is-  a  rough  and  moun- 
tainous country  with  a  few  pleasant  and  fertile  valleys, 
and  is  inhabited  by  several  barbarous  tribes,  the  prin- 
cipal of  which  are  the  Circassians  on  the  N.,  and  the 
Georgians  on  the  S. 

1566.  Both  of  these  tribes  are  deservedly  celebrated  for  the  beauty  of  their 
femalesjwho  are  often  sold  by  thoir  parents  to  neighboring?rlohamedan  nations. 

1367.  TOWNS.  TEFFLIS,  on  the  Kur,  is  the  capital  of  Georgia.  Jt  has 
a  strong  fortress,  several  churches,  and  is  noted  for  being  the  residence  of 
the  Russian  governor. 


What  is  the  capital  of  Georgia  ?  s.  On  what  river  is  it  ?  1567.  What  is 
said  of  this  city?  1567.  What  towns  on  the  Caspian  Sea?  t.  u.  In 
what  direction  is  Circassia  from  this  sea  ?  From  the  Black  Sea  ? 

a.  What  is  the  character  of  the  inhabitants  ?    1564. 

CAUCASUS.    Q.  What  is  said  of  the  situation,  appearance,  and  inhabitants  ot 
Caucasus  7    1565.    What  of  the  females  ?    15<>6. 
11 


212  OCEANICA. 

OCEANICA. 

1568,  Oceanica1  is  a  name  given  by  Malte  Bum  to 
all  the  islands  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  most  of  which  lie 
£\  and  S.  E.  of  Asia,  and  are  considered  by  the  same 
geographer  as  forming  the  fifth  Grand  Division  of  the 
globe. 

1569.  These  islands,  which  are  commonly  divided  into  three  classes, 
namely,  the  Eastern  Archipelago,  also  called  the  Asiatic  or  East  India  Isl- 
ands, Australia  and  Polynesia,  were  divided  by  Malte  Bran  mto  North,  Cen- 
tral, and  Eastern  Oceanica. 


NORTH-WEST  OCEANICA,  OR  EAST  INDIA 
ISLES. 

]  570.  These  islands  are  embraced  under  five  divis- 
ions or  clusters:  1st.  The  Sunda  or  Sumatra  Islands; 
2d.  Borneo,  with  a  number  of  small  islands  adjacent ; 
3d.  The  Manillas  or  Philippine  Islands ;  4th.  Celebes  ; 
5th.  The  Moluccas  or  Spice  Islands. 

1571.  From  their  situation  these  islands  have  a  warm  and  frequently  an 
unhealthy  climate,  the  surface  is  rather  mountainous,  and  the  soil  in  genera] 
is  exceedingly  fertile  and  productive,  abounding  in  all  the  rich  variety  of 
fruits,  spices,  and  gums,  found  in  tropical  regions,  besides  various  grains  and 
minerals. 

1572.  The  most  remarkable  animals  are  the  rhino- 
ceros, tiger,  crocodile,  and  the  orang-outang. 

1573.  THE  SUNDA  or  SUMATRA  ISLES  consist  of  Sumatra,  Java,  Banca, 
and  Timor,  the  first  of  which  is  in  the  possession  of  the  natives,  the  next 
two  of  the  Dutch,  and  the  last  of  the  Dutch  and  Portuguese. 

1574.  BORNEO  is  the  largest  island  in  the  world  if  we  except  New  Hol- 
land, being  about  800  miles  long  and  700  miles  broad.     But  little  is  known 
<-f  this  island,  a  few  places  on  the  coast  only  having  been  much  visited. 
'i  he  orang-outang,  a  large  species  of  monkey,  bearing  a  great  resemblance 
to  human  beings,  is  found  here. 

1575.  THE  MANILLAS  or  PHILLIPPINE  ISLANDS,  comprise  Luzon,  Min- 
dinao,  Samar,  and  Negros,  all  of  which  belong  to  the  Spaniards. 

1576.  CELEBES  is  a  large  island  belonging  partly  to  the  Dutch  and  partly 
to  the  natives. 

1577.  THE  MOLUCCAS  or  SPICE  ISLANDS.    Of  these  the  most  important 
are  Gilolo,  Amboyna,  Ceram,  and  Banda. 

OCEANICA,     U.  What  is  said  of  Oceanica  1  1568.    What  of  the  divisions?  1569. 
lOcKANicA,  (o  she-an-'e-ka.) 


NORTH-WEST    OCEANICA. 


243 


JAVAN  HOUSE. 


MAP   OF    THE    WORLD. 

Which  is  the  largest  and  most  westerly  of  the  Sunda  Isles  ?  Sa.  Which 
the  most  eastern  ?  Tr.  Which  the  second  in  size  ?  Ja.  For  what  is  it  ro- 
markable  ?  For  the  production  of  rice. 

Which  are  the  Sunda  Isles  ?  Sa.  Ja.  Sa.  Fs.  Tr.  To  whom  do  they  be- 
long ?  1573.  What  settlement  in  Sumatra  belongs  to  the  English  ?  Bn. 
What  celebrated  city  in  the  island  of  Java  ?  a.  Of  what  is  it  the  capital  ? 
Of  all  the  Dutch  East  India  possessions. 

Where  is  Banca  1  Ans. — E.  of  Sumatra.  What  strait  between  Java  and 
Sumatra  ?  Sa. 

Where  i  Borneo  ?  What  is  its  comparative  size?  1574.  What  animal 
is  found  here  and  what  is  said  of  it  ?  lf>71.  In  what  zone  is  Borneo  ?  In 
what  hemisphere  ?  In  which  latitude  and  longitude  ? 

What  do  the  Philippine  isles  comprise  ?  1575.  Which  is  the  largest  ? 
Ln.  Which  the  most  northerly  ?  On  which  is  Manilla  ?  n.  What  large 
island  N.  of  Luzon  ?  a. 

Where  is  Celebes  ?  To  whom  does  it  belong  ?  1576.  For  what  is  it 
remarkable  ?  For  its  fine  scenery.  Where  are  the  Moluccas  or  Spice  Isl- 
ands ?  Which  are  the  most  important  ?  1577. 


MAP   OF   ASIA. 

Which  is  the  largest  town  in  Luzon  ?  a.  What  two  large  islands  S.  of  it 
and  near  it  ?  o.  n. 

Which  is  the  largest  town  in  Mindiano  ?  o.  What  sea  S.  of  Mindiano  ? 
c.  W^hat  strait  leads  into  this  sea  from  the  S.  ?  r.  What  two  islands  does 
the  strait  separate  ?  s.  o. 

What  town  in  the  N.  of  Borneo  ?  o.  What  town  in  the  N.  W.  of 
Sumatra  ?  n. 

Q.  What  does  North- West  Oceanica  comprise  ?  3570.  What  is  the  climate 
and  productions  ?  1571.  Which  are  the  more  remarkable  animals  ?  1572. 


244  AUSTRALIA. 

AUSTRALIA. 

1578.  Australia,  or  Australasia,  comprises  New  Hol- 
land, Papua  or  New  Guinea,  Van  Dieman's  Land,  New 
Britain,  New  Ireland  Solomon's  Isle,  New  Hebrides, 
New  Caledonia,  and  several  smaller  ones  in  the  vicinity. 


NEW  HOLLAND. 

1579.  This  island,  which  is  the  largest  on  the  globe, 
and  on  account  of  its  great  extent  often  considered  a 
continent,  is  about  2500  miles  in  length,  2000  miles  in 
breadth,  and  8000  miles  ia  circumference.  It  is  about 
three  quarters  as  large  as  Europe,  and  contains  about 
3  millions  of  square  miles. 

1530.  New  Holland  was  discovered  by  the  Dutch  in  1605.  It  has  been 
but  little  explored,  especially  in  the  interior.  The  climate,  in  those  parts 
that  are  known,  is  temperate  and  healthy,  the  soil  generally  good,  and  well 
adapted  to  cultivation  and  grazing. 

1581.  It  abounds  in  minerals  such  as  coal,  lead,  iron, 
&c.,  and  produces  also  wheat,  barley,  oranges,  lemons, 
and  other  tropical  fruits. 

1532.  The  animals  of  this  island  are  rather  peculiar,  being  mostly  of  the 
opossum  kind.     The  most  noted  of  them  is  the  kangaroo.     Its  fore  legs  are 
quite  short,  and  under  the  body  of  the  female  grows  a  bag  of  thick  skin,  into 
which  her  young  resort  in  times  of  danger,  and  are  carried  in  safety. 

1533.  New  South  Wales,  which  comprises  the  south  east  part  of  the  island, 
and  which  belongs  to  the  English,  is  celebrated  for  the  establishment  of  an 


con 

chief  town  and  capital.    The  population  of  the  district  of  Sidney 

34,000  :  of  this  number  21,000  are  males  and  10,000  females. 

1584.  The  natives  of  New  Holland  are  small  in  stature,  ill-shaped,  and 
among  the  most  degraded  and  barbarous  portions  of  the  whole  human  family. 
They  are  represented  as  going  entirely  naked,  with  their  bodies  besmeared 
with  oil.  They  have  no  religion,  no  form  of  government,  and  none  of  the 
comforts  of  civilizedJifQ. 


PAPUA,  OR  NEW  GUINEA. 
1585.  This  island  is  about  1200  miles  long,  and  from 
three  to  four  hundred  miles  wide.     It  has  been  par- 
tially explored,  and  is  but  little  known. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  New  Holland  1  1579.  What  of  its  discovery 
and  climate?  1580.  Productions?  1581.  Animals?  1582.  New  South  Wales  ? 
1583.  Natives?  1584. 


AUSTRALIA.  245 

1586.  It  is  the  favorite  abode  of  a  peculiar  and  beautiful  species  of  birds, 
called  Birds  of  Paradise,  also  of  parrots  and  pigeons  of  an  "extraordinary  size. 

1587.  The  inhabitants  are  of  the  African  or  negro  race.     Those  of  the  in- 
terior live  in  trees,  which  they  ascend  by  a  knotted  pole.    There  are  no  Eu- 
ropean or  American  settlements  on  the  island. 


VAN  DIEMAN'S  LAND. 

1588.  The  soil  of  this  island  is  good,  and  the  climate 
temperate.  The  natives  are  of  the  common  stature 
but  slender  ;  their  skin  black  and  hair  woolly.  They 
go  naked  in  summer,  but  in  winter  clothe  themselves 
with  the  skins  of  the  kangaroo. 

1589.  On  this  island  the  English  have  a  colony  similar  to  that  in  New 
South  Wales,  the  capital  of  which  is  Hobart  lown.  Population  about 
24,000,  all  whites,  except  about  1500  aborigines 


NEW  ZEALAND. 


NEW    ZEALAND   HUT. 

1590.  NEW  ZEALAND  consists  of  two  islands,  sepa- 
rated from  each  other  by  Banoy's  strait,  12  miles  in 
width.  They  are  mountainous,  fertile,  and  healthy. 
The  inhabitants  are  a  tall,  brave,  and  warlike  race,  and 
wrhen  discovered  were  cannibals,  or  man  eaters.  By 

What  is  the  extent  of  New  Guinea?  1585.  What  r.rds  are  found  here?  158(5. 
What  is  the  character  of  the  inhabitants  ?  1587. 

d.  What  is  said  of  Van  Diemnn's  Land  in  respect  to  soil  and  climate  1  1588. 
Persons  of  the  inhabitants  1  1588.  What  of  the  English  settlement  here  ]  lo8U 


246  POLYNESIA. 

means  of  Christian  missionaries  established  here,  they 
have  made  considerable  advancement  in  civilization. 


MAP   OF   THE   WORLD. 

What  are  the  principal  capes  on  the  eastern  coast  of  New  Holland  ?  y.  e 
What  strait  on  the  S.  ?  s.  What  island  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  strait  ?  d 
What  is  the  southern  point  of  it  called  ?  e. 

Q.  What  strait  N.  of  New  Holland  ?  s.  What  does  this  strait  separate  ? 
d.  a.  What  islands  N.  E.  of  New  Guinea  ?  d.  n.  What  capes  has  New 
Zealand  ?  h.  h.  t.  [See  Western  Hemisphere.]  What  course  is  New 
Caledonia  from  New  Zealand  ?  What  cluster  of  islands  a  little  N.  of  New 
Caledonia  ?  s. 

What  direction  is  New  Holland  from  you  ?    New  Caledonia  from  you  ? 


POLYNESIA. 

1591.  The  name    Polynesia  is  derived  from   two 
Greek  words,  together  signifying  many  islands,  and  in- 
cludes the  several  clusters  which  lie  E.  of  the  Asiatic 
isles  and  Australasia. 

1592.  The  more  important  of  these  are  the  Pelew 
Islands,  the  Ladrone,  Caroline,  Sandwich,  Marquesas, 
Society,  Friendly,  Fejee,  and  Navigator's  Islands. 

1593.  They  are  generally  small  and  widely  scattered  over  the  Pacific 
Ocean.    Most  of  them  remained  undiscovered  till  the  middle  of  the  last 
century. 

1594.  The  natives  are  of  the  Malay  race,  and  in  general  have  fine  forms, 
regular  features,  and  amiable  dispositions.     They  have  a  practice  of  tatooing, 
which  consists  in  first  pricking  the  skin  and  then  staining  it  with  a  dark 
colored  substance,  by  which  means  they  form  lines  and  figures  of  various 
kinds  upon  their  bodies. 

1595.  At  the  period  of  the  discovery  of  these  islands,  the  inhabitants  were 
all  Pagans,  extremely  barbarous,  and  on  many  of  them,  the  inhabitants  were 
cannibals  and  offered  human  sacrifices.     In  consequence  of  the  exertions  of 
missionaries,  they  have  in  many  places  abandoned  their  idols,  and  adopted 
the  customs  of  civilized  life.     This  is  particularly  the  case  in  the  Sandwich 
Islands,  one  of  the  most  important  groups,  being  eleven  in  number.    Many 
of  the  natives  of  these  islands  have  learned  to  read  and  write  and  embraced 
the  Christian  religion. 

d.  What  is  said  of  New  Zealand  1  1590.  Character  of  the  inhabitants  ?  1590. 
What  change  has  been  effected,  and  by  what  means  1  1590. 

POLYNESIA.  Q,.  What  does  the  term  Polynesia  mean?  1591.  What  islands  does 
it  include  ?  1591.  Which  are  the  more  important  clusters  ?  1592.  What  is  said  of 
their  size  and  situation  with  respect  to  each  other  ?  1593. 

Q.  When  were  these  islands  discovered  1  1593.  What  is  said  of  their  character  ? 
1594. 

U.  What  was  their  religion  formerly  ?  1595.  What  horrible  pract'ce  formerly  ex- 
tsted  in  some  of  these  islands  ?  L595.  What  alterations  have  been  made,  arid  by 
whose  exertions  1  1595.  What  is  said  of  the  Sandwich  isles  in  this  respect  1  1595. 
What  of  the  climate,  soil,  and  principal  productions  1  1596. 


AFRICA.  247 

1596.  The  climate  of  these  islands  is  in  general  temperate  and  healthy, 
and  the  soil  good.  The  principal  productions  are  the  bread  fruit,  bananas, 
cocoa  nuts,  oranges,  &c. 

MAP   OF    THE    WORLD. 

In  what  direction  are  the  Pelew  from  the  Philippine  Islands  ?  What 
islands  N.  E.  of  the  Philippine?  Le.  Which  are  the  three  largest  ?  n.  n.  m. 
What  cluster  a  little  below  the  Ladrone  ?  e. 

In  what  cluster  is  Owyhee  ?  h.  [See  Western  Hemisphere.]  By  whom 
were  the  Sandwich  Islands  first  discovered  ?  By  Captain  Cook.  How  and 
where  did  Captain  Cook  lose  his  life  ?  He  was  killed  on  the  island  of 
Owyhee  by  the  natives. 

Where  are  the  Mulgrave  Islands  ?  Where  are  the  Marquesas  Islands  ? 
Society  Islands  ?  What  one  in  this  group  is  put  down  ?  e.  Where  are  the 
Friendly  Islands  ?  Fejee  Islands  ?  Navigator's  Island  ? 

What  is  the  chief  island  in  the  Marquesas  group  ?  s. 


AFRICA. 

1606.  Africa,   mentioned   in   history  thousands   of 
years  ago,  is  still  to  us  what  it  was  to  the  ancients — the 
land  of  mystery.     Although  its  coasts  lie  in  sight  of 
the  most  civilized  countries,  yet  we  know  nothing  more 
than  its  outlines :  into  the  interior  the  foot  of  a  Euro- 
pean has  lately,  for  the  first  time,  penetrated. 

1607.  In  Africa  there  are  but  few  large  and  naviga- 
ble rivers,  or  good  harbors,  no  large  gulfs  or  inland 
seas  penetrating  its  interior,  which  have  contributed  to 
prevent  it  from  being  explored.     Other  causes  are  its 
boundless  deserts,  its  hot  and  unhealthy  climate,  and  the 
savage  and  forbidding  manners  of  its  inhabitants. 

1608.  The  northern  parts  of  Africa  were  famous  in  the  earliest  ages  of 
history.  Ethiopia  was  a  celebrated  country  ;  Egypt  was  reckoned  the  cradle 
of  commerce,  the  arts  and  sciences,  and  Carthage  was  for  a  long  time  the 
formidable  rival  of  Rome.  Africa  is  now  the  least  known,  the  least  civilized, 
andthe  least  important,  of  the  five  Grand  Divisions  of  the  globe. 

1609.  It  ranks  in  size  as  the  second  Grand  Division, 
being  about  4500  miles  long,  and  4000  miles  wide,  con- 
taining 1H  millions  of  square  miles,  and  from  100  to 
110  millions  of  inhabitants. 

AFRICA.  Ci.  What  knowledge  have  we  of  Africa  ?  ItiUtJ.  What  lias  pievenud 
this  country  from  brine  explored  ?  1607. 

Q,.  Which  parts  of  Africa  were  famous  in  the  earliest  agos,  and  for  what  ?  1G08. 
What  is  the  extent  of  Africa,  and  its  comparative  size  ?  1COU. 


248 


AFRICA. 


LION,    ZEBRA,    CAMELEOPARD,    HIPPOPOTAMUS,   HYENA,    AND  OSTRICH. 

1610.  The  interior  of  the  country  must  be  very  populous,  since  within  two 
centuries  and  a  half,  it  has  contributed  40  millions  of  vigorous  men  to  the 
slave  trade,  and  is  yet  any  thing  but  depopulated.     Formerly  105  thousand 
slaves  were  annually  introduced  into  the  West  Indies,  besides  vast  numbers 
into  other  parts  of  the  world.     Even  since  most  of  the  European  and  Ameri- 
can nations  have  agreed  to  abolish  this  traffic,  from  50  to  200  thousand 
negroes  are  yearly  torn  from  this  wretched  country  and  sold  as  slaves. 

1611.  Africa  can  enumerate  five  times  as  many  species  of  quadrupeds  as 
Asia,  and  three  times  as  many  as  all  America.     It  excels  Asia  in  the  size  of 
its  colossal  river-horse,  the  hippopotamus,  its  giraffe,  antelopes,  and  apes. 
Here  only  the  lion,  king  of  beasts,  and  the  ostrich,  king  of  birds,  attain  to 
their  full  perfection.     The  other  large  and  noted  animals  a~e  the  elephant, 
c  imeleopard.  camel,  zebra,  buffalo,  crocodile,  and  boa-constrictor. 

]fi!2.  The  boa-constrictor  is  a  wonderful  animal.  The  largest  are  about 
f.C  feet  long,  and  so  strong  and  swift  that  nothing  can  escape  being  caught 
lud  destroyed  by  them. 

!Gi3.  This  animal  oftentimes  watches  for  his  prey  by  clinging  its  tail  round 
a  high  branch  of  a  tree,  where  some  quadruped  would  be  likely  to  pass  for 
lood  or  wa'er,  and  there  swings  about  in  the  air  like  a  branch  or  pendant  of 
the  tree,  until  his  prey  approaches  ;  then  suddenly  relinquishing  its  position, 
swift  as  lightning  it  seizes  its  victim,  and  coiling  itself  around  its  throat  and 
chest,  crushes  it  to  death.  The  animals  which  are  easily  taken  by  it  are 
deer,  dogs,  bullocks,  and  even  horses  with  their  riders,  both  expiring  together 
ii  the  same  fatal  fold  of  the  serpent. 

1614.  In  Africa,  as  in  America,  the  torrid  zone  pro- 
duces plants  and  fruits  the  most  nutricious,  the  most 
refreshing,  and  the  most  wholesome. 

1615.  The  chief  vegetables  for  sustenance  are  wheat,  barley,  millet,  rice, 
yams,  lotus-berries,  gum  Senegal,  dates,  figs,  sugar  cane,  and  various  spices. 

Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  population'?  1610.  What  of  its  animals  ?  1631.  De- 
scribe the  boa-constrictor  ?  1612.  Describe  its  mode  of  seizing  its  prey  ?  1613. 

U.  Will  you  describe  the  articles  used  for  food  and  drink  ?  1G15.  Exports  and 
climate  1  1(516. 


AFRICA.  249 

The  best  of  butter  is  procured  from  the  shih  or  butter  tree.  Coffee,  palm  wine, 
cape  wine,  and  the  milk  of  cocoa-nuts  are  used  for  drink,  and  cotton,  hemp, 
and  flax,  for  clothing.  The  want  of  salt  is  generally  and  most  severely  felt, 
as  well  as  the  want  of  water  in  many  places. 

1616.  The  chief  articles  of  export  are  slaves,  gold 
and  ivory.  The  climate  is  various,  but  in  general  the 
hottest  on  the  globe. 

1617.  In  the  atmosphere  of  the  tropics,  except  in  mountainous  or  insular 
situations,  the  heat  of  the  sun  is  terrible,  and  Anderson  tells  of  eggs  being 
roasted  by  it  in  the  sands  of  Guinea,  and  the  naked  feet  of  the  negroes  being 
blistered.     On  the  coast,  the  heat  is  mitigated  by  breezes  from  the  sea,  from 
the  mountains,  and  by  the  incessant  rains  ;  but  the  air  is  nevertheless  more 
impure  and  unhealthy  than  the  interior,  which  lias  a  higher  elevation. 

1618.  The  soil  of  those  places  which  are  well  watered  is  exceedingly  pro 
ductive,  repaying  the  husbandman  for  his  labor  one  hundred  fold. 

1619.  Among   the  most    remarkable    natural  features  of  Africa  are  its 
boundless  and  barren  deserts,  of  which  the  Sahara  or  Great  Desert  is  the 
most  celebrated. 

1620.  The  surface  of  these  deserts  is  oftentimes  so  agitated  by  the  wind  as 
to  produce  immense  clouds  of  sand,  which  resemble  at  a  distance  a  storm  at 
sea,  but  are  much  more  terrible  and  disastrous.     Over  this  wide  waste,  no 
human  being  could  ever  travel  were  it  not  for  the  oases  which  are  interspers- 
ed like  so  many  fertile  islands  in  the  dreary  ocean.    These  furnish  resting 
places  and  water  for  the  caravans,  but  if  the  water  is  dried  up,  as  is  some- 
times the  case,  they  perish  with  thirst.     From  this  cause  there  perished  in 
1805  a  caravan  of  2000  men  and  1800  camels. 


A    STORM    IN   THE   DESERT. 

1621.  The  population  of  Africa  is  composed  of  various  tribes,  mostly  in  a 
barbarous  state,  being  chiefly  Moors  and  Negroes.  The  former  are  Moham- 
edans,  and  occupy  the  parts  north  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon,  and  the 
latter  are  Pagans,  and  cccupy  the  remaining  parts. 

U.  What  is  said  of  the  intense  heat  of  Africa  ?    1617.    Wuat  of  the  soil  I    J<>IH 
The  m.  st  remarkable  natural  features  ?    1619.     D    cribe  their  desert*       ir.on 
What  is  the  population  of  Africa  ?    162L 
11* 


250  EGYPT. 

MAP   OP   AFRICA. 

In  which  hemisphere  is  Africa  ?  On  what  continent  is  it  ?  In  which 
latitude  is  it  ?  In  which  longitude  ?  Over  how  many  degrees  of  latitude 
does  it  extend  N.  ?  Over  how  many  S.  ?  Over  how  many  degrees  of  longi- 
tude does  it  extend  E~  ?  How  many  W.  ? 

In  what  zones  does  Africa  lie  ? 

How  is  Africa  bounded  ?     Largest  town  ? 

Egypt  bornded?          Capital  ?  Morocco  bounded  ?          Capital  ? 

Barca  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  Fezzan  bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Tripoli  bounded  ?         Capital?  Nubia  bounded  ?  Capital? 

Tunis  bounded  ?  Capital?  Darfour' bounded  ?  Capital? 

Algiers  bounded  ?         Capital  ?  Abyssinia'^  bounded  ?        Capital  ? 

RIVERS. 

Will  you  describe  the  Nile  ?  Senegal  ?  Gambia  ?  Mesurado  ?  Cama- 
roons  ?  Niger  ?  Congo  ?  Orange  ?  Will  you  repeat  the  six  principal  rivers 
of  Africa? 

ISLANDS. 

Which  is  the  largest  island  around  Africa,  ?  Mr.  Where  is  it  ?  Where  is 
the  the  Isle  of  France  ?  Bourbon  Isle  ?  Comoro  Isles  ?  Almirante  ?  Soco- 
tra  ?  What  islands  W.  of  Morocco  ?  Ma.  What  group  W.  of  Spain  ?  s. 
Where  are  the  Canary  Islands  ?  Cape  Verd  ?  What  islands  in  the  Gulf  of 
Guinea?  o.s.  s.  Which  is  the  principal  island?  What  three  in  the  Atlantic 
<0cean  S.  W.  of  the  last  ?  w.  n.  a.  SVhat  are  the  principal  islands  of  Africa? 

GULFS. 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Guinea?  Biafra?  Benin?  Sidra  ?  [See  Tripoli] 
Cabes  ?  What  are  the  principal  gulfs  ? 

BAYS    AND    STRAITS. 

What  bay  on  the  coast  cf  Loango  ?  o.  Where  is  Walwieh  bay  ?  St> 
Helena  bay  ?  Table  bay  ?  Algoa  ?  Lagoa  ?  Strait  of  Babelmandel  ? 
Gibraltar  ?  Channel  of  Mozambique  ?  What  are  the  principal  bays  of 
Africa  ?  The  principal  straits  ? 

CAPE3. 

Where  is  Cape  Spartel  ?  C.  Gardafui  ?  C.  Bassa  ?  C.  Delgado  ?  What 
cape  E.  of  the  last  ?  e.  What  in  the  southern  extremity  of  Madagascar  ?  y. 
W  here  is  C.  Good  Hope?  C.  Frio  ?  C.Negro?  C.  Talmas  ?  C.  Me- 
surado ?  C.  Verde  ?  C.  Blanco  ?  What  are  the  principal  capes  of 
Africa  ? 

DESERTS,   MOUNTAINS,   AND   LAKES. 

Where  is  the  Sahara  or  Great  Desert?    What  is  its  length  and  breadth  ? 

Where  are  the  mountains  of  the  Moon  ?  Lapata  Mountains  ?  Snow 
Mts.  ?  Chrystal  Mts.  ?  Mountains  of  Kong  ?  Black  Mts.  ?  Mount  Atlas  ? 

Where  is  Lake  Dembea  ?  Lake  Tchad  !  Lake  Maravi  ?  What  are  the 
deserts  of  Africa  ?  What  the  mountains  ?  What  the  lakes  ? 


EGYPT. 

1622.  Egypt,  anciently  a  mighty  empire,  and  the 
parent  of  the  arts  and  sciences,  has  been  for  centuries 

1  EARFOUR,  (dar-foor.)  |     2  ABYSSINIA,  (ab-iss-in-ya. 


EGYPT.  251 

merely  a  Turkish  viceroyalty,  scarcely  a  fifth  part 
inhabited,  and  distinguished  only  for  the  ruins  of  its 
former  magnificence ;  as  pyramids,  obelisks,  cata- 
combs, &c. 

1623.  The  viceroy  has  recently  declared  himself  in- 
dependent of  Turkey,  and  as  yet  maintains  his  inde- 
pendence though  it  has  not  been  acknowledged  by  the 
Porte. 

1624.  This  country  is  divided  into  two  parts,  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  the  former  lies  S.  of  Cairo,  and  the 
latter  between  Cairo  and  the  Mediterranean. 

1625.  The  soil  is  generally  barren,  and  the  country 
mountainous,  except  a  strip  or  belt  on  each  side  of  the 
Nile,  which,  owing  to  the  annual  inundations  of  that 
river,  is  exceedingly  productive. 


PYRAMIDS,    SPHYNX,    CLEOPATRA'S  NEEDLE,    AND  A  CARAVAN  ENCAMPING. 

1626.  The  rise  of  the  Nile,  which  is  the  only  river  of  note  in  Egypt,  is 
caused  by  the  periodical  rains  near  its  source,  which  rains  are  common  in 
tropical  regions.    The  Nile  begins  to  rise  about  the  15th  of  June,  and  sub- 
sides about  the  last  of  August.    When  at  its  greatest  height,  it  is,  in  appear- 
ance, almost  as  broad  as  a  sea,  and  fertilizes  a  vast  extent  of  country. 

1627.  It  seldom  rains  in  Egypt,  even  a  few  drops  is  a  rare  occurrence  ; 
but  owing  to  the  heavy  dews,  canals,  and  floods  of  the  Nile,  vegeta.ion 
scarcely  ever  suffers  for  want  of  moisture. 

The  summers  are  hot  and  unhealthy,  the  country  being  subject  to  terrible 

EGYPT.  Q.  What  has  been  the  political  condition  of  Eirypt  ?  I'hM.  What  is 
said  of  the  Viceroy  1  1G23  ?  Divisions  ?  1024.  Soil  and  surface  ?  1625. 

What  is  said  of  the  inundations  of  the  Nile?  1G36.  What  of  rain  in  Esrypt  ?  1627. 
Summer,  winter,  a:id  productions  ?  1G27.  Describe  the  inhabitants.  1037. 


252  BARBARY    STATES. 

ravages  from  the  plague  ;  the  winters  are  temperate  and  healthy.  Some  of 
the  principal  productions  are  rice,  wheat,  maize,  barley,  sugar-cane,  cotton, 
flax  and  indigo. 

The  inhabitants  are  Copts,  Arabs,  and  Turks.    The  Arabs  are  the  most 
numerous,  but  the  Turks  are  the  ruling  people  or  tribe. 

1628.  The  Egyptian  has,  generally,  a  strong,  active  frame,  tawny  com- 
plexion, gay  disposition,  and  not  deficient  in  mental  abilities.    He  is  temper- 
ate and  religious,  but  superstitious. 

1629.  The  Pyramids  of  Egypt  are  supposed  to  have  been  erected  about 
900  yeai  s  before  Christ,  and  though  the  object  for  which  they  were  designed 
is  not  cortainly  known,  they  were  probably  the  sepulchral  monuments  of 
the  Egyptian  kings.     Among  the  most  renowned,  are  those  of  Cecrops  and 
Cephrenes.     The  former,  Herodotus  says,  contains  the  bones  of  Cecrops, 
and  the  latter,  which  is   nearby,  those  of  Cephrenes,  his  brother  and  suc- 
cessor.    The  account  of  this  ancient  wonder  is  not  improbable,  which  says 
that  100,000  men  worked  20  years,  without  interruption,  in  building  the  enor- 
mous pyramid  of  Cecrops,  and  that  it  was  800  feet,  or  about  one  quarter  of  a 
mile  high.     Late  writers  say  that  it  was  about  500  feet  high,  and  covered 
nearly  11  acres  of  land. 

1630.  TOWNS.    CAIRO,  or   GRAND   CAIRO,  is  the  capital   of  modern 
Egypt,  and  is  the  most  superb  and  commercial  city  of  Africa. 

1631.  Alexandria,  which  was  once  so  celebrated  as  the  seat  of  learning, 
commerce,  and  the  arts,  was  built  by  Alexander  the  Great,  331  years  before 
Christ.     It  is  now  greatly  reduced,  and  is  little  remarkable  except  for  the 
ruins  of  its  former  splendor.     Among  them  may  be  mentioned  Pompey's 
Pillar,  Cleopatra's  Nr^die,  and  the  Catacombs. 

1632.  The  Alexananan  Library,  which  was  founded  by  Ptolemy  Philadel- 
'hus,  284  years  before  Christ,  and  burnt  by  the  Saracens,  A.  D.  640,  was  the 
argest  and  most  valuable  one  of  antiquity,  and  attracted  scholars  from  all 

countries. 


r! 

la 


MAP   OF  AFRICA. 

How  is  Egypt  bounded  ?  Capital  ?  In  what  zone  is  Egypt  ?  In  what 
part  of  Africa  ?  What  is  its  principal  river  ?  e.  In  what  mountains  does  this 
river  rise  ?  Mn.  Their  length  and  height  ? 

What  two  seas  border  on  Egypt  ?  n.  d.  What  isthmus  on  the  N.  E.  ?  z. 
What  cities  OP  the  Mediterranean,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Nile  ?  a.  a.  a. 
What  cities  on  the  Nile  ?  o.  t.  s. 

What  town  on  the  isthmus  of  Suez  ?  z.  In  what  direction  is  Egypt 
from  your  own  town  ?  How  would  you  visit  it  ? 


BARBARY  STATES. 

1633.  Barbary  was  anciently  known  by  the  names 
of  Mauritania,  Numidia,  Africa  Proper,  and  Lybia,  and 
has  successively  become  the  seat  of  large  and  powerful 
kingdoms  or  states.  Among  them  maybe  mentioned 
Carthage,  not  a  vestige  of  whose  former  greatness  is 
now  to  be  seen. 

a.  What  is  the  Egyptian  character  ?  1028.    Describe  the  Pyramids.    1629 


MOROCCO.  253 

1634.  Barbary  is  now   composed  of  several  small 
states,  noted  only  for  their  barbarism  and  piracy. 

1635.  The  climate  is  temperate,  pleasant,  and  generally  healthy ;  and  the 
soil  N.  of  the  Atlas  mountains,   is  distinguished  for  its  fertility.     At  some 
seasons,  the  country  is  subject  to  the  plague,  which  makes  fearful  ravages 
among  the  people. 

1636.  Its  principal  productions  and  exports  are  oil,  wine,  sugar,  cotton, 
ivory,  ostrich-feathers,  Morocco  leather,  fruit,  particularly  dates,  and  most 
kinds  of  grain. 

1637.  The  region  be]ow  the  Atlas  mountains,  as  far  S.  as  the  desert,  pro- 
duces almost  exclusively  dates,  on  which  account  it  has  been  called  Bikdul- 
gerid,  or  the  kind  ofdufts. 

1633.  The  Barbary  States  are  continually  infested  with  ferocious  animals, 
of  which  the  lion  and  panther  are  the  most  noted  and  formidable,  unless  we 
except  the  Boa,  or  serpent  of  the  desert,  which,  among  all  the  numerous  ani- 
mals of  the  kind  in  Africa,  is  the  strongest,  swiftest  and  most  venomous. 

1639.  Here  also  are  numberless  insects,  among  which  is  the  locust,  that 
often  appears  in  such  swarms,  as  to  sweep  from  the  face  of  the  earth,  all 
traces  of  vegetation,  leaving  nothing  but  a  barren  waste  behind  them. 

1610.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  four  classes  ;  1st,  Moors,  the  ruling  peo- 
ple, and  the  most  numerous  ;  2dly,  Jews,  who  live  in  the  cities  and  control 
the  trade  ;  3dly,  Arabs,  who  generally  lead  a  wandering  life  ;  4thly,  Berbers 
or  Brebers,  the  supposed  descendants  of  the  original  inhabitants,  and  from 
whom  the  country  is  said  to  be  named.  This  class  occupies  the  mountain- 
ous parts. 

1641.  The  general  character  of  the  inhabitants  is  a  compound  of  igno- 
rance, superstition,  and  cruelty ;  and  piracy  was  formerly  a  common  em- 
ployment. 

MAP   OF   AFRICA. 

Which  are  the  Barbary  States?  o.  s.  s.  i.  a.  How  are  the  Barbary  States 
bounded  ?  In  what  hemisphere  are  they  ? 


MOROCCO. 

1642.  The  empire  of  Morocco  is  much  the  largest 
of  the  Barbary  States,  comprising  the  ancient  Mauri- 
tania, and  the  modern  kingdoms  of  Morocco  Proper, 
Fez,  and  other  divisions. 

1643.  The  country  of  Morocco  is  remarkable  for 
its    fertility,   producing   grain,    olives,  fruits,   &c.    in 
abundance. 

BARBAUY  STATKS.     d.   By  what  names  has  tin-  I'.nrbary  pa.->rd  ?   ]<>3H.     What 
is  said  of  Carthage  ?  l(Y."3.     What  is  the  present  condition  of  Barbary  ?  l»»3l. 

(|.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?  1635.    Productions  and  exports  ?  1G36.   What  is 
said  of  Bilcdulgerid?  1637. 

U.  What  is  said  of  tne  animals  of  the  Barbary  States  1  1638.    Wrjiat  of  th 
Insects?  1639.     What  of  the  inhabitants  and  their  several  classes?  1(340.     What  of 
the  general  character  ?    641 


254  ALGIERS    AND    TUNIS. 

1644.  TOWNS.     MOROCCO  the  capital  is  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  fertile 
valley,  upwards  of  100  miles  from  the  sea.     It  once  contained  about  700,000 
inhabitants,  but  by  wars,  pestilence,  and  famine,  the  number  is  reduced  at 
present  nearly  one  half.     It  contains  many  splendid  temples  arid  mosques, 
and  is  the  usual  residence  of  the  Emperor. 

1645.  Fez,  the  ancient  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  the  same  name,  and  noted 
as  the  seat  of  the  learned  institutions  of  the  Mahommedans,  is  still  a  sp'endkl 
city,  and  the  largest  in  the  empire. 

MAP   OF   AFHICA. 

In  what  part  of  Africa  is  Morocco  ?  What  strait  has  it  on  the  N.  ?  r.  What 
town  on  this  strait  ?  s.  What  towns  on  the  Atlantic  ?  e.  e.  What  a  little 
S.  E.  of  the  last  mentioned  ?  o.  What  E.  of  Sale  ?  z. 

What  mountains  are  there  ?  s.  From  whom  are  they  so  called?  126.  What 
country  in  Europe  opposite  Morocco  ?  What  celebrated  fortress  near  the 
strait  ?  Gr.  To  whom  does  it  belong  ?  To  the  English.  What  cluster  of 
islands  off  the  coast  of  Morocco  ?  a.  y. 


ALGIERS. 

1648.  Algiers,  formerly  called  Numidia,  comprises 
three  provinces.  It  surpasses  all  the  other  Barbary 
States  in  healthiness  of  climate,  fertility  of  soil,  naval 
strength,  and  the  piratical  disposition  of  its  people.  It 
is  noted  for  its  coral  fishery  on  the  coast. 

1647.  TOWNS.     ALGIERS,  the  capital  of  the  country,  is  a  strongly  forti- 
fied city,  built  on  the  side  of  a  hill  next  the  harbor.     The  houses  rising  one 
above  another,  are  of  resplendent  whiteness,  and  make  a  most  magnificent 
appearance  from  the  Mediterranean.    It  was  taken  by  the  French  in  1830,  in 
whose  possession  it  still  remains. 

1648.  Constantia  is  the  capital  of  the  eastern  province,  and  Trcmecen  of 
the  western  province. 

MAP   OF   AFRICA. 

What  are  the  principal  towns  on  the  Mediterranean  ?  n.  s. '  What  town 
in  the  N.  E.  ?  a.  What  mountains  extend  into  the  country  ?  s.  In  what 
direction  from  Algiers  is  Morocco  ?  In  what  is  the  Great  Desert  ?  Fezzan  ? 


TUNIS. 

1649.  Tunis,  formerly  Africa  Proper,  and  the  seat 
of  ancient  Carthage,  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  of 
the  Barbary  States. 

1650.  Carthage  was  the  most  famous  city  of  antiquity  in  Africa,  and  the 

ALGIERS. — Q,.  What  does  Algiers  comprise  1  1646.  In  what  respect  does  it  excel 
the  other  states  ?  1646.  For  what  is  it  noted  ?  1646.  What  is  said  of  the  capital  ? 
lf)47.  What  other  towns  are  mentioned,  and  what  is  said  ol  them  ?  1648. 

TUNIS.— Q.  What  was  Tunis  formerly  and  what  is  it  now  1  1649.    Where  and 


TRIPOLI    AND    BARCA.  255 

capital  of  a  rich  and  powerful  republic.  Dido,  fleeing  from  Tyre,  came  to 
this  country  and  founded  this  city  869  years  before  Christ.  In  consequence 
of  the  great  commercial  enterprise  of  the  people,  Carthage  for  a  long  time 
reigned  mistress  of  the  sea,  and  was  the  most  formidable  rival  of  Rome.  It 
was  finally  taken  by  the  Romans,  and  razed  to  the  ground,  146  years  before 
Christ. 

1651.  TOWNS.  TUNIS  the  capital,  which  stands  about  10  miles  S.  W.  of 
the  ruins  of  ancient  Carthage,  has  numerous  manufactures,  and  the  most 
extensive  commerce  of  any  city  of  the  Barbary  States. 


MAP   OF   AFRICA. 

What  meridian  intersects  Tunis?  What  Gulf  on  the  eastern  coast  ?  s. 
Where  is  the  capital  situated  ?  In  what  direction  is  Tunis  from  Sicily  ? 
What  two  States  W.  of  Tunis  ?  What  ones  on  the  E.  ? 


TRIPOLI. 

1652.  Tripoli  has  several  fine  harbors,  and  consider- 
able commerce.  It  is  the  most  refined  but  least  pow- 
erful of  the  Barbary  States. 

1033.  TOWNS.  TRIPOLI  is  a  well  built  city,  has  a  fine  harbor,  and  con- 
siderable trade,  especially  with  the  caravans  from  the  interior. 

MAP    OF   AFRICA. 

What  gulf  N.  W.  of  Tripoli  ?  s.  What  one  in  the  N.  E.  ?  a.  What  is 
the  capital?  i.  How  is  the  capital  situated?  1653.  What  is  said  of  the 
state  of  Tripoli?  1652.  What  two  islands  N.  of  Tripoli?  a.  y.  What 
small  country  S.  of  Tripoli  ?  n. 


BARCA. 

1054.  Barca  was  anciently  called  Lybia,  and  its 
coasts  are  said  to  have  produced  two  or  three  crops  in 
a  year ;  these  are  still  fertile,  but  the  back  country  is 
mostly  a  desert. 

1655.  TOWNS.    DERNE  is  the  largest  town  and  capital. 

MAP    OF   AFRICA. 

Which  is  the  capital  of  Barca?  e.  Where  is  it  situated?  What  gulf 
on  the  N.  W.  of  Barca?  a.  What  town  inEgypt  the  nearest  to  Barca  f  n. 
What  two  islands  N.  E.  of  Barca  ?  s.  a.  What  was  Barca  anciently 
called  1  1654.  What  is  said  of  its  coasts  and  back  country  ?  1654. 

what  was  Carthage?  1G50.    By  whom  and  when  was  it  founded  7  1050.    What  is 
said  of  it  1  1650.    What  is  said  of  the  city  of  Tunis  1  1651. 


256  NUBIA.       ABYSSINIA. 

NUBIA. 

1656.  Nubia  is  an  extensive  country,  and   divided 
into  several  petty  states  or  kingdoms,  of  which   Sen- 
naar  and  Dongola  are  the  best  known  to  Europeans. 
This  country  abounds  in  the  magnificent  ruins  of  an- 
tiquity. 

1657.  The  Nile  intersects  this  countiy,  the  banks  of 
which  river  are  rich  and  productive,  but  the  remaining 
portions  are  sandy,  barren,   and  destitute   of  water. 
The  climate,  though  hot,  is  dry  and  generally  healthy. 

1658.  A  hot  and  noxious  wind  from  the  desert,  called  the  Simoon  or  Sa- 
miel  often  prevails  here,  which,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  poisonous.     Its  ap- 
proach is  preceded  by  a  dark  yellow  appearance  in  the  eastern  horizon,  a 
thick  sulphurous  exhalation,  rising  from  the  ground  and  covering  the  whole 
heavens,  and  by  a  hissing  arid  crackling  noise.     The  wind,  if  inhaled,  pro- 
duces instant  death.     Even  the  camels  of  the  caravans  seem  instinctively  to 
avoid  breathing  it  by  thrusting  their  noses  into  the  sand,  and  holding  them 
there  till  it  has  blown  by,  which  it  usually  does  in  a  few  moments.     Men 
avoid  its  effects  by  lying  with  their  faces  on  the  ground,  wh.le  the  danger 
continues. 

1659.  The  chief  articles  of  trade  arc  gold,  ivory,  and  slaves. 

1660.  The  Nubians  are  mostly  of  Arabian  descent,  and  chiefly  Mahomme- 
dans.     They  are  perfectly  black,  with  thick  lips,  buv  have  not  the  flat  nose 
and  prominent  jaws  of  the  negro  race.     They  are  robust  and  temperate,  but 
indolent  and  treacherous. 

MAP   OF   AFRICA. 

What  kingdom  in  the  northern  part  of  Nubia  ?  a.  What  in  the  southern 
part?  r. 

Which  is  the  principal  river  of  Nubia  ?  e.  What  towns  on  this  cele- 
brated stream  ?  o.  a.  r.  r.  What  port  on  the  Red  Sea  ?  a.  What  country 
S.  E.  of  Nubia?  a. 


ABYSSINIA. 

1661.  Abyssinia,  the  Ethiopa  of  the  sacred  scrip- 
tures, is  a  country  of  considerable  celebrity,  and  pos- 
sesses a  fine  climate,  a  mountainous  surface,  and  vales 
exceedingly  rich  and  productive. 

1662.  This  country  abounds  in  animals  and  minerals,  and  among  its  chief 
vegetable  productions  are  wheat,  balsam,  myrrh,  &c.  besides  a  small  grain 
called  Teff,  and  the  papyrus,  of  which  the  ancients  made  a  sort  of  paper. 

NUBIA.— Gl.  What  is  said  of  Nubia  1  1656.  What  is  the  soil  and  climate  ?  1657. 
What  wind  prevails  here,  and  its  consequences  ?  1658. 

a.  What  are  the  chief  articles  of  trade?  1659.    Describe  the  inhabitants?  1660. 
ABYSSINIA. — Q,   What  was  the  ancient  name  of  Abyssinia  ?  1661.    What  is  its 


EASTERN   AFRICA.  257 

16G3.  The  Abyssinians  are  of  dark  olive  complex- 
ions, have  cruel  dispositions,  and  are  sunk  in  the  lowest 
depths  of  barbarism. 

1664.  They  frequently  eat  their  meat  raw,  and  the  soldiers  on   a  march 
will  cut  flesh  from  cows,  or  other  animals  which  they  drive  with  them,  and 
eat  it  with  great  greediness.     They  sew  up  the  wounds  thus  made,  and  the 
poor  animal,  having  performed  the  rest  of  the  journey,  is  killed. 

1665.  TOWNS.     GONDAR  is  situated  on  a  hill  of  considerable  height,  the 


alace  of  the  Emperor  bein^  at  the  west  end  of  the  city.  The  houses  are 
built  chiefly  of  clay,  in  the  form  of  cones,  with  thatched  roofs.  There  are 
no  shops,  and  the  trade  is  carried  on,  and  the  merchandize  exposed  for  sale 
upon  mats  in  a  large  square.  This  city  is  said  to  contain  100  churches. 
They  profess  Christianity. 


MAP    OF   AFRICA. 

What  mountains  on  the  S.  of  Abyssinia  ?  n.    Their  length  and  height 
What  river  has  severaibranches  in  this  country  ?  e.     In  what  mountains  does 
the  Nile  rise  ?  n. 

What  is  the  capital  of  Abyssinia?  r.     Near  what  lake  is  it  ?  a.    Describe 
the  city  ?     1665. 


EASTERN  AFRICA. 

1666.  This  division  embraces  the  coast  of  Africa, 
from  Caffraria  to  the  Strait  of  Babelmandel,  including 
a  number  of  separate  kingdoms,  respecting  which  we 
have  but  little  knowledge. 

1667.  ADEL  or  ARIEL,  is  a  rich  and  populous  kingdom.    It  seldom  rains 
here,  but  the  country  is  nevertheless  well  watered,  and  abounds   in  wheat, 
millet,  frankincense,  pepper,  &c. 

1668.  A  JAN  or  AGEN,  consists  of  several  small  kingdoms  or  states,  which 
trade  in  ivory,  gold,,  and  horses  of  an  excellent  breed. 

1669.  MELINDA  is  a  small  kingdom,  subject  to  Portugal,  with  a  capital  of 
the  same  name.    Its  articles  of  trade,  are  gold,  slaves,  elephants'  teeth,  os- 
trich feathers,  wax,  rice,  sugar,  cocoa-nuts,  aloes,  senna,  &c. 

1670.  ZANGUEBAR  embraces  several  small   kingdoms  that  formerly  be- 
longed to  the  Portuguese,  but  now  to  the  Moors.    Its  productions  are  similar 
to  those  of  Melinda. 

1671.  MOZAMBIQUE  nominally  belongs  to  the  Portuguese. 

1672.  MONOMOTAPA  is   a  fertile  country,   and  more  populous  than  any 
other  of  the'te  subdivisions  of  Africa.     It  is  rich  in  goldmines,  and  it  is  said 
that  Sofala,  a  Portuguese  settlement,  is  the  Opliir  spoken  of  m  the  Old  Tes- 
tament, where  King  Solomon  sent  for  gold. 

MAP   OF   AFRICA. 

What  is  the  extent  of  the  eastern  coast  of  Africa  ?  1666.  What  town  in 
the  northern  part  ?  Ba. 

climate,  soil,  ?'ui  surface?  1001.    In  what  does  it  abound?  1GG2.    Describe  the 
Abyasiniaiis.    1303.    What  cruel  practice  is  mentioned  ?  1GC4. 


258 


SOUTH    AFRICA. 


What  are  the  subdivisions  of  eastern  Africa?  Al.  An.  Zr.  Me.  Ma. 
In  what  zone  are  they  principally  situated  ? 

What  is  said  of  Adel  and  Ajan  ?  1667.  1669.  What  are  their  produc- 
tions ?  1667.  1668.  What  four  capes  on  the  coast  ?  i.  s.  o.  s.  What  island 
near  the  most  northern  cape  ?  a.  For  what  is  it  particularly  noted  ?  For  its 
fine  aloes. 

What  division  next  south  of  Ajan?  r.  What  is  said  of  it?  1670.  What 
mountains  in  the  southern  part?  a.  What  towns  on  the  coast?  Ma.  a. 
What  are  the  articles  of  trade  ?  1669.  1670. 

Q.  What  division  next  south  of  Zanguebar  ?  Me.  To  whom  does  it  be- 
long? 1671.  What  town  on  the  coast?  e.  What  lake  on  the  W.  ?  i. 
What  tribe  on  the  W.  ?  Bs.  What  one  in  the  centre  ?  Ms.  What  cape  on 
the  N.  E  ?  o.  What  isles  on  the  S.  E.  of  the  cape  ?  o.  What  channel  on 
the  E.  ?  e. 

What  division  lies  S.  of  Mozambique  ?  a.  What  river  between  the  last 
two  divisions  ?  e.  What  town  on  the  coast  ?  a.  What  is  said  of  its  soil, 
population,  and  mines  ?  1672. 


SOUTH  AFRICA. 


ELEPHANT,   AFRICAN    RHINOCEROS.    ABYSSINIAN  OX,    GNU,  ANTELOPE  AND 
FENNEC. 

1673.  This  division  of  Africa,  which  lies  almost 
wholly  S.  of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn,  is  but  little 
known.  Its  subdivisions  are  the  country  of  the  Hot- 
tentots, Caffraria,  and  the  Colony  of  the  Cape. 


MAP    OF    AFRICA. 

In  what  zone  is  South  Africa?  Which  division  of  it  is  most  southern? 
Which  the  most  eastern  ?  What  is  the  principal  river  ?  e.  What  moun- 
tains are  there  ?  w.  Their  height? 

SOWTH  AFRICA.— Q.  Will  you  describe  tfouth  Africa?  1673.    How  is  it  bounded  ? 


WESTERN    AFRICA.  259 

What  is  the  capital  town  ?  Lo.  How  is  it  situated  ?  What  bay  in  the  N. 
E.  of  Caffraria  ?  La.  What  is  the  principal  cape  ?  e.  What  mountains  extend 
up  into  Caffraria  from  Cape  Colony  ?  w.  What  town  in  Cape  Colony  ?  C-Tn, 


COUNTRY  OF  THE  HOTTENTOTS. 

1674.  This  country  is  inhabited  by  various  tribes,  all  of  whom  pass  under 
the  general  name  of  Hottentots.  They  are  a  filthy,  ignorant,  and  degraded 
race  of  beings.  Some  tribes  go  entirely  naked,  subsist  on  roots,  toads,  liz- 
ards, mice,  &c.  and  reside  in  bushes,  holes  made  in  the  ground,  clefts  in  the 
rocks,  &c.  The  less  barbarous  tribes  live  in  low  huts,  resembling  bee- 
hives, with  an  opening  in  the  centre,  in  which  they  keep  their  cattle,  during 
the  night,  to  protect  them  from  the  wild  beasts. 


CAFFRARIA. 

1675.  The  inhabitants  of  Caffraria,  called  Caffres,  resemble  the  Hotten- 
tots in  many  respects,  though  they  are  more  civilized.    They  keep  large 
herds  of  cattle,  and  subsist  chiefly   on  milk.    They  clothe  themselves  in 
sheep  skins,  wearing  the  wool  side  out  in  the  summer,  and  reversing  it  iu 
the  winter. 

COLONY  OF  THE  CAPE. 

1676.  This  colony  was  commenced  by  the  Dutch  in  1652,  and  takon  by 
the  English  in  1806,  in  whose  possession  it  has  has  since  remained.     It  is 
the  largest  European  Colony  in  Africa,  containing  a  population  of  1*20,000,  of 
which  47,000  are  Europeans,  28,000  Hottentots,  and  30,000  slaves. 

1677.  The  soil  is  exceedingly  fertile,  and  the  climate  pleasant  and  healthy. 
Wheat  and  other  grain  grow  here,  but  the  chief  articles  of  export  are  wine 
and  brandy.    It  is  chiefly  valuable  as  a  place  of  refreshment  for  ships  in  their 
long  East  India  voyages. 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 

1678.  Western  Africa  comprises  all  those  countries 

on  the  coast  that  lie  between  South  Africa  and  the 

I  Great  Desert.     It  is  noted  for  being  the  principal  place 

I  where  that  wicked  and  inhuman  traffic,  the  slave  trade, 

is  carried  on. 

1679.  This  section  includes  the  kingdom  of  Senegambia  in  the  N.,  that  of 
Guinea  in  the  middle,  and  the  countries  of  Loango,  Congo,  Angola,  Bengue- 

|  la,  and  Zimbebas. 

1680.  Western  Africa  is  inhabited  chiefly  by  various  tribes  of  negroes, 

[See  Map.]  By  whom  is  the  country  of  the  Hottentots  inhabited  1  1674.  What  ia 
their  character  and  mode  of  living  ?  1674. 

Q,.  What  are  the  Caffres  1  1675.    How  do  they  live  ?  1675. 

Q,.  What  is  said  of  the  Colony  of  the  Cape  ?  1676.  What  of  its  soil  and  impor- 
.'  tance?  1677. 

WESTERN  AFRICA.— Q,.  What  does  Western  Africa  comprise1?  1678.  For  what 
is  it  noted  7  1678.  What  does  it  include  1679.  By  whom  is  it  inhabited  1  1680. 


260  WESTERN    AFRICA. 

who  go  almost  naked,  lead  a  barbarous  life,  and  are  an  ignorant,  warlike 
race. 


NEGRO   HOUSES. 

1631.  The  chiefs  often  make  war  on  each  other  for  the  purpose  of  taking 
captives  to  sell  for  slaves,  they  being  the  chief  article  of  trade.    The  other 
exports  are  gold,  ivory  and  grain,  particularly  rice  and  maize. 

1632.  The  soil  is  in  general  fertile,  the  climate  hot  and  unhealthy  for  Eu- 
ropeans and  Americans.    The  animals  found  here  are  elephants,  monkeys, 
antelopes,  the  boa-constrictor,  besidss  various  insects  and  reptiles. 


SENEGAMBIA. 

1683.  Senegambia,  so  called  from  its  two  great  riv- 
ers, Senegal  and  Gambia  is  a  fertile  and  productive 
country. 

1681.  It  contains  several  petty  kingdoms,  and  its  principal  productions  are 
derived  from  numerous  forests  that  yield  a  great  abundance  of  gum. 

1635.  The  principal  tribes  of  negroes  in  this  division,  are  the  Jaloffs,  Fou- 
lahsa,  and  Mandingoes. 


SIERRA  LEONE. 

1686.  This  is  an  English  settlement  formed  in  1787, 
for  the  benevolent  purpose  of  affording  an  asylum  for 
ransomed  slaves,  and  for  colonizing  free  Africans. 

What  is  their  frequent  occupation  1  1081.    What  is  the  soil,  climate  and  animals  1 
1682. 
Q.  What  is  said  of  Senegambia  1    1G83.    Its  kingdoms  ?    1684.    Tribes  ?    1685, 

1  FOULAHS,  (foo'-las.} 


CENRTAL    AFRICA.  261 

1687.  The  number  of  villages  is  in  all  fifteen,  of  which  the  principal  are 
Freetown,  Regent,  and  Wellington. 

1683.  The  whole  population  is  about  20,000,  composed  principally  of cap- 
tured negroes,  who  were  rescued  from  chains  and  slavery  on  board  of  slave 
ships. 


LIBERIA. 

1689.  This  portion  of  Africa  was  purchased  by  the 
American  Cclonization  Society,  for  the  purpose  of  col- 
onizing free  blacks,  and  those  who  might  become  free, 
in  the  United  States. 

1690.  The  name  of  Liberia  was  given  to  it  on  motion   of  Gen.   Robert 
Goodlce  Harper,  formerly  of  Maryland.     In   1822,  a  settlement   was  com- 
menced by  the  society  at  (-ape  JMesurado,  which  contains  more  than  1200 
inhabitants.     This  settlement  was  called  3Ionrovia,  in  honor  of  Ex-Presi- 
dent Monroe. 

1691.  The  society  has  now  seven  other  settlements,  the  most  flourishing 
of  which  are  Caldwell,  the  Half-way  Farms,  or  New  Georgia,  and  Mil U- 
burg. 

GUINEA. 

1692.  Guinea  is  divided  into  a  number  of  email  kingdoms,  the  more  im- 
portant of  which  are  Ashantee,  Dahcmy,  Eenin  and  Biafra. 

1693.  The  coast  of  Guinea  is  divided  into  the  Gold,  Grain,   Ivory,  and 
Slave  Coasts,  being  so  named  from  the  important  articles  of  traffic  in  which 
they  severally  engage. 


CONGO. 

1694.  The  divisions  of  Loango,  Congo,  Angola  and  BengrieJa,  are  all 
comprised  under  the  name  of  the  Coast  of  Congo  or  Lower  Guinea. 

16i'C>.  In  Congo  the  Portuguese  have  numerous  settlements  for  the  purpose 
of  trafficing  for  slaves. 

1696.  TOWNS.  ST.  SALVADOR,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Congo,  is  dd- 
lightfully  situated  on  the  summit  of  a  mountain,  which  expands  into  a  plain 
about  10  miles  in  circuit.  It  has  12  churches,  and  a  cathedral,  and  is  said  to 
be  one  of  the  most  healthy  cities  in  the  world.  It  belongs  to  the  Portuguese 
and  is  the  see  of  a  Portuguese  Bishop. 

MAP   OF  AFRICA. 

Which  division  of  Western  Africa  is  farthest  N.  ?  Ga,  Which  farthest  S.  ? 
Zs.  In  what  hemisphere  is  it  ?  In  what  zone  ?  In  which  latitude  and  lon- 
gitude ? 

Q.  Will  you  describe  Sierra  Leone  ?  1686.  How  many  and  what  are  their  villa- 
ges 1 1687.  What  is  the  whole  population  ?  1688. 

Q.  By  whoin  was  the  colony  of  Liberia  commenced  ?  1639.  What  was  its  ob- 
ject? 1689.  Who  gave  it  its  name  1  1690.  When  and -wiiere  was  the  first  settle- 
ment commenced  1  1690.  How  many  settlements  are  there  in  all  ?  1691. 

d.  How  is  Guinea  divided  1  1692.  What  are  the  divisions  of  the  coast  of  Guin- 
ea? 1693. 

a.  What  does  the  coast  of  Conpo  comi'rise?  1694.  What  civilized  nation  has 
settlements  here  ?  1695.  What  is  the  capital  of  Congo,  and  what  is  said  of  it  ?  1696. 


262  CENTRAL    AFRICA. 

Where  is  Senegambia  ?  How  is  it  bounded  ?  What  are  the  rivers  ?  1. 
a.  e.  Will  you  describe  the  largest  ? 

What  is  the  principal  cape  on  the  coast  ?  e.  What  islands  W.  of  Sene- 
gambia ?  e.  What  fort  at  the  mouth  of  the  Senegal  river  ?  s.  For  what  is 
it  distinguished  ?  For  being  the  capital  of  all  the  French  possessions  in  Africa. 
What  settlement  near  the  mouth  of  the  Gambia  ?  t.  To  whom  does  it  be- 
long ?  To  the  English.  What  tribe  live  principally  in  the  eastern  part  of 
Senegambia  ?  Fs.  What  is  the  capital  town  of  this  tribe  ?  o. 

Where  is  Sierra  Leone  ?  What  is  the  meaning  of  Sierra  ?  Mountainous. 
What  the  meaning  of  Leone  ?  Lion.  Why  has  this  country  this  name  ?  Be- 
cause it  abounds  both  in  mountains  and  lions.  What  is  the  chief  settle- 
ment ?  n.  Where  is  it  situated  ? 

How  is  Liberia  situated  ?  How  is  it  bounded  ?  What  capes  on  the  coast  ? 
o.  s.  What  river  is  there  ?  o.  What  settlement  here  ?  a. 

Where  is  Guinea  ?  What  mountain  on  the  N.  ?  g.  What  rivers  in 
Guinea  ?  o.  r.  Describe  the  Niger.  What  cape  ?  s.  What  gulfs  on  the 
coast?  n.  a.  What  are  the  four  divisions  of  the  coast  of  Guinea?  What 
division  in  the  W.  ?  e.  What  and  where  is  the  capital  ?  e.  What  division 
or  kingdom  E.  of  Ashantee  ?  y.  What  and  where  is  its  capital  ?  y.  What 
kingdom  E.  or  S.  E.  of  the  last  ?  Bn.  What  and  where  is  the  capital  ?  n. 
Where  is  Biafra  and  its  capital  ? 

Where  is  Loango  ?  Congo  ?  Angola  ?  Benguela  ?  Zimbebas  ?  What 
river  in  the  S.  E.  of  Loango  ?  o.  Between  what  two  countries  does  the 
river  run?  o.  o.  What  is  the  capital  of  Loango  ?  o.  What  capital  in  Con- 
go ?  r.  What  is  said  of  it  ?  16(J6.  What  mountains  on  the  eastern  bor- 
ders ?  1.  What  cape  on  the  coast  of  Congo  ?  n.  What  two  countries  are 
bounded  in  part  by  the  Coanza  ?  Aa.  Ba.  What  town  in  Benguela  ?  o. 
What  cape  on  the  coast  of  Zimbebas  ?  Fo.  What  bay  on  the  coast  ?  h. 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

1697  Central  Africa  is  for  the  most  part  wholly 
unknown  to  us,  though  many  efforts  have  been  made, 
and  many  valuable  lives  lost,  in  attempting  to  explore  it. 

1693.  The  country  is  naturally  divided  by  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon  into 
Soudon  or  Nigritia  and  Ethiopia.  Soudan  is  in  the  N.  and  Ethiopa  in  the 
S.  and  the  latter  is  wholly  unknown  to  us. 


SOUDAN  OR  NIGRITIA. 

1699.  This  region  comprises  numerous  countries  and 
kingdoms,  which  are  considered  fertile,  and  many  of 
them  populous,   though  they  are  generally  but  little 
known,  and  some  of  them  scarcely  at  all. 

1700.  The  principal  kingdoms  of  which  we  have  any 

CENTRAL  AFRICA.— Q.  What  knowledge  have  we  of  Central  Africa?  1697' 
How  is  it  naturally  divided  ?  1699. 

Q,.  What  does  Soudon  or  Nigritia  comprise,  and  its  soil  ?  1698.  What  are  the 
principal  kingdoms  1  1700.  Exports  and  trade  ?  1701.  What  is  the  commercial 


CENTRAL    AFRICA.  263 

knowledge,  are  Bambarra,  Yaoar,  Timbuctoo,  Houssa,1 
Bornou,2  Begharmi,  Bergoo,  Darfour,  Asben,  Kong,  and 
Fezzan. 

1701.  The  exports  are  principally  slaves,  gold,  ivory,  ostrich  feathers  and 
civet,  which  are  carried  to  Cairo  and  the  Barbary  States,  by  caravans  through 
the  Great  Desert. 

1702.  TOMBUCTOO  or  TIMBUCTOO,  is  the  capital  of  a  small  kingdom  of 
the  same  name,  and  the  commerc  al  capital  of  all  Central  Africa,  being  the 
resort  of  caravans  from  Europe,  Nubia,  the  Barbary  States  and  Abyssinia. 
This  city  is  generally  supposed  to  be  situated  somewhere  within  a  few  miles 
of  the  Niger ;  but  its  exact  location  has  not  yet  been  determined,  no  modern 
traveller,  if  we  except  M.  Caillie,  an  enterprising  Frenchman,  having  pene- 
trated to  it  and  returned. 

1703.  The  first  E  iropean  traveller  that  reached  Timbuctoo  was  Major 
Laing  in  1826,  but  was  barbarously  murdered  in  the  desert  mi  his   return 
homewards.    M.  Caillie  was  more  fortunate.     He  visited  it  in   1828,  and 
though  full  credit  has  never  been  given  to  the  details  of  his  narative,  still  it 
must  be  admitted  that  he  visited  the  city. 

1704.  He  describes  Timbuctoo  as  "  a  mass  of  ill  looking  houses,  built  of 
earth,  and  situated  in  the  midst  of  an  immense  plain  of  yellowish  white  sand, 
where  not  even  the  warbling  of  a  bird  could  be  heard,  and  not  a  single  tree 
or  shrub  could  be  seen  over  three  or  four  feet  high."     Its  population,  in  his 
opinion,  "is  at  the  most  no  more  than  10,000  or  12,000;  all  engaged  in 
trade." 

1705.  The  principal  river  of  Soudan  is  the  Niger,  which  is  celebrated  for 
the  uncertainty  and  mystery  which,  for  a  long  time  prevailed,  in  respect  to 
its  source,  course  and  termination. 

170G.  Many  fruitless  attempts  were  made  to  determine  these  particulars, 
and  most  of  those  who  were  engaged  in  the  enterprise,  perished.  The 
honor  of  satisfying  public  curiosity,  was  at  length  acquired  by  the  celebrated 
Mungo  Park.  He  was  a  Scotchman  by  birth,  and  having  gained  a  high 
reputation  for  his  discretion  and  courage  as  a  traveller,  he  was  employed  by 
the  African  Association  in  London,  to  make  discoveries  in  the  interior  of 
Africa.  He  ascertained  that  the  Niger  had  its  source  in  the  western  part  of 
that  country,  between  10 '  and  12°  N.  lat.,  near  the  source  of  the  Senegal,  and 
after  running  an  easterly  course  for  several  hundred  miles,  takes  a  course 
south.  Park  lost  his  life  in  Africa,  and  the  termination  of  the  Niger  remained 
for  a  long  time  unknown,  and  those  who  attempted  to  discover  it,  perished. 

1707.  At  last,  two  young  men,  Richard  Lander,  the  attendant  of  Parkin 
his  last  expedition,  and  his  brother  John,  both  Englishmen,  succeeded  in  tra- 
cing the  course  of  this  river  to  its  mouth  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea.  The  mouth 
by  which  they  reached  the  sea,  is  generally  laid  down  on  maps  as  the  river 
Nun.  Thus  from  Park's  first  point  in  1805,  its  course  is  traced  for  2000 
miles,  a  considerable  part  of  which  is  navigable  for  steam-boats,  through  a 
rich  and  populous  country,  the  inhabitants  of  which  have  made  considerable 

capital?  1702.  What  is  said  of  its  situation?  1702.  What  of  European  adven- 
turers ?  1703.  What  description  does  M.  Caillie  give  of  it  ?  1704. 

What  is  the  principal  river,  and  for  what  is  it  celebrated  ?  1705.  Have  any  exer- 
tions been  made  to  ascertain  these  points  ?  1700.  Who  had  the  honor  of  determin- 
ing its  source  and  its  course  in  part  ?  1706.  What  generally  happum-d  to  those  who 
endeavored  to  ascertain  its  termination  ?  1706.  Who  at  length  succeeded  in  dis- 
covering it  ?  1707.  What  is  said  of  its  names  ?  1707. 

1  HOUSSA,  (hoo'-su.)  |  2  BORNOU,  (bor'-noo.) 


264  CENTRAL    AFRICA. 


VIEW    OF    THE    CITY    OF    TOMBUCTOO. 

progress  in  civilization.  The  river,  in  the  upper  part  of  its  course,  is  known 
to  the  natives  as  the  Joliba  ;  in  the  lower  as  the  Quorra.  The  name  Niger 
was  erroneously  applied  to  it  by  Europeans,  on  the  supposition  that  it  was 
the  river  spoken  of  by  Ptolemy. 

MAP   OF   AFRICA. 

Where  is  the  Great  Desert  ?  Soudan  or  Nigritia  ?  Ethiopia  ?  Fezzan  ? 
Timbuctoo  ?  What  kingdom  in  the  most  eastern  part  of  Soudan  ?  Bo»  Its 
capital  ?  a.  What  kingdom  next  on  the  W.  ?  Bu.  Its  capital  ?  a. 
What  next  the  W.  ?  Ha.  Its  capital  ?  o.  What  the  next  W.  ?  Ea. 
Its  capital  ?  o. 

What  country  on  the  E.  of  Nigritia  ?  Dr.    Its  capital  ?  Ce. 

What  considerable  lake  in  Soudan  ?  d.  What  large  river  in  Soudan  ?  r. 
What  mountains  in  Central  Africa  ?  Mn.  Kg.  Which  is  the  largest  town  ia 
Central  Africa  ?  To. 


AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 

1708.  Ma dagascar,  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Africa,  is 
one  of  the  largest  islands  in  the  world.     It  has  a  moun- 
tainous surface,  a  fertile  soil,  and  a  healthy  climate.     It 
is  inhabited  by  various  native  tribes. 

1709.  The   chief  products   of  the  island  are   rice, 
siigar-cane,  cocoa-nuts,  bananas,  gum,  ebony,  &c. 

1710.  Mauritius,  or  the  Isle  of  France,  is  a  mountainous-region  and  is  in- 
habited by  an  intelligent  and  refined  people,  being  chiefly  the  descendants  of 
French  families  of  high  rank.  It  once  belonged  ,to  the^  Dutch,  next  to  the 
French,  but  now  to  the  English. 


1711.  The  Isle  of  Bourbon  belongs  to  France,  and  is  celebrated  for  beirg 


CENTRAL   AFRICA.  265 

'composed  principally  of  two  volcanic  mountains,  one  of  which  is  in  constant 
activity.    This  island  is  noted  for  the  production  of  coffee  of  fine  quality. 

1712.  On  the  western  coast  of  Africa,  about  midway  between  Africa  and 
America,  are  the  Azores.1    They  are  nine  in  number,  and  are  supposed  to 
have  been  produced  by  some  volcanic  eruption. 

1713.  They  have  a  healthy  climate,  a  fertile  soil,  but  are  subject  to  dread- 
ful hurricanes  and  earthquakes. 

1714.  The  principal  productions  are  wheat,  maize,  barley,  oranges,  lem- 
ons, grapes,  &c.    They  belong  to  Portugal. 

1715.  Madeira  is  celebrated  for  its  excellent  wine,  and  belongs  to  Portugal. 

1716.  The  Canary,  formerly  called  the  Fortunate  Islands,  are  thirteen  in 
number,  and  are  noted  'for  their  wine  and  fruit,  and  a  beautiful  species  of 
singing  birds,  called  Canary  birds.    The  largest  of  these  islands  is  Teneriffe, 
noted  for  its  Peak,  12,000  feet  high,  which  may  be  seen  at  sea  more  than  100 
miles.     Ferro,  another  of  the  same  cluster,  is  noted  for  being  the  place  from 
whence  longitude  was  formerly  reckoned. 

1717.  Si.  Helena  is  a  small  rocky  island,  presenting  to  the  sea  a  perpen 
dicular  rock  of  from  600  to  1200  feet  high.    There  is  a  mountain  in  the  cen- 
tre, called  Diana's  Peak,  2700  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.    In  the  interior 
are  fertile  and  beautiful  valleys,  also  gardens,  orchards,  and  pastures.    It  has 
become  celebrated  on  account  of  the  confinement  upon  it  of  Napoleon  Bona- 
parte, by  the  English,  to  whom  it  belongs.     He  was  brought  to  this  is4and 
in  1815,  and  remained  there  till  his  death,  on  the  5th  of  May,  1821.     He  wa» 
buried  on  the  island,  and  his  remains  repose  there  at  the  present  time. 


MAP   OF   AFRICA. 

Where  is  Madagascar  ?  What  channel  on  the  W.  ?  e.  What  is  th« 
comparative  size  of  Madagascar  ?  1708.  Describe  its  natural  features  ? 
1708.  What  are  the  chief  productions  ?  1709.  Where  is  the  Isle  of  France, 
and  what  is  said  of  it  ?  1710.  Where  is  the  Isle  of  Bourbon,  and  for  what 
is  it  celebrated  and  noted  ?  1711. 

What  islands  N.  E.  of  Madagascar  ?  n.  c.     What  ones  N.  E.  of  the  last  ? 

What  cluster  W.  of  the  northern  part  of  Madagascar  ?  Co.     Wiiat 

he  principal  capes  of  Madagascar  ?  y.   e.     What  the  lowus  ?  n.  e.  a. 

W;ill  you  describe  the  Azores  ?  1712.  Climate,  soil,  &c.  ?  1713.  Pro- 
ductions ?  1714.  What  is  said  of  Madeira  ?  1715.  Canary  ?  1716. 

What  cluster  off  the  coast  of  Senegambia  ?  e.  How  many  are  there  in 
number?  Ans.  14.  What  are  a  few  of  the  principal  ones  in  the  group  ?  y.  o. 

Where  is  St.  Matthew  ?  Ascension  ?  St.  Helena  ?  What  is  said  of  its 
shore  ?  1717.  What  of  the  interior  ?  1717.  What  has  rendered  this  isl- 
and celebrated  ?  1717, 


QUESTIONS 

«N  THE  CHART  OF  THE  WORLB. 

SEE  EXPLANATION.  What  denotes  square  miles?  What  population?  What 
the  number  of  inhabitants  to  a  square  mile  ?  jlns.  The  figures  1,  2,  3,  &c.  What 
the  size  of  countries  compared  with  the  United  States?  Ans.  A  parenthesis  wiU 
figures  enclosed. 

What  colors  denote  the  different  religions?  What  denotes  the  i'^ferent  govern- 
ments ?  What  the  races  of  men  ?  What  the  states  of  society  ? 

How  many  square  miles  has  trie  United  States  ?    What  is  the  population  ?    Of 
1  AZORES,  (a-zores'.) 

12 


266  QUESTIONS    ON    CHART   OF   THE    WORLD. 

what  race  1  Number  of  inhabitants  to  a  square  mile  ?  What  is  the  government  T 
Religion  ?  State  of  civilization  1 

What  government  on  the  American  Continent  has  the  greatest  number  of  square 
miles?  Which  the  next  ?  Third?  Which  the  least  ? 

How  many  and  what  are  the  Grand  Divisions  of  Land  1  129  and  131.  Which  ia 
the  largest,  that  is,  which  has  the  greatest  number  of  square  miles  ?  Which  the 
next  in  size  ?  What  two  about  half  as  large  as  Asia  ?  What  one  about  half  as 
large  as  either  of  the  last  ? 

What  is  the  government  of  each  country  on  this  continent  ?  What  the  states  of 
society?  Religion?  Racesofmen?  Population? 

Which  division  on  the  same  continent  is  the  most  thickly  settled?  Which  the 
next?  Third?  Fourth?  Which  the  least  populous  ? 

Which  is  the  most  extensive  country  in  Europe  ?  The  next  Third  ?  Fourth  ? 
Which  has  the  greatest  number  of  inhabitants  ?  Which  the  next  ?  Third  ?  Fourth  ? 

Which  is  the  most  thickly  settled  ?  Which  the  next  ?  Which  is  the  least  popu- 
lous ?  Which  is  the  smallest  country  ? 

What  form  of  government  does  each  nation  of  Europe  possess  ?  What  the  reli- 
gion of  each  ?  State  of  society  ?  Races  of  men  ? 

Which  is  the  largest  country  in  Asia  ?  The  smallest  ?  The  most  populous  ?  The 
least  populous  ?  The  government  of  each  ?  Religion  also  ?  State  of  society  ?  Races 
©f  men  ?  Let  the  pupil  be  asked  the  same  questions  respecting  AFRICA. 

What  is  the  extent  of  New  Holland  ?  Comparative  size  with  the  United  States  7 
By  whom  inhabited  ?  Its  state  of  civilization  ?  State  of  civilization  in  the  Sand- 
wich Isles?  New  Zealand?  New  Guinea?  Washington  Isles ?  Madagascar? 

Which  is  the  largest  of  the  six  Grand  Divisions,  reckoning  Oceanica  as  one  ? 
Which  the  second  ?  Third  ?  Fourth  ?  Smallest  ? 

Which  is  the  most  populous  of  these  divisions  ?  Second  ?  Third  ?  Fourth  ? 
Fifth  ?  What  is  the  size  of  each  compared  with  the  U.  States  ? 


Will  you  describe  Mexico  ?  Mexico  has  by  the  Chart  8  millions  of  inhabitants,  of 
the  European  race — 1 J  million  of  square  miles — 6  persons  to  a  square  mile — is  £  as 
large  as  the  United  States — has  a  republican  government — Catholic  religion — and  a 
civilized  state  of  society. 

Will  you  describe  in  like  manner,  by  the  Chart,  the  United  States?  British 
America?  Russian  Possessions?  Guatemala?  [The  teacher  can,  if  he  think 
proper,  require  the  pupil  to  answer  similar  questions  not  only  respecting  the  remaining 
divisions  of  South  America,  on  this  continent,  but  also  respecting  tlie  Eastern  Con- 
tinent.] 


TABLES. 


267 


TABLE  I. 

CANALS  IN  THE  UNITED    STATES. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  length,  the  places  connected  by,  and  the  States  in 
which  the  principal  canals  are  located. 


N  anies. 

States. 

Places  Connected.                |     Length. 

Cumberland  and  Oxford 

Maine. 

Portland  and  Sebago  Lake.            20  in  op's 

Middlesex 

Mass. 

Boston  and  Lowell. 

29i    Do. 

Blackstone 

Mass.  &  R.I 

Providence  and  Worcester. 

45    Do, 

Farmirigton 

Mass.  &  Con 

New  Haven  and  Northampton. 

87    Do. 

Champlain 

New  York. 

Lake  Champlain  and  Hudson  R. 

63    Do. 

Erie 

Do. 

Albany  and  Buffalo. 

363    Do. 

Oswego 

Do. 

Salina  and  Oswego. 

38    Do. 

Seneca 

Do. 

Seneca  Lake  and  Erie  Canal. 

20    Do. 

Delaware  and  Hudson 

Do. 

Delaware  and  Hudson  Rivers. 

65    Do. 

Black  River 

Do. 

Rome  and  Black  River. 

36  unfin'd 

Cayuga 

Do. 

Geneva  and  Montezuma. 

20  in  op'o 

Chenango 

Do. 

Binghamton  and  Utica. 

i>6    Do. 

Chemung 

Do. 

Elmira  and  Seneca  Lake. 

36    Do. 

Morris 

N.J. 

Easton,  Pa.  and  Newark,  N.  J. 

86    Do. 

Delaware  and  Raritan 

N.J. 

N.  Brunswick  and  Bordentown. 

42    Do. 

Union 

Penn. 

Reading  andMiddlctown. 

78    Do. 

Pennsylvania  R.  R.  &  C. 

Do. 

Middletown  and  Pittsburg. 

206    Do. 

Ohio  and  Erie* 

Do. 

Pittsburg  and  Erie. 

213  unfin'd 

Schuylkill 

Do. 

Philadelphia  and  Mount  Carbon. 

108  in  op'n 

Delaware 

Do. 

Bristol  and  Easton. 

t;i)   DO. 

Lehigh 

Do. 

Easton  and  Stoddardsvillo. 

46    Do. 

Little  Schuylkill 

Do. 

Schuylkill  River  and  Coal  Mines. 

24    Do. 

€onesto«a 

Do. 

Lancaster  and  Susquehanna.        18    Do. 

Lackawaxen 

Do. 

Delaware  River  and  Honcsdale. 

36    Do. 

Delaware  and  Chesapeak 

Dei. 

Delaware  and  Chesapeak  Bays. 

14    Do. 

Chesapeak  and  Ohio* 

Va.and  Md. 

Wusi.innon  and  Pittsburg. 

342  unfin' 

Dismal  Swarap 

Va.  &  N.  C. 

Chesa.Bay  t  Albemarle  Sound. 

22  i  in  op' 

Santee 

S.C. 

Santee  and  Coop,  rs  Rivers. 

22    Do. 

Savannah  and  Altamaha 

Georgia. 

Savannah  &  Altamaha  Rivers.      72  unfm'd 

Ohio  State 
Miami* 

Ohio. 
Ohio. 

Portsmouth  and  Cleaveland.        306  in  op'n 
Cincinnati  and  Maumee.             i265  unfin'd 

Wabash  and  Erie 

Ind.  &  Ohio. 

Wabash  and  Maumee  Rivers.    1200    Do. 

*  Little  progress  has  as  yet  been  made  upon  the  Ohio  and  Erie,  besides  surveying 
the  route.  The  Chesaprak  and  Ohio  has  been  completed  to  Williamsport,  Md.  110 
miles.  The  Miami  has  lyjen  made  navigable  to  Dayton,  67  miles  from  Cincinnati. 

The  oldest  canal  in  this  country  is  the  Middlesex,  constructed  in  1808.  Many  years 
intervened  before  any  other  was  undertaken.  The  example  of  New  York,  in  the 
gigantic  enterprise  of  connecting  the  waters  of  the  great  lakes  with  the  ocean,  gave 
an  impetus  to  the  spirit  of  internal  improvement,  which  has  since  been  displayed, 
more  or  loss  in  every  state  in  the  Union,  and  within  the  last  15  years  more  than  3000 
miles  of  canals  have  been  constructed,  and  no  country  on  the  globe  exhibits  at  present, 
so  extensive  a  system  of  internal  navigation,  artificial  and  natural,  as  the  United 
States. .  

RAIL-ROADS   IN   THE    UNITED   STATICS. 

The  following  table  comprises  the  principal  Rail  Roads  finished  and  in  use  July,  1835, 
and  those  in  progress  of  construction. 


Names  and  Places  connected.                               |  Fin'd.  |  Prog.  |  TotaL 

lioston  and  Worcester,  Mass. 

43 

43 

Boston  and  Providence,  Mass,  and  R.  I. 

41 

41 

Boston  and  Lowell,  Mass. 

25 

25 

Providence  and  Stonington,  R.  I.  (in  progress.) 

49 

49 

Albany  arid  Saratoga,  New  York. 
Ithaca  and  Oswego,  New  York. 

36 
29 

36 
29 

Troy  and  Saratoga,  New  York,  in  progress. 

25 

25 

Camden  and  Amboy,  New  Jersey. 

61 

61 

Hartford  and  New  Haven. 

35 

35 

268 


TABLES. 


Names  and  Places  connected. 

Pn'd.    |  Pro«. 

Total. 

Jersey  City  and  Patterson,  New  Jersey. 

16 

16 

New  Brunswick  and  Jersey  City,  N.  Jersey  (a  part  in  use.) 

15 

12 

27 

Delaware  river  and  New  Lisbon,  New  Jersey. 

13 

13 

Philadelphia  and  Columbia,  Pa. 

85 

85 

Philadelphia  and  Norristown,  Pa.  (a  part  in  use.) 

7 

11 

il 

Philadelphia  and  Trenton,  Pa. 

23 

2  j 

Mauch  Chunk,  Pa.  coal  mines  and  Lehigh  river. 

14 

14 

Westchester,  Pa.,  a  branch  of  the  Philad.  and  Colttra.  road. 

9 

9 

Danville  and  Pottsville,  Pa.  (a  part  ia  use.) 

13 

40 

5.J 

Mine-Hill  and  Schuyllail  Haven,  Pa. 

20 

20 

Hollidaysburgand  Johnstown,  Penn. 

37 

37 

Little  Schuylkill  andTamaqua,  Peun. 

22 

22 

Schuylkill  Valley  and  branches. 

25 

25 

Lackawaxen  and  Carbondale,  Penn. 

iff 

17 

New  Castle  and  Frenchtown,  Del. 

16 

Id 

Baltimore  and  Ohio,  Md.  and  Va.  (a  part  in  use.) 
Baltimore,  Md.  and  York,  Pa.  (a  part  in  use.) 

84 
23 

245 
50 

323 
7S 

Petersburg,  Va.  and  Blakely  N.  C. 

72 

72 

Manchester  and  Goal  Mines,  Va.' 

13 

13 

Portsmouth  and  Roanoke,  Va.  (a  part-in  use.) 
Winchester,  Va.  and  Harper's  Ferry,  Md. 

26 

30 

51 

77 
30 

Potomac  and  Richmond,  Va. 

75 

75 

Richmond  and  Petersburg,  Va.  (in  use.) 

22 

22 

Wilmington  and  Fayetteville,  N.  C. 

80 

80 

Charleston  and  Augasta,  S.  C. 

135 

H35 

Tuscurnbia  and  Decatur,  around  the  Muscle  Shoals,  Ala. 

46 

4>i 

Lexington  and  Louisville,  Ky.  (a  part  in  use.) 

29 

61 

90 

1040         712 

1752 

TABLE  IU 

COLLEGES. 

The  following  table  embraces  the  colleges  in  the  United  States,  with  the  year  in  which 
they  were  founded.  No.  of  students,  and  volumes  in  their  libraries. 


Names  of  Colleges. 

Places. 

F'd:13t's.  |  Lib'y 

Bovvdoin 

Brunswick, 

Me. 

1794 

169     «,ooo 

Waterville* 

Waterville, 

Do. 

1820 

94 

2,000 

Dartmouth 

Hanover, 

N.H. 

1770 

15G 

4,soy 

University  of  Vermont 

Burlington, 

Vt. 

1791 

50 

1,000 

Middlebury 

Middlebury, 

Do. 

1800 

129 

2,330 

Harvard  University 

Cambridge, 

Mass. 

1638 

217 

40,000 

Williams 

Williamstown, 

Do. 

1793 

133 

3,000 

Amherst 

Amherst, 

Do. 

1821 

227 

4,300 

Brown  University* 

Providence, 

R.I. 

1764 

157 

6,000 

Yale 

New  Haven, 

Conn. 

1700 

376 

8,500 

Washington! 

Hartford, 

Do. 

1824 

53 

2,000 

Wesley  an  University  J 
Columbia! 

Middletown, 
New  York  City, 

Do. 
N.Y. 

1831 
1754 

60 
100 

3,000 
8,000 

Union 

Schenectady, 

Oo. 

1795 

225 

5,350 

Hamilton 

Clinton, 

-Do. 

1812 

97 

2,500 

Geneva! 

Geneva, 

Do. 

1823 

44 

820 

Univ.  of  New  York 

New  York, 

Do. 

1831 

226 



College  of  N.Jersey 
Rutgers 

Princeton, 
N.  Brunswick, 

N.  J. 
Do. 

1746 
1770 

170 

85 

7,000 
3,750 

Univ.  of  Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia, 

Penn. 

1755 

94 

2,000 

Bristol 

Bristol, 

Do. 

1834 

120 

• 

Dickinson^ 

Carlisle, 

Do. 

1783 

2,000 

Jefferson 

Canonsburgli, 

Do. 

1802 

175 

1000 

Washington 
Alleghanyt 

Washington, 
Meadville, 

Do. 
Do. 

1820 
1806 

47 

1,500 
8,000 

Western  University 

Pittsburgh, 

Do. 

1815 

50 

500 

TABLES. 


269 


Names  of  Colleges. 

Places. 

F'd.  St's. 

Lih'y 

Pennsylvania 

Gettysburg, 

Penn. 

1832 

. 

Newark 

Newark, 

Del. 

1833 



Univ.  of  Maryland 

Baltimore, 

Md. 

1812 



St.  Johnsf 

Annapolis, 

Do. 

1784 

32 

2,700 

St.  Mary's§ 

Baltimore, 

Do. 

1799 

193 

10.500 

Mount  St.  Mary's§ 

Emruitttburg, 

Do. 

1830 

90 

7,000 

Columbian 

Washington, 

D.C. 

1821 

25 

4,000 

Georgetown^ 

Georgetown. 

Do. 

1799 

134 

12,000 

William  and  Mary 

Williamsburg, 

Va/ 

1693 

15 

3,500 

Hampden  Sydney 

Prince  Edw.  Co., 

Do. 

1174 

75 

5,000 

Washington 
University  of  Virginia 
Randolph  Maconf 
Univ.  of  N.  Carolina 

Lexington. 
Charlottsville, 
Boydton, 
Chapel  Hill, 

Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
N.C. 

1812 
1819 
1831 
1791 

46 
205 

99 

1,5W) 
8,600 

1,809 

Charleston! 

•Charleston, 

S.C. 

1785 

39 

3,000 

College  of  S.  Carolina 

Columbia, 

Do. 

1804 

50 

10,00fl 

Univ.  of  Georgia 

Athens, 

Georgia. 

1785 

97 

3,-J(M) 

Alabama  University 

Tuscaloosa, 

Ala. 

1828 

101 

3,000 

Jefferson 

Washington, 

Mi. 

l.sr-J 

-  — 



Louisiana 

Jackson, 

u. 

1825 

15 

350 

Greenville 

Greenville, 

Trn. 

17'.  14 

38 

3.500 

Univ.  of  Nashville 

Nashville, 

Do. 

180(5 

70 

2,000 

East  Tennessee 

Knoxville, 

Do. 

1807 

28 

1,400 

Transylvania 

Lexington, 

Ken. 

17'.!-' 

— 

2,400 

Centre 

Danville, 

Do. 

r>6 

],(iOO 

Augusta 

Augusta, 

Do. 

75 

2,000 

Cumberland 

Princeton, 

Do. 

1  £5 

72 

500 

St.  Joseph's^ 

Bardstown, 

Do. 

[819 

130 

5,00tt 

Georgetown* 

Georgetown, 

Do. 

1830 

36 

1,200 

University  of  Ohio 

Athens, 

Ohio, 

1821 

45 

1,000 

Miami  University 

Oxford, 

Do. 

1824 

120 

1,200 

Western  Reserve 

Hudson, 

Do. 

1826 

46 

1,600 

Kenyonf 

Gambier, 

Do. 

IKiW 

71 

2,300 

Franklin 

ATew  Athens, 

Do. 

1824 

40 

1,200 

Indiana 

Bloomington, 

Ind. 

1827 

34 

400 

South  Hanover 

South  Hanover, 

Do. 

1829 

35 



Illinois 

Jacksonville, 

HI. 

1830 

8 

1,200 

St.  Louis  University  $ 

St.  Louis, 

Missouri. 

1H-JU 

154 

4,500 

St.  Mary's§ 

Barrens, 

Do. 

1830 

124 

6,000 

Those  marked  thus  (*)  are  under  the  direction  of  Baptists 
Methodists—  ($)  Catholics. 


-(t)  Episcopalians—  ({ 


TABLE  III. 

THEOLOGICAL   SEMINARIES. 

Names.                   |                Places. 

Denomination.   |  F'd  |  tf'ts 

Bangor  Theological  Sem. 

Bangor,  Maine. 

Congregational 

1816 

6 

Tin  -illogical  Seminary 

Andover,  Mass. 

Do. 

1808 

139 

Theoiojjical  School 

Cambridge,  Do. 

Cong.  Unitarian 

1824 

36 

Theological  Institution 

Newton,  Do. 

Baptist 

1825 

53 

Theol.  Depart.  Yale  College 

New  Haven,  Conn. 

Congregtaional 

1822 

55 

Theological  Institute  of  Conn. 

East  Windsor,  Do. 

Do, 

1834 

27 

Theological  Seminary 

Suffiefd,  Conn. 

Baptist 

1834 

Theol.  Institute  Epis.  Church 

New  York,  N.  Y. 

Prot.  Episcopal 

1819 

e: 

Tbeol.  Seminary  of  Auburn 

Auburn,  Do. 

Presbyterian 

1821 

54 

H  amilton  Theological  Institute 

Hamilton,  Do. 

Baptist 

1820 

3^ 

Hartwick  Seminary 

Hartwick,  Do. 

Lutheran 

1816 

U 

Theol.  Sem.  Dutch  Ref.  Ch. 

N.  Brunswick,  N.  J. 

Dutch  Reform. 



21 

Theol.  Sem.  Pres.  Ch.  U.  S. 

Princeton,  Do. 

Presbyterian 

1812 

119 

Sem.  Lutheran  Ch.  U.  S. 

Gettysburg,  Penn. 

Evan.  Lutheran 

1826 

20 

German  Reformed 

York,  Do. 

German  Ref.Ch. 

1825 

20 

Western  Theol.  Seminary 

Alleganytown,  Do. 

Presbyterian 

1828 

29 

Episcopal  Theol.  School 

Fairfax  Co.,  Va. 

Prot.  Episcopal 



39 

270 


TABLES. 


N  ames. 

Places, 

Denomination.   |  F'd.  |  S'ta 

Union  TheoJ.  Seminary 
Southern  Theol.  Seminary 
Theological  Seminary 
Fin-man  Theological  Sem. 
S.  West.  Theol.  Seminary 
Lane  Seminary 

Prirfce  Edw.  Co.  Va. 
Columbia,  S.  C. 
Lexington,  Do. 
High  Hills,  S.  C. 
Maryville,  Tenn. 
Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Presbyterian 
do. 
Liutheran 
Baptist 
Presbyterian 
Congregational 

1824 
1829 
1832 

1821 
1829 

50 
21 
1 

22 
42 

TABLE  IV. 

MEDICAL    SCHOOLS. 


Names                                      |                 Places. 

|S'ts 

Maine  Medical  School 

Brunswick, 

Maine.          bl) 

New  Hampshire  Medical  School 

Hanover, 

N.H. 

100 

Vermont  Medical  School,  Univ.  of  Vt. 

Burlington, 

Vt. 

14 

Vermont  Academy  of  Medicine 

Castleton, 

do. 

62 

Mass.  Medical  School,  H  arvard  University 

Boston, 

Mass. 

82 

Berkshire  Med.  Institution,  Williams  Col. 

Pittsfield, 

do. 

85 

Medical  School,  Yale  College 

New  Haven, 

Con. 

73 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  N.  Y. 

New  York, 

N.  Y. 

158 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  West.  Dist. 

FairfieJd,i 

do. 

190 

Medical  Department  of  Jefferson  College 

Philadelphia, 

Penn. 

121 

Med.  Department  of  Univ.  of  Pennsylvania 

do. 

do. 

131 

Medical  Department  of  Univ.  of  Maryland 

Baltimore, 

Md. 

150 

Washington  Medical  College 
Medical  Department  of  Columbian  College 

do. 
Washington, 

do. 
D.  C. 

30 

Medical  Department  of  Virginia  University               |  Charlottsville, 

Va. 

40 

Medical  College  of  South  Carolina 

Charleston, 

S.  C. 

Medical  College  of  State  of  South  Carolina 

*>. 

do. 

150 

Southern  School  of  Practical  Medicine 

do. 

do. 

Medical  College  of  Georgia 

Augusta, 

Georgia. 

Medical  College  of  Transylvania  University 

Lexington, 

Ky. 

211> 

Louisville  Medical  College 

Louisville, 

do. 

Medical  College  of  Ohio 

Cincinnati, 

Ohio. 

110 

Reformed  Medical  Collegje  of.  Ohio                              Worthington, 

do. 

TABLE  V. 

LAW    SCHOOLS. 


Names. 

Places. 

|  St's. 

Cambridge  Law  School 
New  Haven  Law  School 

Cambridge 
New  Haven 

Mass.             40 
Conn.            39 

Litchfield  Law  School 

Litchfield 

do. 

Philadelphia  Law  School 

Philadelphia 

Penn. 

Baltimore  Law  School 

Baltimore 

Md. 

WHliamsburg  Law  School 

Williamsburg 

Va. 

Staunton  Law  School 

Staunton 

do» 

Charlottsville  Law  School 

Charlottsville 

do.                 48 

Lexington  Law  School 

Lexington 

Ky.                39 

Cincinnati  Law  School 

Cincinnati 

Ohiot 

TABLE  VI. 

SETTLEMENTS   OF   THE    STATES. 

The  following  table  shows  the  date  of  the  settlement  of  the  different  states;  the  towns 
first  settled,  and  the  nation  by  whom  the  settlement  was  made. 


States 

Date.  |                Towns.                |               N 

ition. 

Florida 
Virginia 
New  York 
Massachusetts 
New  Hampshire 

1565 
1607 
1614 
1620 
1623 

St.  Augustine. 
Jamestown. 
Albany. 
Plymouth. 
Dover. 

Spanish 
English 
Dutch 
English 
English 

TABLES. 


271 


States.                |  Date. 

Towns. 

Nation. 

New  Jersey 

JG24 

Bergen. 

Danes. 

Delaware 

1627 

Cape  Henlopen. 

Swedes  and  Fins. 

Maine 

1630 

York. 

English. 

Connecticut 

1633 

Windsor. 

English. 

Maryland 

1634 

St.  Marys. 

English. 

Rhode  Island 

1636 

Providence. 

English. 

North  Carolina* 

1650 

Albemarle. 

English. 

§outh  Carolina 

1650 

Albemarle. 

English. 

Missouri 

T663 

St.  Genevieve. 

French. 

Michigan 

1670 

Detroit. 

French. 

Pennsylvania 

1682 

Philadelphia. 

English  . 

A  rkansas 

1685 

Arkansas. 

French. 

Louisiana 

ite9 

Iherville. 

French. 

Mississippi 

1716 

Natchez. 

French. 

Indiana 

1730 

Vincennes. 

French 

Georgia 

1733 

Savannah. 

English. 

Vermont 

1749 

ncnnington. 

English. 

Illinois 

1741) 

Kaskaskia. 

French. 

Tennessee 

1765 

Nashville. 

English. 

Kentucky 

\ns 

Lexington. 

I).  Boon  from  Virginia. 

Alabama 

1783 

Mobile. 

French, 

Ohio 

1788 

Marietta. 

Emigrants  from  N.  Eng. 

ti  Carolina  originally  formed  one  colony. 


TABLE  VII. 


1  Square  I                  Population.                  I    Slaves,  |Pop.  to 
btates.                1  Miles.    |        1810.          1820.            1830.    |      1830.    |  Sq.  M. 

Maine 

35,000 

228,705 

298,335 

:ft»9,955 

12 

New  Hampshire 

0,491 

214,360 

244,161 

269,:fc!H 

28 

Vermont 

8,000 

217,713 

235,764 

2HOJI552 

27 

Massachusetts 

7,800 

473,040 

523,287 

610,408 

81 

Rhode  Wand 

1,225 

77,031 

83,059 

97,199 

17 

75 

Connecticut 

4,764 

2iil,942 

275,248 

297,665 

25 

m 

New  York 

46,085 

939,N9 

1,372,812 

1,918,608 

75 

40 

New  Jersey 

8,320 

249,589 

277,575 

:ttO>-23 

2,254 

40 

Pennsylvania 

47,000 

810,091 

1,049,458 

1,348,233 

403 

29 

Delaware 

2,100 

72,674 

72,749 

76,748 

3,292 

36 

Maryland 

9,356 

380,546 

407,350 

447,040 

102,994 

41 

Virginia 

70,000 

117  l.lrJ-J 

1,005,366 

1,211,405 

400,757 

18 

North  Carolina 

50,000 

555,500 

«>3H,H29 

737,987 

245,601 

15 

South  Carolina 

33,000 

415,115 

502,741 

581,185 

315,401 

19 

Georgia 

62,000 

252,433 

340,989 

516,823 

217,531 

U 

Alabama 

51,770 

20,845 

127,901 

309,527 

117,549 

6 

Mississippi 

48,000 

40,352 

75,448 

136,621 

65,659 

3 

Louisaina 

48,320 

76,556 

153,407 

215,739 

109,588 

4 

Tennessee 

45,tOO 

261,727 

422,813 

681,903 

141,603 

16 

Kentucky 

40,000 

406511 

564,317 

687,917 

165,213 

18 

Ohio 

44,000 

230J760 

581,434 

937,903 

24 

Indiana 

36,400 

24,520 

147,178 

343,031 

10 

Illinois 

55,000 

12,282 

55,211 

157,455 

*747 

3 

Missouri 

64,000 

20,845 

66,586 

140,445 

25,081 

2 

Michigan  Prop. 

60,000 

4,762 

8,896 

31,639 

32 



Arkansas 

55,000 

1,062 

14,273 

30,388 

4,576 

__ 

Florida 

55,000 

34,730 

15,501 

_ 

Dist.  of  Columbia 

139 

24,023 

33,039 

39,834 

6,119 

40 

Total, 

7,239,903 

9,638,166 

12,866,020 

2,009,618 

*  Not  slaves,  but,  indented  colored  servants." 

272 


TABLES. 


THE    POPULATION 

Of  the  larger  towns  in  the  U.  S.  in  1835  is  supposed  to  have  been  nearly  as  follows  :* 


New  York 

209,873 

Brooklyn 

24,310 

St.  Louis 

8,3  6 

Philadelphia 

200,000 

Providence 

19,277 

Savannah,  (Ga.) 

9,2  2 

Baltimore 

02,000 

Troy 

15,971 

PougbkeepsitJ 

0,343 

Boston 

78,603 

Buff.ilo 

15,573 

Newburyport 

<;,£2o 

New  Orleans 

^0,000 

Rochester 

14,373 

Lynn,  (Mass.) 

8,419 

Charleston 

34,500 

Hartford 

12,700 

Heinpsiead,  (L.I.) 

6,041 

Albany 

28,085    New  Haven 

11,777 

Hudson,  (N.  Y.) 

5^0 

*  The  population  on  the  map  is  based  on  the  census  of  1830. 
And  this  table  will  show  the  gradual  increase : 


New  York.  |  Philadelphia. 

I  Baltimore. 

Boston.     |  N.  Orleans.! 

01  ni's?  on 

1790 

33,131 

42,52U 

13,503 

18,038 

6,500 

ilj  •  OJ 

1800 

60,489 

70,237 

26.614 

24,937 

9,5uO 

18,713 

1810 

96,373 

96,664 

#.,555 

33,250 

17,342 

24,711 

1820 

123,706 

119,325 

62,738 

4  ;,2.-)8 

27,170 

24,786 

1825 

167,059 

140,000 

70,000 

58,277 

35,000 

27,500 

1838 

203,^07 

167,811 

80,625 

61,331 

4(5,310 

3o,'289 

1835 

269,873 

200,000 

92,000 

73,613 

60,000 

34,5(10 

Such 

indeed  has   been  the  wonderful  increase  of  the  city  os 

'  New  Yoi  k  withi-i  the 

last  40  or  45  years,  that  from  a  popu 

ation  of  about  30,000,  when  it  was  outranked  by 

more  than  fifty  cities  of  Europe,  it  has  already,  incredible  as  it  may  seem,  and  in  tess 
than  half  a  century,  acquired  a  rank  and  importance  that  is  only  exceeded  by  the  fol- 

lowing i 

^ix  aties  throughout  the  whole  extent  of  the  European  Continent  : 

London 

1,500,000 

Constantinople        500,000 

Naples 

350,000 

Paris 

850,000 

St.  Petersburg         350,000 

Vieuna, 

300,000 

New  York  being  270,000, 

las  already  outranked: 

Dublin 

250,000 

Bordeaux                 110,000 

Berlin 

250,000 

Liverpo 

ol                 200,000 

Marsei 

lies 

120.000 

Am 

rfterdam 

200,000 

Manchester             175,000 

Lisbon 

250,000 

Copenhagan 

120,000 

Binning 

ham            130,000 

Venice 

150,000 

Pale 

rmfcj 

1(10,000 

Edinbui 

gh               150,000 

Milan 

130,000 

Bar 

celona 

150,000 

Glasgow                  150,000 

Prague                     110,000 

Madrid 

120,000 

Lyons 

140,000 

Moscow                    250,000 

TABLE  VIII. 

REIGNING    SOVEREIGNS    OF    EUROPE. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  Government,  the  names  of  the  sovereigns,  year  of  their 
birth  and  accession,  and  the  religion  of  the  different  States  of  Europe. 


'States.       |    Government.    |                 Name.                 |  Birth  |Ac'n        Religion. 

Sweden 

Constitu.  Mon. 

Charles  XIV. 

1764 

1818 

Lutheran. 

Russia 

Absolute  Mon. 

Nicholas  I. 

1796 

1825 

Greek  Church, 

Denmark 

Do. 

Frederick  VI. 

1768 

1808 

Lutheran. 

G.  Britain 

Constitu.  Mon. 

William  IV. 

1765 

1830 

Prot.  Epis. 

Holland 

Do. 

William  I. 

1772 

1815 

Protestant. 

Belgium 

Do. 

Leopold. 

1790 

1831 

Catholic. 

Prussia 

Absolute  Mon. 

Fred.  Wm.  III. 

1770 

1797 

Protestant, 

Hanover 

Limited  Mon. 

Viceroy  of  King  of  England. 





Lutheran, 

Saxony 

Do. 

Anthony. 

1755 

1827 

Do 

Baden 

Do. 

Ch.  Leopold  Fred. 

1790 

1830 

Cath.  &  Prot. 

Wirtemburg 

Constitu.  Mon. 

William. 

1781 

1816 

Lutheran, 

Bavaria 

Do. 

Louis. 

1786 

1825 

Catholic. 

Austria 

Absolute  Mon. 

1835 

Do. 

Switzerland 

Federal  Repub. 

Jno.  J.  Hess. 





Prot.  &  Cath. 

France 

Constitu.  Mon. 

Louis  Phillippe. 

1773 

1830 

Catholic. 

Spain 

Limited  Mon. 

Maria  Isabella. 

1830 

1833 

Do. 

Portugal 

Do. 

Donna  Maria. 

1819 

1826 

Do, 

TABLES. 


273 


States. 

Government.   |              Name.              j  Birth. 

Ac'n.  |      Religion. 

Sardinia 
Tuscany 
Ro'n  States 
Naples 
Turkey 
Greece 
Ionian  Isles. 

Absolute  Mon. 
Do 
Abs.  Elec.  Mon. 
Absolute  Mon. 
Do 
Limited  Mon. 
Republic. 

Charles  Emanuel. 
Leopold  II. 
Gregory  XVI. 
Ferdinand  II. 
Mahmoud  II. 
Otho. 
Antonio  Comuto. 

1798 
1797 
1765 
1815 
1785 
1815 

1831 
1824 
1831 
1830 
1808 
1832 
1804 

Catholic. 
Do 
Do 
Do 
Mahometan 
Greek  Church 
Do 

TABLE  IX. 

RELIGIOUS  DENOMINATIONS. 


Denomination.                          1  Min. 

Chur- 
ches. 

Commu- 
nicants. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Calvinistic  Baptists 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church 

2,914 
1,777 

4,384 

304.CM7 
476,000 

2,7437453 
2,600,000 

Presbyterians,  General  Assembly 
Congregationalists,  Orthodox 

1,801 
1,000 

2,253 
1,270 

182,017 
140,000 

1,HOO,0(M) 
1,260,000 

Protestant  Episcopal  Church 

558 

700 

600,000 

Universalists 

150 

300 

500,000 

Roman  Catholics 

500,000 

Lutherans 

305 

1,200 

44,000 

400,000 

Christ-ians 

200 

800 

25,000 

275,000 

German  Reformed 

84 

400 

17,400 

200,000- 

Friends,  or  Quakers 

400 

;»<K),0<)0 

Unitarians,  Congregationalists 
Associate  and  other  Methodists 

160 
350 

1U3 

35,000 

176,000 
175,000 

Free-will  Baptists 

300 

400 

16,000 

150,000 

Dutch  Reformed 

159 

194 

17.888 

125,000 

Mennonites 

200 

30,000 

120,000 

Associate  Presbyterians 

74 

144 

15,000 

]  00,000 

Cumberland  Presbyterians 

50 

75 

8,000 

100,000 

Tunkers 

40 

40 

3,000 

30,000 

Free  Commuhion  Baptists 

30 

3,500 

30,000 

Seventh  day  Baptists 

30 

40 

2,000 

20,000 

Six  Principle  Baptists 

25 

30 

1,800 

20,000 

United  Brethren,  or  Moravians 

23 

23 

2,000 

7,000 

Millennial  Church,  or  Shakers 

45 

15 

6,000 

New  Jerusalem  Church 

30 

28 

5,000 

Emancipators,  Baptists 
Jews  and  others  not  mentioned 

15 

150 

600 

4,500 
50,000 

QUESTIONS  ON  TABLE  I. 

Q.  Which  is  the  longest  canal  in  the  United  States  that  is  finished  ?  What  one 
unfinished  nearly  as  long  ?  How  can  a  person  get  from  Providence  in  Rhode  Island 
to  Worcester  in  Massachusetts,  by  water  ?  Which  are  the  four  longest  canals  ? 
What  places  do  they  connect  1  In  what  state  are  they  ?  Which  states  have  no 
canals? 

QUESTIONS  ON  TABLE   II. 

Q.  Which  is  the  oldest  college  in  the  United  States  ?  Where  is  it  ?  Which  is  the 
next  oldest  ?  Which  has  the  greatest  number  of  students?  Where  is  it  situated  ? 
How  many  years  since  the  oldest  College  was  established  ?  Which  has  the  largest 
library?  Which  state  has  the  most  Colleges  ?  Which  states  have  but  one?  What, 
if  any,  colleges  in  your  own  state  T  What  are  they  called  ?  Where  is  each  ?  When 
was  each  founded  ?  How  many  years  since  ?  Number  of  volumes  in  the  library  of 
each  ?  Which  state  or  states  have  no  colleges  ? 

Q.  What  and  how  many  colleges  are  there  hi  New  England  ?  In  the  Middle 
States?  In  the  Southern  States?  In  the  Western  States  ? 


QUESTIONS  ON  TABLE  III. 

Q.  Which  is  Un».  oldest  Theological  Seminary  in  the  United  States  7    When  was  It 


274  TABLES. 

established  ?  How  long  since  ?  Where  is  it  ?  Under  what  denomination  ?  Which 
Seminary  has  the  greatest  number  of  students  ?  How  many  in  number  ?  Which 
the  next  ?  Which  seminaries  were  the  last  established  in  the  United  States  1  What, 
if  any,  in  your  state  ?  What  denomination  controls  each  1  Which  states  have  no 
Theological  Seminary?  How  many  are  there  in  all?  What,  and  how  many  ia 
New  England  ?  In  the  Middle  ctates  ?  In  the  Southern  States  ? 

QUESTIONS  ON  TABLE   IV. 

Q,.  Which  Medical  School  has  the  greatest  number  of  students  ?  Where  is  it  ? 
Which  has  the  next  greatest  number  ?  Where  is  it  situated  ?  What  and  hovr 
many  medical  schools  in  the  Eastern  States  ?  In  the  Western  States  ?  In  the  Mid- 
dle States  ?  In  the  Southern  States  ? 

QUESTIONS  ON  TABLE  VI. 

Q,.  Which  state  was  first  settled  ?  Where  ?  How  long  since  ?  By  whom  ? 
Which  state  was  next  settled,  where  and  bv  whom  ?  How  long  since  ?  Which 
next  ?  Where  and  by  whom  ?  Which  next,  and  by  whom  ?  Mention  the  remain- 
ing states  in  the  order  of  their  settlement  with  the  places  annexed.  Which  of  all  the 
States  were  settled  by  the  English  ?  Which  by  the  French  ?  Who  first  settled  the 
remaining  ones  ? 

QUESTIONS  ON  TABLE   VII. 

Q,.  Which  state  has  the  greatest  number  of  inhabitants  ?  What  number  has  it  ? 
Which  is  the  second  ?  Third  ?  Fourth  ?  Fifth  ?  Sixth  ?  Seventh  ?  Eigth  ?  Ninth  ? 
Tenth  ?  Eleventh  ?  Twelfth  ?  Mention  the  rest,  also  the  Territories  in  the  order  of 
their  population  ? 

Which  state  has  the  greatest  number  of  square  miles,  that  is,  which  is  the  largest  ? 
The  next  largest  ?  The  third  ?  Fourth  ?  Fifth  ?  Sixth  ?  Seventh  ?  Eighth  ?  Ninth  I 
Tenth  ?  Six  next  ?  Three  next  ?  Five  smallest  ?  The  smallest  one  ? 

Which  has  the  greatest  number  of  inhabitants  to  a  square  mile,  that  is,  which  is 
the  most  thickly  settled  ?  Which  the  next  ?  Third  ?  Fourth  ?  Fitth  ?  Sixth  ?  Sev- 
enth ?  Eighth  ?  Ninth  ?  Tenth  ?  Six  next?  Three  next  ?  Five,  the  thinnest  settled  ? 

Which  has  the  greatest  number  of  slaves  ?  The  second  ?  Third  ?  Fourth  ?  Fifth  ? 
Sixth  ?  Seventh  ?  Eighth  ?  Ninth  ?  Tenth  ?  Which  have  none  ? 

QUESTIONS  ON  TABLE  IX. 

Q,.  Which  is  the  most  numerous  denomination  of  Christians  in  the  United  Slates? 
Which  is  the  next?  Third?  Fourth?  Fifth?  Sixth?  Seventh?  Eighth?  Ninth t 
Tenth  ?  How  many  denominations  in  ail  ?  Which  has  the  most  ministers  ?  Which 
the  most  communicants  ? 


Ga 


=  <UN  TO  the  circulation  desk  c 
University  of  California  Librar 

Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 


ALL 


be 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


12,000(11/95) 


M310598 


POPULAR  SCHOOL  BOOKS, 

^  PUBLISHED 

SPALDING    & 

HARTFORD,     CONN. 

SMITH'S  NEW  GRAMMAR.    English  Grammar  on  the  PRODUCTIVE 
•SYSTEM  ;  a  method  of  instruction  recently  adopted  in  Germany  and  Switzer- 
aad.    Designed  for  Primary   Schools  and  Academies.    By  Rosweli  C.  i 
Smith. 

PRACTICAL  AND  MENTAL  ARITHMETIC,  on  a  New  Plan,  in 
which  Mental  Arithmetic  is  combined  with  the  use  of  the  slate  ;  containing 
a  complete  system  for  all  practical  purposes  ;  being  in  dollars  and  cents, 
Stereotype  edition,  rev?  <ed  and  enlarged  wif&ue'xejcises  for  the  slete.  To 
which  is  added  a  Practical  System  of  Book-keeping.  By  Re  .swell  C.  Smith. 

KEY  TO  THE  ABOVE  WORK.    Designed  for  Teachers  only. 

SMITH'S  INTRODUCTORY  ARITHMETIC,  or  the  Little  Federal 
Calculator,  consisting  of  Questions  and  Tables,  to  employ  the  mind  and  fin* 
gers  only  ;  —  designed  particularly  to  go  before  the  slate  and  to  prepare  for 
it.  By  Rosweli  C.  Smith. 


CLEVELAND'S  ADAMS  LATIN  GRAMMAR,  with  numerous  addi- 
tions and  improvements,  designed  to  aid  the  more  advanced  student,  by  ful- 


ler elucidations,  of  tlie  Latin  classics.     By  Charles  Dexter  Cleveland,  A.  M. 


GALLAUDET'S  MOTHERS  PRIMER.  To  teach  her  child  its  letters, 
and  how  to  read  —  dc.i^ncd  ;  \Uo  for  the  lowest  clashes  in  Primary  Schools* 
on  a  new  plan.  By  Rev.  T.  H.  Galliiudot. 

MOTHER'S  MANUAL  AND  INFANT  INSTRUCTOR.  Designed 
for  Infant  or  Primary  Schools,  and  families.  Illustrated  with  about  300  cuts, 
all  of  which  are  correctly  explained.  By  M.  M.  Carll. 


